FINAL
 Environmental Impact Statement
    Wastewater Collection and
         Treatment Facilities
         Winnipesaukee River Basin, New Hampshire
 United States
 Environmental
 Protection Agency
 Region I


JOHN F. KENNEDY FEDERAL BUILDING • GOVERNMENT CENTER •  BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02203

-------
PROPOSED WASTEWATER COLLECTION
    AND TREATMENT FACILITIES
    WINNIPESAUKEE RIVER BASIN
          NEW HAMPSHIRE
         Prepared  for:

Environmental Protection Agency
           Region  I
     Boston, Massachusetts
          Prepared by:

        EcolSciences, inc.
       133 Park Street NE
      Vienna, Virginia 22180
           April 1976

-------
                         FINAL
            ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT
PROPOSED WASTEWATER COLLECTION AND TREATMENT FACILITIES
       WINNIPESAUKEE RIVER BASIN,  NEW HAMPSHIRE
                     PREPARED  FOR

            ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION AGENCY

                       REGION  I

                 BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS


                          BY

                 ECOLSCIENCES,  INC.

               VIENNA, VIRGINIA 22180
                             'PROVED BY:
EGIONAL ADMINISTRATOR
                                                          DATE

-------
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS
 LIST OF TABLES

 LIST OF FIGURES

 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS                                       x


 INTRODUCTION

 I.  DESCRIPTION OF THE APPLICANT'S PROPOSED ACTION

     A.   Background                                           I_l

         1.  Location and Identification of Study and         1-1
             Service Areas
         2.  Existing and Proposed Wastewater Treat-          1-4
             ment Facilities
         3.  On-Site Sewage Disposal Systems                  1-10
         4.  Raw Waste Discharges                             1-16

     B.   Description of the Applicant's Proposed              1-17
         Wastewater Treatment Facilities

         1.  General                                          1-17
         2.  Sewage Flows                                     1-18
         3.  Interceptors                                     1-20
         4.  Treatment Plants                                 1-27
         5.  Effluent Disposal        '                        1-28
         6.  Sludge Handling                                  1-30
         7.  Costs                                            1-31

     C.   Purpose of the Proposed Project:   Goals and
         Objectives

II.  EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING

     A.   Natural Environment                                 II-l

         1.  Climate                                         II-l
         2.  Air Quality                                     II-3
         3.  Geology                                         II-5
         4.  Topography                                      11-10
         5.  Soils                                           11-10
         6.  Hydrology                                       11-19
         7.  Biology                                         11-44
         8.  Aesthetics                                      11-56
         9.  Historic and Archaeologic  Resources             11-57
        10.  Environmentally Sensitive  Areas                  11-64

-------
      B.  Social and Economic Environment

          1.   Population Characteristics                      11-75
          2.   Population Projections and Distribution         11-82
          3.   Existing Land Use                               11-98
          4.   Economic Base                                   11-121
          5.   Community Services                              11-133
          6.   Other Governmental Projects                     11-143

III.   STATUS  OF LOCAL AND REGIONAL COMPREHENSIVE PLANNING

      A.  Planning Agencies and Activities                   III-l

          1.   State Planning                                 III-l
          2.   Regional Planning                              III-3
          3.   Areawide Planning                              III-4
          4.   Local Planning                                 III-4

      B.  Description of Existing Comprehensive Plans        III-7
          and Growth Management Controls

          1.   Status of the Regional Development Plan        III-7
          2.   Regional Land Use Goals and Objectives          III-7
          3.   Adopted Municipal Comprehensive  Plans:          III-8
              Future Growth Concepts
          4.   Existing Regulatory Controls for Managing       111-10
              Future Growth
          5.   Interrelationship Between  Existing Zoning       111-12
              Regulations and the Availability of Public
              Services (Water and Sewer)

      C.   Federal  Environmental Controls                     111-18

          1.   Clean Air Act                                  111-18
          2.   Federal Water'Pollution Control  Act            111-18
              Amendment of  1972
          3.   Safe  Drinking Water Act of 1974                 111-20
          4.   National  Flopdvjnsurance Program               111-20
          5.   The National  Historic  Preservation Act  of       111-22
              1966
          6.   The Archaeological  and  Historic  Preservation    111-22
              Act of  1974

IV.  ENVIRONMENTAL EVALUATION  OF THE APPLICANT'S  PROPOSED
    • PROJECT

     A.   Summary of  Project  Impacts                          IV-1

     B.   Effects on  the Natural,  Social and Economic         IV-11
          Environments

          1.   Surface Water Quality                           IV-11
          2.   Ground Water                                    IV-21
          3.   Water Supply                                    IV-21
          4.   Air Quality                                     IV-23
                              11

-------
          5.  Biology                                          IV-26
          6.  Aesthetics                                       IV-35
          7.  Recreation                                       IV-36
          8.  Historic  and Archaeologic  Resources              IV-38
          9.  Natural Resources                                IV-38
         10.  Public Health                                    IV-39
         11.  Social and Economic                              IV-41
         12.  Land Use                                         IV-44

     C.   Adverse Impacts Which Can Not  Be Avoided             IV-49

     D.   Relationship  Between Local Short-Term Use of         IV-52
          Man's Environment and the Maintenance and
          Enhancement of Long-Term Productivity

     E.   Irreversible  and Irretrievable Commitments           IV-53
          of Resources  Which Would be Involved in
          the Proposed  Project Should It be Implemented

 V.  IDENTIFICATION AND EVALUATION OF ALTERNATIVES TO
     THE  APPLICANT'S PROPOSED PROJECT

     A.   System Alternatives                                  V-l

          1.  Alternate Maguire Plans A, C-B                   V-l
          2.  Peripheral Area Alternatives                     V-5
          3.  No Action (No Federal Funding)                   V-7

     B.   Component Alternatives                               V-8

          1.  Interceptor Routing Alternatives                 V-8
          2.  Treatment System Alternatives                    V-14
          3.  Treatment Site Alternatives                      V-16
          4.  Effluent Disposal Alternatives                   V-17
          5.  Sewage Capacity Alternatives                     V-18
          6.  Sludge Handling and Disposal                     V-21
             Alternatives

VI.  PUBLIC PARTICIPATION                                    VI-1
 REFERENCES
                                                              R-l
 GLOSSARY                                                     x_l

 APPENDIX A (Applicant's Proposed Sludge Disposal)             A-l
 APPENDIX B (Water Quality Standards)                          B-l
 APPENDIX C (Growth, Eutrophication and Lake                  C-l
             Quality)
 APPENDIX D (Summary of Biological and Physical Data          D-l
             on Lakes  and Ponds)
 APPENDIX E (Fish Species)                                     E_!
 APPENDIX F (Algal Species)                                    F_!
 APPENDIX G (Common Trees and Shrubs)                          G-l
                               in

-------
APPENDIX H
APPENDIX I
APPENDIX J
APPENDIX K
APPENDIX L
APPENDIX M
(Mammals,  Amphibians and Reptiles)
(Birds)
(Preliminary Assessment of Winnipe-
 saukee  River Basin Archaeological
 Resources)
(Air Quality)
(Summary of  Public Hearing Transcript)
(Written Comments on Draft EIS)
I'.i.jo

 II-1
 1-1
 J-l
 K-l
 L-l
 M-l
                              IV

-------
                        LIST  OF  TABLES


 Number                       Title                            page



                           Section  I

  1-1        Number of Housing Units                          1-11
  1-2        1970 Waste  Disposal Facilities                   1-12
  I~3        Gilford Septic Tank System Facilities            1-13
  1-4        Estimated Septic System Failures                 1-13
  J-5        Generalized Land Suitability for Septic          1-14
               Tanks Within  the Merrimack River Basin
  1-6        Summary of  Current Raw Waste Discharges in       1-16
               the Lake Winnipesaukee Basin
  1-7        Estimated Sewage Flows—year 1975                1-21
  1-8        Estimated Sewage Flows—year 1985                1-21
  1-9        Estimated Sewage Flows—year 1995                1-22
  1-10       Estimated Sewage Flows—year 2020                1-22
  1-11       Effluent Limitations for the Laconia Treat-      1-27
               ment Plant
  1-12       Effluent Limitations for the Franklin Treat-     1-28
               ment Plant
  x-13       Cost Escalation Since December 1971              1-31
  !-14       Estimated Costs of Proposed Project              1-32


                         Section II

11-1        Mean Monthly Precipitation and Temperature     II-2
               at Lakeport, New Hampshire 1941-1970
11-2        Air Quality Data:  Maximum Measured Air        II-4
               Quality Concentrations
IJ-3        Characteristics of the Major Soil Associ-      11-15
               ations in Belknap County
II-4        Characteristics of the Major Soil Associ-      11-17
               ations in Merrimack Count
H-5        Flow Characteristics of Streams in the Vici-   11-23
               nity of Lake Winnipesaukee,  New Hampshire
H-6        Major Flood Observed Within the Merrimack      11-25
               River Basin
11-7        Peak Discharges for Expected Flood Frequencies 11-25
11-8        Water Quality Classifications of Stream        11-27
               Segments  in the Study Area
11-9        Water Quality of  Major Rivers in Study Area     11-28
11-10        Lake Winnipesaukee Sampling Data               11-33

-------
 Nuir&er                     Title                            ,Mt o

 11-11       Nutrient Loadings to Lake Winnipesaukee        11-34
 11-12       Median Stream Flow and Phosphorus Loading      11-37
                to Lake Winnisquam
 11-13       Public Water Supplies-January,  1974            JT 40
 II-14       Historic and Archaeologic Sites                11-59
 II-15       Wetland Areas Identified in the Primary        n-68
                and Peripheral Study Area
 H-16       Year-round Population - Primary and            TT 76
                Peripheral Study Area
 H-17       Sex,  Race and Age Statistics                   11-77
 II-18       Population Densities & Occupancy Rates         11-18
 11 19       Seasonal Population Estimates,  1970            Tr nn
 H-20       NHOCP Year-round Population Projections        TT~S^
 H-21       ANCO  Population Projections                    jjlg4
 11 22       National Economic Development Population       TT-RK
                Projections                                 ij- Ub
 H-23       Maximum Desirable Population Densities         n-87
 H-24       Environmental Quality Maximum Desirable        n-89
                Population Levels
 11-25       Environmental Quality Alternative               n-90
                Population Projections
 11-26       Seasonal Population  Projections, LRPC           n-91
 11-27       Population  Projections,  C.E.  Maguire,  Inc.      TT.Q?
 11-28       Comparison  of Available  Population  Projections  11-93
 11-29       Composite Projection of  Total Population        11-96
 11-30       Projected Service Populations                   11-97
 11-31       Existing Land Use                              11-99
 H-32       Existing Industries  in the  Primary  and          11-103
                Peripheral Study  Area
 H-33       Farming  Activities in  the Belknap County        11-106
                Portion  of the  Study Area
 11-34        Recreational  Facilities                         11-109
 11-35        Industrial  Covered Employment Fourth Quarter,   11-123

 11-36        Industrial  Distrib ition of Covered Employment   11-124
                (1960-1970)
 *l~ll        Characteristics of Existing Commercial Centers  11-129
 11-38        Visitor Population in 1970                      11-130
 11-39        Belknap County Sales, Receipts - 1967           11-131
 11-40        Farms by Economic Class                         11-132
 11-41        Journey-To-Work Commuting Patterns             11-134
 II-42        Existing Public School Enrollment and          11-137
               Capacity of Facilities
 11-43       Existing Police Service                        11-138
 11-44       Fire Protection Service and Insurance Rating   11-139
 11-45       Existing Solid Waste Disposal Facilities       11-141
11-46       Current Per Capita Refuse Generation Rates     11-142
11  47       Major  Governmental Projects in Study Area      11-143
                              VI

-------
Number                      Title
                         Section III

III-l       Status of Comprehensive Plans                  III-5
III-2       Existing Land Use Controls and Extent          III-ll
               of Use by Municipality
III-3       Zoning Regulations on Minimum Lot Size         111-14
               and Their Relationship to On-Site and
               Off-Site Water and Sewer Service

III-4       Potential Development Yields and Popu- .        111-17
               lation Permitted by Existing Zoning


                         Section IV

 IV-1       Summary of Environmental Impacts Resulting      IV-4
               from the Proposed Regional Sewerage in
               Project in the Winnipesaukee River Basin
 IV-2       A Comparison of the Average Nutrient Exports    IV-17
               from the Lake Winnipesaukee Drainage Basin
               and Available Data for Forest Watersheds
 IV-3       Export Rates for Pollutants from Non-Point      IV-18
               Sources from Proposed Sewer Service Areas
 IV-4       Comparison of the Maximum Ambient Concen-       IV-25
               trations with National and State Air
               Quality Standards
 IV-5       Proposed Criteria for Maximum Continuous         IV-29
               Chlorine Concentration to Protect
               Freshwater Aquatic Life                      IV-29
 IV-6       Residual Chlorine Immediately Below the
               Franklin Treatment Plant Outfall
 IV-7       Primary Impacts from Vegetation Removal in      IV-31
               Sewer Corridors
 IV-8       Effects of Reduced Minimum Lot Areas on         IV-45
               Potential Development Yields and Popu-
               lation
                         Section V

  V-l        Cost  of Alternative Maguire Plans                V-2
  V-2        Possible  Sludge Disposal Alternatives            V-22
                              vn

-------
                       LIST OF FIGURES
Number                      Title
                          Section I

  1-1       Major Drainage Divisions of the State            1-2
               of New Hampshire Showing Location
               of the Winnipesaukee Study Area
  1-2       Delination of the Primary and Peripheral         1-3
               Study Areas,  Showing Existing and
               Proposed 2020 Eewer Service Areas
  1-3       Jurisdiction of  the Lakes Region Plan-            1-5
               ning Commission Showing the Winnipe-
               saukee River  Watershed,  the 208
               Planning Area,  and the Study Area
  1-4       Existing Wastewater Treatment Facilities         1-6
               and Raw Waste Discharges
  1-5       Laconia Sewage Treatment Plant Flow               i-g
               Diagram-Physical Chemical  Treatment
               Years 1975-1985
  1-6       Proposed Interceptor System for the               1-23
               Winnipesaukee River  Basin
  1-7       Basin Wastes  Treatment  Facilities  at             1-29
               Franklin
                        Section II

 II-l       Bedrock Geology                                  II-7
 H-2       Surface Geology                                  II-9
 II-3       Slopes                                           11-11
 II-4       Soil Associations                                11-12
 II-5       Lake Winnipesaukee Monthly Discharge             11-20
              Statistics
 H-6       Lake and Stream Sampling Stations                11-29
 II-7       Existing Water Quality                           11-30
 II-8       Areas with Shallow Depth to the Water            11-39
              Table
 H-9       Historic and Archaeologic Sites                  11-62
 11-10      Environmentally Sensitive Areas                  11-65
 11-11      Relationship Between and Proposed Franklin      11-71
              STP Site and the 100-year Flood Plain
              of the Merrimack River
 11-12      Existing Land Use                               11-101
 11-13      Existing Recreational Facilities                11-117
                            V3.ll

-------
Number                      Title                           Page


                         Section III

III-l       Jurisdiction of the Lakes Region               III-2
               Planning Commission Showing the
               Winnipesaukee River Watershed,  the
               208 Planning Area, and the Study
               Area

III-2       Existing Zoning, 1973                          111-13


                          Section V

  V-l       Available Unit Processes for Sludge              V-16
               Treatment and Disposal
                            IX

-------
                    SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS


             Final Environmental Impact Statement

             U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                           Region I
                     Boston, Massachusetts


 1.   NAME OF ACTION:

     Administrative (X)

     Legislative    (  )

 2.   DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED ACTION;

     The  proposed project  involves  Federal financial  assistance
 for  the  construction  of a regional sewage treatment  plant  and
 a series of interceptor sewers  to  serve  the  Winnipesaukee  River
 Basin.   The proposed  sewage treatment  plant  is  to  be located
 south  of Franklin, New Hampshire,  and  is  designed  to handle
 11.5 million gallons  per  day.   When  completed,  sewage from all
 major  communities  between Meredith and Franklin, i.e.,  Gilford,
 Laconia,  Sanbornton,  Belmont, Tilton and  Northfield  will be
 treated  at  the  Franklin facility.  The effluent from the Franklin
 plant  will  be discharged  to the Merrimack River and  the sludge
 will be  disposed by sanitary landfill.   It is estimated that  the
 proposed project will cost,  in  April 1975 dollars, $55.0 million
 dollars.  Annual operation  and  maintenance costs will be $490,000
 dollars  in  1985.

     Federal  financial assistance has been requested  under  the
 statutory authority of the  Federal Water  Pollution Control Act
 Amendments  of 1972  (PL 92-500).  The State of New Hampshire
 Water  Supply and Pollution  Control Commission (NHWSPCC) has
 applied  to  EPA  via a construction grant application  for financial
 aid  in constructing the project.

 3.   PURPOSE OF  THE PROPOSED ACTION;

     The primary  purpose of  the  proposed project is basically.
 tnreefold;   (1)   provide an  immediate and  long-term means of prop-
 perly handling  the Winnipesaukee River Basin wastewater needs
 for  its present  and future population  (2020); (2) improve the
 Basin's surface  and ground water guality,  particularly as they
 relate to Lake Winnipesaukee, Lake Winnisquam, the Winnipesaukee
Merrimack and Tioga Rivers;  (3)  protect the public's health
 and general welfare through the prevention of water quality
 related problems.
                              x

-------
     In  addition,  the  project ir>  intended to provide the means
 for  communities  in  the  Winnipes-.aukee  Basin  to be in conformance
 with the  State of New Hampshire's  regulation adopted under
 (RSA 149) which  forbids any  new  discharge of phosphates into
 the  lakes.   Similarly,  completion  of  the project is designed
 to satisfy  the goals  and objectives of  the  Federal  Water
 Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972 (PL 92-500)  which
 require the elimination of pol]utant  discharges  into navigable
 waters  by 1985.

 4.   PROJECT EVALUATION:

     A.  Needs Justification

        It  has been clearly  documented  that the  Winnipesaukee
 River Basin is experiencing  serious water quality problems
 because of  the discharge into  the  Basin's waterways of  partially
 treated and raw  sewage.   Lacon.a,  Meredith,  Center  Harbor,
 Moultonborough and  Wolfeboro ace presently  the only communities
 within  the  Basin  that provide  oome treatment of  wastewater.  How-
 ever, their partially treated  wastewaters are discharged into
 the  lakes and are significant  point sources  of nutrient
 loading which is  causing problems  of  localized water quality
 degradation.  Franklin,  Tilton,  Northfield,  and  Belmont are
 sewered but discharge raw domestic and  industrial wastewater
 into the  Winnipesaukee,  Pemmigewasset and Tioga  Rivers.

        In  areas  where  centralized sewage treatment facilities
 do not  exist, disposal  of wastewater  is  limited  to  on-site
 facilities,  mainly  septic tanks  and leaching fields.  Because
 of poor and marginal  soil conditions  in  the  Basin,  many existing
 septic  systems are  failing.  As  future  development  occurs and
 at higher densities,  the problem of malfunctioning  septic
 systems will substantially increase thus  posing  a public health
 hazard  and  contributing  to the degradation  of surface and
 ground  water resources.

     B.  Concept of  Regional  Sewage Treatment

        Construction  of  the  proposed  regional sewage  collection
 and  treatment system  represents  the most  cost-effective  and
 environmentally sound method of  handling  the  design service
 area's  wastewater needs.  A  regional  sewage  system  offers the
 advantages  of central control, uniform treatment of wastewater,
 maximum operational reliability, and  efficient use  of scarce
 resources.   In addition,  a regional sewage system offers the
 best  protection of  the Basin's water  resources.

     C.  Design Sewage Capacity

        The applicant's  design service population is  believed
 to be underestimated,  based upon revised population  projections
provided by  the  Lakes  Region  Planning  Commission  (LRPC).
                             XI

-------
  The  Primary Area's  served  population was  estimated  to  be  59  700
  by Maguire while  the  LRPC's  recently prepared  estimate is  7i,500
  in 1995  or a  net  difference  of  11,800 persons,   the  2020  pro-
  Dections were comparatively  close  (95,400 by LRPC and  90,250 bv
  Maguire) and  do not represent a need to revise the  applicant's
  ?»2S°2a1'  However' the  1995 population estimate prepared  by
  LRPC does suggest that the applicant's design  flows  should be
  ?ri»Jm!««.UPWard-in terinS °*  treatment capacity.  If  additional
  treatment capacity is required, the modular design of  the  treat-
  ment facility provides the flexibility to meet increased
  wastewater needs.

     D-   Environmental Benefits  and Costs

          The anticipated beneficial effects of the proposed
  project  include:

          (1)   Eliminates many of the Basin's existing mal-
  functioning septic systems and will potentially reduce future
 proliferation of septic systems in areas immediately adjacent
 to major bodies  of water;

          (2)   Discontinues raw sewage discharges at Franklin
 Tilton,  Northfield,  and Belmont;

          (3)   Provides  the means  for phasing out existing sewage
 treatment plants now discharging partially treated wastewater
 into  Lake Winnipesaukee and Lake Winnisquam,  i.e.,  Meredith
 and Laconia;  and

         (4)   Offers  a  possible alternative for  the  collection
 and treatment  of wastewater from other municipalities in the
 Peripheral Area  of the Basin.

        As a result, the  beneficial environmental impacts  of
 the project will cause the  improvement of  ground  and surface
 water quality, improvement  of aquatic habitat,  increase the
 Basin's recreational potential,  reduce public health  hazards,
 and provide an immediate  stimulus to the Basin's  economy and
 its long-term  economic growth and development.

        Short-term adverse  impacts  are expected to occur
 during construction of the  project.  These construction associ-
 ated impacts will be primarily minor in nature  and will result
 in increased erosion and  sedimentation, increased nutrient
 loading of the Winnipesaukee River, disturbance of aquatic  and
 wildlife  habitats, and disruption of social, economic and
 aesthetic conditions.  However,  many of these impacts can be
 mitigated through sound conservation and construction techniques.

        Long-term adverse impacts are related to secondary
 impacts on land use, socioeconornic characteristics and  air
 and water quality.   These impacts have the potential of being
moderate to significant and can be mitigated only through
adoption and/or enforcement of appropriate land use controls
                            XII

-------
    Numerous alternatives have been evaluated based on environmental
and economic considerations.  Alternatives encompassing both com-
ponent  (separate segments of the system) and system options includ-
ing "no action" were studied.

6.  PUBLIC COMMENT:

    The Draft EIS was filed with the Council on Environmental
Quality (CEQ) on January 7, 1976.  The Environmental Protection
Agency  (EPA) - Region I advertised and held a public hearing at
the auditorium, Gilford Middle High School, Gilford, New Hampshire,
on Tuesday, January 27, 1976, on the Draft EIS.  In addition to
the minimum required comment period of 45 days, the public hearing
record was held open until February 21, 1976.  A total of 12
organizations and/or citizens made formal comments at this hearing.

    Comments on the Draft EIS were requested from over 100 public
agencies,  private organizations and individuals and comments were
received from 19 entities.  In response to public comments the
Final EIS has been revised.  In addition to EPA's revisions
throughout the text to reflect new data, three major changes were
made since the Draft EIS was circulated:  (1) sludge from the
Franklin treatment plant will be disposed of by landfill on-site;
(2) the West Paugus interceptor has been redesigned (raised ele-
vation) to avoid blockage of boat traffic in Pickeral Cove; and
(3) an extensive archaeologic survey and literature search has been
initiated to assure the preservation and protection of the region's
archaeologic resources against possible impacts from the proposed
project.  On the basis of these actions there are no controversial
issues surrounding the proposed project.

    To insure that the public is kept completely informed regarding
the proposed action, and that it participates to the fullest extent
possible in EPA's decision-making process, this Final EIS will be
made available to the Council on Environmental Quality and the
public in April, 1976.

7.  CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS:

    The proposed project will achieve the stated objectives of
Winnipesaukee Basin Plan and is consistent with the goals and objec-
tives of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendment of 1972
(PL 92-500).  The project does not foreclose future regional options
for treatment of wastewater from communities on the eastern side of
Lake Winnipesaukee, i.e., Alton, Wolfeboro,  Tuftonboro, Moulton-
borough, and Center Harbor.  The over-sizing of the project's inter-
ceptors to accommodate flows greater than the design service area's
anticipated 2020 population provides "insurance" that wastewater
from these communities will be properly handled, if other sewage
collection and treatment options fail.   The experiences of Alton
and Wolfeboro in seeking to solve their wastewater problems by
land treatment reinforce this precautionary measure by NHWSPCC.
                           Xlll

-------
     The Final EIS proposes a series of measures, both adminis-
trative and legal, which should be incorporated in t'.ie Basin Plan
in order to ensure attainment of the project's anticipated
benefits and to mitigate adverse environmental impacts.  These
measures are summarized as follows:

    1.   EPA will require that procedures necessary for com-
        pliance with the National Historic Preservation Act
        of 1966 and the Archaeological and Historic Preservation
        Act of 1974 be implemented.  Accordingly, the construc-
        tion grant will be conditioned so that prior to con-
        struction all required procedures will be complied with;

    2.   The State should begin the immediate evaluation of the
        Peripheral Area's future wastewater treatment needs,
        to determine sewage treatment options and to consider
        the cost effectiveness of utilizing the proposed re-
        gional sewage system versus other alternative methods
        of wastewater collection and treatment;

    3.   It is recommended that NHWSPCC initiate with the parti-
        cipating communities in the Primary and Pheripheral Areas,
        a sewer allocation program which will ensure that suffi-
        cient treatment capacity be reserved for these communi-
        ties in meeting their projected wastewater needs.

    4.   The State should obtain the authority to require that
        all possible connections be made to the interceptors
        as these lines become operational.  As the eutrophication
        potential of the lakes is directly related to the number
        of point and non-point discharges, it is imperative that
        the system be utilized to the maximum extent possible;

    5.   The State should require as part of its construction grant
        contracts that appropriate siltation and erosion control
        measures will be employed in all construction impact
        areas.   In addition, these measures should be strictly
        enforced to protect the region's environment quality; and

    6.   The State should require as part of its construction ease-
        ment agreements a public disclosure statement of impend-
        ing action for the benefit of visitors and tourists who
        may be potential renters of property to be impacted by
        construction.
                             xiv

-------
          MAILING LIST - WINNIPESAUKEE RIVER BASIN EIS
  FEDERAL AGENCIES:

  Senator Thomas James Mclntyre
  United  States Senate
  Washington, D. C.   20510

  Senator  John Durkin
  United  States Senate
  Washington, D. C.  20510

  Rep. James C. Cleveland
  House of Representatives
 Washington, D. C.  20515

 Rep. Norman E. D1Amours
 House of Representatives
 Washington, D. C.  21515

 Regional Environmental  Officer
 U.  S.  Department of Health,
   Education and  Welfare
 Room 2007B
 JFK Federal Building
 Boston,  Massachusetts   02203

 Mr.  Harold Thompson,
  Acting Reg.  Admin.
 Department of  Housing &
  Urban  Development
 JFK  Federal Bldg.
 Boston,  Massachusetts   02203

 Mr.  Robert  E. Kirby, Regional
  Administrator
 Federal  Highway Administration
 4 Normanskill Blvd.
 Delmar,  New York  12054

 Mr.  Bruce Blanchard
 Environmental Project Review
 U.S. Department of Interior
Washington, D. C.  20240

National Parks Service
Northeast Regional Director
143  South Third
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania  19106
  Regional Administrator
  Bureau of Sports, Fisheries,
    & Wildlife
  Northeast Region
  U.S. Post Office & Courthouse
  Boston, Massachusetts  02109

  National Parks Service
  District Chief
  150 Causeway Street
  Boston, Massachusetts  02109

 United States Geological
   Survey
 80 Broad Street
 Boston,  Massachusetts  02109

 U.S.  Department of Interior
 Bureau of Land Management
 Washington,  D.  C.

 Regional  Director
 U.S.  Department of  Interior
 Bureau  of Outdoor  Recreation
 600 Arch  Street
 Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania   19106

 Col. John Mason
 U.S. Army, Corps of Engineers
 424 Trapelo  Road
 Waltham,  Massachusetts  02154

 Dr. William  Aron, Director
 Office of Ecology and Environmental
  Conservation
 National Oceanic & Atmospheric
  Administration
 6001 Ex. Blvd.
 Rockville, Maryland

Hr. Sherman  K. Sprague,
State Director
Farmers Home Administration
Box 588
Montpelier,  Vermont  05602

-------
 FEDERAL AGENCIES  (CONT'D.):
 Mr. Sidney R. Ga.ller
 Deputy Assistant Socrotfiry
   for Environmental Affairs
 Dept. of Commerce
 Washington, D. C.  20230

 U. S. Coast Guard, First
   District
 150 Causeway Street
 Boston,  Massachusetts  02114

 John D.  McDermott
 Director of Office of Review
   and Compliance
 Advisory Council on Historic
   Preservation
 1522 K Street, N.W.
 Washington, D. C.  20240

 U.S.  Dept.  of Interior
 Fish and Wildlife Service
 Attn:  M.  Evans
 55 Pleasant Street
 Concord,  New Hampshire  03301

 Direct9r,  Office of Public
   Affairs  _ A-107
 U.S.  Environmental  Protection
   Agency
 Washington,  D.  C.   20460

 Rebecca Hanmer
 Office of Federal Activities-
   A-104
 U.S. Environmental  Protection
   Agency
 Washington, D. C.   20460

 Director, Office  of
   Congressional Affairs - A-102
 U.S.  Environmental Protection
   Agency
Washington, D. C.   20460

Director, Environmental Projects
Dept. of the Interior
Asst. Secretary for Program
  and Policy
Washington, D. C.  20240
 MH . Mi i-key  K I ii\c:
 COlUU'tl i>u  Kuv i l tutuiaul a I  \HUi I I I \
 12'2 J.-U'kfsun I'lrti'n,  H , W .
 Washington, D.  C.   ,!UOOO

 STATE AGENCIES:

 Commissioner, Department  of
   Resources & Economic Development
 856 State House Annex
 Concord, New Hampshire  03301

 Mr. George E. McAvoy
 Director of Comprehensive
   Planning
 State House Annex
 Concord,  New Hampshire  03301

 Mr. Donald B.  Price
 Federal Funds Liaison Office
 Coordinator of Federal Funds
 State House
 Concord,  New Hampshire  03301

 Mr.  Donald Stever, Jr.
 Asst.  Attorney General
 State House
 Concord,  New Hampshire  03301

 Mr.  Malcolm Taylor
 New Hampshire  Natural
   Resources  Council
 5  South State  Street
 Concord,  New Hampshire   03301

 Mr.  Forrest  Bumford,  Director
 Air  Pollution  Control Agency
 N.  H.  Dept.  of  Health  and  Welfare
 61  South Spring  Street
 Concord, New Hampshire   03301

 Dept.  of Fish  and  Game
 Division of  Inland and  Marine
  Fisheries
 34 Bridge Street
 Concord, New Hampshire  03301

Mr. Thomas Sweeney, Solid  Waste
  Disposal
Division of Public  Health
Dept. of Health and Welfare
Food and Chemistry  Services
61 South Spring Street
Concord,  New Hampshire  03301

-------
 STATE AGENCIES(CONT'D.):
 Mr. John Richards, Associate
   Sanitary Engineer
 N.H. Water Supply & Pollution
 Prescott Park
 105 Loudon Road
 Concord, New Hampshire  03301

 Lowell M.  Weise,  M.D., M.P.
 Director of Public Health
 Dept.  of. Health and Welfare
 Division of Public Health
 161 South Spring  Street
 Concord, New Hampshire  03301

 Mr.  William A.  Healy,  Ex.  Dir.
 N.H. Water Supply and  Pollution
   Control  Commission
 105  Loudon Road
 Concord,  New Hampshire  03301

 Water  Resources
 20  Lock  Street
 Nashua,  New Hampshire   03103
 Attn:  Ms.  S. Taylor

 Ms.  Linda  Wilson
 N. H.  Historical  Commission
 856  State  House Annex
 Concord, New Hampshire   03301

 REGIONAL AGENCIES:

 Mr. David  G.  Scott,  Ex.  Dir.
 Lakes  Region  Planning Comm.
 Box 302, Humiston Bldg.
 Meredith, New Hampshire  03253

 LOCAL  AGENCIES:

 Mayor  Paul A. Lemire
 City Hall
 Franklin, New Hampshire

Mr. James McSweeney
City Manager
City Hall
Franklin, New Hampshire
 Mayor Edwin J. Chertok
 City Hall
 Laconia, New Hampshire

 Kenneth Boehner
 City Manager
 City Hall
 Laconia, New Hampshire

 Mr. Peter Hance
 Planning Director
 City of Laconia
 Laconia, New Hampshire

 Mr. Frank R.  DeNormandie
 Director of Public Works
 City Hall
 Laconia, New Hampshire

 Board of Selectmen
 Town Hall
 Belmont, New Hampshire  03220

 Ms.  Suzanne J.  Roberts
 Board of Selectmen
 Town Hall
 Belmont, New  Hampshire  03220

 Board of Selectmen
 Town Hall
 Tuftonboro, New Hampshire

 Board of Selectmen
 Town Hall
 Moultonborough, New Hampshire

 Board of Selectmen
 Town Hall
 Wolfeboro, New Hampshire

 Mr.  Guy  Knapp
 Town Manager
 Town Hall
Wolfeboro, New Hampshire

Bay  District Commissioners
Center Harbor, New Hampshire

-------
LOCAL AGENCIES  (CONT'D.):
Mr. 0. Joseph April, P.E.
Town Engineer
Office of Town Engineer
Gilford, New Hampshire

Board of Selectmen
Town Hall
Gilford, New Hampshire

Board of Selectmen
Town Hall
Tilton, New Hampshire

Board of Selectmen
Town Hall
Northfield, New Hampshire

Board of Selectmen
Town Hall
Alton, New Hampshire

Mr. Richard Keller
Town Engineer
Town Hall
Alton, New Hampshire

Board of Selectmen
Town Hall
Meredith, New Hampshire

Mr. Louis F. Wuelper
Board of Selectmen
Town Hall
Belmont, New Hampshire  03220

ORGANIZATIONS AND INDIVIDUALS:

R. J.  Hill,  President
Land Use Foundation of
  New Hampshire
7 South State Street
Concord, New Hampshire  03301

Mr. Lawrence Kelly, Dir.
Citizens for a Cleaner
  Environment
814 Elm Street
Manchester,  New Hampshire  03101
 E.H.B.  Bartelink,  Chap.  Chnin.
 Appalachian  Mt:n.  Club
 New  Hampshire  L'li.ipt 
-------
ORGANIZATIONS AND INDIVIDUALS  (CONT'D.):
Mr. N. Robert Arthur
Greenhorne & O'Mara, Inc.
6715 Kenilworth Avenue
Riverdale, Maryland  20840

Mr. Greg McGregory
Franklin Pierce Law Center
Mountain Boad
Concord, New Hampshire

Mr. Howard Sargent
Box 425
Georges Mills, New Hampshire  03751

Mr. James Walker, President
Lakes Region Clean Water Assoc.
Court Street
Winnisquam Mailing Office
Laconia, New Hampshire

Mr. Richard Burshell
Gilford Yacht Sales
Gilford, New Hampshire

Mr. Eugene Winter
54 Trull Lane
Lowell, Massachusetts  01852

WEMJ-AM 1490 kc
O'Shea Industrial Park
P. 0. Box 715
ATTN:  Ben Walters
Laconia, New Hampshire  03246

WLNH-AM  1350 kc
WLNH-FM  98.3 me
Parade Road
ATTN:  Brad Woodward
Laconia, New Hampshire  03246
WASR-AM 1420 kc
Varney Road
P. 0. Box 900
ATTN:  Al Severy
Wolfeboro, New Hampshire
03894
Mr. Charles E. Bolian
Department of Sociology &
  Anthropology
University of New Hampshire
Durham, New Hampshire  03824
Mr. W.  Dennis  Chesley
Route  8
Concord, New Hampshire

Mr. Howard R.  Sargent
Box 425
George's Mill, New Hampshire  03751

Concord Monitor
3 North State  Street
P. 0.  Box 502
Concord, New Hampshire
ATTN:   T. W. Gerber

Laconia Evening Citizen
171 Fair Street
P. 0.  Box 40
ATTN:   E. J. Gallagher
Laconia, New Hampshire 03246

Journal-Transcript
403 Central Street
P. 0.  Box 271
ATTN:   Gail Manyan
Franklin, New  Hampshire 03235

The Trumpeter
334 Central Street
P. 0.  Box 112
ATTN:   Fay Mahoney
Franklin, New  Hampshire  03235

Granite State  Vacationer
200 South Maine Street
ATTN:   Louise  D. Flynt
Laconia, New Hampshire  03246

The Meredith News
5 Water Street
P. 0.  Box 729
ATTN:   Neal W.  Phillips
Meredith, New  Hampshire  03253

Granite State News
South Main Street
ATTN:   Kenneth Webb
Wolfeboro,  New Hampshire  03894

Continental Cablevision
Channel 12
15 Pleasant Street
ATTN:   Katharine Kinderman
Concord, New Hampshire  03301

-------
ORGANIZATIONS AND  INDIVIDUALS  (CONT'D.):
WKXL-AM  1450  kc
WKXL-FM  102.3 me
37  Redington  Road
P.  0.  Box  875
ATTN:  Timothy Clark
Concord, New  Hampshire   03301

Johanne  Bowman
1412  16th  Street, N.W.
Washington, D. C.   20036

Mr. H. Paul Friesema
Associate  Professor
Northwestern  University
Center for Urban Affairs
2040  Sheridan Road
Evanston,  Illinois  60201
               J. R. Blais Assoc.,  Inc.
               1 Pleasant Street
               Meredith, New Hampshire
0.12
Mr. Harold Geary
9 Gould Street
Danvers, Massachusetts
  01923
B.P.A. Reporting Associates
  Inc.
294 Washington Street
Boston, Massachusetts  02108

Mr. Wesley E. Brown
Vice President
Anderson-Nichols
22 Commercial Street
Concord, New Hampshire  03301
Mr. Ray Todd
14 Seed Street
Salem, New Hampshire
03079
Mr. Jay R. Farrell
P. 0. Box 77 Weirs Beach
Laconia, New Hampshire  03246

Mr. James H. Peabody
115 Newbury Street
Lawrence, Massachusetts  01841

Mr. George Colby
Hemlock Street
Plainstow, New Hampshire  0386f'

-------
 INTRODUCTION

      In  recent years,  a growing  concern about water  quality  in
 the  Lakes  Region of  New Hampshire  has motivated  the  State's  Water
 Supply and Pollution Control Commission  (WSPCC)  to initiate
 action to  preserve and protect those waters  exhibiting no  degra-
 dation and to eliminate sources  of pollution to  those waters
 which have already deteriorated.  Accordingly, the consulting
 firm of  Charles A. Maguire was commissioned  "...to establish a
 comprehensive basin  plan  for wastewater collection and disposal
 facilities in the Winnipesaukee  River Basin..."  (Maguire,  1972).
 In the study, completed March, 1972, nine alternate  plans  for
 providing  pollution  abatement in the Basin were  considered,  and
 one  system was recommended for implementation.

     Construction of the  interceptors and sewage treatment plants
 (STP) proposed in the  Maguire study are eligible for Federal
 funding  and qualify  as "major Federal actions significantly  affect-
 ing  the  quality of the human environment."   In accordance with the
 National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA)[Public Law  91-
 190] and Executive Order  11514 of March 5, 1970  entitled "Pro-
 tection  and Enhancement of Environmental Quality", all Federal
 agencies are required  to  prepare an Environmental Impact State-
 ment  (EIS)  in connection  with their proposals for major Federal
 actions which may have a  significant impact  on the quality of the
 human environment.   EPA,  Region I, Boston, Massachusetts, is the
 "Responsible Federal Agency" required by NEPA to prepare the EIS
 for  this proposed Basin Plan.  The following EIS has been prepared
 pursuant to NEPA and Executive Order 11514 and in accordance with
 the  guidance and regulations set forth in both the Council on En-
 vironmental Quality  (CEQ)  guidelines of August 1, 1973 and the
 Environmental Protection  Agency  (EPA)  Final  Regulations for  Prep-
 aration of  Environmental  Impact Statements (40 FR 72, April  14,
 1975).

     This  EIS has been prepared on the proposed Basin Plan,  as
 submitted  to EPA by  the applicant, (the New Hampshire Water
 Supply and Pollution Control Commission),  and is  based on
 currently  available data  and information.   The purpose of the
 EIS is to  describe and evaluate the probable effects, beneficial
 and adverse, which may be anticipated from construction and opera-
 tion of the proposed system,  and thereby give meaningful considera-
 tion to the environmental issues involved.   This  document is
neither a  justification for previous decisions nor a dictation of
an ultimate solution to water quality management  for the area.
Pollution abatement is a continuous endeavor in which Federal,
state, county and local governments share the responsibility to
achieve and maintain the water and air quality goals mandated by
Federal and State laws.
                            xv

-------
     In accordance with CEQ guidelines, this EIS examines
the relationship of the proposed action to land use plans,
policies, and controls of the Study Area.  This report examines
the population and growth assumptions used to support the pro-
ject and attempts to determine secondary population and growth
impacts resulting from the proposed action and its alternatives.
Also, the project's effects on the area's economic growth are
investigated; however, it is evident that growth is presently
occurring and is forecast to continue whether or not the pro-
posed sewerage facilities are installed.  The potential growth
inducement effects attributed to the project such as changes
in development yields, population densities, and total popula-
tion are identified and quantitatively assessed.  The subsequent
growth impacts upon the resource base, including water, air,
and land use, etc.,  are analyzed for the affected area.

     Despite the fact that some alternatives for wastewater
treatment and various identifiable environmental impacts
(primary and secondary) may be beyond the explicit regulatory
and enforcement authority of EPA, NEPA mandates a full public
disclosure of all responsible alternatives and of their possible
environmental impacts.  This disclosure and discussion is the
intent of this EIS.   Since EPA does not have the direct author-
ity to limit land development or to dictate means of land
development, the discussion of secondary effects is presented
in order that state, county and local governments may evaluate
their related pollution problems to insure that environmentally
sound solutions for minimizing the future environmental impacts
of urban development are ultimately adopted.

     To insure that the public has been kept completely informed
regarding the proposed action, and that it participates to the
fullest extent possible in EPA's decision-making process, the
draft EIS was circulated for a 60-day review period.   In addition,
a formal public hearing was held on January 27, 1976 to solicit
public comment on the project.  The final EIS has responded to
all substantive comments raised through the review of the draft
EIS.   Copies of the final EIS shall be distributed to appropriate
Federal, State, regional and local agencies and interested persons
                             xvi

-------
                     SECTION I


  DESCRIPTION OF THE APPLICANT'S PROPOSED ACTION
This section of the environmental impact statement
contains information concerning existing and pro-
posed sewage collection and treatment facilities in
the Winnipesaukee River Basin.  The discussion
identifies the Study Area and defines the goals and
objectives of the proposed project.  Also, a descrip-
tion of the existing wastewater treatment facilities
in Laconia and Meredith, their attendant problems
and limitations, and proposed modifications to these
facilities is presented.  Information developed in
this section will be utilized as the basis of deter-
mining the the proposed project's environmental im-
pact (Section IV)  as well as the impact analysis of
feasible alternatives to the applicant's proposed
project (Section V).

-------
A.   BACKGROUND

     1.   Location and Identification of Study and Service Areas

     Area limits have been established to clarify the discussions
of the proposed project throughout the EIS.  These limits serve
to confine discussions to areas immediately or potentially affected
by the proposed project.   For this project, the area limits are as
follows:

     Merrimack River Drainage Basin.   Figure 1-1 locates the Study
     Area in relation to the major drainage basins of the State of
     New Hampshire.   The proposed project is situated primarily in
     the Winnipesaukee River Basin, which is a subbasin of the
     Merrimack River Drainage Basin.

     Study Area.  The Study Area lies within three counties -
     Carroll,  Belknap and Merrimack,  and is generally confined
     to the drainage basin of the Winnipesaukee River and its
     tributaries and a portion of the drainage basins of the
     Peinigewasset and Merrimack Rivers.   The Study Area encom-
     passes the existing  and proposed year  2020 sewer service
     areas,  and is divided into a primary and a peripheral area
     as defined by Charles A.  Maguire and Associates, Inc.  (1972)
     (Figure 1-2).

          Primary Study Area.   This portion of the Study Area
          presently  has the higher population density and the
          most critical pollution problems  (Maguire,  1972).
          It includes the Cities of Franklin and Laconia,  and
          the  Towns  of Tilton,  Northfield,  Sanbornton,  Belmont,
          Gilford, and Meredith.

          Peripheral  Study Area.   This portion of the Study
          Area encompasses the less densely populated communi-
          ties surrounding Lake Winnipesaukee.   It includes
          the  Towns  of Center  Harbor, Moultonborough,  Tufton-
          boro,  Wolfeboro and  Alton.

     Design  Service  Area.   The  Design Service  Area includes  the
     Existing  Service Area and  Anticipated  Service Area  to  2020
     (Figure 1-2).

          Existing Service Areas  are  those  presently  served  by
          the  treatment facilities  in Laconia,  Meredith, Center
          Harbor,  Moultonborough  and Wolfeboro.

          Anticipated  Service Areas include  those  parts  of
          the  Study Area  where more concentrated  growth  and  develop-
          ment are expected to occur through the  year  2020.   In
                            1-1

-------
FIGURE 1-1.
MAJOR DRAINAGE DIVISIONS OF THE STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE
SHOWING LOCATION OF THE WINNIPESAUKEE STUDY AREA.
                             1-2

-------
FIGURE 1-2.   DELINEATION OF THE
              PRIMARY & PERIPHERAL
              STUDY AREAS, SHOWING
              EXISTING e. PROPOSED
              2020 SEWER SERVICE
              AREAS.
        Existing Service Areas

        Proposed Service Areas
                     1-3

-------
          the  Primary Study Area, the anticipated service area
         is based on a proposed regional wastewater treatment
         system.  In the Peripheral  Study  Area,  the anticipated
         service area is based on several proposed local treat-
         ment systems.

     Planning Areas.  For purposes of data collection and analysis,
     the  Study  Area of the Lakes Region Planning Commission is also
     discussed.   The jurisdiction of the Commission encompasses the
     entire Study Area plus several adjacent towns  (Figure 1-3).

     2.  Existing and Proposed Wastewater Treatment Facilities

     Problems associated with pollution have arisen in the Winni-
pesaukee River Basin in recent years because of the discharge into
the waterways of partially treated and untreated sewage.  Laconia,
Meredith, Center Harbor, Moultonborough, and Wolfeboro are presently
the only communities within the entire study area that provide for
treatment of wastewaters.  Franklin, Tilton, and Northfield discharge
raw domestic and industrial wastewaters into the Winnipesaukee River.
Figure 1-4 indicates the location of the existing treatment facili-
ties and raw waste discharges in the Study Area.

     Laconia Sewage Treatment Plant, and Collection  System.  The old
     sewage treatment plant at Laconia was built in 1952 to provide
     primary treatment for an average daily waste flow of 1.6 mgd,
     with, discharge to Lake Winnisquam.  In later years, excessive
     infiltration during the wet season caused flows to exceed the
     hydraulic design capacity of the plant and reduced  treat-
     ment effectiveness.   Sludge was treated, not always successfully,
     by anaerobic digestion.   The majority of wastes treated are
     domestic, with industries contributing approximately 16 percent
     of the total flow.

     Laconia is  served by a sewer system which dates back to the
     late 19th century.   A system of interceptors was built in con-
     junction  with the treatment plant in  1952.   In 1967, a major
     new interceptor was constructed along the eastern shore of
     Paugus Bay  to serve  shoreline developments,  Weirs Beach,
     and part  of Gilford.  As  is the case  with many old  sewer
     systems,  infiltration and inflow (I/I)  are  serious  problems  in
     Laconia.  An inspection and control program is  underway to
     reduce the  extraneous I/I waters to an  acceptable level.

     Because the need to  correct nutrient  discharge to Lake Winnis-
     quam was  considered  urgent,  construction of a  new 4.75 mgd
     plant was begun in  1974  on the  site of  the  old plant.   The
     basin study (Maguire,  1972)  recommended a treatment process
     that would  remove 85 percent of the BOD,  70 percent of the
     total  nitrogen,  and  90 percent  of  the  total phosphate from
     the raw wastes.   This was to be accomplished by a physical
     chemical  treatment  plant  using  lime and powdered  activated
     carbon.   However, the activated  carbon  absorption process was


                              1-4

-------
                                             WInnlpesaukee Kivei  Wau-.i •

                                            -Proposed  208 I'ldimin.j  Aitid

                                        •....  I'l.llini ll-l  Jill I -,,| I , I i.ui  i>|  | .-,1 r-.
                                              Region Planning lominl ss ion

                                             Communities Within  the Study Area
FIGURE  1-3.
JURISDICTION OF  THE LAKES REGION
PLANNING COMMISSION SHOWING THE
WlNNIPESAUKEE  RIVER WATERSHED, THE
208 PLANNING AREA,  AND  THE STUDY
AREA.
                             1-5

-------
FIGURE  1-4.   EXISTING HASTEWATER
              TREATMENT FACILITIES
              RAW DISCHARGES.
   Treated Uastewater Discharge


   Raw Wastewater Discharge
                1-6

-------
 eliminated, because tests showed  it was not  cost-effective,
 thereby  lowering the BOD removal  capability  to  approximately
 50 percent.

 The new  plant uses a physical chemical treatment process,
 as outlined in Figure 1-5.  To precipitate phosphates, a
 maximum  of 400 mg/1 of lime is added before  the clarifiers,
 along with a coagulant aid, if necessary. Also, alkalinity
 and heavy metals are precipitated, and the resulting  sus-
 pension  helps trap organic materials.  The mixture is settled
 in the clarifiers and the pH is adjusted using  carbon dioxide.
 A mixed  media filter provides final polishing before  the
 processed wastes are chlorinated  and discharged.  The sludge
 is processed through sludge thickeners and storage tanks
 which were converted from the two anaerobic  digesters of the
 old treatment plant.  The sludge  is then dewatered on vacuum
 filters  and disposed off-site.  Lime is added to the  sludge
 to raise the pH to about 11 and to provide disinfection.

 Construction and startup of the new plant is nearly complete.
 The clarifiers are treating sewage flows of  1.8 to 2.0 mgd
 and achieving phosphorus removal  to 0.4 mg/1, which is more
 efficient than anticipated.  The  sludge dewatering equipment,
 designed to achieve a 20 percent  solids content, is presently
 achieving 35 percent solids content.

 Effluent from the new Laconia plant is presently discharged
 via a new outfall to Lake Winnisquam.  An outfall line
 discharging to the Winnipesaukee  River below Silver Lake is
 planned  as part of the proposed project.

 The design life of the Laconia plant is only to about  1980,  at
 which time, it is planned for connection with a regional sewage
 treatment plant in Franklin.  The Laconia plant then  will
 either be abandoned, except for the pump station, or  maintained
 as a primary treatment plant for  preventing  solids deposition
 in the long interceptor lines.

 Sludge is stored at the old incinerator site approximately
 four miles northwest of the treatment plant.  The resultant
 lime sludge appears to be inert, with little odor.   A plan is
being developed to apply the sludge as a soil conditioner to
 land near the Laconia Airport (Rose, 1975).   This will be
 conducted as a demonstration project in cooperation with the
 University of New Hampshire and will include monitoring of
 both the surface and ground water near the site.  Should un-
 acceptable conditions occur, the  sludge can be  landfilled
 at the existing storage site.  The anticipated maximum dura-
tion of  the demonstration project is expected to be two and
one-half years (Rose,  1975).   Ultimately, It is planned that
sludge will be trucked from Laconia for treatment at the
regional sewage treatment plant in Franklin,  if the Laconia
plant is still operational when the capacity of the disposal
site has been reached.
                          1-7

-------
 Plant
Influent
Rack
                       Grit
                     Chambers
                                    -Raw Sewage Pumps
                         Comminutors   ,      ,  >Q—
                                                                      .    and  _
                                                                     Lime 	  Coagulants
                                                                           or    3
                  S1udge
                                                                           A
                                                                  vScum
                              Recarbonat ion
                                 Chamber
                                                         second Stag
                                                          Clarifier
                                                        V          I   Pump
                                                           Recarbonation
                                                             Chamber
                     Vacuum
                     FiIters
                                                                              n>
                                                                    00
                                                                    0)
                                                                    o
                                                                    7T

                                                                    0)
                                                                    I/)
                                                                            A
           Fi1ter Cake
           to Disposal
                                                                        Chlori nators
                                                                       —O
                                                                 Chlorine Contact
                                                                    Chambers
                                                                Parshall  Flumes
                                                                     Effluent
         FIGURE 1-5.
              LACONIA SEWAGE  TREATMENT PLANT
              FLOW  DIAGRAM  -  PHYSICAL CHEMICAL TREATMENT
              YEARS  1975-1985.

                               1-8

-------
Meredith Sewage Treatment Plant and Collection System.
Meredith is currently served by a trickling filter plant
with a capacity of 0.262 mgd.  Treatment units include
Imhoff tanks, a high-rate trickling filter, secondary
settling tanks, and a chlorine contact chamber.  Effluent
quality is monitored.  Sludge is dried, raw, on drying
beds.

Most of the central business district of Meredith is
sewered.  Almost all the sewage is domestic or commercial
in origin.  The only reported industrial wastes are 100,000
gallons per year from the American Asbestos Corporation and
40,000 gallons per month from two laundries (Maguire, 1972).
All sewage is collected either by gravity or by a pump
station near Meredith Bay and pumped uphill to the treat-
ment plant located off Route 3 near Hawkins Brook.  The
1972 sewered population was 1,400, with an average flow of
approximately 150,000 gpm, including infiltration and in-
dustrial flows (Maguire, 1972).  High flows occurring during
both the tourist season and spring infiltration overload the
plant and reduce treatment efficiency.

The treatment plant discharges directly to Hawkins Brook,
which flows into a pond and swamp just northwest of Route
25.  During the dry summer season the treated effluent con-
stitutes most of the flow in the brook.  In addition,
nutrients in the effluent support a large crop of duckweed
in the pond and swamp.  A screen at the outlet of the pond
prevents floating weeds from entering Lake Winnipesaukee.

Center Harbor and Moultonborough Sewage Treatment Plant and
Collection System. Center Harbor and the western part of
Moultonborough are jointly served by sewers, a pumping station
and a treatment plant, all constructed after 1965.  Sewage  is
almost entirely domestic and commercial in origin.

The  treatment  system consists of three four-acre ponds,
operable in  parallel or in series, with discharge to a small
brook tributary to Lake Winnipesaukee.  Data on effluent
quality is not available.  The design population of the ponds
is 2,500 seasonal and  700 permanent residents.  A critical
factor  in the  design of the  ponds is the limited volume of
water available in the receiving stream during low  flows.
Therefore, the ponds were designed to  retain sewage  flows
from May  1 to  October  1, when the brook is  sometimes com-
pletely dry  (Maguire,  1972) .

Wolfeboro Sewage Treatment Plant.  Wolfeboro has a  sewer system
serving approximately  1,200  people.  The extent of  the sewerage
includes most  of  the central business  district, but only a  small
                             1-9

-------
      part  of  the  lakefront  and none of  the newer development
      northward  along  Routes  28 and 109A.  The only  industrial
      discharger is Wolfeboro Products Corporation which makes
      electronic components  and uses pretreatment before dis-
      charging to  the  sewers  (Maguire, 1972).

      Wolfeboro  is in  the process of replacing its deteriorated
      primary  treatment  plant with an extended aeration plant,
      followed by  land disposal.  The new units  include an
      aeration tank, a secondary settling tank with  sludge  re-
      turn  to  the  aeration tank, and a chlorine  contact chamber.
      Treated  effluent will  be sprayed on forested land.  The
      treatment  efficiency is anticipated to be  equivalent  to
      that  of  advanced waste  treatment.  A separate  reservoir
      is  capable of storing  sewage during winter months, when
      spraying is  not  possible.

      3.    Qn-Site Sewage Disposal Systems

      In  areas where a centralized sewage treatment  plant is not
available, disposal of  wastes is limited to on-site facilities.
By far the most common  of these is a septic tank/leach field
installation.   The treatment and dispersal of the waste flows in
this  type of  system relies upon anaerobic bacterial action in the
tank  and the  assimilative capacity of the soil.  While the tank
is sized mainly by the  amount of flow,  a number of  additional
factors, i.e., soil type, slope,  depth  to bedrock, and height of
the high water  table, influence  the design of the leach field.  In
most  cases, these additional  fiictors determine  the applicability
of using septic tanks.

      Throughout the Lake Winnipesaukee  area,  the low density of
development has precluded the use of municipal  treatment facilities
in most instances.  Therefore, the majority of  the residences use
on-site septic tank systems  for the disposal of liquid wastes.
Although there is no  accurate count of  the number of septic tank
installations, it is  possible to derive some reasonable estimate.
Table 1-1 lists for each community the total  number of housing
units in 1970, divided  into year-round and seasonal residences.
While the count of the  number of year-round homes is felt to
be fairly accurate,  the number of seasonal houses is uncertain.
Due to the enumeration  procedures of the Census Bureau,  in areas
with a large number of  seasonal  homes,  many are often not counted
(Section II.B.I).   It is probable,  therefore,  that the Census
count underestimates  the number  of seasonal residences.   In order
to determine the number of septic tanks, the  number of dwellings
connected to a public sewer must  be subtracted from the total
number of dwellings.   The remaining houses  are assumed to be
using septic tanks.   Using this  procedure,  the total number of
dwelling units,  by town, has been disaggregated on the basis of
public sewer or  on-site septic tank use.  The  results of  this
analysis are presented in Table  1-2.


                             1-10

-------
                          TABLE 1-1

                   NUMBER OF HOUSING UNITS
                     (Source:  1970 Census)
Municipality

Alton
Belmont
Center Harbor
Franklin
Gilford
Laconia
Meredith
Moultonborough
Northfield
Sanbornton
Tilton
Tuftonboro
Wolfeboro

    TOTAL
Year-Round



2,
1,
5,
1,





1,
621
865
226
492
086
090
099
423
689
369
872
327
226
SeasonalJ

 1,271
   215
    66
   230
   546
   291
   967
 1,405
    49
   257
    46
   652
   936
15,385
 6,931
 Total

 1,892
 1,080
   292
 2,722
 1,632
 5,381
 2,066
 1,828
   738
   626
   918
   979
 2,162

22,316
  Note:  Due to the Census procedures, the number of seasonal,
  housing units may be significantly greater.  Seasonal housing
  is here defined by occupancy, not structural characteristics.
                             1-11

-------
                          TABLE 1-2

               1970 WASTE DISPOSAL FACILITIES
Municipality

Alton
Belmont
Center Harbor
Franklin
Gilford
Laconia
Meredith
Moultonborough
Northfield
Sanbornton
Tilton
Tuftonboro
Wolfeboro

     TOTAL
Total Number
  of Units

   1,892
   1,080
     292
   2,722
   1,632
   5,381
   2,066
   1,828
     738
     626
     918
     979
   2,162

  22,316
Sewered
  290
   71
4,467
  478
  170
  334

  381

  790
9,016
Septic

 1,892
   790
   221
   687
 1,632
   914
 1,588
 1,658
   404
   626
   537
   979
 1,372

13,300
     The lifetime of a septic tank/leach field system is highly
variable and depends not only on the same factors that govern
the design of the leach field, but also, on the type of maintenance
program used.  A system installed in an excellent natural location
will probably last much longer than one installed in an area which
is marginal or requires modification of the existing site.  The
failure rate for septic tanks in the Lake Winnipesaukee area is
difficult to determine and is probably highly dependent upon what
government regulations were in effect when the system was construc-
ted.  The first limited efforts to regulate septic tank installations
resulted in a permit program  (RSA-149-E), but this program applied
only to septic tanks within 1,000 feet of surface waters.  The
coverage of this law was expanded in 1971 to include all new
septic tank systems within the entire state.  The law still does
not require that a registered engineer design the system as long
as there is four feet of soil above a ledge and the anticipated
flow is less than 2,500 gpd.  All systems designed prior to passage
of these laws have been unregulated.  The only data on system
failures exist for the Town of Gilford  (Table 1-3).  This data is a
compilation of the number of systems that required either replace-
ment or repair, including excavation.  The estimated number of
septic tank systems in Gilford is 1,632 (Table 1-2).  The average
failure rate for the past five years is 2.0 percent per year, i.e.,
32.4-^1,632.  The highest yearly failure rate was 2.6 percent in
                            1-12

-------
                           TABLE 1-3

             GILFORD SEPTIC TANK SYSTEM FAILURES*
     (Source:  Personal communication:  with Mr. Joe April,
                    Gilford Town Engineer)
                1970                            36
                1971                            42
                1972                            40
                1973                            24
                1974                            2Q_

                    TOTAL                      162

                    Average                     32.4 (excludinq 1975)

                1975 (through July)              17

 *  Requiring  repair  or  replacement



                           TABLE 1-4

               ESTIMATED SEPTIC SYSTEM FAILURES
M   .  .   n.                               .               (2.0%)
Municipality        Low  Rate           High  Rate       Average Rate

Alton                 23                 49                38
Belmont                 9                 21                16
Center Harbor           3                 6                 4
Franklin                8                 18                14
Gilford               20                 42                33
Laconia               11                 24                18
Meredith              19                 41                32
Moultonborough        20                 43                33
Northfield              5                 11                 8
Sanbornton              8                 16                13
Tilton                  6                 14                1:L
Tuftonboro            12                 25                20
Wolfeboro             16^                 36                 27
   TOTAL             160               346
267
                             1-13

-------
   1971,  and the lowest rate was L.2 percent in 1974.   Application of
   these  extrapolated failure ratas to the other jurisdictions pro-
   vides  an estimate of the failure rate for all the municipalities
   in the Study Area (Table 1-4).

       Applying the average failure rate for Gilford over tho on lire
   Basin  probably underestimates the actual number of failures.   This
   is because Gilford has a larger percentage of the most suitable
   soils  for septic tanks than any other town.   Table 1-5 presents a
   disaggregation by town of the general land suitability within the
   Merrimack River Basin for septic tank use.  The land within each
   town has been classified into one of three suitability categories-
   slight,  moderate, or severe.   Each category  is defined by a com-
   posite set of factors imposed by the area's  natural conditions
   upon the use of leach fields.   To construct  the table the general
   characteristics that are critical to septic  tank suitability, i.e.,
   depth  to bedrock, height of water table, etc., were compiled for
   each town and placed on a composite map.  A  rating system was
   developed to designate the land to one of the three limitation
   categories depending upon the integrated set of natural constraints.
   While  this technique is not detailed sufficiently to provide design
   data for a specific  site, it is very useful  as a general measure of
   septic suitability on an areawide basis.  As indicated in Table 1-5,
   every  town except Gilford has moderate to severe limitations  of over
   50 percent of its land.  Nearly half (6 out  of 13)  of the communi-
   ties have severe limitations on 50 percent or more  of their land.
   The limited suitability of the  Study Area for septic tank use is
   attributed to mainly three factors:   1)  low  depth of soil;


                             TABLE 1-5

              GENERALIZED LAND SUITABILITY FOR  SEPTIC
                     TANKS BY TOWNS WITHIN THE
                 MERRIMACK RIVER BASIN  (PERCENTAGE)
(Source:   N.  H.  Office  of Comprehensive Planning, (Unpub.  1974)
                        	LIMITATIONS  (Percentage)	
   Municipality          Slight             Moderate           Severe

   Alton                   37                --                 65
   Belmont                 25                15                 60
   Center Harbor           --                90                 10
   Franklin                30                50                 20
   Gilford                 55                —                 45
   Laconia                 15                20                 75
   Meredith                 5                60                 35
   Moultonborough           5                45                 50
   Northfield              20                35                 45
   Sanbornton              20                15                 65
   Tilton                  35                —                 65
   Tuftonboro              —                60                 40
   Wolfeboro               --                55                 45
                             1-14

-------
 2)  high  ground water  tables  for  certain  times  of  the  year;
 and 3) the  occurrence of  ledges  or  impermeable layers of  soil
 or  bedrock  close  to the surface.  A number  of  techniques,
 including large-lot zoning requirements  and construction  of
 "indian  mounds,"  can  be used to  compensate  for these  limita-
 tions but they also can significantly  increase costs.   Tlie
 practice of trying to avoid  a prohibitively expensive syntom
 yet, still  develop the available Land, tends to promote mar-
 ginal system installations and place excessive pressure on
 WSPCC and local health officials tor approval.

     Historically, as noted  above,  the procedures  and regulations
 governing septic  tank installation  in  the Study Area  have been
 weak.  The  enforcement and effectiveness of the law are limited
 by  the amount of  time available  at  the state level for reviewing
 plans and inspecting  sites.   Within the  Study  Area only four
 communities,  i.e., Gilford,  Meredith,  Laconia  and  Alton have
 engineers or local health officials who  have been  designated
 by  the State to aid in the permitting  and enforcement program.
 In  all the  other  towns, applications are forwarded directly to
 the State.   Recently,  state  officials  have  been keeping a list
 of  those systems  that were approved, but considered "marginal,"
 and they intend to return at a later date for  a system i.ri:ipr;<:i i on.
 Before this,  marginal systems were  approved without noi.iHon or
 conditions.

     There  are no recorded instances in  the Winnipesaukee area
 of  a public  health problem resulting from septic tank  malfunc-
 tions.   This  is due probably more to the relatively low density
 of  population and the large  dilution of  the lakes  than to effec-
 tive operation of septic tanks.  It is known that  in  Gilford,
 which has some of the best natural  conditions  of the  area, there
 is  a failure  rate of  2 percent per  year.  In other areas with more
 severe geologic conditions the failure rate is  probably higher.
 Marginal systems continue to be  built which are also  prone to
 failure.  As  development increases,  the area's  limited environ-
 mental capacities will be further taxed.  As these situations
 continue and  compound themselves the probability of a  serious
 public health problem increases.  In order  to  avoid this possi-
 bility,  the  future use of septic tanks should  be strictly regu-
 lated.   Regulations should be carried out with  the goal of mini-
 mizing the  future public hazards associated with septic tank
 system failures.

     Periodic cleaning is required  to remove buildups  of inert
 suspended solids and  scum from septic tanks.  Assuming  a three-
 year cleaning interval, septic tank  cleaning wastes will average
 approximately 300 gallons per year  per dwelling unit.    Thus, the
 11,089 dwelling units  identified in  Table 1-2  for  the year 1970
 could result in 3.3 million  gallons per year of septic  tank
 cleaning wastes.   However, it is doubtful that  all homeowners
 follow the good practice of  regular  septic  tank inspection and
 cleaning; also,  seasonal occupancy probably helps  prolong the
cleaning interval.  No exact figures are available for  the volume
of septic tank wastes, but 1 to 2 million gallons  per year appears
to be a reasonable estimate.

                             1-15

-------
      Septic  tank  cleaning wastes  from  all  communities  except
Meredith  and'Franklin are disposed of  in Tilton  at a site  pro-
vided by  the  Tilton Sand and Gravel Company.  Meredith provides
for  disposal  in a lagoon at its treatment  plant  and the disposal
location  for  Franklin is unknown.  The regional  wastewater treat-
ment system will  provide for the  disposal  of  septic tank cleaning
wastes  (WSPCC, 1975).  These wastes, although suspended solids
concentrations are high, have relatively low  BOD5 values and will
have little effect on the treatment processes.

      4.   Raw Waste Discharges

      The  current  raw waste discharges  into the Lake Winnipesaukee
Basin are occurring at Belmont, Franklin,  Northfield and Tilton.
Table 1-6 summarizes the estimated flows and  loadings  at these
locations, based  on the findings  of several studies:   Maguire's
"Basin Plan"  (1972); Fenton G. Keyes Associates' "Preliminary
Engineering Survey and Report on  Control of Water Pollution"
(1970); Camp, Dresser and McKee's "Report  on  Sewerage  and  Sewage
Treatment" (1965); and Morgenroth and  Associates' "Report  on
Sewage and Sewage Treatment" (1967).   Adjustments have  been
made  to reflect discharge changes such as  the discontinued opera-
tion  of the Fenwick Hosiery Mill  in Belmont and  the J.  P.  Stevens
and  Company in Franklin.

                          TABLE 1-6

           SUMMARY OF CURRENT RAW WASTE DISCHARGES
               IN THE LAKE WINNIPESAUKEE BASIN
Municipality        Flow  (mgd)      BOD  (Ibs/day)      SS  (Ibs/day)

Belmont               0.174               395               469
Franklin              1.95              3,250             4,070
Northfield            0.113               559               	
Tilton                0.146


     In addition to existing raw waste discharges from on-site
and centralized wastewater collection systems, boats are another
source of water pollution.  Boating wastes are regulated by the
NHWSPCC under RSA 149-A, which prohibits sewage discharges from
boats except to a municipal sewerage system or to any adequate
sewage disposal system on shore.  However, interviews with marina
operators indicate that, while the law is on the books, enforce-
ment is so lax as to constitute voluntary compliance.  According
to the operators, the only real enforcement derives from the
rules they,  themselves,  impose upon boats using their facilities.
It is obvious that at least a significant part of the boating
community is openly skeptical of the State's effectiveness in
enforcing its rules against raw waste discharges from boats.
                            1-16

-------
B.   DESCRIPTION OF THE APPLICANT'S PROPOSED WASTEWATER
     TREATMENT FACILITIES

     1.   General

     The applicant's project is proposed to implement the
recommendations of a 1972 study on water quality control for
the Winnipesaukee River Basin  (Maguire, 1972).  Based upon an
in-depth study of numerous engineering and water-quality re-
ports, the Basin Plan presented seven  (7) alternative plans
for sewering the Primary Study Area and two (2) alternative
plans for sewering the Peripheral Study Area.   From these
alternatives Plan B was recommended and became the basis for
the proposed action.

     Briefly, the "Maguire Plan B" consisted of upgrading of the
existing treatment plant at Laconia (already accomplished), con-
struction of a series of interceptors, and construction of a new
STP at Franklin.  When complete, sewage from all major communities
between Meredith and Franklin, i.e., Gilford,  Laconia, Sanbornton,
Belmont, Tilton and Northfield will be transported to the Franklin
regional STP for treatment.  The effluent from the Franklin STP will
be discharged to the Merrimack River and the sludge will be dis-
posed of by land spreading.  At completion of the project,  the
system will be in conformance with State policy which forbids
any new effluent discharge into the Lakes.

     Since 1972, subsequent delays, engineering modifications
and financial considerations have caused some changes in Plan
B.  Principally, Public Law 92-500 increased the share of
federal funding and eliminated the need for phased construction.
It is now planned to construct all elements of the project as fast
as good design and construction practices will allow.  Modified
Plan B can be described as follows:

     Phase I - Work completed 1972-1975.  Upgrade the Laconia
     plant to remove phosphates and achieve a higher BOD re-
     moval.   (This work was performed under a  separate federal
     grant,  and is no longer a part of the proposed action.);

     Phase II - Work to be completed 1975-1980.  Construct a
     regional STP at Franklin with capacity to serve the
     Primary Study Area until 1995, with provisions for up-
     grading in the future;

     Construct interceptors in Franklin to serve Franklin resi-
     dents ;

     Construct an interceptor between Laconia  and a point south
     of Silver Lake to carry the effluent from the Laconia  STP
     to the  Winnipesaukee River.   (The discharge to the Winni-
     pesaukee River will last for an estimated 3 to 6 months.-
                            1-17

-------
      Extend the Franklin interceptor  to collect sewage from
      Tilton and Northfield;

      Construct the Gilford and West Paugus  interceptors;

      Construct the interceptor from Tilton  and  Northfield
      to  join the interceptor  from Laconia at  a  point  south
      of  Silver Lake.   Identified  in this report as  the
      "Laconia Connection,"  this interceptor will provide
      the link between  the southern and  northern parts of
      the system,  and then the Laconia plant will be abandoned
      or  modified;

      Construct interceptors to serve Meredith,  Belmont and
      Sanbornton;  and

      The construction  schedule for projects in  the  Winnipe-
      saukee River Basin  is  shown  in Table I-6a.

      The Peripheral Study Area, including the Towns of Center
Harbor,  Moultonborough,  Tuftonboro, Wolfeboro and Alton,  was
examined in the Basin  Plan.   It was concluded that  installa-
tion  of  local  advanced waste  treatment  facilities would be
more  cost effective than  extension  of regional  collection sys-
tem around  Lake Winnipesaukee.  However, in planning  advanced
waste treatment for Alton and Wolfeboro, difficulties  are being
experienced in finding a  suitable  discharge location,  since
New Hampshire  law prohibits any new discharge,  even highly
treated  sewage,  to any lake.*   Therefore, it is  proposed  that
interceptor sewers be  constructed  with  sufficient excess
capacity  to transport  sewage  from  the Peripheral Area.

      2.   Sewage  Flows

     The estimated sewage flows in  the  Primary  Study Area for
1975 to  2020 are  summarized in  Tables 1-7 through 1-10.   Domestic
sewage flows are  greatly  influenced by  the  recreational character
of the Study Area.  Therefore,  all new  facilities are  being de-
signed for  the  peak seasonal  population rather  than the permanent
population.  Per  capita domestic sewage flows are assumed  (Maquire,
1972)  as follows:

                1975 -     80 gallons per capita daily  (gcd)
                1985 -     90 gallons per capita daily  (gcd)
                1995 -   100 gallons per capita daily  (gcd)
                2020 -   120 gallons per capita daily  (gcd)

     In Tables  1-7 through 1-10 the proposed allowance  for  in-
dustrial flows takes into account a substantial amount of ex-

*New Hampshire Water  Supply and Pollution  Control Commission,
   Rules and Regulations  Implementing  RSA 149, Number 16a,
   October  31, 1973.
                            1-18

-------
                                TABLE  I-6a

                    WINNIPESAUKEE  RI 7ER BASIN PROGRAM
                       ANTICIPATED PROJECT  SCHEDULE
                          (SOURCE:   NHWSPCC,  1976)
        Project

 Laconia Treatment Plant

 State School Pumping
  Station

 Winnisquam By-pass
  Sewer

 Franklin Treatment
  Plant

 Franklin Interceptor
  Sewer

 Tilton-Northfield
  Interceptor Sewer

 West Paugus
  Interceptor Sewer

 Gilford Interceptor
  Sewer (Sect. 1)

 Gilford Interceptor
  Sewer (Sect. 2)

 Meredith
  Interceptor Sewer
Sanbornton
  Interceptor Sewer

Belmont
  Interceptor Sewer
 Present
 Status

 Completed

 Under
 Construction

 Engineering
 Complete
 Anticipated
Construction
    Start
 March 1976
 Design Completed   May  1976
Under Design
 April 1976
Design Completed   April  1976
Redesign
 April 1976
Design Completed   April 1976
Engineering
Started

Engineering
Contract
Signed
 April 1977


 April 1977
Awaiting Design    May 1977
 Anticipated
Construction
 Completion
 September 1976


 September 1978


 October 1978


 October 1978


 October 1978


 May 1978


 May 1978


 October 1978


 April 1978
Awaiting Design    February 1977     October 1978
                   April 1979
Franklin
  Interceptor Sewer
  (Pemigewasset)

Tilton
  Interceptor Sewer

Northfield
  Interceptor Sewer
Engineering
Negotiations
Underway

Engineer
Not Selected

Engineer
Not Selected
 May 1977



 July 1977


 July 1977
 April 1979
 November 1978
 November  1978
                                 1-19

-------
pansion in the region's industrial base.  This expansion is
expected to be centered in the cities of Laconia and Franklin
and the towns of Tilton and Northfield, which are actively
trying to attract industries.  Recent projections of industrial
flows are lower than earlier estimates, chiefly because of the
loss of J. P. Stevens Company in Franklin (Section I.A.4).
These flow reductions have been considered in the preparation
of Tables 1-7 through 1-10.

     Many of the existing sewers are old and subject to ex-
cessive infiltration and inflow (I/I).  Programs are or will
be underway in each sewered community to evaluate and correct
excessive I/I.  In Tables 1-7 through 1-10 the estimated infil-
tration flows take into account both removal of excessive I/I
in existing sewers and additional I/I as the sewerage systems
are expanded.  The excess capacity allowed for the Peripheral
Area is as follows:
                               Average Flow  (mgd)
Municipality        1975        1985        1995        2020

Center Harbor       0.16        0.21        0.26        0.57
Moultonborough      0.21        0.26        0.30        0.60
Tuftonboro          0.14        0.19        0.24        0.48
Wolfeboro           0.38        0.49        0.60        0.95
Alton               0.22        0.31        0.40        0.90

     All sewage was assumed to have a BOD5 of 200 mg/1, a total
nitrogen of 50 mg/1 and total phosphorus of 10 mg/1.  These are
values typical of domestic sewage.  Any industry discharging
wastes with components in excess of these concentrations, could
be required to pretreat its waste.

     3.   Interceptors

     The routes of the proposed interceptors and the design
average and maximum sewage flows are indicated in Figure 1-6.
In most cases, interceptors will have a 20-foot permanent ease-
ment and a 50-foot construction easement; however, these widths
can be modified where structures or topography justify smaller
easements.  Because the buried lines will be exposed to high
ground water tables, most will be constructed of reinforced
concrete pipe with locking joints in order to minimize infil-
tration from groundwater.  All interceptors are designed to
carry flows projected for the year 2020.
                            1-20

-------
                         TABLE  IT; 7

          ESTIMATED SEWAGE  FLOWS - YEAR l'J7r>
           (Source:   Update  of  Maguire, 1972)
Domestic Industrial
Municipality
Meredith
Laconia
Gilford
Sanbornton
Belmont
Tilton
Northfield
Franklin
TOTAL


mgd
.16
1.02
.14
—
.12
.21
.14
.55
2.34
ESTIMATED
(Source:
mgd
.02
.30
.02
—
.02
.07
.02
0..10
0..55
TABLE 1-8
SEWAGE FLOWS - YEAR
Update of Maguire,
Domestic Industrial
Municipality
Meredith
Laconia
Gilford
Sanbornton
Belmont
Tilton
Northfield
Franklin
mgd
.31
1.56
.45
—
.23
.25
.20
.75
mgd
.04
1.01
.C4

.03
.08
.06
0.20
Infiltration
mgd
.12
.50
.10
— —
.08
.16
.11
1,30
2. .37
1985
1972)
Infiltration
mgd
.20
.86
.28
—
.15
.16
.13
1.40
Total
• mgd
.30
1.82
.26
_ _
.22
.44
.27
1.95
5.26


Total
mgd
.55
3.43
.77
—
.41
.49
.39
2.35
TOTAL
3.75
1.46
3.18
8.39
                         1-21

-------
                           TABLE 1-9

             ESTIMATED SEWAGE FLOWS - YEAR 1995
              (Source:  Update of Maguire, 1972)
Municipality

Meredith
Laconia
Gilford
Sanbornton
Belmont
Tilton
Northfield
Franklin
    TOTAL
Domestic
   mgd

   .47
  2.08
   .75
   .10
   .35
   .28
   .25
   .93
  5.21
Industrial
	mgd

    .05
   1.75
    .07
    .01
    .04
    .10
    .10
   0,20
               2.32
Infiltration
	mgd	

     .28
    1.20
     .45
     .06
     .21
     .17
     .15
    1.49
                                              4.01
                             11.54
                           TABLE I-10

             ESTIMATED SEWAGE FLOWS - YEAR 2020
              (Source:   Update of Maguire,  1972)
Municipality

Meredith
Laconia
Gilford
Sanbornton
Belmont
Tilton
Northfield
Franklin
Domestic
   mgd

   .80
  2.56
  1.92
   .24
   .66
   .43
   .45
  1.50
Industrial
	mgd

    .07
   2.03
    .16
    .02
    .06
    .20
    .20
   0.40
Infiltration
	mgd	

     .40
    1.47
     .96
     .12
     .33
     .22
     .27
    1.70
                                                           3.60
    TOTAL
  8.56
   3.14
    5.47
                                                          17.17
                             1-22

-------
FIGURE  1-6. PROPOSED INTERCEPTOR
             SYSTEM FOR HINNIPE-
             SAUKEE RIVER BASIN.
  3.9* Average Dally Flow, MGO
      Year 2020


  ^^ Treatment Plant

   Q Pumping Station


    * Temporary Discharge


  •••• Gravity Flow


   ^ Force Main
                   1-23

-------
Franklin Interceptors.  The main Franklin interceptor,
which will ultimately carry most of the Basin's sewage,
will start at the Boston and Maine (B&M) railroad, near
the City's eastern boundary.  It will parallel the rail-
road into the downtown area, then follow the Winnipesau-
kee River (while the railroad crosses and re-crosses
the River) and then rejoin the railroad and turn south.
At some points along this latter stretch, the interceptor
will cut through city streets to achieve a slope more
favorable for gravity flow.  The sewer will finally
follow the railroad through the Franklin sanitary land-
fill and enter the Franklin treatment plant site.

The Pemigewasset interceptor will start on the west bank
of the Pemigewasset River, and follow the River south-
ward for about a half mile.  It will cross under the
Pemigewasset and Winnipesaukee Rivers by means of two
inverted siphons and join the main Franklin interceptor
near the sanitary landfill.

Completion of the Franklin interceptors will eliminate
existing raw sewage discharges from Franklin into both
the Pemigewasset and Winnipesaukee Rivers.

Tilton-Northfield Extention.  This will be an extention
of the Franklin interceptor along the B&M railroad be-
tween Tilton and Northfield.  In Tilton, the sewer will
diverge from the railroad and follow the main street of
town, then cross the Winnipesaukee River at a parking
lot opposite Citizen's National Bank, and rejoin the
railroad in Northfield.   Completion of this interceptor
will eliminate raw sewage discharges from Tilton and
Northfield into l.he Winnipesaukee River.

Laconia Connection.   The Franklin interceptor will be
extended from Tilton northeastward along the B&M rail-
road to join the Winnisquam outfall.   This will allow
sewage from the communities northeast of Tilton-North-
field to be treated at the Franklin STP and will permit
abandonment, or modification of the Laconia STP.  (Note:
This interceptor has been referred to in various reports
as "part of the Winnipesaukee Interceptor," "the Inter-
ceptor from Tilton and Northfield," and the "Tilton-
Northf ield Interceptor Sewer."  The term "Laconia
Connection"  is used throughout this report).

Belmont Interceptor.  The Belmont interceptor will start
in the Belmont Village area and proceed westward for
approximately two miles  along an abandoned railroad right-
of-way on the south side of the Tioga River to Route 140.
                       1-24

-------
 Then,  the interceptor will follow Route 140 the  re-
 mainder of the way to the Laconia Connection.   It is
 anticipated that the Belmont interceptor will  carry
 wastewater by gravity flow for the entire length of  the
 route.   However,  there may be a possible need  for a
 pump station at the extreme western end of the route.

 The  essential features of the Belmont  interceptor align-
 ment are:   (1)  four stream crossings;  (2)  two  road cross-
 ings;  (3)  a requirement for additional fill material to
 increase the width of Route 140's shoulder;  and.  (4)  the
 necessity to make two cuts of 15 foot  depth along Route
 140's  shoulder.

 Sanbornton Interceptor.   The Sanbornton interceptor  will
 follow  the west  shore of Lake Winnisquam for about three
 miles,  cross the  Route 3 bridge over Lake  Winnisquam,  and
 then join the Winnisquam outfall.

 Winnisquam Outfall  System.   The Winnisquam outfall system,
 soon to be under  construction,  will  carry  treated
 sewage  from the Laconia  STP to a discharge point
 on the  Winnipesaukee  River oelow Silver Lake.  After the
 Laconia plant is  abandoned or modified,  this same
 line will  transport  raw  or partially treated sewage  to
 the  Franklin STP.

 Details  of the interceptor design  are  discussed  in other
 reports  (S-E-A Consultants,  Inc.,  1975)  and  are  only
 summarized here.   The  outfall  line will  start  at a pump
 station  to be constructed  at  the  site  of the Laconia STP.
 A 30-inch  diameter force main  will cross under the Winni-
 pesaukee River and then,  follow  the  east side  of the
 Boston  and Maine  railroad  track  for  a  total  length of
 5,800 feet.   The  force main will be  followed by  a  60-
 inch diameter gravity  sewer which will  continue  along
 the  east side of  the railroad  track  for most of  its
 31,200-foot  length.  The outfall will  end  about  1,800
 feet north  of Route 140.   The  center of the interceptor
 will be placed 16  feet from the center of  the  railroad
 track.

 West Paugus  Interceptor.   The West Paugus interceptor
 will collect sewage fro'm the Meredith and Gilford  in-
 terceptors,  and from Weirs  Beach  (which now discharges
 to the Laconia sewers).  Starting at Weirs Beach,  the
 line will  follow the B&M railroad along the west shore
of Paugus Bay.  Causeways across Moulton and Pickerel
Coves will be widened.  A pumping station located  two-
                        1-25

-------
thirds down Paugus Bay will pump the sewage across the
golf course to the north shore of Opechee Bay.  Another
pump station located half-way down Opechee Bay will
provide enough lift to bring the sewage to the Laconia
plant.  Subsequent changes to this description as a re-
sult of public controversy and alternatives studied to
mitigate environmental impacts are discussed in Section
V.B.I of this report.

Meredith Interceptor.  The Meredith interceptor will
start at the existing pump station in Meredith and
paralleling the Meredith Bay shoreline, follow the
B&M railroad to Weirs Beach.  Construction of this
line will allow the treatment plant at Meredith to bo
abandoned.

Gilford Interceptor. The Gilford interceptor starts
near the town's eastern boundary (Ellacoya State Park)
and follows the shore of Lake Winnipesaukee to Weirs
Beach.  Much of the route is along an old abandoned
railroad right-of-way.  Pumping stations at Ellacoya,
Smith's Cover, Gilford Marina and Pendleton Beach
will provide energy to move the sewage along the Lake.
Because the land between the steep hillsides and the
Lake is narrow in many places, the sewer will pass
close to a number of houses, but none will be dis-
placed.  The interceptor will collect sewage from
one of the most heavily developed sections of shoreline
on Lake Winnipesaukee, including several marinas.
In addition, Governors Island, located just east of
Pendleton Beach, could be served by the interceptor.

In the original design (Maguire, 1972), the Gilford
interceptor was limited in length, extending only
from the Gilford Marina in Sanders Bay to Belknap
Point  (approximately 5.25 miles east of the Marina).
An interceptor from Sanders Bay was planned to run
towards the Laconia Airport, where it would have
connected with the Laconia sewers.  This system
would have left the heavily populated Winnipesaukee
shoreline from Weirs Beach to Sanders Bay unsewered.
Because difficulties are now being encountered in
finding a suitable land disposal site for the pro-
posed STP at Alton, there is a possibility that Alton
will have to join the regional system instead of con-
structing its own treatment plant.  In this case,
the proposed sewerage in Alton would have to be ex-
tended along the Winnipesaukee shoreline and connect
to the Gilford interceptor.  Under the original design,
the Laconia sewers could not handle the increased  flow
anticipated from Alton, so the Gilford interceptor
was rerouted along the shoreline to Weirs Beach, where
it will tie into the regional system.
                       1-26

-------
     4.
Treatment Plants
     Laconia STP.  The Laconia sewage treatment plant is
     designed  for interim use until regional sewage treat-
     ment can  be provided at Franklin.  The plant was con-
     structed  as a demonstration project using physical/
     chemical  treatment.  The need for phosphate removal
     at the Laconia STP was considered urgent, as the plant
     discharges to Lake Winnisquam, which is rapidly
     eutrophying.  Section I.A.2. describes in greater
     detail the Laconia STP.

     The STP will have a 1985 average daily flow of 4.75
     mgd (=7.35 cfs).  Table 1-11 summarizes the effluent
     limitations for the plant.  The STP is designed to
     produce a discharge with quality equivalent to or
     better than the effluent limitations.

     In about  1980, when the proposed interceptor to
     Franklin  is completed, the Laconia pl.ant, except.
     for the pump station, will be abandoned or modi tied.
     If continued as a primary treatment plant, it will
     remove settleable solids deposition in the inter-
     ceptors during low flows.  Also, other processes,
     such as grit removal and chlorination might be re-
     tained.  Some units may be salvaged for use at the
     Franklin STP.  These decisions will depend on
     economics and sewage characteristics.
                         TABLE I-11

    EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS FOR THE LACONIA TREATMENT PLANT
                  (Source:  NHWSPCC, 1975)
Parameter
               Maximum Monthly
              mgTTIb/day
 Maximum Weekly
mg/1Ib/day
 Maximum
Any Time

 mg/1
5-day BOD
Total Suspended Solids
Settleable Solids
Total Phosphorus
Total Coliform
PH
               30
               15
               N/A
               1.0
               Less  than  240/100  ml  at  all  times
               6.5 <  pH <  8.0  at  all times
1188
594
N/A
N/A
.5
.2

45
20
0.1
N/A


ml/1
1782.
792.

7
3

50
25
0.
2.


3
0


ml/1
                           1-27

-------
     Franklin STP.   The Franklin plant site is located near
     the sanitary landfill approximately two miles down the
     Merrimack  River  from  Franklin.  Although  physical
     chemical treatment was originally recommended (Maguire,
     1972),  it has  been determined that an activated sludge
     plant  could meet the  existing effluent limits,  and at
     a reduced cost.   Thus, although not yet fully designed,
     the Franklin plant will use the conventional activated
     sludge  process with anaerobic sludge digestion.   Figure
     1-7 shows  a typical flow diagram  for this process.
     The plant  will be designed  to meet or exceed the effluent
     limitations defined for 40  CFR 133 for secondary treatment
     (Table  1-12 ) .
                          TABLE

    EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS FOR THE FRANKLIN TREATMENT PLANT
                    (Source:  40CFR 133)
Parameter
5-Day BOD
Suspended Solids
Fecal Coliform
PH
 Maximum
 Monthly
   mg/1
Maximum
Weekly
  mg/1
   30               45
   30               45
200/100 ml       400/100 ml
6.0 < pH < 9.0 at-all times
    5.   Effluent  Disposal

    Laconia Outfall Below  Silver  Lake.  For approximately  a  3  to
    6 month period between completion of  the Winnisquam  Outfall
    of  the Laconia Connection  (Section I.E.3)  , treated  efflu-
    ent from  the  Laconia STP will be discharged to  the Winnipe-
    saukee River  about  1,800 feet northeast of Route  140.  A
    diffuser  outfall will  insure  an even  dispersion of the
    effluent  in the river.

    The Laconia plant will have a 1985 average daily  flow  of
    4.75 mgd  (7.35 cfs) and effluent characteristics  equivalent
    to  or better  than the  effluent limitations (Table 1-11) .
                           1-28

-------
Plant
Influent
           Rack
                      Grit                   Raw Sewage Pumps
                      Chambers  Conmun!tors
        ludge
      Flotatl
        Ickene
       Vacuum
       Filter
Vacuum
Filter
          To Sanitary
           Landfill
                              Return
                              Activated
                                        ration Tanks
f.
pi 1
[
ks




j__^^

Aeration
1
!

                                                  cum
                                                    Secondary
                                                    Clarlfler
                                                Secondary
                                                Clarlfler
                                                                  Chlorinators
                                                            )hlorine Contact
                                                             Chambers
                                                          Plant  Effluent
                                              LJ  1975 Construction

                                                  Future  Construction
   FIGURE 1-7.
   BASIN WASTES TREATMErfT FACILITIES AT FRANKLIN
   FLOW DIAGRAM - ACTIVATED  SLUDGE  PROCESS
                                1-29

-------
 Flow in the Winnipesaukee  River  is  maintained,  by use
 of a dam,  at 200  cfs  minimum.  The  section  of  the River
 from Silver Lake  to below  Route  140 is  relatively calm,
 and has a  number  of sandbars.  When Route 140  was re-
 cently  widened  at its river  overpass, a new channel  was
 cut through an  ox-bow of the River  and  the  remains of
 this ox-bow still exist as a quiet  backwater.   The section
 of River below  Route  140 has a series of rapids which  con-
 tinue beyond the  Tilton area.  Due  to this  variable  nature
 and rate of flow  of the river, there will be good mixing
 and reaeration  of the plant  effluent once it passes  Route
 140 and the quiet stretch  of water.

 Franklin Outfall.  The discharge of the Franklin  plant
 will be to the  Merrimack River, below the proposed plant
 site.   At  this  point,  the  River flow divides into two
 channels around an island.   The exact discharge location
 in relation to  this island has not  yet  been  selected.

 At the  plant's  full capacity, the flow  will  be  11.5  mgd
 and will have constituents in concentrations equivalent
 to or lower than  those of  the prescribed effluent  limita-
 tions (Table 1-12) .

 6.   Sludge  Handling

 Laconia.  At its design capacity of 4.75 mgd, the
 physical chemical  treatment  process will produce  120,000
 pounds  of dry solids per week.   At  the  design solids con-
 tent of 20  percent, the sludge would have a  total weight
 of  600,000  pounds  per week.  However, the plant is currently
 achieving a 35 percent solids content,  which would amount
 to  340,000  pounds  per week total weight.  Assuming a constant
 flow increase to its design  capacity, the Laconia plant will
 thus produce a total of 14  to 25  acre-feet of sludge over its
 lifetime of five years.


 The State's current plans,  described in Section I.B.6., are to
 apply sludge as a  soil conditioner at the Laconia Airport.
This project would consume  a total of about  10 acre-feet
of sludge.   It was originally planned to truck the remain-
 ing 4 to 15 acre-feet of sludge to Franklin  for lime
recovery, but this is  no longer likely due  to a modifica-
tion in  the proposed Franklin treatment process, i.e.,  to
activated sludge.   Instead, it  will be placed in a sani-
tary landfill of 5 to 20 acre-feet in volume including
cover.  Based on a regional study of solid wastes  (Metcalf  &
Eddy, 1974), this would increase  the cumulative 1985  sani-
tary landfill needs of Laconia, Meredith and Gilford
up 2 percent.  At present,  the  site for the  landfill  has
not been chosen.
                        1-30

-------
      Franklin.   A typical activated sludge plant with anaerobic
      digestion  and vacuum filter dewatering will produce 1,400
      pounds  of  dry solids per million gallons  of sewage.  At its
      full capacity of 11.5 mgd,  the Franklin plant will require
      disposal of approximately 8.4  acre-feet per year of de-
      watered sludge.

      During  the past  several  months the  New Hampshire Water Supply
      and Pollution Control Commission has  been reviewing all
      feasible alternatives for the  disposal of sludge that will
      be  generated at  this plant.  Sanitary landfill of digested
      sludge  on  the Franklin site has been  selected.  Appendix
      A-l presents the NHWSPCC's  description of the proposed
      landfill.

      The area proposed for sludge disposal would be immediately
      adjacent to the  proposed treatment  plant.   The land is
      currently  owned  by the City of Franklin.   They have pro-
      vided the  Commission with an easement of  50 acres of the
      total 220  acres  that they have under  ownership.   Also,
      they have  advised them that as much of the 220 acres as
      will be needed can also  be  obtained.

      Much of the area is being actively  farmed for the production
      of  corn which is for livestock ensilage.

      7.   Costs

      Since the  original  cost  estimate was  made  for Plan  B (Maguire,
1972, inflation  has caused  construction  costs  to escalate sharply.
Table 1-13 shows  the  change in cost  indices  since  the  original
December, 1971,  estimate.   To  bring  the  costs  of the  proposed
project  into proper perspective,  all must  be scaled to the  latest
appropriate  EPA  index.   The current project cost estimates are
reflected in Table 1-14.

                          TABLE 1-13

   COST ESCALATION SINCE DECEMBER 1971  ($ MILLION DOLLARS)

                          Value
      Cost Index         Dec.  71        Current  Value      Ratio

ENR Construction Cost    1,950*     2,290 July  1975        1.388
EPA Sewage Treatment        159      240.3 Apr 75 (Boston)   1.511
   Plant
EPA Sewer                  166      265.5 Apr 75 (Boston)   1.599

*  Maguire, 1972.
                             1-31

-------
                          TABLE  1-14

                   ESTIMATED PROJECT COSTS
Capital Costs
 (Source:  NHWSPCC, 1976)
          Cost*  (April 1975)
          Interceptor:

             Meredith

             West Paugus

             Laconia-Tilton

             Tilton-Franklin

             Franklin - STP

             Gilford

             Belmont

             Sanbornton

             Pemigewasset



          Franklin STP
Operation and Maintenance
(Source:  Update of Maguire, 1972)
          Franklin STP
Sub-Total
                                        Total
 $2,873,000

  6,938,000

  8,121,000

  8,347,000

  5,269,000

  5,046,000

  2,347,000

  1,165,000

  4,139,000

$44,245,000

 10,755,000

$55,000,000
          Annual Cost
         1985
      $490,000
        1995
      $634,000
* Includes Engineering and Contingencies @ 15 percent.  EPA
  Region I allows ten percent contingency on the bid price
  and another ten percent on the actual construction costs.
  Thus,  using the full EPA allowance and four percent engineering
  costs, the actual project cost could be as high as $59 million.
                            1-32

-------
C.   PURPOSE OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT:  GOALS AND OBJECTIVES

     The purpose of the proposed project is to improve the quality
of surface and ground waters in the Study Area and to prevent
potential water quality problems through planning to meet the
future needs for sewage treatment capacity.  Also, the project is
intended to satisfy the goals and objectives of the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972 (PL 92-500)  as well as
State and local water quality objectives.  Provisions of PL 92-
500  (Section 101)  require the elimination of pollutant discharges
into navigable waters by 1985 and the development and implemen-
tation of waste treatment management processes by each state.
National interim water quality goals proposed the attainment of
water quality which provides for "the protection and propagation
of fish, shellfish, and wildlife and provides for recreation in
and on the water..." (PL 92-500).

     To achieve these goals, the objectives of the project are:

     1.    To eliminate the discharge from failing septic tank
          systems  along the shores of Lake  Winnipesaukec,
          Paugus Bay,  Lake Winnisquam,  Silver Lake,  and  trib-
          utary streams;

     2.    To permit the existing treatment  plants at  Meredith,
          Laconia,  and possibly  Center  Harbor and Wolfeboro
          to be phased out;

     3.    To prevent the  continued proliferation  of on-site
          septic tanks  in areas  of poor and marginal  soils;

     4.    To improved  regional water quality management  through
          the  prevention  of  duplication of  services;  and

     5.    To realize the  economies  of scale through coordinated
          implementation,  and advanced  planning to assure
          adequate  public  sewer  service in  meeting expected
          future population  needs  through the year 2020.
                           1-33

-------
                     SECTION II



           EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING

The following section of the environmental impact
statement contains a description of the current
environmental setting of the Winnipesaukee Basin.
Information developed in this discussion will be
incorporated into the analysis of the proposed
project's environmental impact (Section IV) and into
the analysis of feasible alternatives to the proposed
project (Section V).  The status of the Study Area's
condition is based on an evaluation of the following
environmental parameters:

                 Natural Environment

                   Climate

                   Air Quality

                   Geology

                   Topography

                   Soils

                   Hydrology

                   Biology

                   Aesthetics

                   Historic  and Archaeologic  Resources

                   Environmentally  Sensitive  Areas



                Social  and  Economic Environment

                   Population Characteristics

                   Land  Use

                   Economy

                   Community  Services

-------
 A.   NATURAL ENVIRONMENT

     The  natural  environmental setting of the Study Area ami i l:;
 constraints upon future development are described in the fol-
 lowing sections.  This  information provides the basis for
 evaluating  many  of the  environmental impacts resulting from the
 construction and operation of a proposed regional sewerage
 system in the Winnipesaukee River Basin.

     1.   Climate

     The  Winnipesaukee Basin has a north humid continental climate
 characterized by cold winters,  moderately warm summers and abun-
 dant, well-distributed  precipitation.  Climatic conditions are
 influenced  by both the  prevailing westerly winds and storms
 which pass  over  the Basin  from the west or southwest or traveling
 up  the Atlantic  coast.   Differences in elevation and topography
 produce  some local variation in temperature and precipitation
 (NHWSPCC, 1973).   High  areas generally receive more  precipitation
 and  have a  wider range  of  temperature extremes.

     While the  National  Weather Service does not directly operate
 any  climatological stations in  the Winnipesaukee Basin,  several
 stations are operated by Cooperative Climatological  Observers
 under the National Oceanic and  Atmospheric Admin i strat: i.on ' :i
 (NOAA) sponsorship.  Stations  are located  in 1,/jkoporl:,  Woir<-l>on>,
 Moultonboro,  New Durham, Franklin and Franklin l-'ii.l Is.   The -ivcr-
 age  annual  temperature  at  Lakeport is 46 F.   Temperatures rancjo
 from less than -25 F to the high  90's.   Average  monthly tempera-
 tures range  from 20.4 F in January to 70.3 F in  July (Table II-l).
 The  length  of  the  growing  season  is  variable throughout the
 Study Area  depending upon  proximity  to the lakes and local  diff-
 erences in  elevation (Kitchel,  et al.  1963).   In the vicinity  of
 Laconia the  average date of the last killing frost occurs between
 May  10 to May  30,  while the average  date of  the  first  killing
 frost occurs between September  30  and October  15.  Killing  frosts
 have occurred  as early as  August  or  as  late  as June.

     Average  annual precipitation  at  Lakeport is  40.4 inches.
 Average monthly  precipitation ranges  from  2.76 inches  in
 February to  4.51 inches in  November,  and is  fairly evenly dis-
 tributed throughout the year  (Table  II-l) .   Slightly higher
 monthly amounts  are generally recorded  in  the  fall and  late
 spring.   Thunderstorms produced by local convective  activity,
 tropical hurricanes and continental  storms originating  in the
western or central portions of the United  States are often
 accompanied by substantial  rainfalls.  Average annual  snowfall
 at Laconia is approximately 80 inches.   Large  amounts of  snowfall
 are generally recorded in  the mountainous  areas  around the  peri-
meter of the Winnipesaukee  Basin.  The spring  snow melt coupled
with slightly increased amounts of precipitation often results
 in flooding.
                            II-l

-------
                         TABLE II-l


        MEAN MONTHLY  PRECIPITATION AND TEMPERATURE
           AT LAKEPORT, NEW HAMPSHIRE 1941-1970

                  (Source:  USDC NOAA, 1974)
January

February

March

April

May

June

July

August

September

October

November

December
Temperature
   (°F)

   20.4

   22.0

   31.7

   44.0

   55.7

   65.4

   70.3

   68.2

   60.4

   50.1

   38.3

   25.0
Precipitation
  (inches)

    2.84

    2.76

    3.15

    3.12

    3.64

    3.7

    3.41

    3.04

    3.57

    3.17

    4.51

    3.49
Annual
Mean
   46.0
   40.4
                           Summary

     The study area is influenced by the weather patterns
which dominate the Northeast Atlantic Region.  Streams
and rivers are susceptible to flooding in the spring when
snow melt is accompanied by slightly increased amounts of
rainfall.
                             II-2

-------
      2.   Air Quality

      The Primary Study Area lies within the Merrimack Valley
 - Southern New Hampshire Interstate Air Quality Control Area
 is located in the Central New Hampshire Air Quality Control
 Region.   The Merimack Valley - Southern New Hampshire Inter-
 state AQCR is classified Priority I for particulate matter and
 sulfur oxides and Priority III for oxides of nitrogen,  carbon
 monoxide,  and photochemical oxidants;  the Central New Hampshire
 Intrastate AQCR is classified Priority III for all pollutants.
 The classification of a region for each pollutant is based on
 the measured or estimated data in the  baseline year as  described
 in 40 CFR  52,  subpart GG.  This means  that in the Merrimack
 Southern New Hampshire Interstate AQCR,  particulate and sulfur
 oxide concentrations were estimated or measured to be above the
 national primary standards,  whjle carbon  monoxide,  nitroqcn
 dioxide  and photochemical oxidants were  less than the national
 secondary  standards.   In the Central New  Hampshire J.ntrani.ai «•
 AQCR,  the  measured or estimated air quality  is  currently  within
 all standards.

      No  Transporation Control  Plan was required in  either region,
 implying that  no special restrictions  are  needed to attain or
 maintain the  standards  for mobile  source pollutants (carbon mon-
 oxide, photochemical  oxidants,  hydrocarbons  and oxides  of
 nitrogen).  Also,  there  is no  currently designated  Air  Quality
 Maintenance Area in  either region.   Changes  are being monitored
 for potential  problems.

     Air quality data  for the  Study  Area is  very  limited  as
 monitoring, which  began  in 1973, pertains  only  to the measure-
 ment of  suspended  particulates.  There are only  two monitoring
 stations in the  Winnipesaukee  Basin:  One  is  located at the
 municipal building in downtown  Laconia, and  the other at  the
 school in Tilton.  The 1973  and 1974 maximum measured concen-
 trations for particulate  matter are  juxtaposed with the
 applicable air quality standards in Table  II-2.

     Since no measured sulfur dioxide  (SCO data are available
 for the Winnipesaukee area, the monitoring data for Concord and
 Plymouth are used in Table II-2 to illustrate the general SO
 concentrations in the Southern New Hampshire region.  It should
be noted that because of the difference in pollutant sources,
meteorological and topographical conditions, these shown sulfur
oxide concentrations may not be representative of the Franklin
area in the vicinity of the wastewater treatment plant.
                            II-3

-------
                                       TABLE  II-2
               BACKGROUND AIR QUALITY DATA  (IN MICROGRAMS  PER CUBIC METER)
           MAXIMUM MEASURED AIR QUALITY CONCENTRATIONS  (SOUTHERN NEW HAMPSHIRE)
Pollutant
Particulate
Matter

Annual Geo-
metric Mean
2 4 -Hour
Maximum
Sulfur Oxides

Annual Arith-
metic Mean
24-Hour
Maximum
3-Hour
Maximum
Laconia++
1973
51
126
*
*
*
1974
43
230
*
*
*
Tilton++
1973
38
132
*
*
*
1974
34
108
*
*
*
Concord
1975
-
-
29.1+
93+
*
Plymouth
1975
_
-
32.4 +
12.4 +
*
National Standard
Primary
75
260**
80
365**
-
Secondary
. 60
150**
State
Standard
60
150*
60
260**
1,300**
1,300**
* No data available.
**These standards may not be exceeded more than one per year.
+ Because no data is available for the Winnipesaukee area, these data were  used  to  represent
    the background concentration in the Southern New Hampshire Region.
+J-Comparable 1975 particulate data were not available at the time of this analysis.
Souce:   State of New Hampshire,  Air Pollution Control Commission.

-------
       The National Primary Air Quality Standards  (Table 11-2) arc-
  established to protect public health while the goal of the more
  stringent secondary standards is the protection of public welfaiv
  Except for the annual average arithmetic mean, the short-term
  standards may not be exceeded more than once per year.  Tht« Sraif
  of New Hampshire ambient air quality standards are more siriiuM'ni
  than national standards for participate matter and sulfur iltoxuK

       As shown in Table II-2, none of the maximum measured
  ^nC?S™ati°nS exceed the national or state standards except
  the 1974 maximum particulate concentration of Laconia   The
  second highest reading of 1974 particulate concentration at
  Laconia was 110 mg/mj which is well below the standard.  As
  the short-term standard may be exceeded once per year, there
  appears to be no violation of national or state standards
  based on measured data.  Larson's method was used to estimate
  the second highest concentrations if the data were continuous.
  The results indicate that the second highest 24-hour TSP con-
  centration (equal 225 micrograms per cubic meter) at Laconia
  Station would exceed National Secondary and thus State Standards.

       The principle sources of suspended particulates are heavy
  construction and combustion activities,  such as the burninc,
  of coal or sludge.   Since these monitoring stations are
  located in the more industrialized and populated portion of the
  Study Area,  they probably represent the  worst  conditions that
  will be experienced in the vicinity of Lake Winnipesaukee.

      3.   Geology
 baSi^Tforgfh10gy ?f  the StUdy Area is described to provide a
 basis  for  the  analysis of the area's topography, soils  and
               SSSSi.'S       rf"
                           s
    area s ground water resources

     The Winnipesaukee River Basin iies entirely within the
Appalachian geologic province.  It was formed by the excavation

   a' m°e                                     ™
               dill,                                      ,
  P T™i » 5'          and 0ssiPee Mountains around the margin of
All of the ba5Ja Tre 5^ fr°m m°re erosion resistant rocks?
         r™   ?CS ln the BaSln was formed in the Paleozoic
         Compacted marine sediments slid and broke along great
             ^^ lntruded from b£low by molten magma  and
         were converted into metamorphic rocks.   Erosion,  uplift
                             II-5

-------
and glaciation are the forces largely responsible for the
existing surficial geologic features of the area.  The
lithology of the principal formations in the Study Area is
discussed below.

    Bedrock Geology.   Major bedrock units underlying the low-
    land portion of the Basin are the Devonian Littleton
    Formation and New Hampshire Magma Series, the latter in-
    cluding Kinsman quartz monozite and quartz diorite.
    Kinsman quartz monozite and quartz diorite were formed
    when liquid magma intruded into the Littleton schist and
    then cooled and solidified.  The bedrock units underlying
    the Study Area are delineated in Figure II-l.

        The Littleton formation has a complex and varied
        lithology.In the Winnipesaukee area it consists of
        schists formed by the metamorphosis of shales and
        argillaceous  sediments.  It contains gray micacious
        quartzite, gray coarse-grained mica schist with min-
        erals such as biotite, garnet sellimanate and gray
        gneisses.

        Kinsman quartz monozite consists of dark-gray to light
        gray medium to coarse-grained biotite quartz monozite.
        It is massive to well foliated and in many places it
        contains phenocrysts  of potash feldspar one to two
        inches long.   In the  Winnipesaukee area it includes
        the Meredith  granite.

        Quartz diorite consists of  dark gray to gray medium-
        grained biotite quartz diorite.   It is massive to well
        foliated and  includes some  diorite,  granodiorite and
        quartz monozite.   The Winnipesaukee quartz diorite is
        a weak rock which has been  severely eroded.

        The Ossipee,  Belknap  and Red Hill  Mountains were formed
        by later intrusions of molten magma and volcanic extru-
        sions of molten magma and volcanic extrusions which
        occurred during the Mississippian  Period.   The rocks are
        referred to as the White Mountain  Magma Series.   The
        Ossippee Mountains were formed by  the intrusion of mol-
        ten material  into great circular cracks producing a
        circular pattern  or ring dike.   Volcanic action was
        part of the mountain  building process in the
        Ossippees.  The Belknaps were produced by  a  series of
        molten surges  resulting in  a pattern of nested,  cres-
        cent ring  dikes.   Red  Hill  was produced by similar in-
        trusions and  volcanic  action.   The rocks in  this series
        appear grouped  together in  great variety in  relatively
        small  areas and are mapped  as  a  single unit  in  Figure II-l

   Surficial  Geology.  Several  previous cycles of erosion,
   uplift  and  glaciation  have  resulted  in the diverse  surface
   geology  of  the Winnipesaukee  Basin   Very  little  erosion
   has  taken  place in  recent  time.   During  the Pleistocene
                           II-6

-------
FIGURE ii-i.   BEDROCK GEOLOGY
       [Source: Billings, 1968]
     LI Littleton Formation

     Hi Kinsman Quartz Honozite

       I Quartz Diorite

     HI White Mountain Magma Series
               H-7

-------
     Period, as the Wisconsin glacier moved in a northwest to
     southeast direction, it crossed the Study Area carving
     out of the Winnipesaukee Basin from the weak granite
     masses and scouring the rock surfaces.  Glacial till was
     deposited beneath the ice sheet and during times when
     the ice melted.  Today, a fairly continuous layer of till
     covers most of the Study Area to an average depth of 32
     feet; however, in the mountains and hilly areas some bed-
     rock ledges are exposed.

     Glacial till is an extremel/ dense, heterogeneous mixture
     of clay,  silt, sand, pebbles and boulders.  These deposits
     are differentiated on the basis of their topographic ex-
     pression and the nature of their component materials.
     The different types of surficial deposits are delineated
     in Figure II-2 and described below.

         Ground Moraine consists of unstratified till and over-
         lies  the bedrock throughout most of the Study Area.

         Drumlins are elongated,  streamlined hills of glacial
         till  or a veneer of till over small bedrock hills.

         Boulder trains are fan-shaped areas of dispersion
         which can be traced to a single source based on grain
         size  of a distinct mineral  type.

         Stratified gravel  and  sand  or sandy desosits include
         Kames,  eskers  and  outwash plains.   These deposits
         generally contain  very little clay.

         Glacial  outwash  areas  and recent  stream  deposits con-
         sist  of  stratified  sand  and  silt  laid  down  by melt-
         water  streams  and  recent streams.

    Mineral Resources.   The  bedrock of  the  area  is  mined for
    materials  needed in  highway  construction,  building,  decor-
    ative stone  and  ceramincs  (Goldthwait,  1968).   Weathered
    syenite, called  rottenstone,  is excavated  for highway sub-
    till, while  rocks  containing  feldspar are  quarried  for use
    in ceramics.   Granite  is quarried in many  places  for use
    in building activities and as decorative stone.   Sand and
    gravel are mined and used  for many purposes.

                           Summ iry

    The geology of the Study Arra is dominated by two meta-
morphic formations:  the LittleHon formation and the White
Mountain Magna Series.  Kinsman quartz monozite and quartz
di°rite intrude the Littleton formation in the northwest corner
of the Primary Study Area and along all bodies of water.  The
White Mountain Magna Series predominates in the Gilford portion
of the Primary Study Area and selected locations in the  PeripSe
Study Area.                                                   ^
                         II-8

-------
FIGURE 11-2.  SURFACE GEOLOGY.
        Ground Moraine

        Drumlins

        Boulder Trains
H        Stratified Gravel  and  Sandy
        Gravel

   m*  Glacial Outwash and  Recent
     '  Stream Depos!ts
          II-9

-------
     4.   Topography

     Dominant topographic features of the Study Area include
 the lowlands in which Lake Winnipesaukee lies and the moun-
 tains which border these lowlands.   The terrain ranges from
 steep ledges to the gentle slopes of the lowlands.  Much of
 the area is characterized by rolling hills dissected by
 streams.  Numerous lakes and ponds,  formed as a result of
 glacial action occur within the Study Area.   Elevations range
 from approximately 330 feet above mean sea level (msl)  at the
 bottom  of Lake Winnipesaukee to almost 3,000 feet above msl
 in the  Ossipee Mountains.

     The lowland areas surroundi ig the northern and north-
 eastern margins of Lake Winnipesaukee and adjacent to Paugus
 Bay,  Silver Lake,  Lake Winnisquam and the Winnipesaukee River
 generally have slopes of less than eight percent (Figure II-3)
 Red Hill,  Ossipee,  and Belknap Mountains contain most of the
 areas with slopes  greater than 25 percent,  although steep
 ledges  and small areas of slopes  greater than 25 percent are
 found throughout the Basin.   The  remainder  of the Study Area
 generally has  slopes between 9 and 14 percent with a  few
 scattered areas of  slopes between 15  and 24  percent.

    A wide range of  channel  slopes are  found  within the Basin.
 Waterfalls and  rapids  have  formed at  points where streams
 have  cut down  to the bedrock.   Relatively flat,  swampy  areas
 at  the  headwaters of many of the  small  streams  have been
 formed.

    5.   Soils

    The  U.S.D.A. Soil  Conservation Service  (SCS)  published a
 comprehensive soil survey of Merrimack  County in  1965,  and a
 similar  study of Belknap  County in 1968.  A soil  survey has
 not been published for Carroll County;  however,  information
 for this analysis has  been gathered from a general  publica-
 tion prepared by the State of Naw Hampshire  (State  of New
 Hampshire, 1968).  Five main soil associations are  described
 for Belknap County;  five  are described  for Merrimack; and,
 four are described for Carroll County.  These soil associa-
 tions are shown in Figure II-4.  Each major soil association
 contains those soils from which the association's name is
derived.  Several minor soils may also occur within each
 soil association.
                         11-10

-------
FIGURE  II-3- SLOPES
   [Source:  NHOCP * NERBE, 1975]
           11-11

-------
FIGURE Il-'t.  SOIL ASSOCIATIONS.
   [Source:  U.S. Dept. of Agriculture
     Soil  Conservation Service]
      Windsor-Hinckley-Au Gres

      Gloucester-Shapleigh-Whitman

      Hermon-Becket-Canaan

      Gloucester-Paxton-Shapleigh

      Paxton-Shapleigh-Woodbridge

      Gloucester-Shapleigh-Acton

      Ondawa-Windsor-Agawam

 [J  Gloucester-Shapleigh
                  11-12

-------
    The major soil associations for the Belknap County portion
of the Study Area are as follows:

    The Windsor-Hinckley-Au-Gres Association is the smallest
    of the major associations on the County.  The association
    is usually found as narrow strips along rivers and streams.
    The Windsor and Hinckley soils are excessively drained
    and the Au Gres soils are poorly drained;  however, all
    are coarsely textured.  Stones, boulders and rock out-
    crops are absent from this soil association.  On a county-
    wide basis, the soils of this association were.farmed
    in the past, but now approximately 75 percent of the
    association is forested.

    The Gloucester-Shapleigh-Whitman Association occupies
    approximately 15 percent of the county.THe
    association is generally confined to the northwest.
    Gloucester and Shapleigh soils are somewhat ex-
    cessively drained and Whitman  soils are very poorly
    drained.  All the component soils are moderately coarse
    textured.  Stones and outcrops of bedrock are common in
    this association.  The  stony nature of the soil prohibits
    extensive farming.  On  a county-wide basis, approximately
    85 percent of this association is forested.
            r—           - --       -              -
    The Shapleigh-Gloucester Association occupies about 18
    percent of the County.This association is found in the
    steepest and rockiest sections.  Both soils in the asso-
    ciation are somewhat excessively drained.   Rock outcrops
    are numerous within this association.   Because of the
    stony nature of the soil,  its use is limited.   Nearly
    all of this association is forested  and its main uses are
    for woodland and wildlife habitat.

    The Paxton-Shapleigh-Woodbridge Association is the largest
    in Belknap County, covering about 45 percent of the total
    acreage.  This association generally occurs on smooth,  broad
    hills.  Paxton soils are deep and well drained.   Shapleigh
    soils are shallow and somewhat excessively drained.  Wood-
    bridge soils are moderately well drained.   Paxton and Wood-
    bridge soils have a pan layer approximately two feet below
    the surface.  The most extensive farming in the County occurs
    on this association.  The soils are suitable for dairy and
    poultry farming, truck gardening and apple orchards.  On a
    county-wide basis, approximately 80 percent of this associ-
    ation is forested.
                           II-13

-------
    The Gloucester-Paxton-Shapleigh Association, comprising about
    12 percent of the County, occurs throughout the central
    part.  Gloucester and Shapleigh soils are somewhat
    excessively drained and Paxton soils are well drained.
    Gloucester and Shapleigh soils are moderately coarse tex-
    tured while Paxton soils are medium textured.  The Paxton
    and Shapleigh soils have a pan layer two feet below the
    surface.  Farming in this association is limited by outcrops
    and stone.  On a county-wide basis, 85 percent of this asso-
    ciation is forested.

    The following are the major soil associations occurring with-
in the Merrimack County portion of the Study Area:

    The Herman-Canaan-Colton Association is found in the hilly
    and mountainous areas in the western part of Merrimack
    County.  The Herman soils, somewhat excessively well drained
    to well drained, are deep sandy soils in the glacial till.
    Canaan soils are shallow, sandy soils in glacial till.  Col-
    ton soils are water-sorted sand and gravel.  On a county-
    wide basis, scattered dairy and poultry farms occur within
    the association, but for the most part, the soils are in
    woodlots, i.e., over 85 percent of the association is for-
    ested.

    The Hinckley-Windsor-Au-Gres Association is found on plains,
    mounds, ridges and depressions.  The Hinckley and Windsor
    soils are excessively drained.  The Au Gres soils are wet
    because of a high, fluctuating water table.  Sand and gra-
    vel pits are found in this association.


    The Paxton-Shapleigh-Woodbridge Association is similar to
    that of Belknap County.

    The Gloucester-Shapleigh-Whitman Association is similar to
    that of Belknap County.

    The Ondawa-Windsor-Agawam Association is found along the
    wider valleys through which the larger rivers flow.   The
    Ondawa soils are frequently flooded sandy alluvium.   The
    Windsor soils,  which hold little moisture,  are sandy and
    located above the flooded areas.  The Agawam soils contain
    more silt and clay than the Windsor soils.   This association
    covers the largest amount of cleared land in the County.
    Tillage of these soils is easy because of their lack of stones
    and gravel.

    Tables II-3 and II-4 summarize the characteristics of the
major soil associations within Belknap and Merrimack Counties,
respectively.
                           11-14

-------
                   TABLE II-3.  CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MAJOR SOIL ASSOCIATION IN BELKNAP  COUNTY.  (SOURCE:  USDA,  1968)
                                 [Source:   USDA, 1968].
Soil Association
            Depth to
            Seasonal
  Depth    High Water
to bedrock   Table
                                               Permeability
                                                  Homesites
                                                                                          Limitations  to Community Development
                                                             Streets and Parking Lots
                                                          Septic Systems
Windsor-Hinckley-Au Gris
   Windsor
   Hinckley
   Au Gris
 10+ feet
 10+
 10+
Gloucester-Shapleigh-Whitman
5+ feet   Rapid-Very Rapid
5+        Very Rapid
0-.5      Moderate-Rapid
Slight-Severe
Slight-Severe
Severe-High water table
Slight-Severe
Slight-Severe
Severe-High water table
2
2
High water table
Gloucester
H Shapleigh
I
I-1 Whitman
01
Shapleigh-Gloucester
5+
1-1.5

5+


3+
1-1.5

0


Rapid
Rapid

Slow-Moderate


   Shapleigh           1-1.5       1-1.5      Rapid

   Gloucester          5+          3+        Rapid

Paxton-Shapleigh-Hoodbridge
                                                                   Slight  to  Severe
                                                                   Severe-shallow bedrock

                                                                   Severe-high water  table
                                            Severe-shallow bedrock

                                            Slight-Severe
                                                                         Moderate to Severe
                                                                         Severe-shallow or
                                                                           exposed bedrock
                                                                         Severe-high water table
                                                             Severe-shallow or
                                                               exposed bedrock
                                                             Moderate  to Severe
                                                         Shallow bedrock

                                                         High water table



                                                         Shallow bedrock

                                                         2
   Paxton
   Shapleigh

   Woo dbridge
 5+          2+        Slow-Moderate
 1-1.5       1-1.5     Rapid

 5+          1-2.5     Slow-Moderate
Gloucester-Paxton-Shapleigh
   Gloucester
   Paxton
   Shapleigh
 5+          3+        Rapid
 5+          2+        Slow-Moderate
 1-1.5       1-1.5     Rapid
                                Moderate-Severe
                                Severe-shallow bedrock

                                Moderate-Seasonal high
                                  water table
                                Slight-Severe
                                Moderate-Severe
                                Severe-shallow bedrock
                             Moderate-Severe
                             Severe-shallow or
                               exposed bedrock
                             Moderate-Severe
                             Moderate-Severe
                             Moderate-Severe
                             Severe-shallow or
                               exposed bedrock
                            Slow permeability.
                            Shallow bedrock

                            Slow permeability
                            Slow permeability
                            Shallow bedrock
1 A rating of severe in the Homesites and Streets  categories  indicate  that steep slopes are
2 Soil suitability for septic use differs within this major use.
                                                                     the major limiting factors unless otherwise noted.

-------
                     TABLE II-4.   CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MAJOR SOIL ASSOCIATION OF HEHRIKACK COUNTY.  (SOURCE: USDA, 1965)
Soil Association

Herman-Canaan-Colton

   Herr.an
   Canaan
   Colton
  Depth
to bedrock
 2+ feet
 0-2
 5+
Hinckley-Windsor-Au Gris

   Hinckley            5+

   Windsor             5+

   Au Cris             S-i-

Paxton-Shapleigh-Wooabridge
 Depth to
Seasonally
High Water
  Table    Permeability
    feet
 0-2
 5+
             5+

             5+

             0
Rapid
Rapid
Very Rapid
           Very Rapid

           Very Rapid

           Rapid
Paxton

Shapleigh
Woo abridge


3+

0-2
3+


2+

0-2
1 1/2


Moderate above
2 feet, slow
below
Rapid
Moderate above
2 feet, slow
below
                                              Homesites
Sto.-.es and boulders*
Shallow bedrock*
Gravel and cobbles
                  Gravel ar.d cobbles

                  Loose sand

                  Extreme wetness*
                                                               Par. layer two feet below
                                                                 surface*

                                                               Shallow bedrock*
                                                               Pan layer two feet below
                                                                 surface, seasonally
                                                                 high water table*
                                                                                       Limitations to Community Development
                                                                      Streets ar.d Parking Lots
Stoniness
Shallow bedrock.-seepage
Establishment of plants
  on cuts difficult
                              Establishment of plants
                                on cuts difficult
                              Erodiijle

                              High Water Table
                                                                       Stoniness;  seepage
                                                                       Shallow bedrock;  seepage
                                                                       Stoniness;  seepage;  high
                                                                        water table
                                                                                             Septic Systeos
Good drainage
Shallow bedrock
Very rapid perr-eability
  hazard to water supply
                              Very rapid permeability
                                hazard to water supply
                              Very rapid permeability
                                hazard to water supply
                              High Water Table
                                                                                         Slow permeability
                                                                                         Shallow to bedrock
                                                                                         Slow permeability,
                                                                                           seasonally high water
   Foundation drains usually needed.

-------
                 TABLE II-4.  CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MAJOR SOIL ASSOCIATION OF MERRIMACK COUNTY.  (SOURCE: USDA,  1965) Continued.
Soil Association
                             Depth
                           to bedrock
                                      Depth to
                                    Seasonally
                                    High Water
                                       Table
Gloucester-Shapleigh-Whitman
                                                      Permeability
Gloucester               3+ feet      3+ feet      Rapid
Shapleigh                0-2          0-2          Rapid

Whitman                  -
Ondava-Windsor-Agawam

   Ondawa                   5+           3+           Rapid
   Windsor                  5+           5+           Very Rapid
   Agawao                   5*           5+           Rapid
                                                                                             Limitations to Cor.T.urity Development
                                                                                 Homesites
Stones and Boulders*
Shallow bedrock*
                                                                         Subject to flooding*
                                                                         Loose sand
                                                                         No major problems
                               Streets and
                               Parking Lots
                                                                                                           Sto~ir.ess
                                                                                                           Shallow bedrock;
                                                                                                             seepage
                                                                                                                               Septic  Systems
                                                                                                                               Good  Drainage
                                                                                                                               Shallow bedrock

                                                                                                                               Very  poorly  drained,
                                                                                                                               water frequently
                                                                                                                               ponds.
                                                                                                           Subject to flooding Subject to  flooding.
                                                                                                           Erodible              As Above
                                                                                                           Highly erodible     Good drainage
*  Foundation drains usually needed.

-------
     The  following  are  the main  soil  associations  found  within
 the  Carroll County portion of the Study Area:

     The  Gloucester-Shapleigh-Acton Association  is the largest
     association within the Carroll County  portion of the  Study
     Area.  The Gloucester soils are  deep and droughty,  and  are
     formed in sandy glacial  till.  The Shapleigh  soils  are
     shallow and droughty, and are formed in a thin mantle of
     sandy glacial  till.  The Acton soils are deep and moderately
     well-drained,  and  have also formed in  sandy glacial till.
     The  soils of this  association are best suited for forestry
     and  wildlife;  however, some areas are  suitable for  farming.

     The  Herman-Becket-Canaan Association is found in the  extreme
     northern portion of  the  Study Area.  The Herman and Becket
     soils are deep,  well drained, and formed in sandy glacial
     till.  The Canaan  soils  are shallow and droughty, and soils
     are  suitable for forestry and wildlife.  Their steep
     slopes and stoniness present major problems for farming.

     The  Hinckley-Windsor-Au-Gres Association is found in  the
     eastern section of Carroll County.  The Hinckley soils,
     formed in sand and gravel, are deep and droughty, but have
     formed in deep sand  and  contain  little or no  gravel.  The
     Au Gres soils  are  poorly drained and like the Windsor soils,
     have formed in deep  sands with little  gravel.  The  associ-
     ation is considered  good for non-farm  uses, as the  dryness
     of these soils restricts farming activity.

     The  Paxton-Woodbridge Association is found  in scattered
     areas along Lake Winnipesaukee.  The Paxton soils have
     formed in compact, loamy glacial till, and  are well drained
     and  deep.  The Woodbridge soils  have formed in com-
     pact, loamy glacial till, and are deep and moderately well
     drained.  This  association is well suited for  farminq and
     wood production.

                           Summary

     There are 14 major soil associations found within the
Study Area;  five in Belknap County;   five in Merrimack County;
and  four in Carroll County.   Farming is restricted in a signi-
ticant portion of these associations because of steep slopes,
shallow bedrock,  high water tables,  etc.   A large portion of
the associations in Belknap and  Merrimack  Counties is forested.
                           11-18

-------
6.   Hydro .logy

Lake Winnipeaaukee Hydrology.  Lake Winnipesaukeo hna a
surface water elevation of about 504 feet above mean sea
level (msl).  The area of the lake is approximately 69.7
square miles  (44,605 acres — 1,943 million square feet).
Maximum variation of the surface area of the lake varies
about 6 percent or about 2,010 million square feet at 0.50
feet gage level.  During an average year, however, the area
variation is only about 2 percent.

The known water sources for Lake Winnipesaukee are the in-
flows from Lake Waukewan in Meredith Bay, Lake Wentworth
into Wolfeboro Bay, Merrymeeting Lake and Merrymeeting
River into Alton Bay, numerous brooks, subsurface ground
water flows, direct surface runoff, and direct precipi-
tation.   Total drainage area of the watershed is 363
square miles.

Other than evaporation, all water from the lake presently
flows out the Weirs Channel through Paugus Bay, the Lake-
port Dam, and down the Winnipesaukee River.  Average dis-
charge recorded by USGS during the past 39 years at Lake-
port is 520 cubic feet per second (cfs).  The maximum
daily discharge was 2, 890 cfs on March 31, 1936 while zero
flow occurred on September 29, 1962.

Figure .11-5 displays Lake Winnipesaukee discharge values
by monthly averages and extremes, and monthly medians.
On the average, significantly greater than annual average
discharges occur from February through May; and signifi-
cantly lower than annual average discharges occur from
July through November.   A review of all data shows that
during only one year in ten did the discharge fall signi-
ficantly below the 250 cfs value cited in RSA 485, which
states that:

    "The total quantity of water drawn from Lake
    Winnipesaukee during the seven days in any week
    between June first  and October fifteenth.of any
    year shall not exceed the equivalent of two hun-
    dred fifty cubic feet for each second of time
    during said week when the gauge reading	is at
    or below 502.4 feet above mean sea level	"
                       11-19

-------
        3000
FIGURE II-5.   LAKE  WINNIPESAUKEE MONTHLY DISCHARGE  STATISTICS
                       MEASURED AT LAKEPORT DAM 1933-1972
                [Source:  Lakes Region Planning Commission]
H
H
I
                                                                                                          Highest
                                                                                                          Monthly
                                                                                                          Average

-------
    Lake levels, as measured at the Lakeport dam, are directly
related to water volume.  USGS has defined the zero water con-
tent as the -5.47 feet gage level  (bottom of flume at the Lake-
port dam).  However, the lake holds an additional 80 billion
cubic feet (CF) of water below the -5.47 foot gage level.

    In 1966, the USGS assigned the lake a "total usable capa-
city" of 7,220 million cubic feet between gage levels of
+0.65 feet and 4.32 feet (this is the full lake level).

    The USGS ( 1937-1972) provides the following table of
capacities over the range of lake levels:

    Gage Level             Capacity (above -5.47 feet gage level)

       0.000               10,020 million cubic feet
       1.00                11,930
       2.00                13,880
       3.00                15,840
       4.00                17,840
       5.00                19,850
ii     H
n     H
n     n
n     n
    On the average, over the normal range of lake level vari-
ation, a one-foot change of lake level is equivalent to a
1,966 million cubic foot change in lake volume.

    Surface Water

        Flow.  Stream flow in the Study Area has a distinct
        seasonal cycle, with the period of highest runoff
        occurring in late winter and early spring (February
        to April); and the lowest runoff occurring in late
        summer and early autumn (August to October).   Winter-
        spring runoff results partially from saturation of
        the soil and maximum storage in the ground.   Most of
        the precipitation falling on the area during this
        period is directed into streams.  Runoff declines
        during the summer for a number of reasons:   1)  evapo-
        ration increases  during warm weather;  2)  more dense
        and more active vegetative  cover increases transpira-
        tion;  and 3)  scattered rainfall allows  the ground to
        dry-out between storms.

        U.S. Geological Survey stream gaging stations have
        been maintained at the following locations within
        the Study Area:
                           11-21

-------
        Location                        Date of Record

Lake Winnipesaukee at Weirs Beach       1933 - present
  (lake level only)
Lake Winnipesaukee at Lakeport          1933 - present
Winnipesaukee River at Tilton           1937 - present
Pemibewasset River at Plymouth          1903 - present
Merrimack River at Franklin Junction    1903 - present

    Significant flow characteristics are summarized in
    Table II-5.

    Flow in the Winnipesaukee River is regulated by the
    water level in Lake Winnipesaukee.  This river is only
    17 miles long, but the watershed encompasses 487 square
    miles, including the tributaries to Lake Winnipesaukee.

    In an average year, Lake. Winnipesaukee  rises most
    rapidly in April  (+1.27 feet,  equivalent to an increase
    of 2,561 million CF of water ..a-ncl falls  most rapidly  in
    August  (-.047 feet, or a decrease-of 936 million CF  oi
    water).  It changes least in  January  (-0.07 feet;  -J4J
    million CF) and November  (+0.09  feet; +186 mi.lli.ori u-) .

    One flood control reservoir exists on the Pemigewasset
    River which controls 1,000 square miles of drainage
    area at Franklin Falls.  Except for a small pool for
    recreation, this reservoir is  kept nearly empty most
    of the time to permit it to have maximum storage avail-
    able to hold back flood waters.  It cannot be utilized
    for low flow augmentation purposes.

    Lake Winnipesaukee Water Resource Rates.  The net  rate
    of total water resource that  could be provided by  Lake
    Winnipesaukee on a sustained  basis is given by the
    following formula:

    Resource Rate = Runoff +  (Precipitation falling
                              directly onto lake)
                           -  (Evaporation from lake
                              surface)

    where  "runoff" here is used as the sum  of all water
    entering the  lake from the  "land"  (including  lesser
    lakes) area within the watershed  (including stream
    inflows, surface  runoff, ground water inflow,  etc.).
    Runoff combines the effects of:  a)  precipitation
    falling on  the land;   b) evapotranspiration from  land
    surfaces; and  c) land storage as ground water  and/or
    snow pack.

    On the average, nearly 56 percent of  the annual water
    resource becomes  available  in the three-month March
    through May period, and nearly 71 percent  in  the  five-
                        II-??.

-------
                                                  TABLE II-5

                                       FLOW CHARACTERISTICS OF STREAMS
                            IN THE VICINITY OF LAKE WINNIPESAUKEE, NEW HAMPSHIRE
                                     (Source:  USGS Surface Water Records)
Stream and
Gage Location
Period of
Record
(Years)
Mean
Discharge
(cfs)
Drainage
Basin
(sq. mi.)
Mean Areal
Discharge
(cfsm)
Maximum
(cfs)
Discharge
(Date
Minimum
(cfs)
Discharge
(Date)
7 -Day
10-Year
Low Flow
Lake Winnipesaukee       40        523
outlet at Lakeport,
New Hampshire

Winnipesaukee River      35        690
at Tilton

Pemigewasset River       70      1,342
at Plymouth

Merrimack River at       70      2,745
Franklin Junction
                                                363
                                                471
                                                622
                                              1,507
1.45
1.46
2.16
1.82
                                                                       2,890
                      3/31/36
                                   0.0
                                                                       3,810     9/21/38      48
                                                                      65,400     3/19/36      39
           83,000     3/19/36    169
9/29/62
                                            8/31/41
                                            10/1,3,4/48    112
                                                                                                       8/28/65
                                                           589
 *Lowest flow taken over 7 consecutive days that can be expected once in 10 years.

**Minimum flow by state law.

-------
month period February through June.  Less than 6 per-
cent is.provided during the four-month period July
through October, only some 10 percent during the June
through September period, and less than 4 percent
during the crucial July through September months of
heaviest lake recreational and water resource use
(Lakes Region Planning Commission, 1974).

Flood Flows.  Major floods in the Merrimack River Basin
are often caused by a combination of heavy rainfall and
melting snow in the spring.  Seventy-eight percent of
the largest floods experienced in the Merrimack Basin
since 1846, including the record event of March 1936, have
occurred in the months of March, April or May and
resulted from snow melt augmented by rainfall.   The
magnitude of these spring floods has varied considerably,
depending on the water content of the snow cover, temp-
erature variation and the amount of rainfall during
the "snow melt period.  Major floods resulting from
heavy rainfall alone can also be experienced during
other seasons of the year, as evidenced by the floods
of November 1927 and September 1938.

In recent years three floods of major magnitude have
been experienced in various parts of the Merrimack
River Basin.  Two of these, November 1927 and September
1938, were associated with very intense, rainfall, while
the March 1936 record event resulted from heavy rains
and considerable snow melt.  Also, a major river flood
occurred in April 1960 as a result of basin snow melt
with moderate rainfall.  A summary of peak stages and
rates of discharge for the November 1927, March 1936,
September 1938 and April 1960 floods is shown on Table
II-6.

Expected flood flow discharges for the two major rivers
within the Study Area are presented in Table II-6.

Additional flooding occurs each spring as a result of
ice jams.  This condition occurs on the tributaries
of the Merrimack River as well as on the main stretch,
and is most frequent in the northern part of the basin
where longer periods of cold weather result in a thicker
ice cover.

Water Quality

     Streams and Rivers.  The major watershed in the
     Study Area is the Winnipesaukee River and its
     tributary areas.  Parts of the Pemigewasset River
     watershed and the Merrimack River watershed drain
     the southern section of the Study Area upstream and
     downstream from the mouth of the Winnipesaukee River.
     According to the Merrimack River Basin Water Quality
                    11-24

-------
                                                    TABLE I1-6

                              MAJOR FLOODS OBSERVED WITHIN THE MERRIMACK RIVER BASIN
                               (Source:   New England Division - Corps of Engineers)
Location

Plymouth, NH
Pemigewasset
River

Franklin Junction,
NH, Merrimack River
Drainage   Nov. 1927 Flood
  Area      Peak Discharge
(sq. mi.)  cfs	cfsm
   622
 1,507
60,000
67,000
96.5
44.5
                    Mar. 1936 Flood
                     Peak Discharge
                     cfs       cfsm
65,400
83,000
105
 55.2
                               September 1938
                               Peak Discharge
                               cfs      cfsm
50,900
59,200
81.9
39.4
                                            April 1960
                                          Peak Discharge
                                          cfs      cfsm
19,100
21,800
81.9
14.5
                                                    TABLE II-7

                               PEAK DISCHARGES FOR EXPECTED FLOOD FREQUENCIES (cfs)
                               (Source:   New England Division - Corps of Engineers)
Location

Merrimack River
at Franklin
Junction

Pemigewasset
River at
Plymouth
   5 years       10 years       25 years        50 years       100 years

   34,100         40,600         57,900         70,800         85,900
   30,000
        37,800
            49,600
                  60,000
                      72,000

-------
Management Plan (NHWSPCC, 1973), all streams in
the study area are legally in the "B" classifi-
cation.  This means they are to be acceptable for
fishing and swimming.  For those streams or stream
segments which do not presently satisfy the Class
B water quality standards, the goal of the River
Basin Plan is to raise them to this level.  The
water quality standards associated with each
classification are presented in Appendix A  (Table A-l)

Surface waters in the sub-basins are divided into
segments for classification.  Table II-8 lists the
location, classification and present quality of
the stream segments within the Study Area.

Between the years 1973 to 1975, NHWSPCC has main-
tained several water quality stations on rivers
within the Study Area.  Data was available  for
three stations (Table II-9).  Locations of the
stations are shown in Figure I1-6.  These
data indicate that the major rivers drainimj
the Study Area are of generally excellent: quail Ly
in regard to their oxygen content.  Oxyqon riupfr-
saturation in the Winnipesaukee River may LJCJ dut:
to production of oxygen by algae in Silver Lake
upstream of the sampling station,but more likely is
related to the high reaeration capacity of the river.
Total and fecal coliform counts, however, exceed
the Class B standards (Appendix A-2) in the Winni-
pesaukee and Merrimack Rivers.  These high coliform
counts are attributed to raw sewage discharges in
Belmont, Northfield, Tilton and Franklin, and
appear to be the basis for the "C" classification
given to segments 15 B+C  (Winnipesaukee River)
and 16 (Merrimack River).

A number of streams tributary to the major lakes
in the Study Area were reported to be of Class C
quality in the River Basin Plan  (NHWSPCC.. 1973).
Figure II-7 illustrates the locations of these
streams.  The water quality classifications of
those streams were based upon sampling data col-
lected in 1967 and 1968 by the NHWSPCC.  As in
the major streams below the lakes area, the cause
for the low classification was high coliform
counts.  Sanitary surveys that would locate
the sources of contamination have not been under-
taken.  Septic tank malfunctions, raw or incom-
pletely treated sewer discharges, and urban run-
off are suspected to contribute to the degradation
of the various streams.
               11-26

-------
                                 TABLE II-8

                      WATER QUALITY CLASSIFICATIONS
                  OF STREAM SEGMENTS IN THE STUDY AREA
                    (Source:  NHWSPCC, 1975, 305b report)
Merrimack River Basin
Segment    Location in Study Area

  13       Lake Winnipesaukee above
           Weirs Beach
                                    Existing
                                 Classification

                                       B
             Water Quality
             Classification

                  B
  14
Winnipesaukee River between
Weirs Beach and confluence
with Tioga River.  Includes
Paugus Bay, Opeechee Bay,
Lake Winnisquam and Silver
Lake
B
  ISA      Winnipesaukee River below Silver
           Lake to Tilton-Northfield
                                                         B
  15B      Tioga River below Belmont

  15C      Winnipesaukee River from Tilton-
           Northfield to Mouth
                                       B

                                       B
                  C

                  C
  16       Merrimack River from confluence
           of Winnipesaukee and Pemige-
           wasset Rivers south to Contoo-
           cook River
                                       B
  12
Pemigewasset River from Newfound
River to Winnipesaukee River
B
                                  11-27

-------
                                                                                           TABLE II-9

                                                                          WATER QUALITY OF MAJOR RIVERS IN THE STUDY AREA
                                                                          FROM RECORDS OF THE NEW HAMPSHIRE WATER SUPPLY
                                                                                 AND POLLUTION CONTROL COMMISSION.
                                                                          STATION NUMBERS CORRESPOND TO THOSE IN FIGURE  .
                                                                 THE FOLLOWING DATA CONSIST OF THE MEAN (NUMBER OF OBSERVATIONS)
                                                              AND THE RANGE OF OBSERVATIONS.   ALL SAMPLING OCCURRED BETWEEN 1973-1975.
H
 I
NJ
CO

River and Station 1
N-j.7\i>er

! 33-2-WIN)
Winnipesaukee River
Bridge on RoVites 3 &
11 in FranJclin, N.H.
(33-1-PMI]
Pemigevasset River
Bridge on Route 3 to
Route 3A s. 11
Franklin, New Hampshire
[29-MER]
Merrimack River
Bridge on Hoit Road
Boscawen, New Hampshire
1973 Zata\
I All
" 1974 DataJ
. .. Log Mean

'emperature
CO

18.1(17) 6.
7.7-25.5

16.9(13) 6.
6.1-23.3


18.7(16) 5.
7.0-24.5

other figure*


£H
1-7.3
(17)

3-6.9
(13)


7-7.1
(16)


D.O.
(mg/1)
9.8(15)
8.3-11.9

9.17(9)
7.7-12.6


9.2(16)
7.8-11.9

: represent 1973,


D.O.
Fecal
Satura- Total'" coli-
tion Coiifcr=s for=s
Level C00 N-NH3 • N-kjel N-N03 N-N02 P-Ortho P-Total (per/ ;ie-/
'"•9/1) BOD (mg/1) (mg/1) (ir,g/l) (mg/1) (mg/1) (mg/1) (mg/1) (mg/1) lOOnl) r.l)
9.52 1.25(12) 11.4(4) <0.1(7) .24(7) .11(7) .0026(5) .0056(7) .032(7) •ISOi'.S) -o = S(l
(.8-2.8) 4.0-14.8 - .093-. 35 0.1-.18 (.001-. 005 .002-. 009 .018-. 043 "54,535(3) "15E6I

9.76 8.66(9) - ^0.1(4) 0.09(4) .21(4) .002(4) .003(4) .027(4) - 70(6)
•2-2.2 - - .084-. 1 .098-. 275 .001-, 004 .001-. 006 .026-. 024 - 10-184


9.41 1.03(7) - <0.1(5) .733(5) .18(5) .0026(5) .008(6) .022(6) -9"(6) '£56!:
°-°-2-6 - - .065-. 21 .04-. 253 .001-. 004 .003-. 018 .014-. 027 "12,260(11) "563(

1974 and 1975 data.


-------
M
I
NJ
VO
      NHWSPCC  Lake Winnisquam

 A    NHWSPCC  Studies Stream Stations

]_8    Yeo & Mathieson Lake
       Winnipesaukee Stations

      EPA Lake Winnipesaukee &
       Tributary Stations

  a    LRPC Lake Winnipesaukee
       Stat ions
                         FIGURE  I1-6.   LAKE  & STREAM SAMPLING  STATIONS.

-------
U)
o
                       Class A Qua!ity
                       Class C Quality
         ALL OTHER SURFACE
WATER IS  OF CLASS B QUALITY

       A NHWPCC WATER
         QUALITY STATION
                                                       L29
                     FIGURE 11-7.   EXISTING  WATER  QUALITY.

-------
 Nitrogen (NH3 + N03 + N02)  to orthophosphorus
 (inorganic phosphorus)  ratios were calculated
 for the three major rivers  in the study area.
 The results are presented below:
                                        Limiting
     River               N/P Ratio*     Nutrient

 Winnipesaukee              84.4        Phosphorus
 Pemigewasset              232.0        Phosphorus
 Merrimack                  78.3        Phosphorus

 *Calculated using mean figures  from Table II-9.


 In heavily polluted streams (due  to domestic
 wastes)  the N/P  ratio would normally be below
 10,indicating that the stretch of water is
 nitrogen limited.   In addition, the individual
 nutrient parameters,  i.e.,  N02, NC>3, NH3,  total
 and  inorganic P,  were relatively  low indicating
 that water quality was generally  good.

 This data is not  consistent with  the conclusions
 that were reached in  the 1966 study entitled
 "Report  on Pollution  of the Merrimack River and
 Certain  Tributaries - Pt III Stream Studies Bio-
 logical"  prepared by  the Federal  Water  Pollution
 Control  Administration.   It was determined that
 the  Merrimack River from Franklin to Boscawen
 (river miles 115.7 to 114.04) was heavily  polluted
 and  represented a  zone of active  decomposition.
 This was  based on  a sampling of the benthic fauna
 species.

 However,  there are several  reasons  which may  ex-
 plain this dichotomy  in data.  First, the  study
 conducted by the  Federal  Water Pollution Control
 Administration was done approximately ten  years
 ago  and  since that Lime many heavy  industries
 located on the upper  reaches of the Winnipesaukee
 and  Pemigewasset  Rivers  have relocated.  In order
 to verify  the  existing water quality conditions  in
 these streams  a more  recent  study of the benthic
 invertebrate  situation  should be  conducted.   Secon-
 ly,  several  small  municipal  discharges do  exist
which contribute to the high coliform bacteria
counts on  the Winnipesaukee  and Merrimack  Rivers.
However,  they  are  small in volume  (.1-.26 mgd)
in relation to the high volumes of  flow exhibited
by the rivers  in the Study Area.   Finally, due
               11-31

-------
to the high reaeration capacities of most streams
in the Study Area, high levels of dissolved oxy-
gen are usually present.  When raw or partially
treated sewage enters the rivers an immediate
dissolved oxygen sag is formed although a quick
recovery occurs a short distance downstream.

Lakes.   There are a total of 53 lakes in the Study
Area ranging in size from several acres to the 44,600
acre Lake Winnipesaukee.  Except for the shallowest
lakes, which might be prevented by wind action from
stratifying, the lakes are expected to be dimictic,
i.e., they mix completely in both spring and fall.
Due to lack of carbonate rocks in the watersheds,
the surface waters are naturally soft and have low
alkalinities.

Of immediate concern to this study are the five lakes
and bays along the main stream of the Winnipesaukee
River--Lake Winnipesaukee, Paugus Bay, Opechee Bay,
Winnisquam Lake and Silver Lake.  A number of studies
have been performed on these lakes in regard to
their trophic status and nutrient levels.  The most
recent are summarized below.

The National Eutrophication Survey of the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency analyzed the trophic
status and nutrient loading of Lake Winnipesaukee
(EPA, 1974).  This study, based upon data col-
lected in 1972 and 1973, presented the following
conclusions:

•  Dissolved oxygen concentrations in Lake Winni-
   pesaukee ranged from 7.0 mg/1 to 12.9 mg/1;

•  Examination of P/N ratios for lake samples in-
   dicate that phosphorus would be the limiting
   nutrient in Lake Winnipesaukee;

•  Algal assays on control and nutrient-spiked
   lake water samples showed that "the potential
   primary productivity of Lake Winnipesaukee
   was very low at the time the sample was col-
   lected as were the levels of the primary
   nutrients"  and that "because of the very low
   levels of both nutrients, the samples essen-
   tially were co-limited, and the only signifi-
   cant yield response occurred when both nitro-
   gen and phosphorus were added";

•  Average values of chemical and physical para-
   meters for EPA's (iight lake sampling stations
   (Figure TI-6)  are reproduced in Table 11-10.
              11-32

-------
                 This table summarizes the analysis of October,
                 1972 samples.  The lake was completely mixed at
                 that time;

              •  The sources of njtrogen and phosphorus uontribu-
                 tions to Lake Winnipesaukee are summarized from
                 the EPA report in Table 11-11;



              •  A review of the EPA phosphorus data suggests
                 for Lake Winnipesaukee that the lake as a
                 whole is not receiving a sufficient phosphorus
                 load to cause it to eutrophy;  and

              •  Despite the generally excellent water quality
                 in Lake Winnipesaukee, some areas receive heavy
                 nutrient loadings.  EPA cites Wolfeboro Bay,
                 Center Harbor Bay, Alton Bay, Gilford Bay
                  (Sanders Bay), Melvin Bay, and Meredith Bay
                 as "areas with excessive nutrient loadings."

                         TABLE II-10

               LAKE WINNIPESAUKEE SAMPLING UA'I'A*
                       (Source:  EPA, 1974)


Parameter               Minimum       Mean       Median     Maximum

Temperature  (Cent.)       15.9        16.3        16.3         16.6
Dissolved oxygen  (mg/1)    8.3         8.8         8.8         9.2
Conductivity  (mhos)       50.0        56.0        55.0         60.0
pH (Units)                 6.6         7.0         7.1         7.4
Alkalinity  (mg/1)         10.0        10.0        10.0         10.0
Total P  (mg/1)             0.004       0.006       0.006       0.015
Dissolved P  (mg/1)         0.001       0.003       0.003       0.005
N02 + N03 (mg/1)           0.020       0.033       0.030       0.050

* Figures are average values for eight open-lake and bay stations
  sampled when the lake was completely mixed, October 8, 1972.

              The Lakes Region Planning Commission has published
              a series of reports on water quality in several of
              Lake Winnipesaukee's bays  (LRPC: 1974a, 1974b,
              1975) .  Water quality data were reported for Smith
              Cove, Sanders Bay and Meredith Bay.  A sampling
              station near Timber Island was used to provide
              data representative of the central portion of the
              lake.  Locations of the sampling stations are
              shown in Figure II-6.  Stations were sampled at
              unequal intervals from July 1973 to August 1974.
                             11-33

-------
                                             Table 11-11

                              NUTRIENT LOADINGS TO LAKE WINNIPESAUKEE*
                                        [Source:  EPA, 1974].
                                               Total Phosphorus
i
u>
             Inputs
               a,
               b.
               c.
              d.
              e.
Sampled tributaries
Unsampled tributaries
Sewage treatment plants

Wolfeboro
Meredith
Center Harbor -
  Moultonboro

Septic tanks
Direct Precipitation
            Output Through

                  Paugus Bay

            Net Annual

                  Accumulation
Ibs P
Year % of
9,
2,
8,
5,
8,
3,
6,
800
360
200
210
C50
770
960
23
05
20
12
21
9
16
Total
.8
.7
.0
.7
.0
.2
.9
Ibs
N

Year % of
336,
145,
24,
15,
41,
80,
429,
620
660
820
760
930
070
540
31
13
2
1
3
7
40

Total
.3
.6
.3
.5
.9
.5
.0
                                              44,950
                            9,400
                           35,550
                                     100.0
1,074,400
                                                     299,390
                                                                       775,010
                                                                                   100.0
            * Corrected  for error in water budget,  see  reply  to  Dr.  Widger's  comments.

-------
The sampling stations used in the LRPC studies
were generally closer to the shorelines of the
bays than were the nearest stations used by EPA
in 1972.  LRPC's nutrient concentrations are con-
siderably higher than EPA's suggesting either that
phosphorus and nitrogen are quickly lost to lake
sediments or that some of the analyses are in
serious error.  The LRPC study notes that nutrient
concentrations (phosphorus and nitrogen) in the
coves were particularly high after heavy rains
in July, 1973.

The most recent LRPC data available for samples
taken in June, July and August of 1974  (LRPC, 1975),
show that the analytical sensitivity of their mixed
nutrient analysis method has been greatly improved
and concurrently, the concentrations reported are
considerably lower and much closer to the 1972 EPA
values.  Interpretation of LRPC data is made dif-
ficult and tenuous because of the apparent change
in analytical procedures and results.

Earlier data on Lake Winnipesaukee1s bays has been
published by Yeo and Mathieson (1973).  Nutrient
analyses of samples collected in 1969 and 1970
gave limited results.  Interpretation of that data
is therefore, not appropriate.  Also extensive
algal counts were reported in Yeo and Mathieson
and are commented on in Section II.A.7 of this report,

The dissolved oxygen content in Lake Winnipesaukee
is generally excellent.  No reductions in oxygen
concentrations  have been reported for the main body
of the Lake.  Smith Cove (LRPC, 1974b), the Weirs
and Wolfeboro Bay (Yeo and Mathieson, 1973) have
been reported as developing low oxygen levels in
the hypolimnion during thermal stratification in
the summer and early fall.  Such conditions are the
result of direct organic pollution or decay of algal
cells which settle into the hypolimnion.  Continued
organic and nutrient enrichment can be expected to
result in continued and possibly more widespread
occurrences of oxygen reduction in near-shore areas,
particularly in bays and coves which do not mix
well with the main body of the Lake.

Very high total coliform counts have been found
near areas that are extensively developed  (LRPC,
1974b).  High coliform counts have been reported in
Meredith Bay (LRPC,  1974b), although samples taken
by NHWSPCC do not confirm this data.  These coliform
counts could be associated with a number of sources,
including the discharge of secondary treated wastes
via Corliss Brook, and urban runoff.  For nonsewered
areas, there is insufficient data to be able to
determine the proportions of bacterial contamination
                 11-35

-------
that are contributed by land runoff, septic tank
systems and recreational activities on the lake.
All three are probable sources of both bacterial
contamination and nutrient discharge to the near-
shore areas of the Lake.

All of the outflow from Lake Winnipesaukcc flows
first through Paugus Bay and then through Opeechee
Bay.  The water quality in these water bodies is
affected in part by Lake Winnipesaukee.  However,
total phosphorus concentrations at EPA sampling
stations in Paugus Bay and Opeechee Bay (EPA, 1974)
and at a NHWSPCC station below Opeechee Bay  (NHWSPCC,
1975) suggest that there is some nutrient loading
to these bays from surrounding development.  EPA's
1972 data indicates an average of .007 mg-P/L for
Paugus Bay and .009 mg-P/L for Opeechee Bay.  For a
comparable period  (June through October) in 1974,
NHWSPCC data shows that the average total phosphorus
concentration for the Winnipesaukee River below
Opeechee Bay was .011 mg-P/L, which is nearly double
the average total phosphorus concentration of Lake
Winnipesaukee.

Paugus Bay is the water supply for Laconia.  High
total coliform counts have been obtained from the
bay in the vicinity of the raw water intake  (De-
Normandie, personal communication) that might be
attributable to septic tank malfunctions along the
bay shore.

Lake Winnisquam receives the flow of the Winnipe-
saukee River just south of Laconia.  The hypo-
limnion in the central part of the lake was re-
ported to have become anoxic as far back as 1938
(Hoover, 1938).  Extensive nutrient loading analyses
of the lake have been performed and reported  (NHW
SPCC, 1973, 1974, 1975).  Sampling stations used
by the investigators are shown in Figure II-6.
The phosphorus to nitrogen ratio for the lake
waters was reported to be about 1:20 (by weight).
This indicates that there is considerably more
nitrogen available for algal uptake than would be
necessary for the algae to deplete the available
phosphorus.  The typical phosphorus to nitrogen
ratio for living matter is 1:7.  The lake, there-
fore, appears to be phosphorus limited  (NHWSPCC,
1975).  This perhaps is a slightly low estimate
since loading from septic tanks and from unsampled
land areas were not included.  By comparison, such
sources accounted for nearly 18 percent of the
               11-36

-------
              phosphorus loading to Lake Winnipesaukee (EPA,
              1974).  The 1.71 g/m2/yr loading rate is 2.6
              times the "permissible" loading rate of .44 g/m2/yr
              estimated by NHWSPCC, using a conservative mean
              hydraulic retention time of 0.7 years for the Lake.
              Complete removal of phosphorus from wastewaters
              now discharged to the lake would still reduce the
              phosphorus loading rate to only .58 g/m2/yr.
              Phosphorus loading rates are discussed further
              in Section IV.A.I. and Appendix C.
                          TABLE 11-12

           MEDIAN STREAM FLOW AND PHOSPHORUS LOADING
                      TO LAKE WINNISQUAM
Source

Winnipesaukee
  River

Other Tributaries

Laconia Sewage
  Treatment Plant

State School Sewage
  Treatment Plant

           TOTAL
      FLOW
        Percent
 mgd    of Total
236.55


  6.36

  1.75


  0.10
96.65


 2.60

  .72


  .04
              PHOSPHORUS LOAD
                       Percent
             Kg/yr     of Total
244.76   100.01
 8,653.15


   875.55

18,092.83


 1,365.90


28,987.43
29.85


 3.03

62.42


 4.71


100.01
     Ground Water.  Ground water resources in the Winnipesaukee
     basin are somewhat limited.  The metamorphic rocks under-
     lying the Study Area are too tightly compacted to allow
     water to flow through them.  Water movement in the bedrock
     is restricted to natural joints which become smaller and
     less frequent with depth, further limiting water movement.
     Recharge to bedrock joints depends upon local recharge.
     The glacial till overlying most of the Study Area is gen-
     erally impervious and limits recharge.  Small areas of
     stratified glacial deposits including kames, eskers and
     outwash plains are pervious and supply rapid recharge to
     underlying rocks.  The locations of these formations are
     identified in Figure II-2.  They generally occur adjacent to
     streams and along the lakeshores.  There are no major
     regional aquifer recharge areas in the Study Area, although
     many of the small public water supplies rely on a number
                             11-37

-------
of wells or a well field for their source of water.

The ground  water level in the Study Area is relatively con-
stant and ranges from between 5 to 25 feet below the surface.
Seasonal fluctuations occur during the spring when snow melt
raises the ground water level and during the summer when
evapotranspiration depletes the ground water supply.  Areas
with seasonally high water tables are shown in Figure II-8.

Early wells dug into the glacial till were normally shallow.
Many of these wells are still in use.  They are generally
three to five feet wide and approximately twenty feet
deep.  Movement of water into these dug wells is limited by
the dense, clay-rich till.  Water flows slowly into the
shallow wells from a wide area and water levels are sub-
ject to seasonal fluctuation.

In recent years, most new wells have been drilled into the
bedrock to an average depth of 100 to 200 feet.  Well dril-
ling has produced highly unpredictable results.  Approxi-
mately one of 22 wells never obtains any flow of water, and
penetration to jagged cracks which are irregularly connected
to the water feeding soils above may reach contaminated water
(Goldthwait, et al, 1969).  Wells dug into bedrock overlain
by till yield six gallons per minute (gpm)  on the average,
while wells under porous sands and gravels average eight
gpm.   Gravel packed wells, such as those supplying Belmont,
may have yields as high as 400 gpm.

Water Supply

   Existing Water Supply.   Residents of the Primary and
   Peripheral Study Areas  rely on both ground water  and-sur-
   face water for water supply.   According to the New
   Hampshire Water Supply  and Pollution Control Commission
   (1974), approximately 42,500 residents within the two Study
   Areas are served by a public  water supply.   A public water
   supply is defined as any  water supply providing more water
   than 30 services.   More than  15 percent of the permanent
   residents and a large proportion  of  summer residents rely
   on private wells or draw water directly from one of  the
   lakes in the region.   Industrial  water users generally
   rely on their own private systems, although some  are
   served by public systems.

   Public water supplies utilize  both ground water and  sur-
   face water sources  (Table 11-13 ) .  Total average daily
   consumption in  1974  from all public  water  supplies was
   4  mgd.   Based on a  served population of about 42,500 per-
   sons,  average daily consumption overall  was  approximately
   95 gallons per  capita per day  (gpcd)  and ranged  from 38
   to 150 gpcd.   This  consumption rate  includes some indus-
   trial use and may be distorted by  the inclusion  of
                      11-38

-------
FIGURE  II-8.  AREAS WITH  SHALLOW
               DEPTH TO THE WATER
               TABLE.
   [Source: NHOSP  & NERBC, 1975]
       60% of Soils  with Water Table
       Levels Generally Less than  5
       Feet from the Surface
                11-39

-------
                                                         TABLE  11-13

                                             PUBLIC WATER SUPPLIES  - JANUARY,  1974
                                                    [Source:   NHWSPCC,  1974].
I
£>.
O
       Name  of Utility

       Alton
         Alton Water Works

       Belmont
         Belmont  Water  Works

       Center  Harbor
         None

       Franklin
                                    Average
                                     Daily
                       Population Consumption
                         Served     (gallons)
                         4,000     180,000
                           827      52,000
Franklin Water Dept.     7,200   1,000,000
      Gilford
         Gilford Village Water
           District
                           148
7,000
      Laconia
         Laconia Water Works     16,000   1,750,000
      Meredith
         Meredith Water Dept.     2,000     300,000
      Moultonborough
         None

      Northfield
         Served by Tilton-Northfield Aqueduct Company

      Sanbornton
         None
               Source of Supply
            two gravel packed wells
            two gravel packed wells
            39 wells in Sanbornton
            2 wells in Franklin
                                                 deep well
                                                                              Treatment
                                                                                none
                                                                                none
                                                                                none
                                           zeolite
                                           filter
              Daily per
   Other       Capita
Communities  Consumption
  Served      (gallons)
                                                                                               none
                                                                                               none
                                                                                               none
                                                                                               none
                                                 Paugus Bay-Lake Winnipesaukee  chlorine PO4   Lakeport,
                                                 (Weirs Beach)                                  Gilford,
                                                 Lake Waukewan-Meredith
                                                   Reservoir
                                                                                                        Weirs
                                                                                         hypochlorite   none
                                                                                                             45
                                                                                                             63
                                                                                                            139
                                                                                                             47
                                                                                                                     109
                                                                       150

-------
Table 11-13.(Cont'd.)
Name of Utility
                                             Average
                                              Daily
                                Population  Consumption
                                  Served     (gallons)
Source of Supply
                          Daily per
              Other        Capita
            Communities  Consumption
Treatment    Served        (gallons)
M
M
I
Tilton
   Tilton-Northfield        8,000     300,000
     Aqueduct Company

Tuftonboro
   None

Wolfeboro
   Wolfeboro Water Dept.     4,317     491,581


         TOTALS            42,492   4,080,581
                                                          Knowles Pond
                                                          Upper Beech Pond
                            hypochlorite   Northfield    38
                            hypochlorite   none
                           114

-------
 seasonal  users  in  population served.   Both per capita
 and summer  water consumption rates  are higher than  the
 annual  average  consumption  due  to the higher seasonal
 population  and  the increased consumption  associated
 with summer.

 Most of the municipalities  in the Primary Study Area are
 served  by a public water  .supply.  Also, Alton and Wolfe-
 boro, which are in the  Peripheral Study Area,  have  public
 water supplies.  The water  utilities  serving Alton, Bel-
 mont, Gilford and  Franklin  rely on  wells  as their source
 of  supply.  These  utilities serve approximately 12,000
 people, and  except  for the Gilford Village Water District
 and Wolfeboro Water Department, none provide any treat-
 ment.   The  quality of the water obtained  by wells is
 generally very  good with  the exception of occasional
 high iron content.

 The Gilford Village Water District  is an  old,  very  small
 system  serving  approximately 35 homes in  the heart  of
 the village.  Portions  of Gilford are served by the
 Laconia Water Works.

 The Belmont system consists of  two  gravel packed wells
 and has a sustainable yield of  approximately 0.6 mgd.
 Due to  the  location of  one  of the wells in a sandy  area,
 considerable amounts of sand are  pumped resulting in
 caving, wear on the pumps and gradual reduction of pump
 capacity.   Intense  pump maintenance is required to keep
 the system  operational.   Lack of  reservoir  capacity
 precludes extension of water  lines  and limits  current
 service (Roberts,  1975).

 Laconia,  Meredith,   Northfield,  Tilton and Wolfeboro
 utilize surface waters for  their water supply.  Lake Winni-
 pesaukee  and Paugus Bay are  the sources for  the  Laconia
 Water Works, the largest utility  in the area.   Lake
 Waukewan, Meredith  Reservoir, Knowles Pond and  Upper
 Beech Pond are also used as water supply  sources by the
 various water companies.  Water derived from all surface
 sources requires treatment with chlorine prior  to dis-
 tribution.

 Individual water supply systems,  serving lakeshore
developments,  often draw water  from one of the  lakes.   A
 survey of water supply systems serving lakeshore develop-
 ments in  Sanbornton was undertaken  (Foudriat,  1975).  The
data are probably representative of the types and percent
distribution of systems  serving lakeshore developments
throughout the Study Area and are presented below:
                   11-42

-------
              Lake only                   31%
              Lake and shallow well       45%
              Shallow well  only           17%
              Deep well                    7%

 It  can  be  concluded that direct withdrawal from  lakes,
 and shallow wells, supplmented by  lake withdrawals  during
 the summer when  shallow wells run dry,  are the major types
 of  individual water supply for most  lakeshore developments
 Individual water supply systems in inland areas  rely
 principally on shallow and deep wells.

 Future  Water Supply.  The  New Hampshire  Office of  Compre-
 hensive Planning (NHOCP) and the  Lakes  Region Planning
 Commission have  undertaken a number  of water supply
 studies which involve the  Lakes Region.  NHOCP  in  a
 report  prepared  by Anderson and Nichols,  Inc.(1972) rec-
 ommended that surface water supplies be  developed  to
 meet future water supply needs in the Primary and  Peri-
 pheral  Study Areas.  Direct pumping  from Lake Winnipes-
 aukee,  the Winnipesaukee River and other surface waters
 was recommended  as the most dependable means for supplying
 future  demands.

 Historically,  and until the recent past,  Lake Winni-
 pesaukee has been considered an attractive source  of
 water for  southeastern New Hampshire and the Boston
 Metropolitan area.  A report prepared by Biospheric
 Consultants  International  in 1974 for the Lakes Region
 Planning Commission analyzed the  quantitative water
 resources  of Lake Winnipesaukee.  The report concluded
 that large diversions on the order of 55 to 90 mgd
 to  meet the  southeast New  Hampshire  requirements for
 2000-2010  would  be acceptable to  the Lakes Region  for
 only 2-5 years out of 10,   if historical  levels of dis-
 charge  at  Lakeport were to  t>e maintained.  If a re-
 duced discharge  of 250 cfs  were allowed, the require-
 ments might  be met 6-9 years out of  10.  Therefore,
 the  likelihood of  sustained diversion of large amounts
 of water outside  of Lake Winnipesaukee was deemed ex-
 tremely  unlikely.

 Lake Winnipesaukee is the most significant water re-
 source  in  the  Study Area.    The quantity of water avail-
 able for diversion for water supply  is directly related
 to  the amount  of  precipitation falling on the Lake, the
 amount of  water  flowing into the Lake from run-off
 including  snow melt,  minus evaporation from the lake sur-
 face and the  required minimum discharge at Lakeport.
Although Lake Winnipesaukee has a huge usable capacity,
 it  supports  a  number of recreational activities crucial
to the region's economy.   The recreational use of the
lakes would be severely affected if  large fluctuations
in water levels were  allowed.   The lake level is
                    11-43

-------
    currently regulated at Lakeport where discharge
    rates are controlled to maintain  lake levels within a
    narrow range and compensate for rapid runoff during snow-
    melt and extremely dry periods.   The average net input
    to the lake  (runoff plus precipitation minus evaporation
    from the surface of the lake) ranges from  40 cfs in
    August to 1,587 cfs in April.  Thus, low net input occurs
    during periods when recreational  and water supply demands
    are likely to be the highest.

    According to the Biospherics report, the average long-
    term resource available is 520 cfs minus a minimum
    Lakeport discharge of 250 cfs to  meet assumed riparian
    requirements.  The average amount of water which could
    be withdrawn from Lake Winnipesaukee is 270 cfs or 175
    mgd.  In another report, the safe yield of Lake Winni-
    pesaukee was estimated at 250 mgd by Kitchel and Assoc-
    iates (1969)  .  During the months  of July through September
    when demands for water supply and water recreation uses
    are at their maximum, on the average less  Uian four
    percent of the annual water resource buromua nvfli 1 .ihi n
    (Biosphcrics, 1974).   Uun-oH plun prrc I pi I rti. i on mi mi;-.
    evaporation results in a relatively small neb input: of
    water into the lake.   Conversely, during the spring
    snow melt, the lake is often overfull and the level is
    regulated to prevent excessive flooding.   Diversion of
    water during periods of high precipitation and run-off
    into large storage reservoirs would permit optimum
    management of the lake and provide approximately 170
    mgd of water.


7.   Biology

Aquatic

    General.   This region of New Hampshire contains extensive
    aquatic natural resources, which provide both aesthetic
    and economic  benefits to the area.  According to Maguire
    (1973),  the study area includes 850 square miles of land
    and 116 square miles  of water.   Lake Winnipesaukee  (69.7
    square miles) and Lake Winnisquam (6.6 square miles)
    make up 66 percent of the total water area.  The remaining
    area is scattered among 50 other lakes and ponds of
    varying size.  Lake Squam, second in size only  to Lake
    Winnipesaukee among New Hampshire lakes,  is partially
    included  in the Study  Area,  but is outside the  Winni-
    pesaukee  Basin.   Aside from the extensive lake  and  pond
    environment in the  area,  there  are many  small rivers
    which  drain into the  major lakes.   The Winnipesaukee
    River, which  originates at the  outfall of Lake  Winnis-
    quam,  provides  the  major  drainage  for  the Study  Area.
    The  entire  Study Area  comprises  a  total of 966  square
                       TI-44

-------
miles,  486 of which are  in the Winnipesaukee Basin.
The remaining area is divided among a series of
surrounding watersheds.  The entire region is within the
watershed of the Merrimack River.

Since the lakes and ponds of the region represent a valu-
able resource for the area, there is considerable interest
in maintaining their water quality.  The lakes may be
divided essentially into three groups; large cold-water
lakes,  cold water ponds  and small lakes, and'warm water
ponds and small lakes.   The first category includes
Lake Winnipesaukee, Lake Winnisquam, and Lake Squam.
These lakes are areas of critical interest.  All three
support extensive sport  fisheries for salmonid fish
which would be jeopardized by any significant decrease in
water quality.  One of the three, Lake Winnisquam, is
currently exhibiting symptoms of enrichment in the form
of blue-green algae blooms during the late summer.  To
date, these blooms have  been partially controlled by
copper  sulfate treatments.   The lower end of the Lake
exhibits low oxygen values in the hypolimnion caused by
the discharge of sewage  at Laconia.   Also selected embay-
ments in Lake Winnipesaukee have exhibited bloom condi-
tions,   and localized growths of Myriophyllum heterophyl-
lum have occurred.   A detailed discussion of the water
quality problems of these lakes is presented in Section
II.A.6.

Lake Winnipesaukee.  Lake Winnipesaukee is the second
largest lake in New England  (Frey, 1963).  It is a
dimictic lake with a surface area of 44,586 acres,
a meam  depth of 47 feet, a maximum depth of approxi-
mately  180 feet and a mean hydraulic retention time
of 5.5  years.  The Lake  supports a wide variety
of fish, including lake  trout and landlocked salmon,
which are maintained both by stocking and natural re-
production  (Hoover, 1938; Seamans and Newell, 1973).
The Lake contains a high proportion of littoral area
which is important as a  food-producing area for the
predatory game fish.  These fish prefer cold water, and
while they are found throughout the Lake when the water
temperature is low, they concentrate in the hypolimnion
during  the summer months.  Along with game fish,
smelt are stocked to provide forage.  In addition, a
variety of warm water species inhabit the littoral area
and epilimnion  (Seamans  and Newell, 1973).  Yeo and
Mathieson (1973) have summarized the available information
on phytoplankton and nutrient levels in the Lake.  Their
results showed that sections of the Lake are eutrophic.
Blue-green algae were the dominant phytoplankters at
all stations, and they usually comprised the major por-
tion of the cell counts.  Using the concept of phyto-
plankton associations, the authors determined that the
                    11-45

-------
Lake was dominated by a eutrophic myxophycean phyto-
plankton, but oligotrophic associations were also
present.  They assigned (using the phytoplankton quotient
concept) a mesotrophic rating for the Weirs, Winter
Harbor, Meredith and Paugus Bay, while Alton, Wolfeboro,
Melvin Bay, and Center Harbor were categorized as eutro-
phic.  On the basis of their evaluation of selected
embayments, Yeo and Mathieson assigned an overall rating
of mesotrophic to the Lake.  It should be noted that all
of the stations invest igated by Yeo and Mathieson are
nearshore stations or are in embayments.  EPA (1973)
evaluated nutrient loading rates for the Lake and deter-
mined that it was oligotrophic, with restricted areas of
eutrophy.  This appears to be the best assessment of the
current lake status.  The open lake waters are still
highly oxygenated with at least 6 ppm of dissolved oxygen
at all depths (Seamans & Newell, 1973).  The continued
maintenance of the Lake as a recreational and natural
resource requires that any trend towards continued
enrichment be reversed.

Myriophyllum heterophyllum, Eurasian water milfoil, has
occurred in Lake Winnipesaukee since at least 1970.
Localized growths are extensive enough to cause nuisance
conditions, but such beds are not common.  Except in a
small number of localized areas large stands of Myrio-
phyllum are not present.  The biology of this plant is
currently under investigation by personnel of the
University of New Hampshire.  This study will not be
completed until June, 1978.  Initial field work was con-
ducted in the summer of 1975, but a detailed discussion
of the problem is not possible at this time  (Baker,
1975).

Lake Winnisquam.   The New Hampshire Water Supply and
Pollution Control Commission (1973)  has summarized
conditions of Lake Winnisquam.   It is a dimictic lake
approximately eight miles long and a mile and a half
wide at its greatest width.  It has a surface area of
approximately 4,200 acres, or roughly 10 percent of that
of Lake Winnipesaukee.  It is oriented along a north-
south axis, and is divided into two basins by a shelf
about two miles north of the southern end of the Lake.
The upper basin has a maximum depth of 174 feet, while
the lower basin is approximately 65 feet deep.   The
two basins appear to represent essentially separate
systems.  The Winnipesaukee River contributes 95 percent
of the inflow to the Lake, entering midway on the upper
basin.  In the vicinity of the river two effluent dis-
charges from the Laconia State School and the City of
Laconia enter the Lake.   Lake Winnisquam has been
affected by nuisance myxophycean algal blooms during
the summer months since the late 1950's (Metcalf and
Eddy, 1961).   These blooms were stimulated by fertili-
zation of the Lake by the sewage effluent from the
City of Laconia and the Laconia State School.  The
                   11-46

-------
recommended  corrective  measure was  removal  of  phos-
phorus  from  the  effluents  (Metcalf  and  Eddy, 1961) .
This was  not done at  the time because of  lack  of
funds.  Implementation  of  this recommendation  has
finally occurred within this calendar year, but  its
impact  on the Lake cannot  be evaluated  as yet.   Since
1961 algal blooms have  continued  to occur periodically,
and they  have been controlled by  treatment  with  copper
sulfate.   In 1964,  a  fish  kill occurred in  the Lake,
the cause of which was  not known.   It was suggested
that it might have been related either  to the  copper
sulfate treatments or to production of  a  toxin by  a
blue-green algae.  In any  case, the use of  copper  sul-
fate continued.   It has since been  determined  that the
fish kill was probably  caused by  a  toxin  released  by a
variety of Aphanizomenon during decomposition.   This has
made it necessary to  suspend copper sulfate treatments when
this algae is present.  While the Lake  appears dominated
by blue-green and green algae, a  wide variety  of other
algae have been  identified, and diatoms are a  signifi-
cant fraction of the  population.  The two basins of the
lake present different  physical environments.  The
upper basin  is more distinctly stratified and  has  accept-
able dissolved oxygen (D.O.) values throughout the year.
Values  below 5 ppm occur only for brief periods  in the
fall and  spring, when it is possible for  fish  to utilize
shallower areas  of the  Lake.  The lower basin  is less
intensely stratified  and exhibits periods of low or
zero D.O.  in bottom waters during the summer months.  To
compensate for this,  artificial destratification tech-
niques  have  been in use since 1970,  and have been  partially
effective in relieving  the low D.O.  values.  However, the
lower basin  remains a marginal habitat  for  salmonid fishes.

Lake Squam.   The third  largest lake in  the  Study Area,
is not  reported  as  having  any current problems with
eutrophication.   It is  a highly productive  cold-water
lake, with a large  littoral area  supporting extensive
aquatic vegetation.   These areas  are well suited
to production of warm water fishes,  while the  deeper
waters  are well  suited  for salmonids.   This Lake is not
as deep as Lake  Winnipesaukee and in the  past  has  shown
low oxygen values in  some  restricted areas  (Hoover, 1938).
There is  no  indication  that the Lake condition has
worsened,  or that the overall quality has been affected.

Other Lakes  and  Ponds.  While the three lakes discussed
above are  the major bodies of water  in  the area,  there
are numerous small  lakes and ponds.   Many of these
support extensive warm  or  cold water fisheries and are
sensitive  to the pressures of increasing development.
At present only  four  of these lakes  appear to have any
eutrophication problems (Dunst,  et  al., 1974;  NHWSPCC
1973a).   These lakes  are Silver Lake, Knowles,  Pond,  Moun-
tain Pond  and  Lake  Waukewan.  No corrective measui.es are
currently  being  undertaken in any of them.  Appendix C
is a summary of  the available data  for all of the lakes,
both major and minor,  in the Study Area.

                    11-47

-------
 Rivers and Streams.  Many small rivers and streams drain
 into the" lakes of the region.  Three major rivers, th
 Winnipesaukee, the Pemigewasset and tht> Morrimack ocmir
 in the Study Area,  Of these, only the Wi nn i pesmikoo  Uiv«-r
 is entirely within the Study Area.  This river or i q i nn I e.M
 at the outfall of Lake Winnipesaukee and flows through
 Paugus Bay, Lake Winnisquam and Silver Lake beforo  joini.iirr inuick
 River.  The Winn-ipesaukee is not noticeably affected  by
 the sewage discharges at Laconia, and exhibits dis-
 solved oxygen values at or near saturation in most areas.
 Over those portions of its 17 mile length that are not
 in one of the lakes, it is a rapidly flowing stream
 with a depth of approximately five feet and a sand and
 rock bottom.  It can be expected to support a typical
 trout stream fauna, although no extensive year-round
 biological surveys are available.  Limited phytoplankton
 and zooplankton data do not indicate any significant
 degradation.

 Biota.  The lakes, ponds, and streams of this aroa re-
 present a varied aquatic habitat, and while there  hi
 extensive literature on the fish populal. ioriH of  I h<<
 area,  the aquatic fauna is not arlerjuni e J y n\/nl n,i\ >->\
 The phytoplankton populations of Lake Wi nn i S«JU<-JIM ,iml  Uiktj
 Winnipesaukee have been well  documented because of I lie
 eutrophi cation prohiemu in those wai.ei  In.'lit a   HI/I-.
 pl-inkl-OH  fiOpii 1,'it j'JMH hi I Il<> r<*IMfl 1 H hi') I n !• c-. = I..T/C-. i,..I   j.cci,
 evaluated,  t-jnd the role o£ rooted oqnnt. i r-& I,,-IR noi  LOOM
 quantified in any of the  lakes.   A study by Hoover
 (1938)  of the Merrimack drainage basin provides a basic
 biological background for the area.   The available bio-
 logical and physical data for the lakes are summarized in
 Appendix  D.   of  the 29  species  of  fish known to occur in
 the area,  12 support a  sport  fishery (Appendix E).
 Warm water  species of recreational value include the
 Smallmouth  Bass  (Micropterus  dolomieui),  the Largemouth
 Bass (Micropterus salmoides), and  the  White Perch
 (Morone americana).   Cold  water  sport  fish are dominated
 by  salmonids,  including Brown Trout  (Salmo trutta),
 Rainbow Trout  (Salmo gairdeni),  Brook  Trout (Safvelinus
 fontinalis),  Lake Trout  (Salvelinus  namaycush)  and the
 Landlocked  Salmon (Salmo  salar).The  lake trout  and
 landlocked  salmon are restricted to  the  cold  water
 lakes of  the area.   The State of New Hampshire  maintains
 an  extensive hatchery and  stocking program designed to
maintain  this  fishery.  Salmonids  are  highly  susceptible
 to  any  degradation of water quality, since  they require
 cold, highly oxygenated water to survive.  This is  parti-
cularly important  in lakes Winnipesaukee and Winnisquam,
where indications of eutrophic conditions  have been
noted.   These are not the only areas of concern,  however,
since most of the smaller lakes  also support valuable
fisheries, either warm- or cold-water.
                   11-48

-------
    Data on zooplankton populations are scarce for all of
    the lakes, but it may be expected that they support
    typical lake or pond populations.  These organisms are
    important food organisms for many varieties of larval
    fish, and represent an intermediate link between phyto-
    plankton production and the higher tropic levels.

    Primary production in some of the lakes has been inves-
    tigated due to the occurrence of algae blooms.  Most
    available data is from Lake Winnipesaukee and Lake
    Winnisquam.  The Chlorophyceae (green algae)  provided
    the greatest diversity with 237 taxa.   The Bacillari-
    ophyceae (Diatoms) were the second most abundant group,
    with 83 species.   The Cyanophyceae (blue-green algae)
    ranked third in number of species (68), but their cell
    counts far exceeded all other groups-.   Other algae, pro-
    vided 65 additional species.  Appendix F lists the
    most abundant algal species found in their study.  It
    must be noted that all eight of their stations were in
    shore or in bay areas, none were in the open lake,
    which may contain different flora. Eurasian water mil-
    foil is a localized problem in some regions of the Lake.

    Data summarized by the New Hampshire Water Supply and
    Pollution Control Commission (1973,  1974) provides an
    extensive analysis of algal populations in Lake Winnis-
    quam.  Again, no data is given for rooted aquatics.
    The Lake suffers periodically from algal blooms which
    are made up primarily of blue-greens of three genera,
    Anabaena, Gloeotrichia and Aphanizomenpn.  The variety
    is known to produce a virulent endotoxin, and has been
    implicated in fish kills in the Lake.   Other common
    genera in the Lake are listed in Appendix F.

    A comparison of Appendix  Tables F-l  and F-2  illustrates
    clearly that the  two lakes  have extremely different
    phytoplankton assemblages.

    The remaining lakes and the rivers have not been exten-
    sively surveyed,  but depending  on their trophic state,
    could be expected to contain phytoplankton populations
    similar to those  present  in these lakes.   In  littoral
    areas of the large lakes  and in small  shallow ponds,  the
    role of rooted aguatics may be  significant and need
    evaluation.

Terrestrial.  EcolSciences' staff inspected the proposed
interceptor routes, immediate and potentially serviceable areas
and the proposed Franklin treatment plant site.  The following
is a general description of the vegetation and animal com-
munities found throughout the entire Study Area  (both pri-
mary and peripheral).  In addition, specific vegetational
                       11-49

-------
patterns and animal communities found in the vicinity of
each interceptor corridor as well as the design service area
are described in more detail.  Section IiB provides an engin-
eering description of .the" proposed interceptor system and
the STP site, and Figure 1-2 identifies the: proposed sewer
service area and Figure 1-6 the location of the interceptor
routings.

    General.   Virtually all the forests that once occupied
    central New Hampshire have been cut over,  burned off or
    cleared for farming at  some time (Braun,  1950).   Second
    growth stands that now  cover the region are of  a northern
    hardwood—white pine* forest type.   The hardwood consti-
    tuents and the distribution of white pine  vary  within
    the Study Area and are  influenced by the age of the
    stand, soils, topography,  and other environmental fac-
    tors.   In mature forests where trees are 10 inches or
    more in diameter,  the dominant hardwoods are usually
    sugar  maple and red oak.  The associates in a mature
    forest may include gray, yellow or  white birch,  .ash,
    basswood,  and black oak.  White pine may be dispersed
    within the stand or grow in pure stands.   Hemlock is
    locally distributed in  mature forests.   An understory
    of  smaller trees and shrubs includes a  wide variety  of
    shade  tolerant species  including striped maple,  hop
    hornbeam,  dogwoods,  viburnums and other shrubs,  and
    saplings of species in  the canopy.   The understory is
    best developed in young stands in which more light pene-
    trates.   The forests with an abundant understory offer
    more food,  cover and nesting sites  for  wildlife.**
    Similarly,  in areas where dense vegetation grows in  res-
    ponse  to abundant light, i.e.,  at the interface  of a  forest
    with cultivated fields,  roads,  railroads,  power lines or
    other  clearings,  wildlife  populations are  supported.
    Deer,  rabbits and other small mammals,  game birds, and
    song birds utilize this "edge"  vegetation.

    While  upland forest covers most of  the  region,  vege-
    tation of  another type  is  associated with  the numerous
    marshes,  swamps and land which is intermittently flooded.
    These  wetlands occur at scattered locations throughout the
    region and are usually  small in area.   Larger marshes
    do  occur  along the Tioga River  and  other tributaries  of
    the Winnipesaukee River and on  land between Paugus Bay
    and Lake Winnipesaukee.
       *Scientific  names  of woody  species  are  provided  in
       Appendix  G  .

      **Animal  species  anticipated in  the  Study Area are
       listed  in Appendix H  and  i>
                       11-50

-------
These wetlands have long been recognized for their value
for wildlife and several that occur in the Study Area
have been identified by 1.he County Conservation Dis-
tricts as "natural areas"  (Section II.A.10).


Wooded wetlands in the Study Area are usually dominated
by red maple.  A shrub community of willows, alder,
sweet gale, swamp dogwood and several herbaceous plant
species including cattail, sedges and rushes covers land
which is more frequently or permanetly flooded.

Disturbed  areas,  such  as   abandoned  fields,  road and
railroad rights-of-way and vacant lots  support  a
characteristic  flora.   Species  which  occur  in  "edge"
vegetation  may  be  present  on  these sites in  adddition
to  those species more  commonly  restricted to disturbed
sites.  These plants generally  grow  rapidly, are toler-
ant to  light and acclimate to wide variations  in soil
and moisture conditions.   Plants which most  frequently
are found  in a  sample  of disturbed site flora  in the
study area  are  trembling aspen,  large-tooth  aspen, pin
cherry, shadbush,  red  maple,  white pine, sumac, alder,
blackberry, elderberry, Virginia creeper, poison ivy,
and herbaceous  weeds.   While  weedy in character, this
flora is of considerable value  in preventing erosion.
It  is a potential  food source for much wildlife, but
may be  under-utilized  if other  wildlife habitat require-
ments such  as water, cover, etc. are  not met.

Some of the vegetation in  developed portions of the
Study Area  include the same species present  in  disturbed
areas.  Both natural and introduced species  have been
used for landscaping material.  The vegetational pat-
tern in residential areas  around the  perimeter  of
the lakes  is generally more similar to mature  forest
than that of disturbed areas.   In newer developments,
there has been  minimal clearing of vegetation for con-
struction of home  sites.  Where more extensive clearing
was  made for older homes,  the regrowth of pines, maples,
oaks and other  trees present  in northern hardwood-white
pine plant  associations has occurred.  Hence, mature
forest appears  to  be continuous to the lake  shore in
many communities.

Primary Study Area.  The service area from Meredith to
Franklin includes  urban sectors and shoreline residential
development.  Outside  these developed areas, are forests
which are predominantly immature.  White pine has in-
vaded land  which was once  under cultivation.  The Bel-
mont service area  is different  in that a substantial
amount of the potential serviceable area is  wetland.
The wooded  portion of  the wetland is dominated by red
maple; with willows and alder present both in the under-
story and in shrub swamps.  Tilton,  Northfield, and Bel-
mont provide good wildlife habitats as each township has
an abundance of edge vegetation and water.
                   11-51

-------
The Meredith and Laconia service areas, in those sectors
where development has not occurred, have thin forests
and typical disturbed area vegetation.  Small areas
also are covered by wetlands or lakeside plant communi-
ties .


   Meredith Interceptor.  Vegetation  along the Boston
   and Maine Railroad between Meredith and Weirs
   Beach is composed of scattered, thin stands of
   maple, oak, pine, and aspen, plus  trees, shrubs and
   vines which typically occupy disturbed areas.  Ground
   cover is composed of grasses and mixed herbaceous
   weeds.  Occasionally, where houses are sited close to
   the railroad, trees and  shrubs  serve as visual
   screening of  the tracks.

   West Paugus Interceptor.  This  interceptor follows
   the railroad  and.city streets for much of its length,
   but crosses a partially  wooded  golf course and culti-
   vated fields  for a short distance.


    Winriisquam  Outfall System.   Along  the  outskirts  of
    Laconia,  the  interceptor will  follow  the  railroad
    through  a vegetationally disturbed area, where
    commercial  and  industrial development  has  occurred.
    Outside  the City boundary,  the  vegetative  composi-
    tion changes.  The railroad embankment has disturbed
    vegetative  cover; however,  the  wider  sewer corridor
    also includes alternatie hardwood  forest  and white
   pine stands faced with edge vegetation.  Near
    southern end  of Lake Winnisquam some wetland shrub
   communities will be traversed.  This wetland area
   has been disrupted already  by construction of
   summer cottages and access  roads.
   Sanbornton Interceptor.   The part of Lake Winni-
   squam through which this interceptor will pass,
   already has experienced considerable residential
   development.  The vegetation in this corridor is
   typical of that in the other lakeside communities.
   Part of the sewer corridor will be coextensive with
   a road constructed at the Lake's edge.

   Laconia Connection.  Until final delineation of the
   routing of the Tilton-Northfield Extention is de-
   termined, the pathway of the Laconia Connection can-
   not be described.  However, it is assumed that this
   corridor will include land along the B & M Railroad
   tracks,  which supports disturbed area vegetation
   similar to that found elsewhere along the railroad.
                  11-52

-------
Belmont  Interceptor.  Between  the  interceptor's  terminus
in the Village  of  Belmont  and its first  crossing  of  the
Tioga River,  the abandoned railroad  embankment  (approxi-
mately 20  feet  wide)  is  elevated  above a wet meadow  to
the  south  and follows the  contour of the slope  to the
north.   It is heavily vegetated with sapling birch (Betula
papyrifera) and (B.  nigra)  red maple (Acer  rubrum) and a
tangle of  blackberry briars (Rubus sp.land honeysuckle
(Lonicera  japonica)  for  approximately a  quarter mile,
then cleared  to the  first  river crossing.   The  interceptor
alignment  continues  westward  along the Tioga River to a
point approximately  one  mile  from the Village of  Belmont.
Adjacent to this section of the alignment is a  wet meadow
with wetland  grass cover.   In the vicinity  of the cleared
area east  of  South Road  the embankment is elevated above
a shrub  and wooded swamp to the north and follows
the  contour of  a wooded  slope to  the south.  The  wooded
slope is vegetated with  young pine (Pinus strobus) and
white birch.  The wooded swamp is dominated by  red maple,
green ash  (Fraxinus  pensylvanica)  and black willow (Salix
nigra).    Shrub species  in this part of  the swamp and
farther  west  are alder (Alnus serrulata), willow  and dog-
woods (Cornus amomum)  and  (C.  stolonifera).  The  cleared
sector of  the embankment transects a pasture to tlie
second river  crossing.   From  the  river crossing directly
west of  South Road,  the  embankment is elevated  above a
seasonally flooded mixed coniferous  - deciduous forest.
The  embankment  and railroad tressels are washed out at
the  river  crossing.

The  interceptor alignment  west of its intersection with
Route 140 will  be on  the south side  of the  road's  right-
of-way.   Construction in this area will  remove  some pine
forest to  the Merrimack  County line  where the road right-
of-way is  cleared.  Adjacent  to the  south side  of  Route
140  a shrub swamp and swamp forest exist.

From this point the Tioga  River was  diverted to the west
when Route 140  was reconstructed.  The road is  elevated
above the  two segments of  ponded  water which were  for-
merly confluent.  The road  embankment is stabilized by
grass cover at  this point.  The bridge crosses  the Tioga
River where it  is approximately 60 feet  in  width.  The
road right-of-way is  vegetated with  weedy flora from the
bridge to the Boston  and Maine railroad.

The  swamp and marshland,crossed by the railroad embank-
ment and Route  140,have  been  identified  as  natural areas,
unsuitable for  building.  The  New  Hampshire Office of
Comprehensive Planning in their Guide Plan  for Water and
Related  Land  Resources identifies  all marshes and  swamps
as important  surface  and ground water resources.  They
                       11-53

-------
are often valuable wildlife resources.  However, the
State Fish and Game Department describes this region
as being only "fair" for wild fowl as opposed to
"good" or "excellent" for other swamplands in the
State.

Tilton-Northfield  Extension.  Until  details  of   the
final corridor alignment are  complete,  it  is uncer-
tain what plant  and animal  communities  are present.

Franklin Interceptor.  Where  these interceptors  fol-
low the railroad east of the  City and along  City
streets the  vegetation which  exists  in  the construc-
tion corridor is typical of disturbed areas.  South
of the City, along the Merrimack River, the  corridor
encompasses  an area of northern hardwood - white
pine forest  and  cultivated  farmland.

Treatment Plant  Site at Franklin.  The  proposed STP
site is located  along the Merrimack  River  south of
Franklin.  Natural vegetation is varied and  consists
of:  l)a mixed  hardwood-softwood forest on  the slopes,
2) grasses and herbaceous weeds in cleared areas, and
3) an alder  thicket and bottomland trees on  the river
bank.  Part  of the tract is under cultivation and
was planted  in corn during the 1975  growing  season.

Approximately 75 percent of the forest on  the steep
slopes is dominated by hardwood species.   Sugar maple
and oaks are abundant, but a wide diversity of other
species including ash, butternut, hickory, basswood,
and gray and yellow birch are present.  The coniferous
element is primarily white pine, but hemlock exerts
local dominance.   Edging this forest at the base of
the slopes are several plant species, including wild
apple,  blackberry,  choke cherry and viburnums which
offer suitable food for wildlife.

The meadow between the forested slope and the culti-
vated field is usually wet.   It supports grasses,
sedges,  many species of herbaceous annuals and per-
ennials and a few shrubs.   An alder thicket occupies
part of the tract.   Black willows exist in areas of
lower elevation and along the brooks  draining into
the area.

The Merrimack River is fringed by mature silver
maple and American  -elm trees.   A strip of grass
approximately forty feet wide lies between the river
and cultivated field.
                11-54

-------
    The northwest side of the site supports some ex-
    cellent wildlife habitat by providing water, nesting
    sites and cover.  Food plants present include
    butternut, choke cherry, dogwood, several viburnums,
    blackberry, apple.;, elderberry, and wild grape.


c-'tilford l nterceptpr.  The desiyn sower CK-I-VIC*' -HTM <>i
Gilford is extensive and the vegetational pattern  varied.
An excellent mature forest  in the Belknap Mountains is
composed predominantly of northern hardwoods and white
pine, with spruce and fir present at higher elevations.
This forest covers extensive areas, but is interrupted
by pastureland at lower elevations.
Between Gilford and Laconia, substantial shoreline
development has occurred west of Belknap Point.  Con-
struction of residential homes in this area has resulted
in only minimal clearing of forests.  Woodlands in these
developed areas are comprised of a sugar maple - oak com-
munity type and include birches and some white pine.  A
wetland located north of the Laconia Airport between
Paugus Bay and Lake Winnipesaukee, lies within the service
area of both Gilford and Laconia, and has been identified
as a valuable wildlife resource.

Peripheral Study Area.   Center Harbor, Moultonborough,
Tuftonboro, Wolfeboro and Alton, located in the northern
part of the Study Area, may be potentially serviced by
this project in the future; however, plans for extending
the interceptors to these communities are not included in
this grant application.
In the Peripheral Area, a northern hardwood-white pine
forest forms a patchwork pattern with cultivated fields
and pastures.  In general, woodlands in this region are of
moderate density and while some tracts contain mature
forest, young stands predominate.  Lakeside development
has occurred along Lake Winnipesaukee and its bays.
Moultonborough Neck has extensive wetland areas with a
few small lakes which have been identified as wildlife
resources  (New Hampshire Office of Comprehensive Plan-
ning,  1974).  These wetlands are located both within
and outside the project's design service area.


Wolfeboro has more pasture and cropland, while Alton
appears to have the better developed forests.  Wolfe-
boro has more lakeside development and the design service
area includes part of the shoreline of Lake Wentworth
in addition to that along Lake Winnipesaukee.  Where
development has occurred along the shoreline in Wolfe-
boro, vegetation is heavy and in most areas homes are
secluded by woodlands.
                   11-55

-------
    8.  Aesthetics

    The aesthetic quality or condition of the environment is a
matter of personal opinion.  Society, however, has become in-
creasingly aware of the value of the natural environment and of
the extent to which human activities have altered the beautiful
and unique features of nature.

    The Winnipesaukee River Basin contains many natural
features which possess not only great aesthetic appeal, but
also high recreational value.  The numerous lakes, rivers and
ponds are surrounded by an outstandingly beautiful setting of
rolling, forested hills and mountains.  The vast expanse
of Lake Winnipesaukee is framed to the northwest by Red Hill
ascending 2,000 feet in Moultonborough, to the northeast by
the Ossipee Mountains rising nearly 3,000 feet in Moultonborough
and Tuftonboro, and to the south by Belknap Mountain rising
nearly 2,400 feet in Gilford.

    The many forested islands and the irregular shoreline of
Lake Winnipesaukee add to the panoramic vista.  By providing such
a beautiful natural setting, the intricate assembly of bays, coves
and inlets have attracted a tremendous number of seasonal and year-
round residents.  Where forest cover is still abundant, the loca-
tion of housing has not significantly detracted from the area's
natural aesthetic qualities.  In other selected areas, particularly
along portions of Meredith Bay, Alton Bay and Weirs Beach, the
high density residential and commercial development has sub-
stantially degraded the natural attractiveness of these areas.

    Significant changes in the natural beauty of Opechee Bay
and Paugus Bay have occurred, mainly because of the intense
development in Laconia's urban center and fringe.  Presently,
parts of the upper western shore of Paugus Bay are still heavily
forested and developed to a lesser degree than the eastern shore,
which has been severely impacted by numerous motels, commerical
cottages, private residences and apartments.

    Around Lake Winnisquam and Lake Winnipesaukee,  many areas
have retained their natural beauty,  while others have been
spoiled by intensive land use.

    The interior of each municipality is graced with heavily
wooded,  rolling to mountainous terrain,  dotted by small lakes
and ponds.   The majority of these areas still possess their
natural beauty and solitude.   However,  recent "back-lot" devel-
opment, in the near-shore regions,  particularly in the Peripheral
Study Area,  is progressively encroaching on the scenery.
                           11-56

-------
    The aesthetic appeal of the region is attributed not only to
the beautiful natural features, but also to the many man-made
structures.  The area is rich with the interest and appeal of
many historic homes, mills and churches.  Most of the older com-
munities, such as Wolfeboro, Franklin, Sanbornton, etc., have
streets lined with stately old residences interspersed with new
homes.  The old mills, dating back to the 1890's remind resi-
dents in downtown Franklin and Laconia of the industrial era
of yesteryear.  And, as an impressive contrast to the natural
and historic scenery of the region, the Franklin Falls Flood
Control Dam rises from the waters of the Pemigewasset River.
     9.   Historic and Archaeologic Resources

     To establish a comprehensive inventory of the historic and
 archaeologic resources within the Primary and Peripheral Study
 Areas,  numerous information sources were consulted,  including
 the following:   1) the National Register of Historic Places;
 2)  files maintained by the New Hampshire State Historic Office
 in  Concord; 3)  County inventories;  4)  the Historic American
 Engineering Record; and 5) a listing of Historic Indian Trails
 prepared by the New Hampshire Archaeological Society.   In
 addition, a letter was sent to each local historical society
 describing the  information sources  consulted and listing the
 sites identified in each town.  The list of contacts was provided
 by  the State Historic Office in Concord.  These societies were
 asked to both validate the lists, making additions or deletions
 where necessary, and locate each site on the inventory map.

     Due to the  lack of an official, complete archaeologic and
 historic inventory for the Study Area,  it was felt that this
 effort would provide the best available data since local his-
 torians and archaeologists would be most familiar with the
 specific location of sites and existing private collections.
 To  date, only a few responses have  been received from the local
 historical societies.  Therefore, although every effort has
 been made to compile a complete inventory and mapping, the
 information obtained is incomplete.  To avoid presentation of
 incorrect data, only sites appearing on official inventories
 or  the responses received from the  local historical  societies
 aro listed in Table 11-14.  Responses were received  from
 Meredith, Centre Harbor and Sanbornton.  Figure II-9 identifies
 the location of the sites for which an exact location is known.
                            11-57

-------
                                                           Table   11-14

                                               HISTORIC AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL SITES

                           (SOURCES:   National  Register, Historic American Engineering Record, New
                          Hampshire State  Historic  Inventory and Files, New Hampshire Archeological
                          Society,  Historic  Inventories for Carroll, Belknap and Merrimack Counties
                          and personal comtunications with town Historic Societies)

                                                                                                Inventory Listing"
Name of Site Location Date
PRIMARY STUDY AREA
FRANKLIN
* MAP*
1 Conicl Webster Family South Main Street
Home ( The Elms )
2 Daniel Vtebster Law Office
3 J.P. Stevens Textile Mill East Bow Street
4 Sulphite Railroad Bridge off US 3 over Winnipesaukee
River
GILFORD
5 Historic District
LACONIA
6 Belknap-Sulloway Mill Mill Street
7 Busiel-Seeburg Mill Mill Street
8 Endicott Rock Near the Weirs
9 Jewett Homestead


c.1880
1897

c.1823
1853

1870
NHR
X


X

X
X


NHL
X
X







HAER


X


X
X


NHSHI







X
X
NHAS









CI
X



X




M
M
 I
01
00

-------
Inventory Listing
Name of Site Location Date
11 Pereley Canal Between Beacon Street and
Winnipesaukee Avenue
12 Pump Station Union Avenue
13 Railroad Station
14 Sewage Treatment Plant
15 Site of Druillettes At Weirs
Jesuit Mission
16 Weirs Aquadoctan US. 3 north of Laoonia
Archeological Site
17 Meredith Neck Union 4 mi. from Rt. 65
Church
18 Stonedam Island Indian west of Meredith Neck
Campsite
NORTHFIELD
19 Fifield House Park Street
SANBORNTON
20 Colby-Leavitt House
21 Historic District
22 Lane Tavern Historic District
23 Winnisquam Indian At Outlet to Lake
Camping Place Winnisquam
24 Woodman Academy Historic District
1818

late 19th

1650
c. 1830


1780

1810


NHR





X







NHL













HAER
X
X
X
X









NHSHI


X


X







NHAS




X
X
X




X

CI





X

X


X



-------
Inventory Listinq
Name of Site Location
25 Congregational Church Historic District
TILTON
26 Brick and Wood Mills West Main Street
PERIPHERAL STUDY AREA
ALTON
27 Camp Kabeyun Clay Point
28 First Free Baptist Church US. 28
29 Oilman House US. 140
30 Historical Society Building us. 28A and 11
31 Quannippi Indian Village Alton Bay
32 Robert's Cove Indian
Camping Place
CENTER HARBOR
33 Coe Mansion
34 Dudley-Leavitt Home N.H. Rt. 25
35 Centre Harbor Congregational Main Street
Church
36 Original segment of the
College Road from Wolfe-
boro to Dartmouth College
laid out by Governor
Wentworth.
Date
1834
c. 1850


1857




1820

1837
1771
NHR













NHL













HAER

X











NHSHI









X
X


NHAS



X



X
X




CT




X
X
X







-------
Inventory Listing
Name of Site Location Date
37 Dr. Leonard G. Morrill Plymouth Street
Memorial Park
38 Old Mill Site-Hawkins Hawkins Park Road
Mill
39 Old Mill Site-York Mill Near corner at Hawkins
Pond Road and Winona
Road
40 Sturtevant Home Route 25B



c. 1820
NHR




NHL




HAER NHSHI NHAS







X




CI




I
cr>
     * See Figure  II-9  for  location of sites.

-------
FIGURE  II-9.   HISTORIC t ARCHAEOLOGIC
                 SITES.
         Historic & Archaeologic  Sites
         listed  in the National Register.

         Local  Historic Sites

         (See Table  ll-l't for identi-
          fication of numbers)
                   11-62

-------
    There are  five  National  Historic Register sites  in the
Primary Study  Area  and  none  in  the  Peripheral Study-Area..
These  sites  are  identified  and  described  as  follows:

     The Belknap-Sulloway Mill on Mill  Street in Laconia  was
     built around 1823.   It is thought  to be  one of the oldest
     intact textile mills of its types  in the area.  The  mill
     is a  small structure built of brick and  wood and is  re-
     presentataive of rural manufacturing operations.  In the
     interior,  joisted flooring and open ceilings date back  to
     the original structure.

     The Busiel Seeburg  Mill was constructed  in  1850, with addi-
     tions built in 1878 and 1882.  It  is located on Mill Street
     in Laconia,  where it operated for  many years as the  Busiel
     Granite  Hosiery Mill.   The structure has a  gabled roof,
     decorative brickwork and a tall stair tower with an  arched
     window on  three sides  of the top story.

     The Weirs  Aquadoctan Archeological Site  is  the site  of  a
     village  of the Winnipesaukee tribe of the Penacock
     Confederacy.  Although the precise location of the village
     is unknown,  it is thought to lie on the  north shore  of  the
     narrows  between Lake Winnipesaukee and Paugus Bay.   Some
     areas of the site have been disturbed by the construction
     of the railroad and the cottages in the  area.

     The Sulphite Railroad  Bridge, also called "upside down  bridge"
     was built  in 1897.   It is the last existing deck-type covered
     railroad bridge in  the United States.  It was built  by  the
     Bridges  and  Building Department of the Boston and Maine
     Railroad.

     The Daniel Webster  Family Home also called  the "Elms",  is
     a  two-and-one-half  story residential structure located  on
     South Main Street in Franklin.   Ebenezer Webster, Daniel's
     father,  moved into  the house in 1800 and lived there until
     his death.  Daniel  bought the house in 1829 and used it
     as a  vacation retreat  and experimental farm.

    To supplement the information contained in the Draft  EIS
a survey of archaeologic sites within the primary  impact  area
is currently  being contracted with professional  archaeologists
to provide an evaluation of the archaeological resources  within
the primary impact areas.  The evaluation of archaeological
resources will include as the minimum,  a literature review and
preliminary archaeological reconnaissance along  the route of
the proposed  wastewater collection and treatment plant *sites.
Preliminary findings from this survey work have  been  incorpor-
ated into the  final EIS as Appendix J.
                            11-63

-------
    In addition, the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation
has requested that additional data to indicate that the project
is in compliance with Section 106 of the National Historic
Preservation Act of 1966 be furnished to them.  Although
EcolSciences specifically requested comments several months
ago from the State Historic Preservation Officer that would
have met the Advisory Council's requests, the information has
not been provided at this time (March 12, 1976).  Therefore,
compliance with Section 106 has been attached as a grant con-
dition which must be satisfied prior to construction of the
proposed project.

    10.  Environmentally Sensitive Areas

    Environmentally sensitive areas are areas which contain
valuable natural and cultural resources.  During planning and
subsequent development of an area, preservation of these re-
sources is an important consideration.   Development or distur-
bance of certain environmentally sensitive areas may result in
significant environmental,  social and economic costs.  Loss of
environmentally sensitive areas to development often represents
irretrievable loss of limited, non-renewable resources.  Identi-
fication of these areas is a first step in satisfactorily
resolving the inherent conflicts between man and nature in a
developing area.  Figure 11-10 identifies the general location
of known environmentally sensitive areas.  Natural and cultural
resources of unique value include the following:

    Surface Waters.  The Study Area contains extensive aquatic
    resources which are of prime importance to the aesthetic,
    natural, economic and recreational  value of the region
    (Section II.A.7).  Major bodies of  water include:

        Lakes Winnipesaukee, Winnisquam, and Squam are areas
        of critical interest as they support extensive sport
        fisheries for salmonid fish, which would be endangered
        by any significant decrease in  water quality.  Also
        most of the area's smaller lakes support valuable
        cold- or warm-water fisheries.

        Lake Winnipesaukee, supporting  a wide variety of fish
        species, has an extensive littoral zone which is an
        important food-producing area for predatory game fish.

        Squam Lake is a highly productive cold-water lake,  with
        a large littoral area supporting extensive aquatic
        vegetation.  The shallower areas are well suited for
        production of warm water fish,  and the deeper waters
        are well suited for salmonids.

        The Winnipesaukee River can be  expected to support  a
        typicaltrout stream"Fauna.
                            11-64

-------
FIGURE 11-10.  ENVIRONMENTALLY
                SENSITIVE AREAS
  [Source:  Adapted from NH Office of
   Comprehensive Planning;  NH  Dept. of
   Resources & Economic Development I
   New England River Basins Commission
   197*.]
     I Wetlands

    '• Environmentally Sensitive Areas

       (See Table  11-16 for Number
        Identification)
                      11-65

-------
      Many of the lakes throughout the Study Area serve as  the
 primary or secondary source of public water supplies  (Section
 III.A.6).  Lake Winnipesaukee, Paugus Bay, Lake Waukewan,
 Meredith Reservoir, Knowles Pond, and Upper Beech Pond are
 used as supply sources for many of the residents in Laconia,
 Meredith, Northfield,  Tiltnn and Wolfehoro.  All nae  nf  land
 atiMiiiil l\u»wloe> I'npil, I ho I'Ml'Mi1 vvplot supply TIM NntthfIPId,
 is restricted  (see 
-------
     Wetlands are associated with Page Brook  in Meredith
Neck.  This area is relatively undisturbed, as most of the
present development is concentrated along the lake and bay
shorelines and not within the interior, marsh region.

     Pickerel Cove and Moultons Cove, at the upper northwestern
end of Paugus Bay, are associated with limited marshlands.  Both
cove outlets have been restricted by construction of the rail-
road track.  Further reduction of these channels could alter
the size of these wetlands.

     The Belknap, Merrimack and Carroll County Conservation
Districts, in cooperation with the Office of State Planning,
has initiated an inventory of natural, scenic, and historic
areas throughout the region.  Wetland areas identified in these
studies, are summarized in Table  11-15.

     The State of New Hampshire first tried to regulate wet-
lands in 1955.  In 1967, the following revised Dredge and Fill
Laws were passed:

     RSA 488-A prohibits excavating or dredging of any
     flat, marsh, bank, swamp or lake bed that lies
     below the natural mean water mark of any fresh public
     water of the State without first petitioning the Water
     Resources Board;


     RSA 482:41-e-i restricts the filling in of ponds
     over10 acres without permission of the Governor
     and Council;


     RSA 483:A~1, the statute governing Excavating and
     Dredging, requires  filing with the State Water
     Resources Board and local Town Clerk a notice of
     intention to excavate, remove, fill or dredge any
     bog,  flat, marsh, or  swamp  in and adjacent to any
     State water, thirty days prior to such action.
     This  allows the Boards thirty days to check the
     site  and take action,  if the proposed project will
     adversely affect the  environment or general public
      (Guariglia, 1975);

     RSA 149;8-a governs dredging, filling, excavating
     and constructing in or on the border of State surface
     waters and requires that, for any such project which
     significantly alters  the terrain, detailed plans be
     submitted to the State Water Supply and  Pollution Con-
     trol  Commission at  least 30 days prior to start of
     activities.  Operations cannot be started without
     written permission  from the Commission,  which is
     authorized to establish the terms and conditions of the
     permit.  This does  not modify or limit the duties or
     authority granted the Water Resources Board under
     RSA 482 and RSA 483-A  (Division of Community Planning,
     Office of Comprehensive Planning, January, 1975).
                            11-67

-------
                                                            TABLE  11-15
      Municipality
        Laconia
        Sanborntor.
I
<^
oo
        Til ton
       Center
        Harbor
                             WETLAND AREAS IDENTIFIED IN THE PRIMARY AND PERIPHERAL STUDY AREAS
                                        (Source:  Office of State Planning, initiated 1968)
            Name of Identity
Map No.*       of the Area

   1        Perley Pond
            Cawley Pond
                                  Giles Pond
            Rollins Pond
            Bog on part of
            Chapman Brook
            Proctor Wildlife
            Sanctuary
                                  Pineland Cove
                                  (Squam Lake)

                                  Sturtevant Bay
                                  (Squam Lake)
                                  Swamp (Route 3 and
                                  Town House Road)
 Primary Study Area

      Location

      Route 3
      1/2-mile
Present Use
  of Area

Private
      3B NH 3 miles    Private
      from Sanbornton
      Square

      West of Route    Private
      127 near Frank-
      lin line
      3B next to
      Cawley Pond

      US 3 just off
Peripheral Study Area

      Route 25B
Private
Private
Description of Area

Small attractive pond and bog area
near center of the city with inter-
esting forest and aquatic growth

Bog with open water and wooded area
                                                                    Large undeveloped body of water
                                                                    surrounded by wetland.  Area wooded
Bog with open water and wooded area
Muck and peat area; about 2/3 of the
area is in Sanbornton.  Wildlife
refuge-and spawning area for smelt
::ew i:ump-      Natural wetland area running from 25B
shire Audubon  to Pineland Cove on Squam Lake.   Ex-
                                                                           Society
                                                                    cellent for wildlife.  Now habitat for
                                                                    beaver, mink, muskrat, and-many birds
                                    Off 'Centre       Private
                                    Harbor Neck Road

                                    Off High Haith   Private
                                    Road
                                      Natural wildlife weltand area.
                                      by loons for nesting
                                               Used
                                    Route 3
                       Private
               Natural wildlife wetland area.   Ex-
               cellent as nesting area for all
               waterfowl

               Large wetland area.  Some water, some
               wooded.  Excellent for all kinds of
               wildlife

-------
    TABLE  11-15.  Continued.
Municipality    Map No.*

  Alton
  Tuftonboro
8
         Name of Identity
            of the Area

         Woodman's Swamp
Twenty-mile Bay
(Upper Bay)
Location

U.S. 28
3 miles

Route 109
                                         Present Use
                                           of Area

                                         Private
Private
Description of Area

Swamp — thickly wooded.  Excellent
for hunting furbearing animals

Twenty-mile Brook emptying into this
bay passes through undeveloped wet-
lands housing a variety of wildlife.
The bay has a beach which is used by
families
  *Map  numbers  refer  to  Figure  H-10.

-------
 Also,  each town has  the authority to protect their
 wetlands by regulating the uses permitted in these
 areas; and
                    Flood  Plains

 The  Soil  Surveys of Belknap  County  (1968)  and  Merrimack
 County  (1965)  and  the  Resource Conservation and Develop-
 ment Project  for Carroll,  Grafton,  and  Coos Counties
 (1968)  have delineated flood plain  soils within the Study
 Area (Figure  II-4).  This  alluvial  soils,  formed from
 gravel, sand  or clay deposited by rivers and streams,
 belong  to either the Hickley-Windsor-Au Gris or Ondawa-
 Windsor-Agawam Association.   The principal  flood plains
 in the  Study  Area 'are  located along  the Pemigewasset  and
 Winnipesaukee Rivers.   Smaller flood plains parallel  the
 Tioga River (Belmont),  Alton  Bay and Merrymeeting River
 (Alton), Gunstock  River (Gilford), and  Durkee  and Jewett
 Brooks  (Laconia and Gilford).  Development  along the
 Pemigewasset  River  flood plain, in Sanbornton  and Franklin,
 is strictly controlled  by  the Federal government (Section
 II.B.2).
Several municipalities in the Study Area are partici-
pating in or are eligible for participation in the
National Flood Insurance Program  (Section III.D.3).
Once eligibility is established, member communities
are required to enact ordinances regulating develop-
ment in the flood plain.

The site of the proposed Franklin sewage treatment
plant is of critical concern as the available land
lies within the 100-year flood plain of the Merri-
mack River.  In order to be eligible for insurance
under the National Flood Insurance Program, any
sewage treatment plant built with federal funds
must be protected from damage from the waters of the
100-year flood.  A January 1975 New Hampshire publica-
tion, Standards of Design for Sewerage and Waste Treat-
ment Systems reiterates this provision and also states
that operation of any sewage treatment plant must con-
tinue during a 25-year flood.  Therefore, diking or
elevation of the plant must be undertaken in order to
receive federal funding and federally subsidized
insurance.   Figure II- 11 indicates the relationship
of the proposed STP site to the 100-year flood plain
of the Merrimack River.
                       11-70

-------
\
                             Approximate  Location

                         FRANKLIN  STP  SITE
             FIGURE  11-11.   RELATIONSHIP  BETWEEN THE  PROPOSED FRANKLIN
                             STP SITE  6  THE  lOQ-YEAR FLOOD PLAIN flF
                         .•  'THE MERRIMACK RIVER.
                                       .00	0
                        1000'
2000'
11-71 * %
                                              .3000
                                              Approxi mat e  Scale

-------
            Ground Water Kecharge Areas

    Ground water resources in the Winnipesaukee  Basin  are
 limited.  The glacial till overlying most of  the  Study Area
 is generally impervious and limits recharge.   Small areas ot
 stratified glacial deposits, including kames,  eskers and oul-
 wash plains are pervious and supply rapid recharge to  under-
 lying rocks.  These areas are delineated in Figure II-2.

    Water movement in the bedrock is restricted  to natural
 joints and depends on limited areas of local  recharge.

                    Steep Slope3

    The Study Area has slopes ranging from 0-25%  (Figure
 II-3).  Lowlands, comprising slopes of less than 8%, surround
 Paugus Bay, Winnisquam Lake, Silver Lake, the  Winnipesaukee
 River, and the northern and northeastern fringe  of Lake
 Winnipesaukee.  These lowlands grade into many steeply sloping,
 mountainous regions.  Red Hill  (Moultonborough),  the Ossipee
 Mountains  (Moultonborough, Tuftonboro), the Belknap Mountains
 (Gilford) Bean Hill (Northfield) and the Sanbornton Mountains
 (Sanbornton) contain most of the area's steep  slopes,  i.e.,
 25% or greater.  In addition to these mountains,  steep ledges  and
 small areas of slopes greater than 25% are found throughout the
 Study Area.  The remainder of the region  is comprised  of rolling
 hills of moderate 8-15% slopes, with  some scattered  steep  slopes
 of 15-25%.

     To reduce the hazard to streams and lakes of both silta-
 tion from the erosion of steep hillsides and  contamination from
 the leakage of septic tank systems set on steep  grounds, the
 State Office of Comprehensive Planning has made  the following
 recommendations (New Hampshire Guide Plan for  Water and Related
 Land Resources - unpublished, 1974):

     1.  That New Hampshire pass legislation  prohibiting
         commercial lumbering on slopes of 25% or greater; and

     2.  That New Hampshire pass legislation  prohibiting
         construction of any building on slopes  25% or
         greater,  unless the lot accommodating the structure
         has an area of at least 25 acres.

                       Forested Areas

     There are no data available on the total number of wooded
acres in the Study Area.  The LRPC has estimated the amount of
undeveloped land,  which includes not only woodland, but also
cultivated, pasture,  swamp and otherwise open land (Section
II.B.2).   The Study Area contains approximately  265,149
acres of undeveloped land  (133,204  acres in  the Primary Study
Area and 131,945  acres in  the Peripheral Study Area)  -  the
                            11-72

-------
majority of which  is  wooded.  The off-shore areas of each town
have  vast woodlands,  with Alton and  Gilford having particularly
good  forest resources.   A]1 of the mountains, i.e., Sanbornton,
Belknap, Ossipee and  Red Hill, are heavily forested.   Also,  much
of  the land with.in  t hr>.  Pein.Uiewasset  flood control n rea  i a woorle.1 .
Thr>i f> rt i"r» FirWrsrn I  i|ov" Mini"))!. "Dirt nn<|nd hnnHlpi  ||,  | ||c,  .-i i rsn , willi
UclKn.-ip Static Kcyai.-vnhJ.on i.tl (111 Ton I boiii'l f.h« l.-ii<|"Fii •


            Habitats of  Rare and Endangered Species

      The Office of  Endangered Species and International  Activities,
U.  S.  Department of Interior, identifies animal spec ion  con:; i dr-rfrj
to  be endangered.   The  Eastern Cougar,  (Fe_lis concoliir cou
-------
     Of these, only two species have been recorded as occurring
in the Study Area;  however, the exact locations have not been
identified.   Seymore, (1969)  reported a collection of the en-
danqered small whorled pagonia, I s o t r i a m e d eo 1 o i des\, in Alton.
Presumably this citation i.3 based on a collection hou«
-------
B.   SOCIAL AND KCONOMI.C ENVIRONMENT

     1.  Population Characteristics

     The resident population of the Lakes Region consists of
two components	year-round or permanent population and sea-
sonal population.  Recreational development is of such major
proportions that during the peak summer months total resident
population may be as much as three times the size of year-
round population.  Both elements of the population are of basic
importance in evaluating current and future service needs
within the Study Area.

     The following section outlines existing population
characteristics of jurisdictions within the Study Area.  Year-
round and seasonal population elements are analyzed in turn.
In addition, available population projections will then be
reviewed, providing a basis for selection of a composite
population projection to be used in subsequent impact analysis.

     Year-round Population.  The entire Study Area's year-
     round population was 50,171 in 1975-41,392 in the Primary
     Study Area and 8,779 in the Peripheral Study Area
     (Table 11-16) .   Population growth has been rapid durimj
     the past 15 years in all but three or four of the Study
     Area's jurisdictions.   The Primary Study Area has
     absorbed an increasing share of the region's population
     growth,  although growth rates tend to be relatively
     higher in the Peripheral Study Area.   Within the Primary
     Study Area, Belmont,  Gilford,  Meredith and Sanbornton have
     experienced the highest growth rates.   The Peripheral
     Study Area municipalities,  with the exception of Wolfeboro,
     have grown at comparable rates.   The  cities of Laconia
     and Franklin,  which  have the  largest  year-round popula-
     tions,  have grown slowly during the period from 1960-1975.
     Laconia lost  population between 1960  and 1970.

     While population growth in the Study  Area continued at a
     rapid pace during the  early 1970fs,  constraints imposed
     by  declining  economic  conditions  and  fuel shortages have
     dampened  the  rate of growth in recent  years (NHOCP,
     1975) .

     The population  of the  Peripheral  Study  Area is  generally
     older in  composition than  the  population  of the Primary
     Study Area (Table 11-17).   This can be  explained  by the
     comparatively greater  importance  of retirement  settlement
     in  the  Peripheral Study Area.

     Non-white  population represents less than  one  percent of
     total Study Area  population  (Table  11-17).   Negro  popula-
     tion  comprises  less than one tenth of one  percent  of  total
     year-round  population.
                          11-75

-------
                                                                       TABLE 11-16.


                                              YEAR-ROUND POPULATION - PRIMARY AND PERIPHERAL STUDY AREAS
I
-J


PRIMARY STUDY AREA
Belmont
Franklin
Gilford
Laconia
Meredith
Northfield
Sanbornton
Titlon
SUBTOTAL
PERIPHERAL STUDY AREA
Alton
Center Harbor
Moultonborough
Tuftonboro
Wolfeboro
SUBTOTAL
TOTAL
1 .
V jv
Census
T9bU

1,953
6,742
2,043
15,288
2,434
1,784
857
2,137
33,238

1,241
511
840
678
2,689
5,959
39,197

jui^e; wnv/v-r , ijrtrv_ , cui
Population
1910

2,493
7,292
3,219
14,888
2,904
2,193
1,022
2,579
36,590

1,647
540
1,310
910
3 , 0 3 &
7 , 443
"i •* i *J J .3

u x^ /u census;
1960-1970
% change

27.6
8.2
57.6
-2.6
19.3
22.9
19.3
20.7
10.1

32.7
5.7
56.0
34.2
12.9
24.9
12.3

Population
Resident
1975

3,062
7,538
4,751
15,575
3,720
2,469
1,383
2,894
41,392

. 2,007
642
1,848
1,122
3,160
8,779
50,171

                     Resident population  differs  in certain respects from Census year-round population category.
                     The primary difference  involves the  exclusion cf population in group quarters from the reside:
                     population count.

-------
      TAFI.E 11-17


SEX, RACK & AGE STATISTICS
 (Source:  1970 Census)
        SEX
RACF.
                                   AGE
                  (%) Non
PRIMARY STUDY AREA
Belmont
Franklin
Gilford
Laconia
Meredith
Northfield
Sanbornton
Tilton
PERIPHERAL STUDY AREA
Alton
Center Harbor
Moultonborough
Tuf tonboro
Wolfeboro
Male
1,242
3,424
1,610
7,078
1,417
1,075
519
1,295

781
267
675
446
1,435
Female
1,251
3,868
1,609
7,810
1,487
1,118
503
1,284

866
273
635
464
1,601
White
.4
.1
.2
.5
.3
.5
.9
.4

—
.7
.2
.1
.3
Median %<18"
26.5
29.5
30.1
31.1
31.9
25.6
30.8
30.8

35.9
33.7
28.9
42.7
35.7
37.8
35.4
35.8
32.9
32.0
38.8
35.0
33.4

32.9
29.6
30.6
28.4
31.8
% >65
7.2
12.2
9.4
13.3
11.8
8.4
11.2
14.2

17.3
18.5
11.6
19.5
14.4
      11-77

-------
       Average population densities are significantly higher in
       the Primary Study Area than in the Peripheral Study Area
       (Table 11-18).   The Primary Study Area is generally far
       more heavily developed than the Peripheral Study Area,
       which remains somewhat less accessible.
                            TABLE  18

            POPULATION DENSITIES & OCCUPANCY RATES
                   (Source:   1970  Census and  LRPC)
                              Persons per
                              Square Mile
Persons Per
 Household
PRIMARY STUDY AREA
Belmont
Franklin
Gilford
Laconia
Meredith
Northfield
Sanbornton
Tilton
PERIPHERAL STUDY AREA
Alton
Center Harbor
Moultonborough
Tuftonboro
Wolfeboro
1975
102.8
268.3
124.0
767.2
93.2
84.8
29.1
251.7

31.3
56.8
31.9
27.2
. 65.2
1970
83.7
259. !i
H4 .0
733.4
72.8
75.4
21.5
224. 3

25.7
47.8
22.6
22.1
62.6
1970
3. 35
i. 1 1
', . >"!
'/.')\
2.93
3.39
3.23
3.04

2.96
2.89
2.93
2.78
2.84
                           Summary

     Estimated resident population in the Study Area in 1975 was
50,171-41,392 in the Primary Study Area and 8,779 in the Peri-
pheral Study Area.  The major share of growth in the permanent
population has been absorbed by the Primary Study Area, although
growth rates for the more sparsely populated Peripheral Study
Area were relatively higher.  The Primary Study Area can generally
be characterized as both more densely populated and younger in
age.
                             11-78

-------
 Seasonal  Population.   The  1970  seasonal  population  has
 been estimated  at  close  to 50,000  within the  Study
 Area.  Almost 60 percent of the seasonal popular:i on
 has been  distributed  throughout the Peripheral  Study
 Area.  Moultonborough, Alton,  and  Wolfeboro have  been
 the most  attractive municipalities  for seasonal develop-
 ment.  Previous estimates  of seasonal  population  are
 known  to  be subject  to considerable error,  for  reasons
 outlined  in this section.   Actual  seasonal  population
 within the Study Area  in 1970 may  have been closer  to
 80,000 or 90,000.

 Seasonal  population  includes those people who occupy
 seasonal  or year-round dwelling units  on an occasional
 basis.  The seasonal  component  of  total  population
 within the Study Area  is known  to  be of  considerable
 significance.   However,  the actual  magnitude  of the
 seasonal  population  is not known with  any accuracy.
 Although  direct estimates  of seasonal  population  have
 not been  compiled, indirect estimates,  utilizing  avail -
 able housing counts,  are available.  These  OHI. i m.ii <•;;
 have been based on the seasonal housing  counts  conUi i n<:<\
 in the 1970 Census of  Housing.

 Estimates of seasonal  population were  generated by
 NHOCP  and LRPC  using basically  the  same  approach.
 Seasonal  housing counts  from the Census  were  multiplied
 by an  assumed occupancy  rate for seasonal housing,
 yielding  implied seasonal  population figures.   The seasonal
 occupancy rate, used by  both NHOCP  and LRPC,  was developed
 by Paul Hendrick and Associates  for the  New Hampshire
 Office of State Planning.   Estimation of  the  seasonal
 occupancy rate  was based on  field investigations con-
 ducted in 1966  and on  data  from  a 1968 study  on the
 impact of  recreation,  vacation  and  travel upon  New
 Hampshire.   The average  occupancy for vacation  homes  in
 New Hampshire was estimated  to  be 6.2 persons per unit,
 double the  occupancy rate  for year-round housing.
 Family occupants contribued  4.87 persons per  unit, while
 guests averaged 1.31 persons per unit.   Although the
 same occupancy  rate was  assumed  in both estimates,
 variations  in estimated population figures are  apparent
 (Table n-19) .  These variances can be attributed to
differences  in the application of Census data categories.
                    11-79

-------
                           TABLE  11-19

             SEASONAL POPULATION ESTIMATES, 1970
                  (Source:   NHOCP and LRPC)
Primary Study Area            NHOCP            LRPC

Belmont                       1,700            1,754
Franklin                      1,900            1,940
Gilford                       3,800            3,819
Laconia                       2,900            2,963
Meredith                      6,300            6,652
Northfield                      500              520
Sanbornton                    1,900            1,953
Tilton                          500              477
     Subtotal                19,500           20,078
Peripheral Study Area

Alton                         7,800            8,196
Centre Harbor                   500              539
Moultonborough                8,500            8,686
Tuftonboro                    3,900            3,974
Wolfeboro                     6,400            6,460
     Subtotal                27,100           27,855,
         TOTAL               46,600           47,933
                            11-80

-------
       There are significant problems associated with Lho
       baseline data with which the NHOCP and LRPC estimates
       of seasonal population were derived.  The Census tabula-
       tion of seasonal housing units is subject to consider-
       able error.  Given the nature of the enumeration
       process which places primary emphasis upon year-round
       housing, many seasonal dwelling units are omitted from
       the Census housing count.  Resulting underestimates
       tend to be quite significant in areas where seasonal
       housing is extensive.  Recent survey work in Meredith
       by the New Hampshire Electric Cooperative suggests
       that the 1970 Census of Housing underestimated the
       number of seasonal dwelling units in that town by an
       amount equal to approximately 130 percent of the reported
       figure.  Similar data from Wolfeboro, which is serviced
       by a municipal power company, suggests an underestimate
       equal to approximately 70 percent of the" reported figure.
       The two towns from which reasonably accurate housing
       counts are available exhibit implied current seasonal
       population figures [(seasonal dwelling units + second
       homes)  x 6.2 people per dwelling]  which are 67 percent
       (Meredith)  and 57 percent (Wolfeboro)  above those
       based on reported Census housing counts,  adjusted to
       include recent population growth.

       The seasonal occupancy rate which has been assumed in
       estimating seasonal population was derived from sample
       survey data now almost ten years old.  No detailed
       analysis has been conducted within the Lakes Region,
       and the original Hendricks study has not been updated.
       The occupancy rate given above is the only estimate
       now available.  The current accuracy of this figure
       within the Lakes Region is unknown.
                           Summary

     The NHOCP and LRPC estimates both yield a seasonal
population of close to 50,000.  But, as indicated above, the
actual figure nay be significantly higher.  Accurate municipal
estimates for Meredith and Wolfeboro suggest that the discrep-
ancy may average as much as 60 to 70 percent.  The likelihood
of such a sizable underestimate has been confirmed by discus-
sions with a Census official from the national office and
demographers from the New Hampshire Office of Comprehensive
Planning.  Apparently, current seasonal population within the
Study Area may actually be closer to 80,000 or 90,000.  The
reliability of future planning work in the Lakes Region will
depend upon successful resolution of the uncertainty concerning
existing seasonal population.  Such work is the responsibility
of the Lakes Region Planning Commission in consultation with
the State Office of Comprehensive Planning.
                           11-81

-------
     2.  Population Projections and Distributions

     Significant population growth, both in year-round and
seasonal population, has been projected for the Study Aroa.
Projections of year-round population in 'S.Q'S.Q ranqc- bot.wi-«Mi
70,000 and 120,000, representing 50-year increases ol 40 i..o
240 percent.  Seasonal population projections are subject to
greater uncertainty, and range from 80,000 to 290,000,
reflecting 50-year increases of 67 to 605 percent.  Alterna-
tive population projections for the Study Area are evaluated
in this section, and a composite population projection is
presented.

     Available Projections

         PEERS Projections are available for those counties
         in the Merrimack Water Resources subarea that are
         outside a Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area
         (SMSA).  This includes both Belknap and Merrimack
         Counties,  for which the population is projected to
         be 152,600 in 1995 and 182,400 in 2020.  Further
         disaggregation is not available.   The two-county
         area includes many jurisdictions which are outside
         the Study Area,  and excludes a number of jurisdic-
         tions which are  part of the Study Area.

         New Hampshire Office of Comprehensive Planning (NHOPC)
         has released preliminary projections of state popu-
         lation by age and sex by five-year intervals to the
         year 2000.   Projections were based upon a cohort-
         survival method.   This demographic projection model
         utilized a disaggregative approach of analyzing future
         population groups (5-year age intervals).  Regional
         and municipal year-round population projections have
         also been prepared,  subject to a process of regional
         and local review and comment (Table 11-20) .

         The NHOCP regional projections were generated using
         the same cohort-survival method used for the state-
         wide projections.   The municipal  projections were
         disaggregated from the regional control totals on
         the basis of accessibility indices calculated for
         each jursidiction.   The three components of accessi-
         bility included  potential capacity for future
         development,  proximity to urban centers,  and amount
         of development competition with other jurisdictions.

         Anderson-Nichols  and Company,  Inc.  (ANCO)  Projections
         of year-round population were developed for the New
         Hampshire Department of Resources  and Economic Devel-
         opment as part of a  public water  supply study
         published in 1969.   Projection of  State population
         was based upon trend analysis  of  past population
         growth.   County  projections were  similarly derived.
                        11-82

-------
                         TABLE 11-20

           NHOCP YEAR-ROUND POPULATION PROJECTIONS
Primary Study Area                 1995                  20201 (N.A.)

    Belmont                       3,640
    Franklin                      8,350
    Gilford                       6,300
    Laconia                      17,340
    Meredith                      4,700
    Northfield                    3,650
    Sanbornton                    1,970
    Tilton                        3,300

Subtotal                         49,250

Peripheral Study Area

    Alton                         2,700
    Center Harbor                 1,100
    Moultonborough                2,450
    Tuftonboro                    1,550
    Wolfeboro                     3,680

Subtotal                         11,480

TOTAL                            60,730
  Official State projections of year-round population are not
  available beyond 2000.
                            11-83

-------
         Municipal disaggregation for Belknap, Carroll,
         Grafton and Merrimack Counties was accomplished on
         the basis of simple extrapolation of past growth
         trends, modified by subjective analysis where
         necessary.

         The ANCO population projections were compiled
         without the benefit of 1970 Census data, but instead
         relied heavily upon 1950 and 1960 Census data, to-
         gether with 1966 population estimates.

         ANCO population projections for municipalities
         within the Study Area are presented in Table 11-21.
                      TABLE 11-21

              ANCO POPULATION PROJECTIONS
             (ANCO, NHOCP and 1970 CENSUS)

                                       ANCO
     Primary Study Area          1995        2020

       Belmont                   5,950      10,000
       Franklin                  9,300      14,500
       Gilford                   8,800      15,000
       Laconia                  15,000      15,000
       Meredith                  4,800       8,000
       Northfield                4,650      13,500
       Sanbornton                1,800       3,000
       Tilton                    2,700       3,500

                Subtotal        53,000      82,500

     Peripheral Study Area

       Alton                     3,200       6,000
       Center Harbor             3,400       6,000
       Moultonborough            2,200       6,200
       Tuftonboro                2,100       6,000
       Wolfeboro                 5,000      15,000

                Subtotal        15,900      39,200

                TOTAL           68,900     121,700
Note:  1995 figures based on interpolation between 1990
       and 2000.
                         11-84

-------
The ANCO projections may be somewhat high in light
of current conditions.  The suggested long-term
(10+ years) growth rate is comparable to what might
be realized, if the recent short-term (3-5 years)
growth rate for the Study Area was sustained for
another 26 years.

This is perhaps an unrealistic long-term expecta-
tion.  The dampening effect of declining economic
conditions and fuel shortages upon population growth
begins to appear only in the most recent data.
Many of the economic and energy constraints imposed
upon recent development are likely to be long-term
in nature.  If current restraints are sustained on
an extended basis, the magnitude of future develop-
ment can be expected to be substantially affected,
particularly in an area where future development is
closely related to the continued viability of the
recreational sector.

The NHOCP is preparing a statewide Guide Plan with
funding assistance from the Water Resources Council.
The Guide Plan includes projections of both year-
round and seasonal population by municipality.  Two
alternative projections are presented, pursuant to
Water Resources Council guidelines.  The National
Economic Development (NED) projections,  which assume
maximum economic development, provide an upper bound
on future population levels.  The Environmental
Quality (EQ) projections, which assume primary em-
phasis upon preservation of environmental quality,
provide a lower bound.

The National Economic Development  (NED)  population
projections used the ANCO projections for year-round
population.  Projections of seasonal population were
based upon the amount of buildable land around inland
water bodies.  The amount of land occupied by sea-
sonal development in 1970 was subtracted from the
preceding figure, and it was assumed that 75 percent
of the remaining area would be developed by 2020.
The average density of ensuing seasonal  development
was assumed to be one dwelling unit per acre.  An
occupancy rate of 6.2 people per seasonal dwelling
unit was assumed also, and this resulted in an aver-
age population density of 4,000 people per square
mile.  Seasonal and year-round population projections
for jurisdictions within the Study Area  are outlined
in Table 11-22.

The Environmental Quality (EQ) projections of year-
round population are indirectly related to the ANCO
projections.  Guide Plan maximum desirable population
capacities have been derived for each jurisdiction,
based upon distribution of land area into four
development capability classes.  The four capability
                11-85

-------
                                                          TABLE 11-22

                                     NATIONAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT POPULATION PROJECTIONS
                                                    (Source:  NHOCP, 1975)
  Primary Study Area

  Belmont
  Franklin
  Gilford
  Laconia
  Meredith
  Northfield
  Sanbornton
  Tilton
M
^Subtotal
oo
^Peripheral Study  Area

 Alton
 Center Harbor
 Moultonborough
 Tuftonboro
 Wolfeboro

 Subtotal

 TOTAL
1970
Year-
Round
2,500
7,300
3,200
14,900
2,900
2,200
1,000
2,600
36,600
1,600
500
1,300
900
3,000
7,300
43,900

Seasonal
1,700
1,900
3,800
1,900
6,300
500
1,900
500
19,500
7,800
500
8,500
3,900
6,400
27,100
46,600

Total
4,200
9,200
7,000
17,800
9,200
2,700
2,900
3,100
56,100
9,400
1,000
9,800
4,800
9,400
34,400
90,500
1995
Round
5,950
9,300
8,800
15,000
4,800
4,650
1,800
2,700
53,000
3,200
3,400
2,200
2,100
5,000
15,900
68,900
Seasonal
7,100
5,000
7,600
15,800
27,300
1,500
11,800
2,700
78,800
18,900
3,900
30,900
14,300
20,700
88,700
167,500
Total
13,050
14.300
16,400
30,800
32,100
6,150
13,600
5,400
131,800
22,100
7,300
33,100
16,400
25,700
104,600
236,400
2020
Round
10,000
14,500
15,000
15,000
8,000
13,500
3,000
3,500
82,500
6,000
6,000
6,200
6,000
15,000
39,200
121,700
Seasonal
12,500
8,100
11,400
28,600
48,300
2,600
21,600
4,900
138,000
30,100
7,200
53,300
24,600
34,900
150,100
288,100
Total
22,500
22,600
26,400
43,600
56,300
16,100
24,600
8,400
220,500
36,100
13,200
59,500
30,600
49,900
189,300
409,800
 Note:  Figures for 1995 based on interpolation between 1990 and 2020.

-------
              classes were  identified on the basis of natural
              development constraints imposed by slopo, MOiI
              associations, ground water and surface walci.
              Maximum desirable densities for the  four capabil-
              ity areas are given in Table 11-23.


                            TABLE 11-23

             MAXIMUM DESIRABLE POPULATION DENSITIES
         DEVELOPMENT CAPABILITY AREAS, NHOCP GUIDE PLAN
                      (Source:  NHOCP, 1975)

Capability Class

Area I   - Natural Areas:             No residential population
Area II  - Limited Development:       1 du/8 ac = 250 people/sq mi.
Area III - Moderate Development:      1 du/2 ac = 1000 people/sq mi.
Area IV  - Intense Urban Development: 1 du/1/2 ac = 5000 people sq mi

Notes:  du = dwelling unit
        ac = acre
        assumed occupancy rate = 3.1 people/du
              Within each ^municipality, total land area in each
              capability class has been tabulated.  Maximum desir-
              able population capacities (Table 11-24)  were gener--
              ated by multiplying the areas in each capability class
              by the corresponding average density figures given
              above (Table 11-23).

              The Environmental Quality maximum desirable popula-
              tion levels are exceeded by the NED population pro-
              jections for the year 2000 in Belmont, Gilford,
              Laconia, Meredith, and Center Harbor.  Current popu-
              lation in Laconia already exceeds the EQ maximum
              desirable population.  Given the assumptions upon
              which the EQ holding capacities were based, popula-
              tion growth beyond these levels should result in
              some deterioration in environmental quality.  The
              nature and significance of such deterioration
              would be dependent upon the magnitude, distribution,
              and composition of excess development.

              The ANCO population projections also included calcu-
              lations of maximum desirable population capacities.
              These calculations were based upon development suit-
              ability considerations, apparently more from the
              standpoint of construction technology than environ-
              mental quality.  The resulting holding capacities
              were generally more than twice the magnitude of the
              Guide Plan maximum desirable population levels.
                              11-87

-------
                         TABLE  11-24

                ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY MAXIMUM
                 DESIRABLE POPULATION LEVELS
                    (Source:  NHOCP, 1975)
Primary Study Area

    Belmont
    Franklin
    Gilford
    Laconia
    Meredith
    Northfield
    Sanbornton
    Tilton

Subtotal

Peripheral Study Area

    Alton
    Center Harbor
    Moultonborough
    Tuftonboro
    Wolfeboro

Subtotal

TOTAL
Equivalent Year-round Population

            10,100
            17,900
            11,600
            13,200
            15,400
            16,200
            20,200
            21,700

           126,300
            21,700
             2,500
            37,800
            37,600
            22,600

           122,200

           248,500
Note:  Calculations based upon number of dwelling units.
       Assumed year-round occupancy rate is 3.1 people per
       du.  Assumed occupancy rate for seasonal housing is
       6.2 people per du.  Seasonal population must be
       divided by two in order to derive equivalent year-
       round population.
                            11-88

-------
 The EQ year-round population projections  (Tahiti
 II-^T)) wore developed uainq both t ho ANCO and Cui.l,,
 Plan maximum de8i.rub.Lo population IOVO.IH.  Th««
 ratio of ANCO projected population growth between
 1970 and 2020 against ANCO maximum desirable popula-
 tion was multiplied by the Guide Plan maximum desir-
 able population in order to generate EQ projected
 population growth between 1970 and 2020.  The same
 proportion of expected growth to assumed holding
 capacity was, thereby, maintained between the ANCO
 and EQ year-round population projections.

 The EQ seasonal population projections were derived
 by reference to the development capability of land
 surrounding inland water bodies.  All such land was
 classified as either Area I,  Natural Areas,  or Area
 II, Limited Development.   Under the Environmental
 Quality Alternative, Area I should  support no resi-
 dential development, while Area II  should support an
 average density of no more than one dwelling unit per
 eight acres,  equal to a  seasonal population  density
 of 500 people per square  mile.   For purposes of pro-
 jecting seasonal population,  an Area II average
 density capability of one seasonal  dwelling  unit per
 five acres was  assumed.   This  adjustment was based
 on the assumption that recreational development
 devotes proportionately  less  land to supporting non-
 residential uses.   Given  an assumed seasonal occu-
 pancy  rate of 6.2 people  per  unit,  the  resulting
 average density  would be  800  people per square  mile.
 The EQ seasonal  population projections,  like the NED
 seasonal  projections,  assumed  that  75 percent of
 land available  for recreational  development  would be
 developed by  2020,  but that such development would
 proceed at  a  much  lower average  density.   EQ pro-
 jections  for  both  year-round and seasonal  population
 are presented in  Table 11-25.

 The range between  the  NED  and EQ population  projec-
 tions  is  considerable.  The Environmental  Quality
 alternative generates  a total Study Area population
 of  162,000  in 2020,  with a  year-round population  of
 74,000  and  a  seasonal  population  of 88,000.   The
 National  Economic  Development Alternative  yields  a
 total Study Area population of 409,800  in  2020,
 more than 2-1/2 times  the  level  indicated  by  the
 Environmental Quality  Alternative.  The NED year-
 round population would be  121,700, and the seasonal
 population would be  150,100.  Both projections
 involve some rather  arbitrary assumptions, as out-
 lined above.  However, the NED and EQ projections
are useful in illustrating the range in potential
population growth associated with two contrasting
development strategies.
                11-89

-------
                                                           TABLE 11-25

                                   ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ALTERNATIVE POPULATION PROJECTIONS
                                                    (Source:  NHOCP, 1975)
H

Primary Study Area
Belmont
Franklin
Gilford
Laconia
Meredith
Northfield
Sanbornton
Tilton
Year-
Round
2,500
7,300
3,200
14,900
2,900
2,200
1,000
2,600

Seasonal
1,700
1,900
3,800
2,900
6,300
500
1,900
500

Total
4,200
9,200
7,000
17,800
9,200
2,700
2,900
3,100
Year-
Round
4,200
8,600
5,800
15,000
4,000
3,900
1,500
2,800

Seasonal
2,800
2,500
4,600
2,900
10,500
700
3,900
900

Total
7,000
11,100
10,400
17,900
14,500
4,600
5,400
3,700
Year-
Round
5,900
9,900
8,500
15,000
5,200
5,600
1,900
3,000

Seasonal
3,900
3,200
5,300
2,900
14,700
900
5,800
1,300

Total
9,800
13,100
13,800
17,900
19,900
6,500
7,700
4,300
 >Subtotal              36,600      19,500      56,100      45,800

  Peripheral Study Area

  Alfcon                  1,600       7,800       9,400       1,700
  Center Harbor            500         500       1,000       1,500
  Moultonborough         1,300       8,500       9,800       2,300
  Tuftonboro             .  900       3,900       4,800       1,800
  Wolfeboro              3,000       6,400       9,400       5,200

  Subtotal               7,300      27,100      34,400      12,500

  T°TAL                 43,900      46,600      90,500      58,300

  Note:   Figures for  1995 based  on  interpolation between 1990 and 2020.

-------
       The Lakes Region Planning Commission (I.RPC) was
       involved in the review process through which t ho
       preliminary NHOCP regional and municipal popula-
       tion projections were revised and finalized   i,m>c
       concurs  in the use of the official NHOCP population
       projections for planning purposes (LRPC, 1976).
       LRPC  has  developed an accompanying sot  of  MO.-ISOI. ,|
       population projections,  based on  1970  estimates
       and on recent  seasonal growth trends  (Table 11-26) .


                     TABLE 11-26


        SEASONAL POPULATION PROJECTIONS,  LRPC


PRIMARY STUDY AREA             1995             2020

  Belmont                      3,200           4,000
  Franklin                     3,200           4,000
  Gllford                      5,400           6,000
  Laconia                      3,200           3,200
  Meredith                     9,000          10,000
  Northfield                     900           1,000
  Sanbornton                   4,700           6,000
  Tilton                         600             600

           Subtotal          30,200           34,800

PERIPHERAL STUDY AREA

  Alton                      11,200           12,000
  Center Harbor               1,000            1,200
  Moultonborough             11,500           12,000
  Tuftonboro                  7,000            8,000
  Wolfeboro                   9,000           10,000

           Subtotal          39,700           43,200

           TOTAL             69,900           78,000


      C. E. Maguire,  Inc. prepared  projections for boi-h

            'strarnal P°Pul«"°n i« t^ Pr'
                 Study Areas.  These figures  were
                                               '
                                                     Plan
             l

                     11-91

-------
                                                            TABLE 11-27

                                            POPULATION PROJECTIONS, C. E. MAGUIRE, INC.
                                                                        MAGUIRE
H
M
I
vo
NJ
Primary Study Area

    Belmont
    Franklin
    Gilford
    Laconia
    Meredith
    Northfield
    Sanbornton
    Tilton

Subtotal

Peripheral Study Area

    Alton
    Center Harbor
    Moultonborough
    Tuftonboro
    Wolfeboro

Subtotal

TOTAL
1995
Year-Round
6,000
10,100
9,500
19,000
5,000
3,400
1,800
3,000

Total
7,900
11,600
20,000
29,000
14,000
4,700
3,800
4,900
2020
Year-Round
10,000
14,500
12,500
24,000
8,000
5,000
3,000
3,600

Total
13,300
16,500
25,000
36,000
19,000
7,500
5,000
6,100
                                               57,800
                                                3,100
                                                2,000
                                                2,500
                                                1,500
                                                4,500

                                               13,600

                                               71,400
 95,900
  9,500
  4,000
 10,300
  6,500
 14,500

 44,800

140,700
 80,600
  6,000
  2,500
  5,500
  2,500
  7,000

 23,500

104,100
128,400
 20,000
  6,500
 18,500
 12,500
 19,000

 76,500

204,900

-------
                       Summary Analysis

       Five alternative projections of year-round population
 have been obtained for the Primary and Peripheral Study Areas
 (Table 11-28) .   The NHOCP projections include f Ujures for:
 1995,  but have  not. been extended beyond 2000.  Since t-.lu-
 other four projections all include year-round H.qurnH lor
 2020,  the NHOCP projections have been extrapolated to 2020 by
 EcolSciences.   Although the resulting figures have not been
 endorsed by NHOCP, they are consistent with the official State
 projections to  2000, and are presented for comparison.

       NHOCP year-round population projections for 1995 are the
 highest-level official governmental projections available for
 the Primary and Peripheral Study Areas.  The figures have been
 endorsed for planning use by both the State and the Lakes
 Region Planning Commission.  Furthermore, these projections
 compare favorably with recent estimates of Study Area popula-
 tion (Table 11-16).  The NHOCP projections of year-round
 population have therefore been found to be the best available
 for planning purposes.  Extrapolations of the NHOCP projec-
 tions of Primary and Peripheral Area population to 2020, while
 not officially  endorsed, have been included for use in lonq-
 range planning.  The extrapolated figures are considered to
 be consistent and defensible extensions of the official State
 projections.

       Four alternative projections of seasonal population
 have been obtained for the Primary and Peripheral Study
 Areas  (Table 11-28).   Two of these,  the NED and EQ Guide
 Plan projections,  have been rejected as inappropriate for
 use in  facilities  planning.   The Guide Plan projections of
 seasonal population are essentially  policy projections,  de-
 signed  to contrast the effects of alternative growth scenarios
 The NED projection assumes maximization of regional  economic
 growth  and development,  while the EQ projection assumes  adher-
 ence to rigorous standards of environmental quality.   Both
 assumptions  are considered unrealistic in projecting expected
 future  population.   The  projection process should here  be
 independent  of  policy  alternatives which are  unlikely to be
 implemented.  Thus,  despite  the  fact that the EQ  seasonal
 population projections fall  within the range  established by
 the  remaining two  projections (LRPC  and  Maguire),  neither the
 EQ  nor  the NED  projections were  considered for  further  use.

      Among  the two  remaining seasonal population  projections,
 the  LRPC  projections are  the  most  current,  reflecting recent
 seasonal  growth trends which  were  not  apparent when  the  Maguire
projections were prepared.  Although  the  1995 projections  are
within one percent of  each other,  the  2020  projections diverge
significantly.  The rationale  embodied in  the lower LRPC
figures  is that the decreasing availability of land which  is
                             11-93

-------
                                                          TABLE I1-28

                                        COMPARISON OF AVAILABLE POPULATION PROJECTIONS
  NHOCP
    Primary Study Area
    Peripheral Study Area
    Total

  ANCO
    Primary Study Area
    Peripheral Study Area
    Total
H
 I Guide Plan NED
)j°   Primary Study Area
    Peripheral Study Area
    Total

  Guide Plan EQ
    Primary Study Area
    Peripheral Study Area
    Total

  Maguire
    Primary Study Area
    Peripheral Study Area
    Total

 LRPC
    Primary  Study  Area
    Peripheral  Study  Area
    Total                          __            69,900
  (1) Official  NHOCP  projections are available through 2000.
     a manner  consistent with the original projections.
1995
Year-
Round
49,250
11,480
60,730
53,000
15,900
68,900
53,000
15,900
68,900
45,800
12,500
58,300
57,800
13,600
71,400
Seasonal
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
78,800
88,700
167,500
28,800
38,500
67,300
38,100
31,200
69,300
30,200
39,700
Total
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
131,800
104,600
236,400
74,600
51,000
125,600
95,900
44,800
140,700
2020
Year-
Round
57,000(1)
14,000(1)
71,000(1)
82,500
39,200
121,700
82,500
39,200
121,700
55,000
19,000
74,000
80,600
23,500
104,100
Seasonal
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
138,000
150,100
288,100
38,000
50,000
88,000
47,800
53,000
100,800
34,800
43,200
Total
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
220,500
189,300
409,800
93,000
69,000
162,000
128,400
76,500
204,900
                                   78,000
These figures have been extrapolated by EcolSciences in

-------
both desirable and suitable for seasonal development, t     .
with rapidly rising development and transposition costs, will
exert progressively more effective constraints upon  future
seasonal population growth.  On this basis, the LRPC seasonal
population projections appear to be the most realistic with
respect to current and anticipated conditions affecting sea-
sonal development in the Lakes Region.  Serious reservations
must be expressed concerning the LRPC projections, however.
As outlined previously (see p. 11-91-94), considerable uncer-
tainty is attached to the baseline seasonal population estimates
utilized by both projections.  It is likely that existing
seasonal population levels are significantly higher  than those
assumed by LRPC.  Associated projections should therefore be
utilized only with a great deal of caution.  Future  survey
work is imperative in order to develop more reliable seasonal
population projections.

      Synthesis of the preceding analyses has been achieved by
combining the selected year-round (NHOCP) and seasonal  (LRPC)
population projections.  The resulting composite projection of
total population encompasses the best information generated by
the full range of alterantives evaluated (Table 11-29).


      Projected Service Populations

          Projected Study Area populations have been disaggre-
          gated by the Lakes Region Planning Commission in order
          to derive corresponding service area populations.
          Expected service areas were identified, and projected
          population growth within these areas was calculated
          based on anticipated growth patterns and relative
          densities of development.   The LRPC service population
          projections (Table 11-30)  are comparatively close to
          the original Maguire service populations in 1995, but
          diverge significantly by 2020.
          The LRPC service population projections for 1995 were
          based on the year-round and seasonal projections of
          Study Area population adopted for use in the compo-
          site projection of total population (Table-11-29).
          LRPC's service population projections for 2020 were
          based on a set of total population projections which
          are somewhat higher than those reflected in the compo-
          site projection for 2020.  LRPC incorporated a differ-
          ent set of year-round population projections than those
          utilized by EcolSciences.  Despite this discrepancy,
          the LRPC service population projections are considered
          to be generally consistent with the composite projec-
          tion of total Study Area population in both 1995 and
          2020.   Based on the best information currently avail-
          able,  the preceding service populations projections
          are recommended for use in facilities planning.
                          11-95

-------
                                                TABLE 11-29


                                 COMPOSITE PROJECTION OF TOTAL POPULATION

                          [Source:  NHOCP, 1975; LRPC, 1976; EcolSciences,  1975].
           Primary Study Area


           Peripheral Study Area
V          Total
vo

Year-
Round
49,250
11,480
60,730
1995
Seasonal
30,200
39,700
69,900

Total
79,450
51,180
130,630

Year-
Round
57,000
14,000
71,000
2020
Seasonal
34,800
43,200
78,000

Total
91,800
57,200
149,000

-------
                                       TABLE  11-30
PRIMARY STUDY AREA

  Belmont
  Franklin
  Gilford
  Laconia
  Meredith
  Northfield
  Sanbornton
  Tilton

          Subtotal

PERIPHERAL STUDY AREA
                             PROJECTED SERVICE PROJECTIONS
                         [Source:  LRPC, 1976; Maguire, 1973].

                               LRPC  1995
                                         LRPC   2020
Year-
Round
2,000
6,500
2,000
15,000
2,500
2,500
1,200
2,400

Seasonal
1,500
2,000
3,000
3,000
3,000
700
2,000
500

Total
3,500
8,500
5,000
18,000
5,500
3,200
3,200
2,900
Total
Round
3,000
7,500
5,000
17,500
4,000
400
1,500
3,500

Seasonal
2,000
3,000
4,000
3,200
4,000
800
3,000
500

Total
5,000
10,500
9,000
20,700
8,000
1,200
4,500
4,000
34,100
15,700
49,800
42,400
20,500
          TOTAL
39,800
31,700
                                               71,500
            51,800
           43,600
                                                           62,900
Alton
Center Harbor
Moultonborough
Tuftonboro
Wolfeboro
Subtotal
1,200
800
1,200
500
2,000
5,700
7,000
500
4,000
1,000
3,500
16,000
8,200
1,300
5,200
1,500
5,500
21,700
2,200
1,200
2,000
1,000
3,000
9,400
8,000
600
6,000
3,000
5,500
23,100
10,200
1,800
8,000
4,000
8,500
32,500
                                                          95,400

-------
      ).  Kx I. Ml. 1 nfj i.rirul UM«>

     The pattern of development and land use within the Study
Area has been influenced since the days of early settlement
by its water resources and topography.  Initial development
was concentrated near the fast flowing waters of the lakes and
mountains.   Franklin, Tilton, Laconia and Meredith are examples
of those early communities that utilized water to provide the
power for industrial growth. To date, the most intensive develop-
ment has occurred on the westerly side of Lake Winnipesaukee
along the corridor that follows State Route 3 and the railroad
track from Franklin and Tilton to Meredith.  Within the study
area, most of the municipalities have a governmental center  (encom-
passing municipal offices,  community and education facilities,
etc.) which historically has acted as a focal point for comm-
nity growth.   Access routes through the region run primarily
north-south,  due to the location of lakes and topographic
features which restrict east-west movement.

     Table II- 31 inventories the existing  land uses for both
the Primary and Peripheral Study Areas, and Figure 11-12
identifies the location of these major activities.

         Residential development, occupying roughly 31  percent
         of all  developed land within the Study Area,
         represents the most extensive land use in both the
         Primary and Peripheral areas.  The perimeters  of the
         major and most minor wat§r bodies are extensively
         develope'd.   The more industrialized  municipalities
         of Laconia,  Tilton-Northfield,  Franklin,  and,  to a
         lesser   extent,  the older  resort  centers  of  Meredith
         and  Wolfeboro have the highest densities of residential
         use.  Generally, recent growth  has occurred more in
         the  non-urban areas as "suburban  sprawl."  Housing,
         including  a significant amount  of back-lot development,
         is extending into  the rural  areas, and rapidly turning
         communities like Belmont,  Gilford and Meredith into
         bedroom  communities for the  City  of  Laconia.   Extensive
         second-home development is occurring along the Winni-
         pesaukee shoreline,  particularly  in  Moultonborough,
         Tuftonboro,  and Wolfeboro  (LRPC,  1973).  While several
         multi-family units,  i.e. apartments,  townhouses,  and  con-
         dominiums,  are  located  in  some of  the urban centers,
         the majority of housing  is. single  family in character.
         Land occupied by detached  homes represents roughly
         88 percent of all  the  residential  areas.
                          11-98

-------
      TABLE  11-31
                   •

  EXISTING LAND  USE
(Source:  LRPC,  1973)
          PRIMARY STUDY AREA

Municipality
Belnont
FranJclin
Gilford
La con i a
H
M
1
^> Meredith
\D
Northfield
Sanbornton
Til ton
Land
Area
(acres)
18,850
18,000
24,600
13,000
25,500
18,600
30,100
7,400
— — ^-^—
Subtotal 156,350

Water
Area
(acres)
1,050
1,000
8,050
4,350
9,800
200
1,300
400
26,150
Open and
Un-
developed
(acres)
17,564
14,100
19,885
7,500
21,970
17,600
28,340
6,235
133,204
Developed
Committed or
Developed or
Urban (acres)
1,286
3,900
4,715
5,500
3,530
990
2,060
1,165
23,146
as %
of Total
7
21
19 1
42
14
5
7
16
15 3,

450
400
,000
400
800
150
400
200
800
Residential
Med. High
150
150 350
100
350 800
300 50
150 20
200 	
150 25
1,550 1,245

Commer- Trans-
it 	 	 cial & por-
Total
600
900
1,100
1,550 1
1,150
320
600
375
6,595 2,
Service
100
200
150
,000
300
20
150
150
070
tation
550
650
850
750
900
550
750
450
5,450
acres) •
Leisure
Indus- Insti- & Recrea-
trial tutional tion
6 — 30
100 ISO 1,900
15 — 2,600
200 1,800 200
30 400 750
100
10 50 500
30 ISO 10
391 2,550 6,090

-------
TABLE II- 31  .   Continued.
Open and Committed c
Land Water Un- Developed c
Area Area developed Urban
Municipality (acres) (acres) (acres) (acres)
Alton 41,000 12,600 38,345 2,655
Center Harbor 7,250 1,600 6,080 1,170
Moultonbo rough 37,100 9,800 35,200 1,900
£J Tuftonboro 26,350 5,700 24,345 3,005
1
O Wolfetoro 31,000 6,400 27,975 3,025
O
Subtotal 142,700 36,100 131,945 10,755
Total 62,250 265,149 33,901
(Primary 6
Peripheral
Areas)
>r Developed Urban Development (acres)*
>r as % of Comner- Trans- Leisure
Total Residential cial & por- Indus- Insti- & Recrea-
Land Low Med. High Total Service tation trial tutional tion
6 250 600 	 850 300 700 5 500 300
16 100 50 	 150 50 250 	 500 220
5 500 300 	 800 100 600 	 100 300
8 300 300 	 600 250 450 	 700 5

10 1,200 300 50 1,550 300 650 75 200 250
8 2,350 1,550 50 3,950 1,000 2,650 80 2,000 1,075
23 6,150 3,100 1,295 10,545 3,070 8,100 471 4,550 7,165

-------
  FIGURE  11-12.  EXISTING LAND USE
     [Source:  Lakes Region Planning
              CommissIon]
     Residential

     Lake Built-Up Area

     Contnercial

     Industrial

     Compact Area

     State Parks-Forest-Recreation

     Wetlands

I	I   Undeveloped Land




                      11-101

-------
Seasonal residential development  has  become  a major
land use activity throughout  the  Study  Area  due  to the
year-round recreational attraction of both the lakes
and the mountains.

Commercial and service uses comprise  one of  the
smallest sectors, occupying approximately 9  percent of
the total developed land.  Retail commercial centers
are clustered near the various urbanized population
centers, with the City of Laconia being the  trade
center for the entire Lakes Region, and Wolfeboro the
major retail center for Carroll County.  Also, a signi-
ficant amount of commerce has occurred  as strip  develop-
ment along the major highways.  It is concentrated
primarily along Route 3 from Franklin to Meredith, and
to a lesser extent along Route 104 through Meredith
and Moultonborough.

Industrial development represents the smallest percent
(1.4)of all developed land, but one  of the  more impor-
tant area land uses.  The major industrial and wholesale
commerce activities for the Study Area are concentrated
in the Laconia-Tilton-Franklin axis.  The area's two
industrial parks—the Franklin Industrial Park (68 acres
off Route 3 in Franklin), and the O'Shea Industrial Park
(170 acres in western Laconia)—are presently under-
developed, accommodating only a small number of  esta-
blishments.  Table 11-32 inventories  the current industries
by township.   Within the Study Area,  Meredith and Wolfeboro
have smaller industrial sectors which provide relatively
stable year-round employment.

Agricultural development played a major part in  the
region until the late 1800's.   Accurate, quantitative
data on the extent of farming in the  Study Area  is not
available.  As an indication of the area's overall decline
in agricultural land,  however, the number of acres in
crop,  pasture or farmland has decreased by more  than 50
percent in the last 17 years,  and now, is less than five
percent of the total regional area (Maguire, 1973).
Table 11-33 indicates the general locations and  primary
types of farming activities in the Belknap County portion
of the Study Area.
                     11-102

-------
                               TABLE H-32
                         EXISTING  INDUSTRIES
LOCATION      FIRM  NAME

Alton         Timber  Lake  Manufacturing
               Corporation

Belmont       Arcon Inc.
              White Mountain Vineyard
               & Winery

Franklin      Acme  Staple  Company,  Inc.
              Atlantic Laminates
              Cormier Corporation
              G. W. Griffin Company
              Insulfah Plastics Inc.
              Mahoney's Enterprises, Inc.
              Molded Foam  Industries,
               Inc.
              Shea  Research Corporation
              Shelter-Kit, Inc.
              Sierra Knits inc.
              Tilton Dress Company
              Tricnit Hosiery, Inc.

              Webster Valve Company

              Wheel-A-Matic Company of
               America, Inc.
              Wide Boards, Inc.
              Winnisquam Machine Shop

Gilford       Belknap Concrete Products
              L&L Engraving Company
              Northern Tooling Inc.
              Win-Door of New.England
               Inc.

Laconia       Aavid Engineering,  Inc.
              ART Association Inc.
              Acrofab

              AJlon-Rogors Corporation
             Astro Division of NH
               Ball Bearings Inc.
             Barberry Knitting Mills
               Inc.
             Baron Machine Company
 PRODUCT
NO. .EMPLOYED
 Contract  stitching              20
 Precast  concrete                 7
 Table  Wines                      5
 Staples  & Machines             75
 Copper Clad  Expoxy Laminates   25
 Slippers & body  garments       35
 Saw  Blades                     35
 Plastic  fabrication           100
 Steel Fabrications              2
 Molded urethane  foams           9

 Industrial detergents           3
 Pre-cut house kit               3
 Knitted  fabrics                40
 Dresses                       165
 Hosiery & Related Fabricated  125
   Items
 Temperature  & Pressure        400*
   Relief & Reducing Valves
 Wheel Alignment  & Balancing     8
   Equipment
 Prefabicated house shells      10
 Job  machine  shop                5

 Well tiles
 Mechanical engraving            2
 Precision prototypes            6
 Aluminum & glass products       5
Semiconductor Heat Sinks       20
Commercial Heat Treating        3
Metal Fabricating, Picnic       4
  Table Legs
Wood Turning                  260
Ball Bearings

Sweaters                       50

Machine Work                   65
                                 11-103

-------
TABLE U-32.

  LOCATION
Continued

 I'M RM NAMI-J

 Me Ik nap Industries,  Inc.
 Beninar Apparel.
 Browning Loboratori.es,  Inc.
 Carpenter R Paterson,  Inc.
 Caswell & Son
 Central NH Dye Inc.
 Citizen Publishing Company
 Coca-Cola Bottling Company
  of Laconia,  Inc.
 Cormier Hosiery Mills,  Inc.
 Cove-Craft,  Inc.

 Crane Manufacturing  Company

 Eastman Foundry &  Machine
  Inc.
 Electro-Circuits,  Inc.
 Frank-Lin Brush Company
 Garden  Hose  Spray  Company

 Gilbert,  Del R & Son Block
  Company,  Inc.
 Guyer,  Frank W.  Foundries,
  Inc.
 Hebert  Manufacturing Com-
  pany,  Inc.
 Laconia Malleable  Iron
  Company,  Inc.
 Laconia Manufacturing
  Corporation
 Laconia Needle  Manufac-
  turing  Company,  Inc.
 Laconia Shoe Company, Inc.
 Lakewood  Chemical Company
 Lerman  Press,  Inc.

 Lewis & Saunders, Inc.

 Northeast Metal Stampings
  Company
 Patriot  Printers, Inc.
 Saymore Trophy Company,
  Inc.
 Scott & Williams, Inc.
 Sericrnf I:, Inc.
 Tangent' Tool Die Company
 Tyler Advertising, Inc.
 Vernitron Electrical
  Components
                                            PRODUCT
NO. EMPLOYED
                                            Hosiery f, Y.irn                 70
                                            Ladies SJnckr.                  1'.**
                                            Two-Way K.ulio Ti.» lophonr        SO
                                            Pipe Supports K, Hanger::       200
                                            Sheet Metal Fabrications        l)
                                            Textile Finishing & Dyeing     20
                                            Newspaper Printing             50+
                                            Coke & Nesbitt                 40

                                            Girls Hosiery                 200
                                            Crutches, Canes, Moldings      20
                                              & Toy Components
                                            Knitting Machine & Sheet       12
                                              Metal Machine
                                            Job Machine Shop               17

                                            Printed Circuit Boards        100
                                            Twisted Wire Brushes           40
                                            Garden Hose Attachments &       3
                                              Cartridges
                                            Blocks & Septic Tanks          25

                                            Castings                        3

                                            Aluminum Casting;  Brass        22
                                              Casting
                                            Malleable Iron Castings       125

                                            Contract Stitching on          45
                                              Knitwear
                                            Latch Knitting Machine        235
                                              Needles
                                            Shoes                         377
                                            Textile Soap and Chemicals      2
                                            Publishers & Commercial        15**
                                              Printing
                                            Metal Tube Bending,  Coiling,    65
                                              Brazing
                                            Metal Stampings                  4

                                            Commercial Printing              9
                                            Trophys & Awards                8

                                            Circular Knitting  Machines    750
                                            Screen Printing                  1
                                            Tools  and Dies                  12
                                            Lithographers-Offset  Printers   15
                                            Electrical Components          190
                                  11-104

-------
 TABLE  11-32. Continued
 LOCATION
 Meredith
 Sanbornton
 Tilton
 Wolfeboro
FIRM NAME

Visual Paper Corporation
Wilcom Products

Winconia Corporation
Wrought Iron Modes Inc.

Amatex Corporation
Annalee Mobilitee Dolls
  Inc.
Doherty Machine Company
Meredith News Inc.

Persons Concrete Inc.
Prescott Lumber Company
  Inc.

Diamond Microwave Cor-
  poration
Persons Concrete Inc.
Tilton Electronics
  Corporation
Tram.Corporation
Batchelders Industrial
  Tool Company
Brown, Arthur S. Manu-
  facturing Company
Herrmann, Pepi Crystal,
  Inc.
Howell Printing & Dupli-
  cating
Johns-Manville Products
  Corporation
Pike Industries Inc.
Tilton Machine & Tool
  Company
Tilton Sand & Gravel  Inc.
PRODUCT

Paper Boxes
Electronic Test Instru-
  mentation
Dolls' Clothes
Metal Railings

Asbestos Textiles
Dolls for Resale & Display

Job Machine Shop
Weekly Newspaper & Job
  Printing
Concrete
Building Components
Citizen  Band Transceivers

Concrete
Magnetic Electronic
  Components
Electronic Communications
  Equipment

Dies, Fixtures, Patterns

Woven Endless Belts

Lead Crystal-Cutting

Job Printing

Asbestos Papers & Boards

Bituminous Concrete
Screw Machine Products
NO. KMI'l-OYKI)
Sand & Gravel

Boat and Marine Repairs

Hand Cast Pewterware
Goodhue Hawkins Navy Yard
  Inc.
Hampshire Pewter Company
  Inc.
Hewd Manufacturing Company   Women's Outerwear
Kingswoqd Press', The
Smith River Company
                                           Job Printing
                                           Excelsior and Excelsior
                                             Chick Pads
      M
     55

     35
      2

    135
     75

      1
     14
                                                                         130
     20

     60
     78

     20.
      3

    150

      1

      3

     65

    450
     12

     20

      8

      3

     10
      3
     12
 Source:   New Hampshire Office of Industrial  Development,  Division of Economic
          Development,  1975.

 *Located in tne Franklin Industrial Park.
**Located in the O-Shea Industrial Park.
                                  11-105

-------
                            Table 11-33

FARMING ACTIVITIES IN THE BELKNAP COUNTY PORTION OF THE STUDY AREA
        (Source:  Belknap County Conservation District and
                  Executive Board, 1973)

        Center Harbor - no significant

        Meredith - fruit production around the Pemigewasset
        Lake;  grapes and vegetable production at the head
        of Meredith Bay.

        Sanbornton - cattle, grapes, blueberries along the
        southern sector from Lake Winnisquam to the western
        township line.

        Laconia - cattle and vegetable production near central
        Paugus Bay.

        Tilton - cattle production west of 1-93.

        Belmont - grape production east of Lake Winnisquam;
        chicken and  fruit production in central and eastern
        Belmont.

        Gilford - cattle raised  in central Gilford  and west
        near Lake Winnipesaukee;  chickens  raised  in central
        Gilford;  grape  production west,  near  Belmont/Gilford
        town line.

        Alton  ~ grape production  east  near Lake Winnipesaukee
        and Route 28, and near the headwaters of  the Merry-
        meeting River.
           Institutional uses, including major establishments
           such as colleges, hospitals, summer camps, and
           county homes, account for approximately  13.4 percent
           of the developed land within the Study Area.  This
           is the fourth largest land use in the Primary area—
           encompassing 11 percent of the developed land or
           2,550 acres, and the third largest land use in the
           Peripheral Area—encompassing 18.6 percent of the
           developed land or 2,000 acres.
                            11-106

-------
in addition to summer recreation camps otner primary
institutional uses include the following:

   Laconia - Belknap County Home  (25 acres);
   Lakes Regional General Hospital; Laconia
   State School  (1,800 acres).

   Franklin - Franklin Regional Hospital.

   Northfield -  Spaulding Youth Center  (425 acres).

   Center Harbor - Belknap College  (300 acres).
   New England Forestry Foundation  (177 acres).

   Wolfeboro - Huggins Memorial Hospital.

Transportation encompassing highway, air and rail
facilities, represent the second largest land use
category (24 percent of the developed land) within the
entire Study Area.  Since most of the rail  facilities
have been discontinued, the major transportation
system is the regional highway network.  The area's
economic position is greatly dependent upon the extent
of this network, as the highways connect town centers,
provide market routes, aid in development of industry,
and provide access to recreational areas.

Interstate 93, the major highway in the Lakes Region,
traverses the Study Area.from Northfield, through
Tilton and Sanbornton, and out to New Hampton, Ashland,
and Holderness,  and then links with other highway
networks.  Also, U. S. Route 3, another principal
highway, runs northerly through Franklin, Laconia,
Meredith and Ashland.  Other highways serving major
communities and  points of attraction in the Study
Area are New Hampshire Route 25 — connectina
Meredith, Moultonborough and a portion of Sandwich to
Route 16 on the  east; New Hampshire Route 28 —
through Alton and Wolfeboro;  New Hampshire Route 104 —
from Meredith through New Hampton, Bristol and to U. S.
Route 4 at Danbury to the west; and New Hampshire Route
140 — from Alton through Gilmanton and Belmont to
U. S. 3 in Tilton.

Air transportation includes facilities in both the
Primary and Peripheral Areas.  The Laconia Municipal
Airport, with 9,000 feet of runway, is owned by the
Laconia Airport Authority, and located northeast of
the City of Laconia on New Hampshire Route 11 in the
Town of Gilford.   This facility offers year-round
commuter, private,  industrial,  and commercial service.
In addition,  three  private airports are found in the
Study Area which include:   Lakes Region Airport, a
1,500-foot sod runway at Wolfeboro; Melvin Village
Airport, a 2,300-foot sod runway at Melvin Village;
and Pike Airport, a 2,300-foot, hard-surfaced runway
at Tilton (Lakes  Region Planning Commission, 1973).


                 11-107

-------
 Leisure and recreation uses occupy approximately 26
 percent of the developed land (6,090 acres)  in the
 Primary Area;  10 percent (1,075 acres)  in the Peri-
 pheral Area,  and 21.1 percent (7,165 acres)  of the
 entire study Area-   This is the second largest land
 use for the' Primary Area and the third largest for
 the Study Area.  This category includes  lands
 in public, semi-public and private ownership pri-
 marily devoted to general recreation or  specialized
 recreation-like beaches, golf course, ski areas or
 campgrounds.   The number of year-round facilities,
 as opposed to  strictly summer activities, has increased
 substantially  throughout the area in the past decade.
 The area's recreational facilities are inventoried in
 Table 11-34  and located in Figure 11-13.

 Federally Owned Lands.   The U.S.  Army Corps  of
 Engineers owns approximately 3,897 acres along the
 Pemigewasset River  floodplain from the Franklin Falls
 Flood Control  Dam.  Within the Study Area, these hold-
 ings  extend northward  from the dam and include land
 both  within Franklin and Sanbornton (Figure 11-13) .
 The New Hampshire Division of Resource Development
 leases  3,700 acres  of  this  for recreational  uses,
 including hiking, picnicing,  hunting and fishing.


 State Owned Lands,  State  owned  lands include state
 park  and  forest  lands.   State forest lands are managed
 by  the  Division  of  Resources  Development, with the
 primary purpose  of  land  improvement  through  good  forest
 management practices.   Related uses  include  wildlife
 management, scenic  areas protection,  and recreation.
 State park lands  are managed  under  the Division of
 Parks of  the Department  of  Resources  and Economic
 Development.   The primary purpose of  the State  Park
 system  is  to preserve areas of natural,  historic  and
 scientific interest and  to  provide  facilities  for
 outdoor recreation.  See Table  11-34  and Figure 11-13
 for location of  state parks and forests.

 County Lands.  Belknap Mountain Recreation Area,
 located in Gilford and owned  and supervised  by the
 County of Belknap is the most extensive  outdoor
 recreational area in the Study Area.  This facility
encompasses approximately 1,300 acres, with opportuni-
ties  for both winter and summer recreation.
                 11-108

-------
                                                           TABLE 11-34
I
h-1
o
            ****

       Map  #   Location
         1



         2



         3
         7



         8



         9
Franklin
              Tilton
                                               EXISTING RECREATIONAL FACILITIES

                             (Source:  LRPC, 1973 and New Hampshire Cooperative Extension Service,  1975)
                                                       PRIMARY STUDY  AREA
 Facility



 Pemiqewasset River flood



 Daniel Webster Birthplace



 Dr. Logace Beach-Webster

 Lake



 Griffin Beach-Webster

 Lake



 Henry J.  Proulx Community

 Center



 Odell Park



 Junior &  Senior High

 School



 Mojalaki  Country  Club


 Daniell Park



 Great-Gains Area



 Pine  Meadow Golf  Club


Winnisquam Beach

Campground



Wadleigh Marine



Clay's Marina
 Ownership    Type of Facility



 Federal      Forestry,  natural area,  flood cc;



 State         Historical park, forestry



 City          Swimming,  Picnicking





 City          Swimming,  Picnicking,  Boat  Ram?




 City          Indoor  Recreation




 City          Playground, Swimming Pool



              Ball Field, Playground




 Private       Golf Club  (9 Holes)



City          Ball Park, Tennis



City         Ski Area, Recreation Area


Private      Golf Club



             Camping, swimming




             Marina



             Marina
                                                                                        trol
3 ,39"'


  !;•;•


    3
                                                                                                       22



                                                                                                        4



                                                                                                      700

-------
TABLE II- 34. Continued






H
H
1
M
t— "
Map S Location
1 North fie Id
2
3
1 Belmont
2
3

Facility
Ayres State Forest
Highlands Ski Area
Sandogardy Pond
Public Schools
Pout Pond
Lakeview Golf Club
Additional marina and
camping facilities
scattered within the
township
Ownership
State
Private
Town
Town
Town
Private

Type of Facility
Forestry
Ski area
Swimming ,
Playground
Swimming ,
Golf club



picnicking
, ball field
picnickj ng


  2

  3

  4

  5

  6

  7
        Sanbornton
Pemigewasset River
flood plain

Hermit Lake
Town Beach

Hunkins Pond

Den Brae Golf Course

Hermit Lake
Federal      Forestry, natural area,  flood control


Town         Swimning, boat launch site

             Pluygrjund

Town         Swimming

Town         Boat launch site

Private      Golf course

Town         Picnicking
                                                                                                           Acreage

                                                                                                                8**
                                                                                                                3+

                                                                                                               15
 1

55



45

-------
TABLE  H-34. Continued
Map if   Location

  1     Laconia
  2

  3


  4

  5

  6

  7

  8


  9

10

11

12

13

14
 Facility

 Laconia State School
 a.   Hamel Tract
 b.   Houston Tract
 c.   Opechee Bay
 d.   Paugus Bay
 e.   Prescott
 f.   Swain
Ownership

State
State
State
State
State
State
State
 Lake  Winnipesaukee  (Weirs)   Town

 Endicott  Beach  -  Lake        Town
 Winnipesaukee

 Paugus  Bay                   Town

 Lake  Opechee -  Bond Park     Town

 Leavitt Park                 Town

 Laconia Country Club         Private

 Lake  Opechee - Opechee       Town
 Park

 Lake  Winnisquam              Town

 Bartlett Beach               Town

 Memorial Park               Town

 Wyatt Park                  Town

Tardiff Park                Town

Aquedahtan Par 3            Private
 Type of Facility

 School

 Forestry

 Forestry,  picnicking
 Forestry
 Forestry

 Dock,  Beach

 Swimming,  playground


 Boat ramp

 Swimming,  picnicking, play  field

 Playground, Tennis,  ball  field

 Golf club

 Swimming, picnicking, playgrdur, boat ramp


 Boat ramp

 Swimming, playground
         t
 Playground, playfield

 Playground

 Playground

Golf course
Acreage

  1800 total
    44***
   165***
    40***
   263***
   120***
   106***

   2.5
                                                           30.3

                                                            6.6

                                                             75

                                                             20
                     Additional campground & marina facilities  scattered within  the  township.
                                                            3.7

                                                          17.9

                                                            1.2

                                                            2.0



                                                            20+

-------
         TABLE  II- 34 . Continued
I
t->
M
to
Ma? H   Location      Facility


  1     Gilford       Belknap Mountains, State
                      •Forest


  2                   Ellacoya State Park


  3                   Salt Marsh Pond Tract


  •*                   Gunstock Ski Area


  5                   Lake Winnipesaukee


  6                   Town Dock -  Lake
                      Winnipesaukee


  7                   Mt.  Rowe.  Inc.


  8                   Village Field


                      Pleasant View Country
                      Club


                      Additional camping, marina,


  1     Meredith       Chemung State Forest


  1                    Lake Winnipesaukee
                      (Leavitt Park)


  2                    Public  Schools


  3                    Prescott Park


  4                    Lake Winnipesaukee
                      (Meredith Bay)
 Ownership    Type of Facility


 State        Forestry, recreation



 State        Recreation,  beach


 State        Forestry, recreation,  swimming


 County        Skiing


 Town          Swimming, picnicking


 Town          Boat ramp



 Private       Ski  area


 Town          Playground,  tennis,  ball  field


 Private       Golf club



 boating facilities  along  shores & throughout  town.


 State


 Town          Swimming, picnicking
                                                          Town


                                                          Town


                                                          Town
             Playground


             Playground, ball field, tennis


             Boat Ramp
                                                                                                                    Acreage


                                                                                                                       545



                                                                                                                       107


                                                                                                                        80


                                                                                                                      130C
227




 73<


376


 15







 15
                              Clough Park
Town
                                                                       Picnic Area

-------
TABLE  11-34. Continued
Map f   Location
Facility
6
7
8 & 9
10
11
12
M
M
1
Ul
Mao ¥ Location
1 Center
Harbor
2
3
4
5
6
Lake Winnipesaukee
(Hesky Park-Meredith Bay)
Lake Waukewan
Lake Winnipesaukee
(Meredith Neck)
Meredith Center
Wicwas Lake
Oak Hill Golf Course
*
Town

Town
Town
Town
Private
Additional capping and marina facilities
• j r ^ *•* •• *Mx.AA^v.y
Picnicking
Swinroing, boat ramp
Boat ramp
Playground
Golf club
Golf club
scattered within township
PERIPHERAL STUDY AREA
Facility
Squam Lake
Lake Winnipesaukee
Lake Winnipesaukee
Town Forest (Chamberlin
Reynolds Memorial Forest)
Waukewan Golf Club
Lake Winona
Ownership
Town
Town
Town
New England
Forestry
Foundation
Private
Town
Type of Facility
Boat ramp
Town docks
Boat ramps, swimming, picnicking
Swindng, picnicking, bird study
and cuping.
Golf club
Boat launch site
                                                                                                            Acreaae
                                                                                                               34-1
                                                                                                           Acreage
                                                                                                             177
                                                                                                              75
                     Additional camping areas in  the township.

-------
TABLE 11-34.  Continued
Map H

  1

  2

3 & 4

  5

  6

  7

  8
 10
  1

2 &  3

  4

5 &  6
Location      Facility                    Ownership

Moultonboro   Squam Lake                  Town

              Lees Pond                   Town

              Lake Winnipesaukee          Town

              Lake Winnipesaukee          Town

              Kanasatka Lake              Town

              Bald Peak Colony Club       Private

              Lake Winnipesaukee          Town
              (Long Island)

              Lake Winnipesaukee          Town
              (Long Island)

              Kona Mansion Inn            Private

              Red Hill Lookout Towner     State
Type of Facility

Boat launch site

Boat ramp

Boat launch site

Swimming, picnicking

Boat ramp site

Golf club

Swimming, boat ramp, picnicking


Boat ramp


Golf course
Acreage
   250
              Winnipesaukee Fish & Game   State
              Department

              Additional camping marina facilities scattered throughout township and lakefronts.

Tuftonboro    Lake Winnipesaukee          Town         Swimming

              Lake Winnipesaukee          Town         Boat ramp

              Copps Pond                  State    .    Boat launch site

              Lake Winnipesaukee          State        Swimming
                                                                                                              58+

-------
TABLE  H-3.4.  Continued
Map 3
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
M
n
I 6
^ 7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Location Facility
Mirror Lake
Mirror Lake
Wolfeboro Governor Wentworth Farm
Wenworth State Park
Ski Slope
Wolfeboro Falls Park
Lake Winnipesaukee
Wolfeboro Bay Area
Crescent Lake
Youth Center, Town Piers
Gate and Town Park
Lake Winnipesaukee
Clark Park and Town Garden
Kingswood Golf Club
Lake Winnipesaukee,
Carry Beach
Brewster Beach
Rust Park
Ownership
Town
Town
State
State
Town
Town
Town
Town
Town
Town
Town
Town
Town
Private
Town
Town
Town
Type of Facility
Swimming
Boat launch site
Historic, recreation
Historic, recreation
Downhill skiing

•Boat ramp
Town dock , boat ramp
Boat ramp
Indoor recreation
Rest area, walks, beaches
Dock

Golf club
Swimming
Swimming

                                                                                                          Acreace
                                                                                                              96




                                                                                                              17
                                                                                                              60
                     Additional camping,  swimming and marina facilities.
33+

-------
TABLE  II- 34. Continued
Map  #    Location

   1      Alton

   2

   3

   4

   5

   6


   7

   8

  9

 10
Facility

Alton Bay State Forest

Mt. Major

Lake Winnipesaukee

Lake Winnipesaukee

Sunset Lake

Lake Winnipesaukee, Bay
Beach

Lake Winnipesaukee

Public schools

West Alton

HaIfmoon Lake
Ownership    Type of  Facility
State

State

Town

Town

State

Town


Town

Town

Town

Town
Forestry



Swimming

Dock

Swimming, Boat ramp

Swimming


Boat ramp

Playground

Picnic area

Swimming, picnicking
                      Additional camping and marina facilities on lake shores and throughout township.
  •Includes flood plain land within Sanbornton.
 **Extends into Cantebury - 42 acres.
***A11 part of Laconia State School holdings.

-------
FIGURE  11-13. EXISTING RECREA-
               TIONAL  FACILITIES
 See Table 11-25 for Identification
  of numbered facilities.
                  11-117

-------
Municipal Recreational Lands.  Recreational arens
managed by the municipalities are generally small,
with the majority offering  swimming beaches, parks,
playgrounds, picnic areas and other types of speciali/.ed
uses.  Most facilities are  located within the urbanized
areas of the communities.

Within the Study Area, numerous campgrounds, organized
youth camps and marina facilities are open to the
public.

Open Space.  Open Space, including cultivated, wooded,
pasture, swamp and undeveloped land, represents t:ho
largest percentage of land  area within the Study Area.
In 1973, this category accounted for 85 percent
(133,204 acres) of the Primary Area, 92 percent
(131,945 acres) of the Peripheral Area, and 89 percent
(265,149 acres) of the entire Study Area.  In each
municipal, the majority of development is concentrated
both along the shoreline of the various lakes and rivers
and in a small number of communities within the
interior (Figure 11-^12),  More recently, there has been
an increase in the amount of "back-lot" development,
particularly in the Peripheral Area.  This development
is primarily residential, and occurs back from shore-
line areas and beyond the older,  established communi-
ties.  However, a large amount of undeveloped open
space still remains in each municipality.

Within the Primary Area, as indicated in Table 11-34,
Laconia has the smallest percentage of open space
(58 percent), most of which is located in the north-
eastern and northwestern sections of the City.
Northfield (95 percent open), Sanbornton  (93 percent
open), and Belmont (93 percent open) have the largest
percentages of underdeveloped land.  In Northfield
the majority of the present development is clustered
along the Winnipesaukee River in and around the town
center, leaving most of the remaining area open.  A
similar situation exists in Sanbornton, where most of
the development is concentrated in a narrow strip
along the shorelines of Lake Winnisquam and Hermit
Lake and in the four small communities of Winnisquam,
Sanbornton, Gaza and North Sanbornton.  In Belmont,
there are only two areas of concentrated development:
(1)   Belmont Village, an older community on the Tioga
River,  and (2)  the Lake Winnisquam and Silver Lake
shorelines, a more recent type of strip residential
development.   This leaves most of Belmont's interior
undeveloped.
                 11-118

-------
 Franklin,  Gilford,  Meredith,  and  Tilton all  have a
 smaller percentage  of open land.   Franklin contains
 79  percent,  Gilford 71 percent, Tilton 84  percent
 and Meredith 86  percent.   In  Franklin,  the majority
 of  development is concentrated  in the  large  urban
 center  at  the confluence  of the Winnipesaukee  and
 Pemigewasset Rivers,  and  around portions of  Webster
 Lake and the major  highways.  This leaves  most of
 the interior and segments of  the  Merrimack River
 undeveloped.

 In  Gilford,  the  Lake  Winnipesaukee shoreline and the
 islands are  the  most  extensively  developed areas
 (Community Planning Services, ABR,  1970).  Beyond
 the Gilford  Center,  Gunstock  recreation area,  and
 Laconia Airport,  the  remainder of the  town is
 essentially  open; however,  a  large portion of  this
 is  mountainous.

 Meredith is  extensively developed in Meredith  Village
 area at the  head of Meredith  Bay.   Urban development
 has occurred around parts of  Lake Waukewan,  Meredith
 Bay,  Meredith Neck,  Pine  Island and Bear Island,
 leaving most of  the interior  and  a limited amount of
 shoreline  undeveloped.

 In  the  Peripheral Area, Center Harbor  has  the  smallest
 percentage of open  space  (84  percent).   With develop-
 ment concentration  in and around  the town  center on
 Lake Winnipesaukee  and along  Route 3,  most of  the
 remaining  area is open space.

 The other  four towns  in the Peripheral  Area  have
 from 90 to 95 percent of  their land in  open  space.
 As  in the  Primary Study Area, most development is
 located at or near  the shorelines  — leaving the
 interior relatively undeveloped.   In Alton,  most of
 the available and accessible waterfront property along
 Alton Bay  and Lake  Winnipesaukee  has extremely high
 density development which accommodates  most  of its
 growth  and leaves the  remainder of  the  town  essen-
 tially  undeveloped  (Hans  Klunder Associates,  1965).

 Both  Moultonborough and Tuftonboro  have extensive
 shorelines on Lake Winnipesaukee,   including  numerous
 inlets, coves and islands.  In Moultonborough,   the
 highest concentration  of  development is  in the  Bay
 District,  at  the Center Harbor town line,  and  along
 sections of  the Lake Winnipesaukee  and  Moultonborough
 Bay  shorelines.  This  pattern of use leaves  not  only
most of the  interior,  but also,  partions of  the  shore-
 line undeveloped.  Similarly,  in Tuftonboro,  growth
                 11-119

-------
          is concentrated along portions of the Lake W.inni-
          pesaukee shoreline and in the small communities ot.
          Melvin Village, Mirror Lake, Tuftonboro Center, and
          Tuftonboro Corner.

          In Wolfeboro, development is concentrated in the
          population center of Wolfeboro and along sections
          of shoreline on Lakes Winnipesaukee and Wentworth.
          Again, most of the interior and a few sections of the
          shorelines are open.

                           Summary

       The majority of land (89 percent in 1973) , within the
Study Area is presently undeveloped.  However, a significant,
though undetermined,  percentage of the open space is either
mountainous or swampy.  Existing development is primarily con-
centrated in these areas:  (1)  along the shoreline of Lake
Winnipesaukee,  Lake Winnisquam, Paugus Bay and the various other
inland bodies of water; (2)  within the older, off-shore popula-
tion centers; (3)  along the main highways such as 1-93, and
Routes 11 and 104; and (4)  within the rapidly growing "back-lot"
areas.  The character of existing development is predominantly
residential.  The relative distribution of land use indicates
a general difference  between the Primary and Peripheral Areas.
While the primary use of land throughout the Study Area is
residential, a larger percentage of the Peripheral Area is de-
voted to this use than the Primary Area.  Further, the Primary
Area's acreage in leisure and recreational use is almost equiva-
lent to the amount used for residential purposes.   In the
Peripheral Area,  it is less than one-third of that used for
residential use.   In  both parts of the Study Area, a significant
proportion (almost 25 percent)  is devoted to transportation
facilities.
                           11-120

-------
4.   Economic Base

    Historic Perspective on the Region's Changing Economy.
    The character of the Study Area's economic base~Ts
    constantly changing in response to market conditonR.
    A brief review of this evolutionary process indicat OM
    that the economy has undergone significant change in
    three distinct periods.  The first period in the region's
    economic history occurred between 1750-1800.  Agricul-
    ture was the primary economic activity of the early
    settlers.  The natural constraints of the area's steep
    topography, numerous water bodies, soils, and limited
    accessibility encouraged the settlement pattern
    to be small in size and scattered along the high fertile
    ridges and hilltops.  The advent of the industrial
    revolution in the early to mid-1800s represents the sec-
    ond major period in its economic history.  The abundance
    of water as a source of power and a transportation cor-
    ridor to market centers encouraged a shift in the loca-
    tion of the region's employment base to the waterways.
    The necessity of living in close proximity to major
    employment centers caused a redistribution of popula-
    tion as well as related retail trade and community
    services from upland villages to the industrial centers.
    The construction of the Boston, Concord and Montreal
    Railroad in 1848 served to reinforce these changes in
    the region's economic structure.  Examples of existing
    urban centers within the Study Area , which grew and
    prospered as a result of the industrial development of
    this period, include Laconia, Franklin, Tilton,
    Meredith and Wolfeboro.

    The availability and convenience of public and pri-
    vate services as well as increased mobility, afforded
    by the private automobile, revived the importance of
    rural village life in the period 1900 to the present.
    Public attention has been focused on the scenic assets
    and recreational potentials within the Study Area, and
    the era of recreational tourism and development has
    become an important segment in the region'-s economy.
    In addition to expanding retail, commercial and related
    services to 'satisfy the demands of tourism, the impor-
    tance of all non-manufacturing activities is playing
    an increasingly greater role in the economy.  The
    extent and stability of the area's growing diversified
    economic base will be examined in the following section.
                     11-121

-------
A Sector Analysis of the Region's Economy.  To assess
the current status of the region's economic base and
its growth trends, a number of economic indicators
have been selected.  Choice of indicators was substan-
tially affected by the overall availability of economic
data at the local, regional and state levels and the
constraints imposed by the Study Area's geographic
limits.  The region's economic base is divided into
four sectors:  (1) industry; (2) commercial and retail;
(3) recreation; and (4)  agriculture.

    Industry Activity.  Based on an analysis of the
    State of New Hampshire Department of Employment
    Security's covered employment statistics for the
    4th Quarter-1973,  the region's industrial economy
    appears to be substantially diversified.  Of the
    16,703 persons employed in industry, 42.5 percent
    (7,112 persons)  had  jobs with manufacturing firms
    and the remaining  57.5 percent (9,591 persons)
    were employed by non-manufacturing businesses.   As
    illustrated in Table 11-35, manufacturing employ-
    ment is primarily  concentrated in the following
    types of industry  — machinery,  lumber and wood
    products,  electrical products, textiles, and rubber,
    plastics,  leather  and other nondurables.  There are
    a  total of 135 manufacturing firms employing 7,112
    persons.   The median number of employees per firm
    is 53.   Rubber,  plastics,  leather and other non-
    durables  industries  are the most labor-intensive
    with a median number of 278 employees in each of
    the five  companies.   Food  and paper  product
    industries have  the  least  number of  employees per
    firm -  13  to  14.

    The geographic distribution of the area's  indus-
    trial  employment is  found  primarily  within the
    Laconia, Tilton, and Franklin axis.   In 1930,
    these  communities  accounted for  9,360  jobs.
    Slightly smaller employment centers  within the
    Study Area  include the  Towns  of Meredith (979
    jobs)  and  Wolfeboro  (887 jobs).   Table  11-36  pro-
    vides a comparative  evaluation of  the changing
    conditions of  industrial activity  between  1960 and
    1970 for each  of these  urbanized areas.
                11-122

-------
                                 Table  11-35

                        INDUSTRIAL  COVERED EMPLOYMENT
                            FOURTH  QUARTER,  1973
       (Source:   New Hampshire  Department of Employment Security, 1973)

                                Number of    Number of     Median Number of
Industry                          Firms      Employees    Employees Per Firm

Manufacturing                      135         7,112             53

  Durable Goods                     88         4,326             49
    Lumber/Wood Products            25           704             28
    Furniture/Fixtures               6           150             25
    Stone/Clay Products              5           238             48
    Primary Metal Products           6           473             79
    Fabricated Metal Products       10           756             76
    Machinery                       18         1,193             66
    Electrical Products             10           635             64
    Miscellaneous & Other            8           177             22
      Durable Goods

  Nondurable Goods                  47         2,786             60
    Food/Kindred Products            9           128             14
    Textile Mill Products           10           731             73
    Apparel                          6           307             51
    Paper, Printing & Allied        17           229             13
      Products
    Rubber, Plastics, Leather        5         1,391            278
      & Other Nondurables

Non-Manufacturing                1,538         9,591              6

  Construction/Mining              343         1,767              5
  Transportation, Communica-  .      61           510              8
    tions, Utilities
  Trade                            560         3,801      .        7
  Financial, Insurance, Real       114           614              5
    Estate
  Services and Other               460         2,899              6

    TOTAL                        1,673        16,703             10
                                11-123

-------
(Source:
                 TABLE  II- 36

         INDUSTRIAL DISTRIBUTION
    OF COVERED EMPLOYMENT (1960-1970)
New Hampshire Department of Employment Security)
Job Center Industry
Manufacturing
Durable Goods
Machinery, Metals,
Miscellaneous Products
Other Durable1
LACONIA Nondurable Goods
Textile Products
Leather Footwear, Apparel, Other
Non-Manufacturing
Construction (including mining)
Transportation, Communications,
Utilities
Trade
Financial, Insurance, Real Estate
Services, Other
TOTAL
Manufacturing
Durable Goods
Metal Products
Stone, Clay, Wood Products, Other
FRANKLIN Nondurable Goods
Textile, Apparel Products
Plastics, Food Products, Other
Fourth
1960
51
32
26
6
19
8
11
207
51
11
91
15
39

258
26
12
5
7
14
9
5
Quarter
1970
48
32
20
12
16
5
11
274
55
18
133
17
51

322
15
8
N.A.
N.A.
7
3
4
Percent
Change
( 5.9)
N.A.
(23.1)
100.0
(15.8)
(37.5)
N.A.
32.4
7.8
63.6
46.2
13.3
30.8
24.8
(42.3)
(33.3)
N.A.
N.A.
(50.0)
(66.7)
(20.0)
Average
Employment
1960 1970
3873
2988
2651
337
885
476
409
2018
413
134
931
149
391

5891
1515
619
371
248
895
711
184
3128
2213
1692
521
915
292
623
3311
505
255
1580
185
786

6439
1209
597
N.A.
N.A.
6.2
4B6
126
Percent
Change
(19.2)
(25.9)
(36.2)
54.6
3.4
(38.7)
52.3
64.1
22.3
90.3
69.7
24.2
101.0
9.3
(20.2)
( 3.6)
N.A.
N.A.
(31.6)
(31.6)
(31.5)

-------
Table I1" 36- . (Continued)
Average
Fourth
Job Center Industry 1960










H
M
1
N)
Ul












FRANKLIN Non-Manufacturing
(continued) Construction (including mining)
Transportation, Communications,
Utilities
Trade
Finance, Insurance, Real Estate
Services, Other
TOTAL
Manufacturing
Durable Goods (more than 90% )2 N
Nondurable Goods N

MEREDITH Non-Manufacturing
Construction (including mining)
Trade
Financial, Insurance, Real Estate
Services, Other
TOTAL
Manufacturing
Durable Goods (principally metal products)
TILTON Nondurable Goods (Textile, Leather, Other)
Non-Manufacturing
Construction (including mining)
Trade
Services, Other
53
6
4

30
6
7
79
6
.A.
.A.

45
14
16
4
11
51
14
8
6
29
11
7
11

Quarter
1970
56
6
5

32
4
9
71
4
N.A.
N.A.

70
14
28
11
17
74
12
7
5
34
9
18
7
T-™— .
Percent
Change
5.7
N.C.
25.0

6.7
(33.3)
28.6
(10.1)
(33.3)
N.A.
N.A.

55.6
N.C.
75.0
N.A.
54.5
45.1
(14.3)
(12.5)
(16.7)
17.2
(18.2)
157.1
(36.4)
Employment
1960
475
32
56

258
52
77
1990
189
N.A.
N.A.

369
100
102
32
152
558
837
263
574
188
69
35
84

1970
562
31
84

333
49
65
1771
273
N.A.
N.A.

706
136
345
65
160
979
916
408
508
234
74
112
48

Percent
Change
18.3
( 3.1)
50.0

29.1
( 5.8)
(15.9)
(11.0)
44.4
N.A.
N.A.

91.3
36.0
238.2
N.A.
5.3
75.4
9.4
55.1
(11.5)
24.5
7.2
220.0
(42.9)
                                     TOTAL
43
46
7.0
1025  1150
12.1

-------
Table  n-36.  (Continued)
Average











H
H
1
t t
to
(Ti

Job Center Industry
Manufacturing
Durable Goods3 (Principally lumber,
Wood Products, Furniture)
Nondurable Goods3 (Apparel and Other
Small Industries)
WOLFEBORO Non-Manufacturing
Construction (including mining)
Transportation, Communications,
Trade
Financial, Insurance, Real Estate4
Services, Other
TOTAL
Fourth
1960
13
8

5

63
17
4
23
N.A.
19
76
Quarter
1970
9
N.A.

N.A.

73
13
4
34
7
15
82
Percent
Change
(30.8)
N.A.

N.A.

15.9
(23.5)
N.C.
47.8
N.A.
(21.1)
7.9
Employment
1960
337
232

105

515
105
34
200
N.A.
176
852
1970
220
N.A.

N.A.

667
88
78
311
56
134
887
Percent
Change
(34.7)
N.A.

N.A.

29.5
(16.2)
129.4
55.5
N.A.
(23.9)
4.1
1
 1960 Reports Lumber and Wood Products in this Group; 1970 includes this in Other Durables.


 1960-1970 Reported over 90 percent Durable Goods, Asbestos, Lumber Products.


 1960 - 3rd and 4th Quarters only.

4
 No reporting for this category.

-------
The following summary provides a brief descrip-
tion of the general industrial character of each
of the employment centers, its relative position
in the region's economy, and specific changes in
its industrial base between 1960^1970:

    Laconia - The City of Laconia continues to
    be the region's major industrial and employ-
    ment center.  Between 1960-1970 the City
    gained a total of 64 new firms  (24.8 percent),
    and 548 persons (9.3 percent) were added to
    the employment base.  While losses occurred in
    the number of manufacturing firms.and employees,
    substantial gains were made in non-manufacturing
    activities - a 32.4 percent increase in number
    of firms and 64.1 percent in employment.

    Franklin - While the City of Franklin remains
    the region's second largest industrial center,
    it lost 10 percent of its industrial firms and
    11 percent of its industrial employment in the
    decade between 1960-1970.  The number of manu-
    facturing firms decreased from 26 to 15 (-42.3
    percent)  and the number of employees by 306
    (-20.2 percent).  These losses were off-set
    substantially by increases in non-manufacturing
    activities.

    Meredith,  Tilton and Wolfeboro - Following the
    nation's  demographic trends in the 1960s,  these
    smaller communities in the Study Area expanded
    their industrial base both in terms of number
    of firms  and employees.   Similar to the indus-
    trial changes which occurred in Laconia and
    Franklin,  the manufacturing segment of the
    economy was  most severely affected.   While the
    number of  firms  was reduced,  employment levels
    varied with  increases in Meredith (44.4 percent)
    and Tilton (9.4  percent), and a drop in Wolfeboro
    (-34.7 percent).   The manufacturing base of the
    Town of Tilton is  approaching the City of
    Franklin's both  in terms  of the number of  firms
    and employees.   Non-manufacturing industries
    experienced  growth in all  the towns,  but the
    specific types of  firms  varied considerably
    between them.
            11-127

-------
 The  strength  of  the  regionls  diversified  economic
 base is  indicated  by the  number  of  firms  and  jobs
 in the non-r-manufacturing  sector.  A total of  1,538
 firms employ  9,591 persons.   The median number  of
 employees  per firm is only  six.   Approximately  70
 percent  of the nonr-manufacturing employment  is  con-
 centrated  in  trade and service-related businesses.

 Commercial Activity.   In  conjunction with the study
 area's employment  and subsequent population  settle-
 ment patterns, commercial centers have been  estab-
 lished to  serve  the  needs of  permanent residents
 as well  as seasonal  tourists.  The  intensity  of
 commercial activity  fluctuates with seasonal  levels
 of demand.  The  relative  concentration of existing
 commercial centers and their  estimated service
 areas are  reflected  in Table  11-37.

 The  largest concentrations of commercial  businesses
 are  found  in  the City of  Laconia and the  City of
 Franklin.   Correspondingly, their respective  ser-
 vice areas are of  the region  scale,  serving shoppers
 within a 25-mile radius.  The next  level  of concen-
 tration  is community-oriented, serving shoppers
 within a 10-mile radius.  Community size  shopping
 centers  include  Belmont,  Gilford, Meredith, Tilton
 and  Wolfeboro.   The  seasonal  influx of tourists
 during the summer  months  results  in an increased
 level of commercial  activity approaching  regional
 scale for  the communities of Meredith, Gilford  and
 Wolfeboro.  Their  relative rural  location  and prox-
 imity to Lake Winnipesaukee are major influencing
 factors.    The remaining communities within the
 Study Area  serve basically local  needs.

 Recreational Tourism.  The Study  Area's location in
 the  heart  of New Hampshire's Lake Region has  made
 it a major center  for  recreational  tourism, not
 only to State residents, but also to visitors from
 nearby states as well  as those from other parts
 of the country.  The natural setting of forested
 hills, mountains and numerous lakes, rivers and
 ponds provide the essential ingredients for attract-
 ing thousands of seasonal visitors.   Key attractors
 include Lake Winnipesaukee,  New Hampshire's larg-
 est water body (.44,586 acres), Squam Lake  (6,764
 acres),  Winnisquam (4,264 acres), and the Belknap
Mountain  Recreation Area  (1,300 acres),  which is
 located on Mt, Gunstock and  equipped for  both
 summer and winter recreational activities.
             11-128

-------
                            TABLE  11-37

         CHARACTERISTICS  OF EXISTING COMMERCIAL CENTERS
Municipality

Primary Study Area

  Belmont
  Franklin
  Gilford
  Laconia
  Meredith
  Northfield
  Sanbornton
  Tilton

Peripheral Study Area

  Alton
  Moultonborough
  Tuftonboro
  Wolfeboro
  Center Harbor
   Level of
Concentration1
      M
      H
      M
      H
      M
      N
      N
      M
      L
      L
      N
      M
      L
Service Area2
     B
     A
     B (A
     A
     B (B
     C
     C
     B
     C (B
     N
     C
     B (A
     C
  Summer)

  Summer)
- Summer)
- Summer)
   Classification of commercial concentrations are divided into the
   following categories:  H-high; M-moderate;  L-low;  and N-negligible,

  2
   Estimated service area of commercial centers are designated as:
   A-within 25-mile radius;  B-within 10-mile radius;  and C-less
   than 10-mile radius.
  Source:   Complied from data contained in LRPC's  draft  report
           entitled Economic Profile,  May 1975.
                             11-129

-------
             Table 11-34 in Section II.B.2  of  this report
             provides a complete inventory  of  all recreational.
             facilities within the Study  Area  by municipality.

             The  economic importance as well as  potential
             impacts of recreational tourism within the Study
             Area have not been fully determined because of
             insufficient funds and staff at both State and
             local levels.  However, several indicators have
             been selected and analyzed which  provide some
             insights into its financial  impact.  Table 11-38
             provides a summary and comparative  evaluation of
             the  New Hampshire and Belknap  County's share of
             the  State's 1970 visitor population by category.

                          Table 11-38

                  VISITOR POPULATION IN 1970
            (Source:   Hendricks & Associates, 1971)
Category

Year Round Population
Guests at Year Round
  Homes
Second Home Population
Lodging Place Population
Boyd & Girls Camp
  Population
Camp Ground Population

  TOTAL VISITOR
   POPULATION
 Number of Visitors
 State    Belknap Co.
                      Belknap County
           County     Population Ratio
          Percentage  Visitor/Year-Round
737,681
235,295

287,000
 68,633
 27,646

 46,705

665,279
32,367
10,670

34,300
 9,939
 2,568

 6,350

63,827
 4.4
 4.5

77.5
14.5
 9.6

13.6

 9.6
 33.0

106.0
 30.7
  7.9

 19.3

197.2
             Approximately  10  percent of the State's  visitor
             population  in  1970 was attracted to Belknap County.
             These 63,827 visitors represent 197 persons for
             every 100 year-round residents or almost a  doubling
             of the County's population.  Although only  a small
             portion of  Carroll County is contained in the
             peripheral  study  area, it is important to note that
             its ratio of visitor to year-round population was
             4.66 to 1.0.   These two counties ranked  respec-
             tively first and  second in visitor population for
             the State of New  Hampshire.  The magnitude  of the
             financial impact  of recreational tourism on the
             local economies of Belknap County can be seen from
             Table 11-39.   Data on sales receipts serve  as one
             reliable economic indicator, but should  not be
             interpreted as a  measurement of the full economic
             impact of recreational tourism on the County.
                          11-130

-------
                          TABLE 11-39

                BELKNAP COUNTY SALES RECEIPTS - 1967
               (Source:  Hendricks & Associates, 1971)


                              Total 1967             Per Capita
                           Sales or Receipts      Sales or Receipts
Dollar Demand Indicators          ($1,000.)	     state        County

Total Retail Store Sales         $66,438           $1,708       $2,170
  Food Store Sales               15,307              442         499
  Gasoline Sales                  3,351              114         109
  Eating & Drinking Place          3,459               98         112
    Sales

Hotel, Motel and Camp              4,406               71         144
  Receipts

Amusement, Recreation               778               37          25
  Receipts                      	           —————       =zzm

           TOTAL               $93,739           $2,470       $3,059


              Table  11-39 presents  a summary of the indices for
              total  and per capita  sales  or receipts for  both the
              State  and Belknap  County.   The County's per capita
              sales  receipts exceeded the State's per capita
              figures in all indices except gasoline sales.   More
              importantly, the County's total per capita  receipts
              were $589 higher than the State figure.  The New
              Hampshire 1970 Inventory of New Hampshire and Lodging
              Places indicated that within this particular sector
              of  the recreation, vacation and travel economy
              Belknap County's per capita taxable sales were
              approximately 175  percent higher than the State's
              figure ($359 vs. $205).  Also,  a comparative rank-
              ing  of all counties in New  Hampshire revealed
              Belknap County to  be first  and  Carroll County was
              second in eating and lodging place taxable  sales
              for  1970.

              In conclusion,  the role of  recreational tourism
             within the framework of the  County's economy is
              significant.   This part of  New  Hampshire ranks
             among  the State's top recreation,  vacation and
             travel areas.   In response  to the  region's attrac-
             tiveness, seasonal and second home  construction
             has  boomed within the past  ten  years.   The 1970
                           11-131

-------
             estimate of the subsequent non-resident population
             in Belknap County ranged from 27,500  (LRPC) to
             34,400  (Hendrick & Associates).  Residential land
             development and other related recreationally-
             oriented uses provide as much as 75 percent of the
             revenues in some small communities.   However, the
             demands of municipal services by these uses pose
             potential economic problems.  The availability and
             capacity of existing services to be expanded and/or
             extended is severely limited by financial con-
             straints of local governments.

             Agriculture.  The best estimates of the extent of
             agriculture and its importance in the overall
             economy of the Study Area are contained in the 1969
             Census of Agriculture.  Because the data is collected
             and analyzed on the basis of counties, Belknap
             County was selected as most representative of the
             study area.

             There are 155 farms in Belknap County which
             comprise a total of 32,593 acres.  The average size
             farm contains approximately 210 acres.  The County's
             agricultural production consists mainly of dairy
             products, poultry products, horticultural crops and
             vegetable crops.  While most of these products are
             consumed locally, a significant portion of the
             area's milk production is transported, processed
             and marketed in central New Hampshire.  Table 11-40
             provides economic data of product value by farm as
             an indicator of the relative economic importance
             of agricultural operations to the region's economy.

                         TABLE 11-40

                  FARMS BY ECONOMIC CLASS1
            (Source:  Census of Agriculture,  1969)
             Farm Classifications

Class  I     -  Sales of $40,000 and over
Class II     -  Sales of $20,000 to $39,000
Class III    -  Sales of $10,000 to $19,999
Class IV     -  Sales of $ 5,000 to $ 9,999
Class V      -  Sales of $ 2,500 to $ 4,999
Others       -  Sales less than $2,500

                                  TOTAL
Number of
  Farms

    9
   14
   15
   16
   25
   76
Percent

  5.8
  9.0
  9.8
 10.
 16,
3
1
  155
 49.0
100.0
 Based on the value of product sales.
                          11-132

-------
     As  Table  11-40  indicates,  approximately  76  percent
     of  the  farms  in Belknap  County  have  crop productions
     valued  at less  than  $9,999.   To supplement  agricul-
     tural incomes,  approximately  100 farms reported
     that they did off-farm work for a number of days  in
     the year.   Thus,  it  can  be generally concluded that
     agriculture does not play  a significant  role  in the
     area's  present  economy.

 Internal Dependencies and External  Linkages.  In  order
 to  gain an  understanding of  the degree of self-suffi-
 ciency  and  interdependencies among  the Study Area's
 local economies and their linkages  to other  parts of
 the region, and to  areas outside  the region,  a  review
 and analysis  of journey-to-work commuting patterns was
 made.   Table  II-41  presents  a  summary of the origin and
 destination of resident  work trips  by municipality for  .
 1970.   In addition,  a percent  distribution of the work
 trips by Primary  and  Peripheral Study Area is shown.

 Approximately 69  percent of  the employees residing within
 the defined Primary Study Area work in Belknap  County
 and 27  percent commuted  to nearby Merrimack  County.  There
 were no journey-to-work  trips  reported to areas outside
 the region.   Correspondingly,  the majority (64  percent)
 of  the  resident workers  in the peripheral area  traveled
 to  jobs within Carroll County.  Nineteen percent  left
 their home  county to  work in Belknap County.  Only
 eight percent were  employed  outside the  region.

 Based upon  this journey-to-work data,  it is  evident
 that the labor force  is  dependent upon the region's
 economic base  for jobs as opposed to areas outside the
 region.  The  ability  of  the  region's local economies to
 provide employment  for its residents demonstrates a high
 level of self-sufficiency.   Equally important,  it
 should  be noted that  strong  economic ties exist between
 the towns in  the  region,  irrespective  of county boundaries.

 The interrelationships between place of  residence and
 job locations  would appear to be  a  function of  the level
 of  accessibility  and  travel  distance.  For example, a
 large number of workers  commuted  from  Moultonborough to
 Belknap County's  job  centers, whereas  the number of
 employees from Tuftonboro and Wolfeboro  substantially
 decreases.   The location  of  these communities to the
 north and east of Lake Winnipesaukee  is  a considerable
 distance from  the region's principal employment centers
 (Franklin,  Laconia and Tilton)  and these centers are not
readily accessible by the  existing highway network.
                 11-133

-------
                                                          Table 11-41
        Origin of Trip

        Primary Study Area
                         Census
                        Employed
                                             JOURNEY-TO-WORK COMMUTING PATTERNS
                                                     (Source:  1970 Census)
                                                                       TRIP DESTINATION
                                                             County
                                                Elsewhere
Belknap   Carroll   Grafton   Merrimack   In N.H.   Outside N.H.
Not Reporti
H
H
I
M
U)
Belmont
Franklin
Gilford
Laconia
Meredith
Northfield
Sanbornton
Tilton

  Subtotal
  Precent Reported
1,188
3,028
1,328
5,443
1,226
866
438
957
13,457

95
405
1,073
4,654
894
411
220
576
8,233
68.7
--
—
—
—
20
—
25
—
45
.4
—
51
7
35
82
—
26
28
229
2.3
115
2,227
70
172
5
334
71
284
3,278
26.8
34
45
45
30
10
28
24
14
230
1.8
                                                                        88
                                                                       300
                                                                       133
                                                                       552
                                                                       215
                                                                        93
                                                                        72
                                                                        55
                                                                                                                  1,442
        Peripheral Study Area
          Center Harbor
          Alton
          Moultonborough
          Tuftonboro
          Wolfeboro

            Subtotal
            Percent Reported
            TOTAL
            PERCENT REPORTED
236
576
390
275
1,206
2,683
16,140
175
248
118
27
19
587
25.3
8,820
61.3
9
38
177
212
948
1,384
59.9
1,429
9.8
19
—
—
—
19
.8
248
1.7
10
55
13
6
7
91
3.9
3,369
23.3
153
—
23
88
264
9.8
494
3.3
::
—
—
8
8
.3
8
.6
                                                                                                           23
                                                                                                           82
                                                                                                           82
                                                                                                            7
                                                                                                          136

                                                                                                          330
                                                                                                         1,772

-------
    While the internal dependencies and external linkages
    of the region's day-to-day economic activities have
    been the focus of this section of the economic base
    study, the importance of external-to-external economic
    ties should not be minimized.  As was pointed out
    previously in the analysis of recreational tourism,
    the impact of visitors from outside the region is signi-
    ficant.  Furthermore, the state of the United States
    economy in general has a direct effect on the region's
    economic well-being.

5.   Community Services

    Sewage.  Presently, four municipal wastewater treatment
    plants are located in the Study Area (Laconia, Meredith,
    Center Harbor—Moultonboro and Wolfeboro).  The type of
    treatment, level of efficiency and sewered areas of each
    facility are described in Section I.A.2 of this report
    The communities of Franklin and Tilton (partially
    served) have gravity collection systems,  but discharge
    untreated sewage into receiving streams.   The remaining
    towns within the Study Area are dependent upon private
    on-site sewage disposal systems, i.e.,  septic tanks.

    Water.  Most of the Study Area's population is served
    by public water supply systems.  Because  numerous com-
    panies furnish public water,  the source of supply varies
    according to municipality.  In general, the sources of
    public water include wells, Paugus Bay, Lake Winnipesaukee,
    Meredith reservoir, and several ponds.  Three municipali-
    ties lack any form of public  water service — Center
    Harbor, Moultonborough and Sanbornton.  These communi-
    ties are dependent upon private well systems or other
    alternate sources.  Section II.A.6 of this report dis-
    cusses the status  of water supply  sources,  user demands,
    treatment,  etc.,  for the Study Area.


    Electricity.   Electrical power is  supplied to the Study
    Area by three major electric  companies:  (1)  Public Service
    Company of New Hampshire;  (2)  New  Hampshire Electric
    Cooperative,  Inc.; and (3)  Municipal Electric Departments.
    Wolfeboro is  the  only community whose electricity is
    provided by the municipality,  however,  the electrical
    power is purchased from the Public Service Company.

    Electricity is distributed throughout the Primary and
    Peripheral  Study Areas from several  existing 33 KV trans-
    mission lines which traverse  the region.   In order to
    assure uninterrupted service,  the  electric power  compan-
    ies  are tied  into  NEPP (New England  Power Pool),  a
    network of  generating stations that  interconnect  and
                     11-135

-------
 share their  electrical  resources throughout the north-
 eastern  part of  the  United  States.   Thus,  the  source
 of  electric  power  is diffused,  but  it should be noted
 that the existing  Eastman Fall  hydro generating station
 in  Franklin  is a contributor  to the area's power supply.

 Gas.   Natural gas  is provided to selected  portions  of
 the  Primary  Study  Area  based  upon proximity to the  Gas
 Service,  Inc. transmission  line which starts in Concord
 and  terminates in  Laconia.  The existing service area
 for  natural  gas  includes the  communities of Gilford,
 Laconia,  Tilton, Northfield,  Sanbornton  and Franklin.
 The  remaining areas  not served  by natural  gas  are ser-
 viced with tank  gas  (liquified  petroleum gas and bulk
 gas).  Presently,  a  "freeze"  exists on hook-ups to  new
 residential  customers where Gas Service, Inc.  does  not
 have  distribution  lines in  the  ground.   Similarly,
 natural  gas  service  has been  restricted  to commerical/
 industrial establishments (process  users).   A  maximum
 quantity  of  10,000 cubic feet per day is being allocated
 to new process users and 5,000  cubic feet  per  day to
 existing  process customers who  desire to expand their
 current  allocation.  These  limitations do  not  apply to
 users  of  tank gas, however, sales to new customers  are
 not being promoted.

 Schools.  Eight  school  districts  encompass  all public
 schools within the Study Area.   Table 11-42  summarizes
 1974-75  student enrollments and  capacity of  existing
 facilities for each municipality.

 Based  on public school  expenditures  in 1973-74,  the
 estimated cost of educating a student within the  Study
 Area ranged between $803-$860.   Student costs  varied
 depending upon educational level: elementary ($813.17),
 junior high  ($802.96) and senior  high  ($859.58).
 Because the Town of Belmont contains  no educational
 facilities and its students are educated in adjacent
 Shaker Region School District,the above costs  reflect
 this adjustment.

 Police.  Local police protection exists in all  communi-
 ties throughout the study area,  except in Tuftonboro.
The level of police service  varies by town and  season
of the year.   Table 11-43 provides a summary of the
number of full and  part-time officers as well as
financial budgets by municipality.
                 11-136

-------
                                                          TABLE 11-42

                                 EXISTING PUBLIC SCHOOL ENROLLMENT AND CAPACITY OF FACILITIES
                                             (Source:  Supervisory School Unions,  1975)
                                                   ENROLLMENT  (1974-75)
                                                                          CAPACITY
H
\
M
U>
          District  .

          Alton
          Belmont
          Gilford
          Laconia
          Franklin
          Gov.Wentworth
          Inter-Lakes
            Coop.
          Winnisquam
Municipality

Alton
Belmont1
Gilford
Laconia
Franklin
Moultonborough
Tuftonboro
Wolfeboro
Center Harbor"]1
Meredith
Northfield
Tilton
Sanbornton
Elementary
   331
Junior
 High
Senior-
 High
                        432
592
190
98
344
>
554
500

65
34
137

191
563
827
115
82
258

325
452
Elementary
                             225
                                             650
                                             600
                                                                                        625
Junior
  High
Senior
  High
                                                                  750
                                                 850
                                            500
                                                           600
                                                         600
                           Grades 5 and 6 are utilizing four rooms or a capacity of 100 spaces in the
                           Belmont High School.  It should be noted that the high school enrollment
                           figures include both students from Canterburry and Belmont.

-------
                         TABLE  11-43

                   EXISTING POLICE SERVICE
Municipality

Primary Study Area

  Belmont
  Franklin
  Gilford
  Laconia
  Meredith
  Northfield
  Sanbornton
  Tilton

     SUBTOTAL

Peripheral Study Area

  Alton
  Moultonborough
  Tuftonboro
  Wolfeboro
  Center Harbor

     SUBTOTAL

     TOTAL
   NUMBER OF PERSONNEL
Full-Time       Part-Time
    7
   15
   12
   32
    8
    4
    2
    9

   89
    4
    2

    9
  	3

   18

  107
10
12
 7
25
 6
 4
 3
 3

70
14

 3
 8
25

95
Source:  LRPC draft report entitled Economic Profile, 1975.
                          11-138

-------
         Fire.  The level of fire protection varies signifi-
         cantly between municipality as well as by geographic
         area within each respective community.  The Insurance
         Services Office of New Hampshire has rated the level
         of fire protection for each municipality within the
         study area and the rating classifications are shown in
         Table 11-44.   The rate classifications of A through D
         are designated for areas with fire departments and fire
         hydrants (public water supply).   The higher rating
         indicates a greater fire fighting capability, recogniz-
         ing differences in manpower, equipment, water pressure,
         etc.  Classification E represents areas with a fire
         department but no fire hydrants.  Because municipalities
         have both protected and unprotected areas two ratings
         are shown in the table.  The number 3 or 5 appearing
         immediately after the rate classification indicates the
         distance from the nearest fire station.

                         TABLE 11-44

         FIRE PROTECTION SERVICE AND INSURANCE RATING
 (Source:  Insurance Services Office of New Hampshire, 1975)

                     NUMBER OF PERSONNEL
                                                          Rate
Primary Study Area   Full-Time   Volunteer   Total   Classifications

  Belmont                 2         20        22          CE-3
  Franklin                -         40        40          CE-3
  Gilford                 5         25        30           E-5
  Laconia                36         40        76          BE-5
  Meredith                -         45        45          CE-5
  Northfield              1         40        41          DE-5
  Sanbornton              -         36        36           E-5
  Tilton                  1         40        41          DE-5


Peripheral Study Area

  Alton                   -         25        25          DE-5
  Center Harbor           -         20        20           E-5
  Moultonborough          -         28        28           E-5
  Tuftonboro              5         43        48           E-3
  Wolfeboro               -         29        29          CE-3


         As Table 11-44 indicates, all the municipalities in the
         Study Area have a fire department but some areas are
         relatively unprotected (areas designated as class E)
         due to their remote location.  In general, fire depart-
         ment manpower is comprised largely of volunteer fire
                          11-139

-------
 fighters.  However, six communities have full-time
 professional personnel.  To assist and coordinate
 the local fire departments in their efforts to pro-
 vide improved service, the Lakes Region Mutual Fire
 Aid Association established a dispatch center in
 1971.  The dispatch center operates a 24-hour
 emergency dispatch service to Belknap County and
 member town in adjacent counties.

 Solid Waste Disposal.   In January, 1974, the consult-
 ing firm of Metcalf &  Eddy, Inc. prepared a report
 entitled Solid Waste Disposal Plan for the Lakes
 Region Planning Commission.  This study inventoried
 and evaluated all existing solid waste disposal facili-
 ties in the study area except for the communities of
 Franklin, Laconia and  Northfield.  The status of the
 solid waste disposal facilities for these communities
 has been investigated  and supplements the findings of
 Metcalf & Eddy report.   Table 11-36 summarizes the
 physical size,  extent  of current utilization,  future
 life expectancy,  and general  suitability of existing
 disposal sites.

 As  Table 11-45 indicates  several communities  in the
 Study Area have  solid waste disposal  facilities  which
 are nearing  their capacity  to physically accommodate
 future waste  loads.  In addition,  many of the  existing
 disposal sites  in current use are considered  to  be
 either marginally acceptable  or  unacceptable  for con-
 tinued  use.   Some of the most common  problems  associated
 with the environmental  suitability  of  existing sites
 include:   (1)  poor  soil conditions;  (2)  high  water
 tables  and proximity to bodies of water  and water
 courses;  and  (3)  incompatibility with  surrounding  land
 uses.   Operational problems such as lack  of personnel
 to  direct disposal, improper  disposal  techniques and
 lack of  suitable  shelter for  workers.

 For purposes of estimating the life expectancy of
 existing solid waste disposal sites, based on  the
 demands of the region's current population and for
 projecting future requirements from additional growth
 which is anticipated, Metcalf & Eddy developed a
 series of per capita refuse generation rates for the
municipalities.  These  refuse generation rates are summa-
 rized in Table 11-46 and represent current estimated
waste quantities.  Future projected per capita rates
are expected to increase two percent per year.
                 11-140

-------
                               TABLE 11-45
                EXISTING SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL FACILITIES
Municipality.

  Alton
  Blemont
  Center Harbor
  Gilford
  Meredith
  Moultonborough
  Sanbornton
  Tilton
  Tuftonboro
  Wolfeboro
  Laconia/Gilford/
    Franklin/
    Northfield/
    Tilton
Site Area Available Area for Estimated Life
(Acres) Future Disposal Expectancy
2.3
20.0-30.0
11.5
Unknown
Unknown
6.0
Unknown
3.0
70.0
- 1.3 '
18.0-28.0
9.5
.___ 	 	 	 PI i-iooH — -
Unknown
Unknown
5.0
Unknown
Minimal
30.0-35.0
38. Oj^
1 yr+
11 yrs
1 yrj^
1 yr+
15 yrs+
15 yrs+
Unknown
1 yr
8-12 yrs
15-20 yrs
Environmental
Suitability
Marginal
Unacceptable
Marginal
Unacceptable
Unknown
Acceptable
Marginal
Marginal
Marginal
Acceptable
Source:  Solid Waste Disposal Plan prepared by Metcalf & Eddy and personal
         communications with Messrs. DeNormandie (Laconia)  and McSweeny
         (Franklin).
                                TI-.141

-------
                           TABLE 11-46

         CURRENT PER CAPITA REFUSE GENERATION RATES
Primary Study Area

  Belmont
  Franklin
  Gilford
  Laconia
  Meredith
  Northfield
  Sanbornton
  Tilton
Quantity of Solid Waste
 (Ibs/day/per capita)

         3.50

         6.00

         7.00

         3.25
         6.75
Peripheral Study Area

  Alton
  Center Harbor
  Tuftonboro
  Wolfeboro
         3.75
         5.75
         3.75
         7.25
           Because  the  State  of  New Hampshire  adopted  legislation
           which  prohibits  open  burning  as  a technique of  waste
           disposal after July 1,  1975,  many of  the communities
           in  the study area  must  discontinue  such practices.
           Individual municipalities are initiating appropriate
           actions  to deal  with  these problems.   For example,
           the towns of Gilford  and Northfield-Tilton  have aban-
           doned  use of their former disposal  site and have
           joined with  the  City  of Laconia  and Franklin respec-
           tively to handle solid  waste  problems;  the  Town of
           Meredith is  investigating the future  use of incinera-
           tion;  and the City of Laconia is evaluating the feasi-
           bility of relocating  its solid waste  operations to  a
           new 120  acre site  for environmental reasons.  Based
           on  the above actions, it is clearly evident that
           Metcalf  & Eddy's recommended  plan of  "intermunicipal
           action"  is being adopted and/or  studied by  the  towns
           in  the study area  to  determine the  feasibility  of this
           approach in  meeting local needs.
                           11-142

-------
     Medical.  Three  hospitals  provide medical  services
     to  the municipalities within  the  Study Area -  Franklin
     Regional Hospital  in Franklin,  Lakes  Region General
     Hospital in Laconia and  Huggins Hospital in Wolfeboro.
     These medical  facilities offer  the  surrounding com-
     munities a full  range of services including surgical,
     pediatric, intensive  (critical) care,  emergency,  etc.
     A total of 322 beds exist; their occupancy rate fluc-
     tuates with increased demands of the  seasonal  popu-
     lation, but averages between  50-76  percent throughout
     the year.  The emergency rooms  of Franklin Regional
     and Lakes Region General are  open 24-hours a day
     (staff on call)  and Huggins Hospital's  emergency
     room is open until 6 p.m.  in  the winter and 11 p.m.
     in  the summer.   Minor medical problems  are generally
     handled in the offices of  private physicians or
     clinics scattered  throughout  the area.

     The availability and range of medical  services in
     the study area appears to  be quite  good.   The  number
     of^physicians per  1,000  population  is  1:806  in the
     Primary Study Area and 1:623  in the Peripheral  Study
     Area.  These figures compare very favorable  to the
     1974 New Hampshire statewide average of 1:842.

     6.  Other Governmental Projects

     Listed in Table  11-47  are projects either  underway
or planned within the Study Area by  several Federal, State
and Local agencies.   Of paramount importance to  the  pro-
posed waste treatment project is the action  initiated by
the Public Utilities  Commission to place certain  sections
of the Boston and Maine Railroad under State control.  The
purpose of this action is to  supply service to  a  paper
mill in Lincoln,  a service that the bankrupt B&M  is  in-
capable of supplying.   If the state gains control of
the railroad,  utilization of  the right-of-way for the
proposed interceptor  lines will be greatly facilitated.


                     TABLE 11-47

         MAJOR GOVERNMENTAL PROJECTS IN  STUDY AREA

 1.  Federal Projects:

     a.  Corps of Engineers Flood Control Study
         (See also State Projects -  Dredge and
         Fill Operations).

     b.  Urban Mass Transit Administration fund-
         ing of a mass, transit study for the
         Lakes Region.
                      11-143

-------
2.   State Projects:

    a.  Initiation of action by Public Utilities
        Commission to take over a section of the
        Boston and Maine Railroad by eminent
        domain.

    b.  Dredge and Fill Operations - Sponsoring
        a COE Study (see a. above) of methods
        for stabilizing Silver Lake.  Study in-
        cludes canal to bypass Laconia and possi-
        bly a dam on Silver Lake.

    c.  Dredge and Fill Operations - Making plans
        to begin reconstruction of dam at
        Winnisquam Lake.

    d.  Public Utilities Commission - 115KV power
        line from Deerfield to Laconia, scheduled
        for next 2-3 years.

    e.  Relocation of Routes 3 and 11 between
        Franklin and Laconia.

3.   Local Projects:  None
                     11-144

-------
                     SECTION III

STATUS OF LOCAL AND  REGIONAL COMPREHENSIVE PLANNING


The following section of the environmental impact
statement contains a discussion of projected de-
velopment in the Winnipesaukee Study Area.  The
discussion includes  a description of the planning
agencies having jurisdiction in the Study Area and
their projections of future development.  Existing
land use plans and growth management tools are des-
cribed and analyzed.  The consistency of the appli-
cant's proposed project with local and regional
planning objectives  is assessed.  Information de-
veloped in this discussion will be incorporated into
the analysis of the proposed project's environmental
impact (Section IV) and into the analysis of feasible
alternatives to the proposed project (Section V).

-------
 A.   PLANNING AGENCIES AND ACTIVITIES

      To date, land use planning for both the Primary and Peri-
 pheral Study Areas has been conducted on an individually,
 municipal  basis.   As  indicated in Table III-l,  two of the  eight
 communities in the Primary Area and two of the  five towns
 in the Peripheral  Area have no comprehensive plans.  The Lakes
 Region Planning Commission (LRPC) is in the process, of formu-
 lating both a detailed regional development plan and a 208
 Areawide Waste Treatment Management Plan - both of which will
 encompass  the Study Area.   Figure III-l depicts the inter-
 relationship of the Winnipesaukee River Watershed, the 208
 Planning Area,  the Lakes Region Planning Area,  and the Proiect
 Study  Area.

      1.  State Planning

     The New Hampshire Office  of  Comprehensive  Planning (NHOCP)
 is  responsible  for  statewide planning  and  management.   Its
 duties are  grouped  into three  categories:   1) policy
 and program development;  2)  land  use and water  resources
 planning;  and 3) housing planning.   This department is in  the
 process  of  compiling  detailed  land  use and natural resources
 data suitable for  establishing future  regional  and State land
 use plans.   An  integral part of this work  is the preparation,
 planned  for  FY  1976,  of a  statewide  land use sketch plan.  As
 part of  this program,  the  department will  review and analyze
 existing local  and  regional land  use plans and  construct an
 "existing status" composite land  use plan.   Also,  the  depart-
 ment will collect and analyze  State  level  data  to  create a
 land capability map (Minnoch,  1975).   All  of this  work will be
 conducted in close cooperation with  State  regional  planning
 agencies.  The  sketch  plan, a  qualitative  type  study,  will
 then be  used as a basis  for developing the  final  statewide land
 use  plan.  This final  plan will quantify the State's land  needs
 and  be used  to  fulfill  the "land  use element" requirement
 necessary for program  funding  under  the  HUD  701  program.   To
 comply with  the HUD 701 program, both  the  regional  land  use
 plans and the State's  final plan must  be completed by  August
 1977 (Neville, 1975) .

     Presently, the NHOCP is just an advisory department.  Because
 there is no  State legislation giving the final land use plan a
 legal basis,  it will be used as a guide for  the subsequent
quantification and timing of land use needs and the establish-
ment of policies for land use planning and implementation
 (Minnoch, 1975).
                            III-l

-------
                            Ill  Winnipesaukee River Watershed


                           — —••  Proposed 208 Planning Area


                            —  Planning Jurisdiction of Lakes  Region
                                 Planning Commission


                                 Communities within  the Study Area
FIGURE in-1 JURISDICTION OF TH*  LAKES REGION
             PLANNING  COMMISSION  SHOWING THE
             WINNIPESAUKEE RIVER  WATERSHED, THE
             208 PLANNING AREA, AND THE STUDY
             AREA
                      III-2

-------
      2.   Regional  Planning

      In  December  1968,  the Governor  of  New Hampshire issued
 an Executive  Order establishing  and  delineating seventeen
 planning regions within the State.   In  the same year,  the LRPC
 was formed  by communities  around Lakes  Winnipesaukee and
 Winnisquam  to develop a Regional Land Use  Plan and to support
 local planning efforts.  Late  in 1972,  the Lakes Region was
 expanded to encompass the  present thirty-two  municipalities
 (Figure  III-l).  All of the communities within both the Primary
 and Peripheral Study Areas are under the planning jurisdiction
 of LRPC,  but  Franklin does not contribute  funds to the  Commission
 nor take advantage of its  services.  The primary functions of
 the LRPC are:

      To  provide continuing advice and assistance to aid
      member communities  in programming  and controlling
      development;

      To  provide direct  technical  and professional  assistance
      to  communities; and

      To  review and  assist  in the  preparation  or  amendment
      of  zoning ordinances,  subdivision  regulations  or
      single purpose ordinances.

      In addition, LRPC coordinates its  work with other  govern-
mental agencies.  Coordination with Federal agencies is
accomplished primarily through the Director of Regional
Planning in the State Office of Comprehensive Planning.

     The LRPC is involved in preparing  plans and studies for
a wide range of activities, including socioeconomics, health
care, housing, land capability, land use, population pro-
jections, solid waste and sewage  disposal.   The major programs
directly related to land use planning are as follows:

          Regional Land  Use Plan.  A series of alternative
          land use plans are being prepared for the entire
          Lakes Region.   The plans will  be  presented to the
          membership for discussion,  as  the first step towards
          adoption of a  final plan.   The finalized plan and
          implementation program  are  projected for adoption by
          1975—76;

          Transportation Plan.  The LRPC has received a grant
          from the  Urban Mass Transit Administration to under-
          take mass transit planning.  Work is projected to be
          well underway  during  1975-76;

          Recreation Report - Assessment of Existing and
          Needed Facilities Programs  and Personnel.   The LRPC
          has  been  working  with the New  Hampshire Department of
                          III-3

-------
         Resources and Economic Development in updating the
         State Comprehensive Outdoor Recreation Plan.
         Analysis of the data includes an assessment of existing
         and needed facilities, programs and personnel —
         both on a town and regional basis.  The study is
         to provide a focal point for planning to meet local
         and regional recreation needs;  and

         In its function of providing local planning assis-
         tance, the LRPC has performed a wide variety of tasks,
         including:  reviewing and updating codes and ordi-
         nances, updating and redrafting town maps, i.e., land
         use, zoning, soils, land capability, and base maps,
         and assisting with preparation of grant applications
         for Federal assistance.

     3.  Areawide Planning

     The Environmental Protection Agency, under Section 208 of
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972,
delineated an Areawide Waste Treatment Management Planning Area
within the boundaries of the Lakes Region  (Figure III-l).
The LRPC was designated the agency responsible for 208 planning.
The 208 area centers on the Winnipesaukee River watershed, and
includes Lake Winnipesaukee, Winnisquam Lake, and the Winnipe-
saukee River down to its confluence with the Pemigewasset
River at Franklin.  All townships of both the Primary and
Peripheral Study Areas are within the 208 Area.

     The primary objective of the 208 study is to develop an
effective program for waste treatment and water quality
management in the Lakes Region.  Development of a detailed
master plan for the Lakes Region, which is being conducted
simultaneously by LRPC as one of its regional planning functions,
will be an integral part of the 208 planning process.  Com-
pletion of the 208 Plan is projected for June, 1978.

     4.  Local Planning

     The New Hampshire governmental structure provides a
great deal of local autonomy to the towns and cities.  To a
great extent, the local units of government are responsible
for the formulation and implementation of plans both for
orderly growth and development of the community as well as the
provision of basic public facilities and sewers.   The status
of the most recently proposed comprehensive plans for towns
and cities within the Study Area is summarized in Table III-l.
At present, Moultonborough, Tuftonboro,  Tilton, and Northfield
are the only jurisdictions without a master plan.
                             III-4

-------
                        TABLE III-l
               STATUS OF COMPREHENSIVE PLANS
Municipality

Primary Study Area:
  Belmont
  Franklin
  Gilford
  Laconia*
  Meredith
  Northfield
  Sanbornton
  Tilton

Peripheral Study Area:
  Alton
  Center Harbor
  Moultonborough
  Tuftonboro
  Wolfeboro
Planning Consultant
Date Completed**
Hans Klunder Associates          1970
Hans Klunder Associates          1967
Community Planning Services      1970
Robert S. Kitchel, Jr. & Assoc.  1963
Hans Klunder Associates          1969

Metcalf & Eddy                   1962-63
Hans Klunder Associates          1965
Community Planning Services      1971


Edward & Kelcey, Inc.            1969
  *LRPC is presently updating this plan.  Projected com-
   pletion date is December, 1976.
 **None of these plans has been formally adopted, nor is it
   likely that any will be until State legislation is enacted
   that will require adoption.

     In New Hampshire, planning processes are different in
towns and cities.  For the Study Area, all the towns (exclud-
ing the cities of Laconia and Franklin)  have a town meeting
form of government by which the residents gather once a year
to establish public policy, budgets,  etc., for the coming
year.  People at the town meeting have the power to establish
a planning board, zoning ordinances and other regulatory
measures.  A five or seven member board, elected or appointed
every three years, carries out  the policies established at the
town meeting.  The planning board has the following responsibilities

     Make studies, reports, maps, recommendations relat-
     ing to community planning  and development;

     Assume all functions previously  performed by the
     zoning commission;

     Make recommendations to select men on zoning changes;  and

     Prepare a master plan for  the town.
                            III-5

-------
If authorized by the municipality, the planning board may also
have the power both to adopt subdivision regulations and to
control subdivision development through approval of plats.

     For cities, the form of government varies, as each
municipality has a city charter which is adopted by the voteirs
and then the State legislature.  Both Laconia and Franklin
have a city manager-council type of government.  The planning
board consists of nine members and five alternates (alternates
not yet chosen in Laconia) whose powers are granted by State
law.  The planning board is authorized to prepare and update
comprehensive plan for the city, and deal with all aspects
of subdivision development, i.e., ordinances, plat approvals,
etc.  Zoning is controlled by the City Council, but only upon
recommendation from the planning board.  For several years,
the Laconia planning board has not engaged in actual planning
activities, but has concentrated on investigating development
site plans, and approving subdivision plats (Hance, 1975 and
McSweeny, 1975) .
                           III-6

-------
 B.   DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING COMPREHENSIVE PLANS AND GROWTH
      MANAGEMENT CONTROLS

      1-  Status of the Regional Development Plan

      The Lakes Region Planning Commission (LRPC) is currently
 involved in the process of formulating a regional development
 plan for the Study Area.  In working towards the achievement
 of this planning objective,  LRPC's staff has undertaken a number
 of baseline studies on such topics as population growth and
 demographic characteristics, existing land uses, economic
 P^flle and the status of municipal development controls.  In
 addition,  LRPC is preparing an inventory and physical mapping
 of the region's natural resources, evaluating land suitability
 and drafting a series of conceptual development plans on
 possible alternative future for the region.   Supplemental
 consultant services are being employed to perform specialized
 planning tasks,  including transportation planning,  economic
 base analysis,  etc.   As a result of these planning efforts, it
 is anticipated that a regional development plan and implemen-
 tation program will be prepared and adopted  by  LRPC in 1975-76.

      2.  Regional Land Use Goals and Objectives

      One of  the  first important steps in the  process of formu-
 lating and  adopting a regional development plan has been accom-
 plished—reaching a  consensus  on common  goals and objectives
 The participating municipal  representatives of  LRPC accepted"a
 series of goal  statements  and  objectives as set forth in the
 report  entitled Future Land  Use Goals  and  Objectives.   They
 serve  as a regional  framework  of planning  guidelines and a
 priority system by which current and  future planning projects
 and decisions can  be  measured.

     The following statement of  goals  and  objectives  represent
 the region s only  formalized planning  tool to date which  des-
 cribes the desired future  conditions  towards which planning
 actions are to be directed.  Simply stated, goals are defined
 as  a desired future condition.  An objective represents  a
 further refinement of  a goal in terms which relate them  to  the
 form and quality of future regional development and  towards
 which specific actions can be directed.  The following sum-
marizes LRPC's overall goal and objectives as well as a  listing
 o±  specific goal statements on important topics of plannina
 concern.                                                  y

     Overall Goal.  To provide for  the needs of present and
     future regional residents while at the same time re-
     cognizing that resulting development must occur within
     the qualitative limits necessary to maintaining the
     superior natural environment.
                           III-7

-------
      Overall Objectives:  Provision of a diversified and modern
      economic base which will provide employment for a popu-
      lation of varied characteristics and employment skills;

      To assure maximum opportunity for the full development of
      each resident through the provision of maximum educational
      and nob training opportunities, social and health services
      and the maximum possible level of cultural opportunities; and

      To improve the quality level of our natural environment
      through the development of a clearer understanding of
      ecological interrelationships of the natural environment
      and the impact of man's development on such relationships.

      Specific Goals;   Human Resources — to encourage balance
      with varied family compositions,  backgrounds,  incomes and
      interest;

      Environment — to work toward the maintenance  of a con-
      stantly improving natural environment and the  development
      of a complementary man-made environment;  and

      Economy —  to encourage the provision of  a high level
      and range  of well-organized functionally  adequate  public
      and private services and  activities  to meet existing
      and future  demonstrated regional  needs.

      3-   Adopted Municipal  Comprehensive  Plans:   Future Growth
          Concepts                      ~~~ ---- - --
 oom™H      the1defined Study Area  eight  communities  have  unadopted
 comprehensive  plans  to guide  their  present  and  future physical
 growth process.   However,  four municipalities do  not  have  a
 comprehensive  plan to  assist  them in making land  use  and related
 planning decisions,  including the towns of  Northfield,  Tilton
 iT^ ??°KghcanK Tuftonboro-   The first plan  was published  '
 recent ;?»   I  Sanbornton,  followed  by Laconia in  1963.  The most
 for Center" HarboJ Pr6pared by a local municipality was  in  1971


     Recognizing the need  to  reevaluate and  periodically update
      n^n^ enS1VJ ?lanS  t0  refl6Ct Changes which have^ccurred
     the passage of time,  Laconia and Alton  have  requested the
QenerationSofStanCe ^  LRPC tO  begin Preparation  of a second
generation of  comprehensive plans for their  communities.

     An analysis of the comprehensive master plans and the
^owth31171"9 56Xt rterlal indicate several basic underlying
growth concepts relating to the proposed spatial distribution
S^00"^"      " 
-------
 Residential.  High density residential uses  (3+ dwellings
 per area) are proposed in the existing built-up areas of
 Franklin, Laconia, Meredith, Center Harbor and Alton.  In  •
 addition to these already established urban areas, three-
 new centers of concentrated residential development 
-------
      Conservation,  Open Space and Recreation.  The future use

      identified  iiaJ£      S  f°Vhese Proses are distinctly
      Gi??nJn   ?ii   the  »«nieipal comprehensive plans of Belmont
      Gilford,  Alton and Meredith.  The provision for these uses

      rLr^i0311?  twofold:   a> P^vide for active and pSsSive
      recreational  opportunities  (public access)  to existing fnd
      proposed  public parks,  beaches and stream vaJlSys;  and bf

      SrSltlanS    Prot^ct  environmentally sensitive areas such
      as  wetlands,  flood  plains and adjacent steep slope  areas?


      4J   Existing  Regulatory Controls for Managing  Growth














                                                    !;§?•






ordinance,  followed by  zoning and the comprehensive plln
                         nS a"d ^^relationships between
                                                      .
                         111-10

-------
                            TABLE II1-2

                    EXISTING LAN!) USE CONTROLS
               AND EXTENT OF USE BY MUNICIPALITY
                        (Source:  LRPC, 1975)
 MUNICIPALITY
 Primary Study Area

 Belmont
 Franklin
 Gilford
 Laconia
 Meredith
 Northfield
 Sanbornton
 Tilton
                              REGULATORY CONTROLS IN USE
Comprehensi\
Plan
X
X
X
X
X
no

X
no
re Zoning
Ordinance
no
X
X
X
X
x

X
X
Subdivision
Ordinance
X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X
Building
Code
X
no
X
X
no

no
no
no
Peripheral Study Area

Alton
Center Harbor
Moultonborough
Tuftonboro
Wolfeboro
x
x
no
no
x
X
X
no
x
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
no
no
no
x
           TOTALS
                                      11
                        13
                               III-ll

-------
 intermunicipal coordination and cooperation along common bound-
 aries.   In part,  this state of affairs can be attributed to the
 fact that the LRPC was not established until 1968 and by then,
 many communities  had embarked independently on developing their
 own "planning programs".

      5-   Interrelationship Between Existing Zoning Regulations
          and the  Availability of Public Services  (Water  and
          Sewer)                                 "      ~~~	

      In  order to  assess the potential  implications of expanded
 sewer service in  the Study Area,  a baseline investigation and
 analysis of  the interrelationship between  zoning  regulations and
 public services was conducted (Figure  III-2).  An examination
 of  the zoning regulations  was made because they establish the
 use by  right" of what an  individual can or cannot do with his
 private  property.   In addition,  the intensity of  land develop-
 ment which is regulated by zoning,  is  tied directly to the
 availability of public services  (water and sewer).   For  example
 most of  the  zoning ordinances for  the  municipalities  within the
 Primary  Study Area reduce  substantially the minimum lot  size
 when one or  both  public sewer and  water is  available  to  a
 building site.  Table III-3  identifies the  variations  in  mini-
 mem  lot  size required by each municipality's  zoning ordinance
 within the proposed  sewer  service  area, depending  on whether on-
 or off-site  water  and sewage  disposal  systems are  utilized.

      On  the  basis  of  these standards,  it is possible to estimate
 the  potential growth  inducement effect  resulting  from  the  pro-
 posed project.  The  increment  of growth directly attributed to
 the  project  can be measured on the basis of the change in mini-
mum  lot  area  for development with on-site and off-site public
 services.

     Potential Development Permitted by Zoning Regulations.  An
     estimate of the  potential order of development resulting
     from the differences in minimum lot area requirements with
     or without public  services will provide a quantitative
     figure of what is  legally permissible by local governmental
     ordinances.   The procedure utilized in deriving potential
     development yields and resulting population figures  out-
     side of existing urban areas with public services is based
     upon the following methodology:

          First,  the proposed project's sewer service area was
          delineated as well as existing sewered areas for the
          urban communities of Franklin, Tilton,  Laconia  and
          Meredith;

          Second,  each municipality's  land  area located within
          the proposed sewer service area,  but outside existing
          sewered  areas was estimated  by zoning classification;
                           111-12

-------
FIGURE III-2.  EXISTING ZONING,  1973.
                  [Source:  Lakes Region
                    Planning Commission]
   I—1  Residential-Agri cultural

   EH  Low Density  Residential

     I  Medium Density  Residential

     I  High Density Residential
   am
   \Ua  Lake Shore  Residential

   Ea  Historic  Preservation

   Ha  Commercial

   rU  Commercial-Resort

   lig  Commercial-Industrial

   •  Industrial
      Areas for which Zoning does not exist
      or was not aval(able.
                  111-13

-------
                 TABLE III-3

ZONING RESTRICTIONS ON MINIMUM LOT SIZE
   AND THEIR RELATIONSHIP TO ON-SITE
 AND OFF-SITE WATER AND SEWER SERVICES
                       MINIMUM LOT SIZE  (Square Feet or Acres)


Municipality
Meredith


Laconia








Sanbornton



Tilton





Gilford



Franklin







Zoning Districts
Forestry and Rural (F&R)
Residential (R)
Commercial (C)
Residential-Rural (RR)
Residential-Single
Family (RS)
Residential-General (RG)
Residential-Apartment (RA)
Commercial Resort (CR)
Commercial (C)
Industrial Park (IP)
Industrial (I)
General Agriculture (GA)
Commercial (C)
Recreational (R)
General Residence (GR)
Single Residence (S)
General Residence (R)
Agriculture (F)
Industrial (I)
Commercial (C)
Local Business (B)
Residential-Agriculture (RA)
Residential (R)
Commercial (C)
Industrial (IND)
Low Density
Residential (R-l)
High Density
Residential (R-2)
Conservation District (C-l)
Business District (B-l)
On-Site
Sewer
& Water
30-40,000
30,000
30,000
2 ac.
2 ac.

2 ac.
	
2 ac.
	
	
	
3 ac.
1 ac.
1.5 ac.
1.5 ac.
30-57,000
30-57,000
30-57,000
80,000
80,000
80,000
2 ac.
1 ac.
30,000
40,000
40,000

10,000

80,000
—
Industrial District (1-1) 100,000
Off-Site
Sewer
Or Water
30-40,000
20,000
20,000
30,000
30,000

30,000
	
30,000
30,000
	
	
3 ac.
1 ac.
1.5 ac.
1.5 ac.
30-57,000
30-57,000
30-57,000
80,000
80,000
80,000
2 ac.
30,000
30,000
40,000
30,000

10,000

80,000
—
100,000
Off-Site
Sewer
& Water
10,000
10,000
10,000
20,000
11,250

10,000
10,000
10,000
8,000
60,000
20,000
3 ac.
1 ac.
1.5 ac.
1.5 ac.
15,000
15,000
15,000
40,000
40,000
40,000
1 ac.
30,000
30,000
40,000
20,000

10,000

80,000
5,000
40,000
                    111-14

-------
      Table III-3Continued.
      Municipality     Zoning  Districts
                            On-Site     Off-Site   Off-Site
                             Sewer       Sewer       Sewer
                            & Water     Or  Water    & Water
      Northfield
Zoning Data
Not Available.
Notes:
        Minimum lot restrictions  are  listed  for  only  the  zoning  districts within
        the proposed sewer  service  area.

        Where lot area  requirements were  not specifically stated in  terms of  feet
        or acreage,  conservative  figures  were assumed.

        Principal permitted land  uses were assumed in each zoning district  for
        purposes of establishing  minimum  lot areas.
                                         111-15

-------
           Third,  potential development yields by zoning classi-
           fication were calculated on the basis of minimum lot
           area restriction.  Yield figures were divided into
           three possible ranges which recognized the  variation
           of minimum lot area on the basis of the lack  or
           availability of public sewer and/or water;

           Fourth,  the resulting potential development yield
           figures  were reduced by 50 percent to reflect an
           assumed  average range of land suitability to  accom-
           modate  future land development;  and

           Fifth,  the conversion of the number of potential resi-
           dential  dwellings (households)  was calculated on the
           basis of each municipality's occupancy rates  as
           published in the 1970 Census and New Hampshire State
           Planning Report #3 entitled,  Population of  New
           Hampshire.

     Table III-4  summarizes the potential  development yields
and resulting population with or without  public services (water
and sewer).   Without the construction of  the interceptor sewer,
existing  zoning will permit approximately  8,998 residential
dwellings  to be developed on lots with on-site sewer  and water
systems.   The availability of public services will  permit  this
figure  to  increase to 11,864 dwelling units  or an increment
or 2,366 units (32 percent).   If public water becomes avail-
able in the  future,  the combined presence  of public water  and
sewer will permit  development to reach a  total of  20,377 dwell-
ings or 11,379 dwellings more than what is permitted  currently
with on-site facilities.   This  is equivalent to approximately
a 126 percent increase.   Correspondingly,  the potential  growth
in population varies  from 28,384 persons without  the  project
to 37,054  persons  with  the project or a maximum of  62,451  per-
sons if development  occurs on the basis of the  availability of
public  sewer and water.   The  same  potential  effect  is true with
commercial and industrial property  in the  sewered area.   However,
the more restrictive  industrial  requirements  minimize the  develop-
ment yields  for properties with  on-site services and  those with
just public  sewer  and/or  water.
                            111-16

-------
               TABLE III-4

       POTENTIAL DEVELOPMENT YIELDS
AND POPULATION PERMITTED BY EXISTING  ZONING
    RANGE OF DEVELOPMENT YIELDS



Land Use
Municipality
Meredith
Residential
Commercial
Laconia
Residential
Commercial
Industrial
Gilford
Residential
Commercial
Industrial
Belmont
Residential
Sanbornton
Residential
Commercial
Tilton
Residential
Commercial
Industrial
Northfield
Franklin
Residential
Commercial
Industrial
TOTALS
RESIDENTIAL
COMMERCIAL
INDUSTRIAL
(1)
On- Site
Sewer
& Water


916
308

787
521
	

2,170
121
38

1,696

811
256

1,365
241
198
(2)
Off-Site
Sewer
or Water


1,179
571

2,286
746
	

2,950
121
38

1,696

811
256

1,365
241
198
(3)
Off-Site
Sewer
& Water


3,575
1,143

5,028
2,240
232

3,400
121
38

1,696

811
256

3,642
481
396
(Zoning Data Not

1,253
97
	


8,998
1,544
236

1,577
97
	


11,864
2,030
236

2,225
97
115


20,377
4,338
781

POTENTIAL POPULATION

(1) (2) (3)


2,684 3,454 10,475
	 	 	

2,290 6,652 14,631
	 	 	
	 	 	

7,030 9,560 11,020
	 	 	
	 	 	

5,682 5,692 5,682

2,652 2,652 2,652
	 	 	

4,150 4,150 11,072
	 	 	
	 	 	
Available)

3,897 4,905 6,920
	 	 	
	 	 	


28,384 37,054 62,451
	 	 	
___ 	 	
                     111-17

-------
C.  FEDERAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS

     Although the local municipalities have the strongest control
of their environments through their regulation of land use, the
Federal government has the power to enforce certain environ-
mental regulations.  EPA may exercise indirect control over land
use through the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1970  (PL 91-604)
and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972
(PL 92-500).

     1.  Clean Air Act

     Under the provisions of the Clean Air Act of 1970  (PL 91-
604), each state was required to submit a plan for the implemen-
tation of the Act.  On November 9, 1972, all State Implementation
Plans  (SIP's) were disapproved because they failed to pro-
vide for the prevention of significant deterioriation of
existing air quality.  Following publication in the Federal
Register of proposed rules and regulations and after a series
of public hearings, EPA in December, 1974 promulgated rules and
regulations designed to prevent serious deterioriation of air
quality.  Recognizing that growth is inevitable and that it
might be accompanied by increased emissions, the rules specified
the amounts by which particulate and sulfur dioxide concentra-
tions would be allowed to increase over ambient concentrations.
     Additionally, EPA administers:  1) transportation control
plans  (TCP's) designed to assist in the attainment and main-
tenance of National Ambient Air Quality Standards for carbon
monoxide and photochemical oxidants; 2) new source performance
standards to insure that new stationary pollution sources do
not exceed specified emission levels; and 3) Air Quality Main-
tenance Areas  (AQMA) to prevent violations of any National
Ambient Air Quality Standards within the next 10 years.

     2.  Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972

     Titles II and IV of PL 92-500 have the most bearing upon
EPA's authority in controlling land use to protect water quality.

     Title II directs EPA to require and to assist in the
development and implementation of waste treatment management
plans and practices that provide for the application of the
best practicable waste treatment technology before any discharge
is made into receiving waters.  Title II gives the EPA Adminis-
trator the authority to make grants to any state, municipality
or intermunicipal or interstate agency for the construction of
publicly-owned treatment works which must also be consistent
with the National Environmental Policy Act  (NEPA).
                             111-18

-------
     EPA's Final Regulations for the Preparation of Environ-
mental Impact Statements,  (50 CFR Part 6), promulgated on April
14, 1975, require EPA to consider whether proposed treatment
works or plans for waste management will induce significant
changes or increases in the rate of change in industrial, com-
mercial, agricultural or residential land use concentrations or
distributions.  "Factors that should be considered in deter-
mining if these changes are significant include but are not
limited to:  the vacant land subject to increased development
pressure as a result of the treatment works; the increases in
population which may be induced; the faster rate of change of
population; changes in population density; the potential for
overloading sewage treatment works; the extent to which land-
owners may benefit from the areas subject to increased develop-
ment; the nature of land use regulations in the affected area
and their potential effects on development; and deleterious
changes in the availability or demand for energy."  Also, the
final regulations require that EPA consider whether the project
"may directly or through induced development have a significant
adverse effect upon local ambient air quality, local ambient
noise levels, surface or ground water quantity or quality, fish,
wildlife and their natural habitats."

     Title IV of PL 92-500, created the National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) to replace the permit pro-
gram authorized by the 1899 Refuse Act.  Also, Title IV trans-
ferred responsibility for the permit program from the Corps of
Engineers to EPA.   Under the new system, EPA is required to
establish national effluent limitations and performance standards
for sources of water pollution, including sewage treatment
plants.  Publicly-owned sewage treatment plants must provide a
minimum of secondary treatment by July 1, 1977, and best practi-
cable technology by July 1, 1983.  NPDES makes it illegal for
point sources, including sewage treatment plants, to discharge
any pollutant into the Nation's waters without a permit.

     To insure lasting abatement of pollution from municipal
waste treatment works, special conditions related to planning
for growth (defined as increases in waste load generation) may
be included in permits issued to municipal facilities in high-
pollution and high-growth areas.  The primary objective of these
conditions is to link two usually autonomous "decision streams":
1) sewage and treatment decisions under the powers and authorities
of special purpose sanitary districts;  and 2)  land use and
zoning decisions under the powers and authorities of general
purpose local governments.   The inclusion of special conditions
in a permit also sets the stage for possible imposition of
sewer connection bans, under the powers of PL 92-500, Section
402(h), as the principal enforcement mechanism against munici-
pal permit violators.
                            111-19

-------
     3.  Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974
                    ; .   J
     This Act amends the Public Health Service Act by adding
provisions to insure the safety of public water systems and pro-
tect underground sources of drinking water.  The Act places
primary responsibility for enforcement and supervision of public
water supply systems and sources of drinking water upon the states,
States are to demonstrate their competence in enforcing standards
at least as stringent as the National Primary Drinking Water
standards.  States must adopt procedures for monitoring and
inspection of water supply systems and plans for the provision
of safe drinking water should an emergency arise.

     Interim Primary Drinking Water Regulations proposed by EPA
in March 1975, pursuent to the Act, specify maximum levels of
drinking water contaminants and monitoring requirements for
public water supply systems.  Final interim regulations have not
been yet promulgated by EPA.  Since research into the health
effects of drinking water contaminants is still incomplete, EPA
will revise the interim standards as new information becomes
available.

     The interim regulations become law for every public water
supply system in December 1976.  If a State fails to assume
authority, EPA may seek mandatory compliance through the courts.
In addition,  systems are required to give public notice of non-
compliance to each of their users and the news media.   Funds
have been appropriated for grants to State programs for research
and for technical assistance.


     4.  National Flood Insurance Program

     Under the Federal Insurance Program, insurance is made
available to individuals at affordable rates by the Department
of Housing and Urban Development  (HUD).  However, state and
local governments are required to adopt certain minimum land
use measures to reduce or avoid future flood damage within
their flood-prone areas.  In December 1973, Congress passed
the Flood Disaster Protection Act, greatly expanding the limits
of flood insurance coverage and imposing two  (2) new require-
ments on property owners and communities:

     First, after March 2, 1974, property owners in communi-
     ties where flood insurance is being sold must purchase
     flood insurance to be eligible for any new or additional
     federal or federally-related financial assistance for any
     buildings located in areas identified by HUD as having
     special flood hazards;  and
                              111-20

-------
     Second, all identified flood-prone communities must
     enter the program by July 1, 1975, or within 1 year from
     the date #UD notifies them that they are flood-prone,
     whichever is later.

     Furthermore, if the property owner fails to purchase the
required insurance or the community fails to meet the deadline
for entering the program, federal and federally-related finan-
cial assistance for building in the flood plain will not be
available to any property owner within that community which
failed to comply with the Act.  The Act and regulations include
all forms of federal loans and grants including EPA's waste-
water treatment facilities above ground level in the flood
plain.  Communities entering the National Flood Insurance do so
in two phases:

     After notification that it is flood-prone, a community
     becomes eligible for the Emergency Program by application
     to the Federal Insurance Administrator and adoption of
     preliminary land-use measures pursuant to FIA regulations.
     The emergency program is an interim program to provide a
     first layer of insurance at federally subsidized rates
     while the flood hazard areas are mapped; and

     When final determinations of flood elevations have been
     made by the Federal  Insurance Administrator, a Flood
     Insurance Rate Map  (FIRM) is published for determining
     actuarial rates.  When the FIRM is published the community
     is converted to the Regular Program, under which addi-
     tional insurance is available at actuarial rates.  Under
     the regular program, flood insurance at first layer limits
     continues to be available at subsidized rates on structures
     existing in the community on or before December 31, 1974
     or prior to the effective date of the initial FIRM, which-
     ever is later.   New construction, located within identi-
     fied areas of special flood hazards subsequent to this
     date,  must be charged actuarial rates.   An additional
     requirement for admission to the regular program includes
     the adoption of building codes,  subdivision regulations,
     health codes and other required land use ordinances within
     one year of the Emergency Program application date.

     The following municipalities in the Study Area have
entered into the National Flood Insurance Program and are ful-
filling the requirements of the program's two phases:

     Alton
     Franklin
     Laconia •
     Meredith
     Tilton
                             111-21

-------
     5.   The National Historic Preservation Act of 1966

     The Public Law 89-665 established the Advisory Council on
Historic Preservation to advise the President and tho Comires.M
on matters pertaining to historic preservation.  AI MO, tho Ad
charges the states with the responsibility of carrying out
surveys of historic sites within their boundaries to determine
their suitability for protection on the National Register of
Historic Places.  The Advisory Council's strength and the
National Register's defense is Section 106 of the Act, which
requires the head of any Federal agency, assisting or licensing
any action in a state, to account for the effect of any project
included on the National Register.  A project shall be considered
to have an effect upon a National Register property when any
condition of the project creates a change in the quality of the
historical, architectural, archaeological or cultural character
of the property.  Adverse effects occur under conditions which
include, but are not limited to:

     Destruction or alteration of all or part of the property;

     Isolation from or alteration of its surrounding environ-
     ment; and

     Introduction of visual, audible, or atmospheric elements
     that are out of character with the property and its
     setting.

     6.   The Archaeological and Historic Preservation Act of
          T97T:	   	

          Public Law 93-291, The Archaeological and Historic
Preservation Act of 1974, provides for the preservation of
historical and archaeological data which might be otherwise
lost or destroyed as a result of "any alteration of the terrain
caused as a result of any Federal construction project or
federally licensed activity or program".  When a Federal agency
finds, or is notified that its activities in connection with a
construction project or financial assistance may cause irrep-
arable loss of historical or archaeological data, the Secretary
of the Interior is to be notified so that a survey of the
affected site and the recovery, protection and preservation of
such data may take place.  The law establishes the responsibility
of Federal agencies for preservation of historical and archaeo-
logical resources.
                            111-22

-------
                       SECTION IV
             ENVIRONMENTAL EVALUATION OF THE
              APPLICANT'S PROPOSED PROJECT
The following section of the environmental impact statement
contains a description of the impact of the applicant's
proposed project upon the current and future environment of
the Winnipesaukee River Basin.  The analysis includes a dis-
cussion of unavoidable adverse impacts, short-term use of the
environment vs.  long-term productivity, and irreversible and
irretrievable resource commitments.  This analysis incorporates
the information developed in the preceding sections of the
statement.  Information developed in this discussion will be
incorporated into the analysis of feasible alternatives to
the proposed project (Section V).

-------
 A.   SUMMARY  OF  PROJECT IMPACTS

      The  regional  sewage treatment  facilities  proposed  for  the
 Primary Study Area of  the Winnipesaukee  River  Basin  will  produce
 both  beneficial  and adverse impacts upon the environment.   Al-
 though the  results of  the project are  intended to  be strictly
 desirable,  some  of the adverse  impacts associated  with  the  project
 cannot be avoided.   Many of the adverse  impacts can  be  minimized
 or  mitigated  through careful planning  and enforcement of  regula-
 tions designed to  protect environmental  quality.   Some  of the
 adverse impacts  can be minimized through consideration  of alter-
 natives to  the proposed action.  Also, the analysis  and possible
 adoption  alternatives  to segments of the proposed  project or the
 entire proposed  project will result in the implementation of
 regional  sewage  treatment facilities which will produce the great-
 est benefit with the fewest adverse consequences.

      Beneficial  impacts of the  proposed  project will  include
 elimination of raw discharges to surface waters and  relief  of
 septic tanks  and malfunctioning  wastewater treatment  facilities.
 Both  surface  water  and ground water quality will be  improved.
 The recreational potential of streams  and lakes in the  Study
Area  will be  increased by the improvement of water quality.

      Adverse  impacts resulting  from the  proposed project include
destruction of aesthetic and vegetation  resources  at  the treat-
ment  plant site  and  along pipeline  corridors,  and  impacts antici-
pated  from future  secondary development  in the  Basin.   Many ad-
verse  impacts  resulting from secondary development can  be minimized
 through strict local control of  development.

      The  environmental  impacts associated with  the proposed
project have  been assessed and are  described in detail  in this
section of the report.   The assessment of impacts  is  based on
the assumption that  all  residences  and commercial  and industrial
establishments within  the service area will be  required to con-
nect  to the system as  soon as possible.   If this requirement is
not met,   the  anticipated  beneficial  impacts will be greatly re-
duced  and the  adverse  impacts may be significantly intensified.

     Table IV-1  presents  a summary  of both adverse and benefi-
cial  impacts  associated with  implementation of  the proposed
project.   The  first  column lists the environmental parameter
which will be  impacted.   The  second  column lists the  anticipated
environmental  impacts  associated either  directly or indirectly
with  the  proposed project.   The  nature and duration of  these
impacts have  been designated  as  either primary  or  secondary
                               IV-1

-------
and long-term or short-term.  In addition, the degree of impact
has also been projected.  The individual impacts are described
in detail in text following the table.

     Primary impacts result directly from the construction and/
or operation of the proposed sewage treatment facilities.  Pri-
mary impacts may be either beneficial (such as improved water
quality) or adverse (such as loss of vegetational resources at
the plant site).  They may also be either short-term or long-
term.  Short-term primary impacts occur during construction of
the proposed project.   Long-term primary impacts occur through-
out the life of the project.  An example of a long-term primary
adverse impact would be the degradation of air quality that
would occur if incineration is chosen as the method of sludge
disposal.

     Secondary impacts result from activities and development
which occur after the project has been completed.  The pro-
vision of additional sewage treatment capacity will allow
future growth and higher density development to take place
in the Study Area.  Development and its associated activities
will produce both adverse and beneficial environmental impacts
which are designated as secondary impacts resulting from the
proposed project.  These include increased urban runoff, more
boating, expansion of the regional economic base and enhance-
ment of property values.

     Secondary impacts may also be either short-term or long-
term.  Short-term secondary impacts result from disruption of
the environment which occurs during the construction of second-
ary development.  Long-term secondary impacts are actions such
as increased urban runoff which will occur indefinitely once
development has been constructed.

     The degree of impact has been also determined for each
impacting action.  Degree of impact ranges from minimal to
significant.  The degree of impact identified on Table IV-1
does not assume a reduction of impact that would occur if
the mitigating measures identified on Table IV-1 were imple-
mented.  Designation of degree of impact is based upon exten-
sive analyses of environmental,  socioeconomic and engineering
considerations.  In some cases,  the degree of impact cannot be
accurately projected.   For issues such as effluent chlorination
and sludge incineration, definitive information concerning effects
of these impacting actions is generally not available.   In these
                             IV-2

-------
cases the degree of impact is listed as potential.  Minimal
impacts have the least effect upon the environment.  Impacts
of the greatest magnitude are termed "significant" while
intermediate impacts are termed "moderate."

     Mitigating measures which would reduce the degree of adverse
impacts are also identified on Table IV-1.  These measures in-
clude planning activities and construction techniques which will
reduce the severity of both primary and secondary adverse impacts,
Many of these mitigating measures are normally practiced.  Other
mitigating measures may require the development of new programs
and planning activities to alleviate adverse impacts.

     Impacts of the project upon the environment of the Winni-
pesaukee River Basin are discussed in the following order:

     Natural Environment

          Surface Water Quality
          Ground Water Quality
          Water Supply
          Air Quality
          Biology
          Aesthetics
          Recreation
          Historic and Archaeologic Resources
          Natural Resources

     Social Environment

          Public Health
          Social and Economic Factors
          Land Use
                             IV-3

-------
                                                                         TABLE  IV-1


                        SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS RESULTING FROM THE PROPOSED REGIONAL SEWERAGE PROJECT IN THE  WINNiPESAUKEE  RIVER BASIN
PARAMETER
 IMPACTED

Surface Water
   Quality
           IMPACTING ACTION

Relief of  septic  tank  sewage disposal
systems and  raw sewage discharges.

Export of  controllable nutrients
away  from  Lake Winnipesaukee and
Lake  Wir.nisquam.

Continued  BOD loading  to  Lake Winnis-
quam  from  Laconia STP  through Phase
II.

BOD loading to the Winnipesaukee
River below Silver Lake for 3-6
months in Phase II.

Nitrogenous  oxygen demand from  the
proposed unnitrified effluents.

Raw sewage discharges  from failure
of pumping stations
                     Increased erosion and sedimentation
TYPE OF IMPACT

  Primary,
  Long-term

  Primary,
  Long-term
                                                              Primary,
                                                              Short-term
                                                              Primary,
                                                              Short-term
                                                              Primary,
                                                              Long-term

                                                              Primary,
                                                              Long-term
                                                              Primary,
                                                              Short-term
ASSESSMENT
OF IMPACT   DEGREE OF IMPACT

Beneficial    Significant
                                                                                Beneficial    Minimal to Moderate
                                                                                Adverse       Minimal
                                                                                Adverse       Minimal
                                                                                Adverse       Minimal
                    Adverse       Minimal
                                                                                Adverse       Minimal to Moderate
                                                                                                      MITIGATING MEASURES
None required.
                                      None required.
                                                          Employ activated carbon process
                                                          at Laconia.
                                                          Continue discharging to Lake
                                                          Winnisquam for this period.
                                      Install AWT  (nitrification) at
                                      Franklin STP.

                                      Follow NHWSPCC regulations for
                                      pumping station .construction, opera-
                                      tion and maintenance.  This includes
                                      backup pumps and auxiliary power
                                      supplies.

                                     'Adoption and enforcement of erosion
                                      and sedimentation controls.

-------
TABLE IV-1.  Continued.
PARAMETER
IMPACTED
Surface Water
Quality

Ground Water



Water Supply


IMPACTING ACTION
Increased urban runoff
Increased loading rates of nutrients
from non-point sources.
Improved ground water quality from
elimination of septic tank effluent.
Reduction of ground water recharge
through urbanization.
Reduction of ground water recharge
through exporting of sewage
Ground water contamination from
increased urban runoff
Improved ground water quality from
the elimination of septic tank
effluent.
Contamination of potential surface
water supplies from discharge of
chlorinated sewage effluent in the
Winnipesaukee River.
Increased demand for water.
TYPE OF IMPACT
Secondary,
Long-term
Secondary,
Long-term
Primary,
Long-term
Secondary,
Long-term
Primary,
Long-term
Secondary,
Long-term
Primary,
Long-term
Primary,
Long-term
Secondary,
Long-term
ASSESSMENT
OF IMPACT DEGREE OF IMPACT
Adverse Significant
Adverse Minimal-Lake Winni-
pesaukee
Unknown-Lake Winnisquam
Beneficial Moderate to signifi-
cant
Adverse Minimal to Moderate
Adverse Minimal
Adverse Moderate to signifi-
cant
Beneficial Moderate to signifi-
cant
Adverse Unknown
Adverse Moderate to signifi-
cant
MITIGATING MEASURES
Stormwater management. Retain
vegetation strips along inter-
mittent and permanent streams.
Adoption and implementation of growth
management controls.
None required.
Strict control of development on
stratified deposits providing rapid
recharge. Minimize areas of imper-
vious surfaces such as parking lots,
sidewalks, etc.
None required.
Stormwater management.
None required.
Dechlorinate, or use other dis-
infectants .
Undertake a water supply program for
the Lake Winnipesaukee basin; adopt
                                                                                                                      water conservation measures to reduce
                                                                                                                      per  capita  consumption.

-------
   TABLE  IV-1.   Continued.
   PARAMETER
   IMPACTED
                               IMPACTING ACTION
                                                    ASSESSMENT
                                    TYPE OF IMPACT  OF IMPACT
                                                                                              DEGREE OF IMPACT
                                                                                                  MITIGATING MEASURES
   Air  Quality
   Biology
<
CTl
Degradation of air quality from      Primary,        Adverse
construction activities.             Short-term

Increased air pollutant loading      Secondary,      Adverse
from industrial and automotive       Long-term
sources attributed to secondary
gtowth.
Improvement of aquatic habitats      Primary,        Beneficial
through elimination of septic        Long-term
tank effluent, waste treatment
and raw sewage discharges.

Aquatic habitat destruction due
to construction and operational
effects of the project:

-  Construction disturbances to      Primary,        Adverse
   salmonid spawning areas           Short-term

-  Temporary effluent discharges     Primary,        Adverse
   to Winnipesaukee River for .       Short-term
   3 to 6 months from Laconia
   STP

   Increased effluent loading to     Primary,        Adverse
   the Merrimack River               Long-term
                                                                                              Potential-Minimal
                                                                                              Potential-Minimal
                                                                                                                     Dust  control  measures.
Enforcement of Federal and State
emission standards; coordinated
land use and transportation planning
by local and regional planning
agencies.
                                                                                              Minimal  to Moderate    None  required.
                                                                                              Potential-Minimal to
                                                                                                Moderate

                                                                                              Minimal
                                                                                              Minimal
Adoption and enforcement of erosion
and sedimentation controls, proper
timing of construction activity.
Continue discharging to Lake Wianis-
quarn for this period.
Proper operation and maintenance of
Franklin STP, require AWT.

-------
    TABLE IV-1.  Continued.
<
PARAMETER
IMPACTED IMPACTING ACTION TYPE OF IMPACT
Biology Destruction of vegetation:
- Loss of wildlife habitat

Reduced stormwater retention
Increased siltation of surface
waters
Aesthetics Construction of the interceptor
(Noise) sewers, construction and operation
of the Franklin STP
(Visual) Improvement of water quality and
elimination of raw discharges, mal-

Primary ,
Short-term
Secondary,
Long-term
Primary and
Secondary,
Short-term
Long-term
Primary,
Short-term
Primary and
Secondary,
Short-term
Long-term
Primary,
Long-term
ASSESSMENT
OF IMPACT DEGREE OF IMPACT MITIGATING MEASURES

Adverse Minimal *Reduce width of construction corridors
and route sewers along public rights-
of-way as much as possible.
Adverse Minimal to Significant Growth management controls.
Adverse Minimal to Moderate *Prompt reestablishment of disturbed
areas, and adoption and enforcement
of stormwater management control.
Adverse Minimal Prompt reestablishment of vegetative
cover.
Adverse Minimal to Signifi- Adoption and enforcement of noise
cant control ordinance, *supervision of
contractor to prevent undue noise.
Beneficial Moderate to Signifi- None required.
cant
                         functioning septic tanks  and even-
                         tual reduction of algae blooms.

                         Destruction of vegetation at site
                         of Franklin STP.
Primary,
                   Adverse
                                 Minimal
Selective siting of STP
                         Destruction of vegetation and visual   Primary,
                         screening along the interceptor        Short-term
                         routes                     •            Long-term
                   Adverse
                                 Minimal
                                                        •Reestablishment of vegetative cover.

-------
TABLE IV-1.  Continued
PARAMETER
IMPACTED
Aesthetics
(Visual)
Recreation


Historic and
Archaeologic
Natural Resources

Public Health


IMPACTING ACTION TYPE OF IMPACT
Destruction of vegetation and altera-
tion of landscape from increased de-
velopment
Improvement of surface water quality
Temporary disruption to recreational
areas and facilities
Loss of open space and increased
demand for recreational facilities
Encroachment upon historic and
archaeological sites
Construction and operation of the
Franklin and Laconia sewage treat-
ment plants
Construction of secondary development
Elimination of septic tank and in-
adequate municipal sewerage effluent
discharges
Increased secondary development
impacts on water resources
Discharge of chlorinated effluent
to the winnipesaukee River and
Secondary,
Short-term
Long-term
Primary,
Long-term
Primary,
Short-term
Secondary ,
Long-term
Primary,
Short-term
Primary,
Long-term
Secondary,
Long-term
Primary,
Long-term
Secondary ,
Long-term
Primary,
Short-term
ASSESSMENT
OF IMPACT DEGREE OF IMPACT
Adverse Moderate
Beneficial Minimal to Moderate
Adverse Minimal to Signifi-
cant (local areas';
Adverse Moderate
Potential- Unknown
Adverse
Adverse Minimal
Adverse Moderate to Signifi-
cant
Beneficial Significant
Potential- Minimal to Signifi-
Adverse cant
Adverse Minimal to potentially
significant
MITIGATING MEASURES
Preservation of open space through
growth management controls.
None required.
Adoption and enforcement of noise
and air quality ordinances.
Preservation of critical open space
and environmentally sensitive areas.
Expansion of public shoreline areas.
Strict compliance with the National
Preservation Act and the Archaeological
and Historic Preservation Act.
Efficient use of natural resources
committed to primary and secondary
development.
Growth management controls.
None required.
Stormwater management.
Monitoring and control of effluent
chlorine residual.
                    Merrimack River

-------
  TABLE IV-1.  Continued.
  PARAMETER
  IMPACTED

  Social and
    Economic
<
           IMPACTING ACTION

 Consistency with  local  and regional
 social  and economic objectives

 Temporary  disruption of social-
 economic activities in  construction
 areas
                      Increased regional employment and
                      related economic activities
TYPE OF IMPACT

  Primary
                                                                Primary,
                                                                Short-term
                                         Primary,
                                         Short-term
ASSESSMENT
OF IMPACT   DEGREE OF IMPACT

Beneficial    Significant
                    Adverse
                                  Moderate
                    Beneficial     Significant
     MITIGATING MEASURES

None required.
                                      Limit operating hours of heavy
                                        equipment.
                                      Minimize impact to private prop-
                                        erties by careful siting of the
                                        interceptors routing.
                                      Provide natural screening in areas
                                        where pump  stations may be highly
                                        visible from adjacent  properties.
                                      Provide restoration measures such
                                        as  reseeding of lawns,  replacement
                                        of  shrubbery, fences,  or financial
                                        compensation to residents whose
                                        property is directly impacted.

                                      None  required.
 Existing and
   Future Land
   Use
Local share of capital costs as well
as annual operation and maintenance
expenditures

Construction of Franklin STP
                      Construction of interceptor sewer
                      and pump station
                                                               Secondary,
                                                               Long-term

                                                               Primary,
                                                               Long-term
                                         Primary,
                                         Short-term

                                         Primary,
                                         Short-term
                                                           Beneficial    Significant
                    Beneficial/   Minimal to Moderate
                    Adverse
                   Adverse       Minimal
                   Adverse       Minimal to Moderate
                                                                                                 None required.
                                     Careful siting of  facilities and
                                     access road.

                                     Minimize width of  construction.

-------
TABLE IV-1.  Continued.
PARAMETER
 IMPACTED

Existing and
  Future Land
  Use
I
I-1
o
       IMPACTING ACTION             TYPE OF IMPACT

Encourage upgrading of existing        Secondary,
land uses and enhancement of           Long-term
property values.

Increased land utilization by re-      Secondary,
moving the development constraint      Long-term
of poor soils.

Increase in allowable development      Secondary,
densities.                             Long-term

Reinforcement of the region's          Secondary,
existing growth pattern.               Long-term

Increased cost, speculation and        Secondary,
change of land ownership               Long-term

Consistency with local and regional    Primary,
planning goals and objectives

Effects on Peripheral Study Area.      Secondary,
                                       Long-term
ASSESSMENT
OF IMPACT

 Beneficial
                                                                               Adverse
                                                                                                 DEGREE OF IMPACT

                                                                                                Moderate to Signifi-
                                                                                                  cant
                                                                                             Minimal to Signifi-
                                                                                               cant
                                                                               Beneficial    Moderate to Signifi-
                                                                               and Adverse     cant.

                                                                               Beneficial    Moderate to Signifi-
                                                                               and Adverse     cant.
                                                                               Adverse
                                                                                             Moderate
                                                                               Beneficial    Significant
                                                                               Unknown
                                                                                             Unknown
                                                                                                        MITIGATING MEASURES
None required.
                                       Proper planning and location of
                                       sewage collection system.
                                       Use of zoninq controls,  buffer zones,
                                       and development plan reviews.

                                       Growth management controls.
                                       Coordinated regional growth
                                       management program.

                                       None required.
                                                                                                                     Unknown

-------
B.   EFFECTS ON THE NATURAL ENVIRONMENT

     1.  Surface Water

     The proposed project will have several impacts upon surface
water quality in the lakes and streams of the Study Area.  The
principle purposes of the project are to improve the water
quality in the Study Area and to insure the future attractions
of the local water resources for recreation and water supply.
Specific impacts of the proposed project on surface water are
discussed below.

     Relief of septic tank sewage disposal systems and raw dis-
     charges in the proposed sewer service area will reduce the
     levels of coliform bacteria present in the streams tributary
     to the lakes, in the bays of the lakes, and most particularly,
     in the Tioga, Winnipesaukee, and Merrimack Rivers below
     Belmont, Northfield, Tilton, and Franklin.  Control of the
     sources of bacterial contamination will:   (1) reduce the
     probability of water-borne disease among those lake shore
     residents using the lakes as a water supply; and (2) improve
     the condition of the lower Winnipesaukee River and the
     Merrimack River so that they may become suitable for primary
     contact uses such as swimming and fishing.  These impacts
     are long-term and beneficial.

     Export of controllable nutrients away from the major lakes
     in the Study Area will reduce eutrophication rates in the
     lakes to varying degrees.  In the case of Lake Winnipesaukee,
     the proposed action will eliminate the point discharge at
     Meredith, which EPA  (1974) estimates to contribute 10.6% of
     the current phosphorus load and 1.5% of the nitrogen load to
     the Lake.  In addition, it will prevent additional construc-
     tion of septic tanks in that portion of the Primary Study
     Area which drains into Lake Winnipesaukee, and will elimin-
     ate future point-source discharges from the area.  These
     are long-term beneficial impacts.  The proposed interceptor
     system is in part sized for, but does not include all the
     remaining communities around the Lake.

     In the case of Lake Winnisquam the proposed action will
     eliminate the discharge now entering from the Laconia treat-
     ment plant.  Significant improvement in the effluent (based
     on advanced wastewater treatment) from this facility has
     recently occurred.  Diversion of the effluent will result
     in further improvement in the loading rate in Lake Winnis-
     quam.  This is a long-term beneficial impact.  The proposed
     action, in and of itself, is not sufficient to insure the
     water quality of either Lake Winnipesaukee or Lake
     Winnisquam (Appendix C).
                             IV-11

-------
 Continued BOD loading  to  Lake Winnisquam from  the  Laconi.a
 STP through Phase II.   Since dilution of the wastew7fter~~i n
 the Lake Is high and the  ability of the Lake to  assimilate
 the BOD load is also high,  the impact of this  BOD  load is
 estimated to be minimal.   Prior to the recent  upgrading of
 the wastewater facility,  suspended solids may  have settled
 to the depths of the Lake to contribute to the dissolved
 oxygen deficits experienced annually in the lower  basin of
 Lake Winnisquam.  The  present treatment provided at Laconia
 removes most of the suspended solids that might  have exerted
 BOD.   Dissolved organic materials generally remain in the
 effluent, and do not settle into the hypolimnion to contri-
 bute significantly to  the dissolved oxygen deficits.   Export
 around the Lake of all  BOD from the sewage treatment plant
 in Phase II is not expected by itself to stop  the  yearly
 dissolved oxygen deficits.

 BOD loading to the Winnipesaukee River below Silver Lake
 from the Laconia STP during 3-6 months of Phase  II  will have
 a  minor impact upon the dissolved oxygen regime  in  the River,
 Using the most conservative assumptions*, the  maximum dis-
 solved oxygen deficit below the Laconia outfall  would be
 approximately 0.5 mg/1.   The maximum deficit occurs at the
 outfall because the high  reoxygenation coefficient  adds
 oxygen faster than it can  be removed by the BOD  reaction.
 Actual conditions will be  considerably better  than  the
 "worst case"  estimate.

 *Assumptions  employed in calculating  the  dissolved oxygen
 deficit  below  the  Laconia outfall  includes:
 Stream Temperature                25°C (maximum for Winnipesaukee
                                River reported  for 1973-74 was
                                25.5°C)

 Stream Flow =                    200 cfs = 129.3 mgd

 Sewage Flow =                    2.5 mgd  (design flow for Laconia
                                STP)
 BODr^ of River =                   1 mg/1

 BOD5 of Sewage =                  150 mg/1  (maximum weekly BOD if
                                carbon absorbtion is not used at
                                Laconia)
 Deoxygenation rate at 25°C
  KI (25) =                      0.25/day

 Reoxygenation rate at 25°C
  K2 (25) =                      1.16/day  (estimated  using O'Connor-
                                Dobbins method)
Dissolved Oxygen of stream  =        8.4 mg/1  (saturation at 25°C)
Dissolved Oxygen of sewage  =        0 mg/1
                        IV-12

-------
 BOD loading  to  the Merrimack River below  the Franklin sewage
 treatment plant at the design capacity will  have a minor
 impact upon  the dissolved oxygen regime in the Merrimack
 River.  Using the  most conservative assumptions*,  the maxi-
 mum dissolved oxygen deficit, occurring immediately below
 the outfall, would be approximately 0.2 mg/1.

 *Assumpation employed in calculating the  dissolved oxygen
 deficit helow the  Franklin outfall include:
 Stream Temperature =




 Stream Flow =



 Sewage Flow =

 BOD of River =



 Deoxygenation rate at 25°C
  KI (25) =

 Reoxygenation rate at 25°C,
  K2 (25) =

 Dissolved Oxygen of stream =

 Dissolved Oxygen of sewage =
25°C (maximum reported for Merrimack
River below Franklin for 1973-74 was
24.5°C)

589 cfs = 380.7 mgd  (7-day, 10-year
low flow)

11.5 mgd (1995 projected flow)

45 mg/1  (maximum weekly BOD according
to effluent limitation)
0.25/day



1.15/day (McGuire,  1972)


6.9 mg/1 (saturation at 25° = 8.4 mg/1)


0 mg/1 (worst case)
This  deficit represents about  five percent of the saturation
dissolved oxygen concentration at 25°C.

Nitrogenous biochemical oxygen demand (NBOD) from the pro-
posed unnitrified effluents will  have a slight additional
impact upon the oxygen regime.  The NBOD of secondary
effluent  is estimated by EPA's  Process Design Manual for
Nitrogen  Control as 92 mg/1.

Assuming  a first order decay reaction for NBOD,  the dis-
solved oxygen deficit can be calculated by the same model
used  in the previous section for  BOD.   However,  the decay
coefficient is smaller than for BOD,  meaning that NBOD de-
pletes oxygen at a slower rate.   Using this model, the
greatest  deficit still occurs at  the  outfall where waste
with  no oxygen mixes with the River.   As a further check,
the NBOD  and BOD were added together  and considered as all
BOD.   Even in this case,  the critical  point is still at
the outfall.   AS is the case with  the  Winnipesaukee River,
at realtively low pollutional loads,  the high reoxygenation
                          IV-13

-------
   Therefore,  the  net  effect  of  NBOD  will  be  to slow the  rate
   of the River's  recovery from  the additional  0.2  mg/1
   dissolved oxygen deficit at the outfall.  Oxygen  levels
   will still  remain above 75 percent of the saturation value.

   Raw sewage  discharges to lakes or  streams in  the  Study Area
   will occur  if mechanical pumping stations and their back-up
   systems fail to operate.  All pumping stations are required
   by New Hampshire regulations  (NHWSPCC,  1975) to be equip-
   ped with standby mechanical and electrical systems, and
   alarm systems.  Emergency procedure manuals and repair
   equipment are also required.  Since the potential for  raw
   sewage overflow should be very small if the regulations
   are complied with, the overall impacts of pump station
   failures should be minimal.

   Increased erosion and sedimentation in lakes and streams
   will result from both primary and secondary construction
   activities.   Adverse impacts resulting from increased  sedi-
   mentation are potentially greater from secondary develop-
   ment than from primary construction.   Much larger land
   areas will be affected by future residential and commercial
   growth than by the actual construction of interceptor
   sewers,  collectors and the sewage treatment plant.  Neither
   the State of New Hampshire nor the municipalities in the Study
   Area have soil erosion control ordinances which would mini-
   mize the degree and impacts of erosion and sedimentation.
   The only applicable legislation,  New Hampshire's Revised
   Statutes Annotated,  Chapter 149:8-a  is  referred to as the
   "dredge  and  fill law."  The scope of the law is limited to
   activities "in or on the border  of the surface waters of
   the state" and,  therefore,  does  not encompass the develop-
   ment of  land areas where most  future  construction in the
   Study Area will  take place.  The  law  may require permits
   to be  issued for interceptors  paralleling lake shores and
   streams  depending upon how the NHWSPCC interprets "on the
   border of."   The law would  seem  to  require  applications
   for and  the  issuance of  dredge and  fill  permits  for  inter-
   ceptor stream crossings.  Although  responsible for its  adminis-
   tration, the NHWSPCC  is  not  funded  to  administer  the  dredge
   and fill law.  Therefore, it must rely upon  the  New Hamp-
   shire Fish and Game  Department for  complaint  investigations.

   Sedimentation and  erosion are  directly affected  by land
   use.  A  study of the  environmental  effects of development
   by the Real  Estate Research Corporation  (RERC, 1974)  pro-
   vided the  following data concerning sediment  derived  from
   different  land uses:
     Land Use

Wooded Areas
Agricultural Areas
Vacant Land and Open Spaces
Developed, Urban Areas
Construction Areas
Sediment (tons/mi2/year)
          100
          300
          200
          700
        2,300
                          IV-14

-------
      This data indicates that urbanization will siqnil"icnntIy
      increase erosion.  The amount of sedimentation that wilJ
      result from erosion,  i.e., the delivery rate, is dependent
      upon the nature of the water transport channel, distances
      to affected water bodies, and measures taken to reduce
      sediment transport.   The steep stream gradients in the
      Study Area will facilitate sediment transport.  Due to the
      strategic location of sewer interceptors along the major
      waterways, development will occur in close proximity to the
      streams and lakes  (Figure 1-6).  This, too, will contri-
     • bute to high sediment delivery rates.  Lastly, due to the
      lack of comprehensive soil erosion ordinances, it may be
      expected that few measures will be taken to minimize sedi-
      ment transport.

      The significant effects of sedimentation will differ between
      lakes and streams.  In the lakes, sedimentation will pri-
      marily affect the near-shore areas.  Rapid sediment deposi-
      tion eliminates wildlife habitats,  silts beaches and trans-
      ports nutrients, especially phosphorus, which absorbs onto
      fine soil particles.  Sediments play an indirect role in
      the .eut?r.9phication process by absorbing and releasing
      nutrients: avseh. in aerobic conditions and may, therefore,
      act. to: re'tain;. nutrients in the bays, coves and other near-
      shore are*,s o'f the lakes.

      Sedimentation in streams increases  their turbidity and dis-
      rupts their'..aquatic biota by destroying benthic habitats.
      Deposition of sediments in stream channels can obstruct
      flow,  increase the probability of flooding and alter the
      channel  configuration.

      Erosion  and sedimentation resulting from the project will
      have both primary  and  secondary adverse impacts.

      Increased urban run-off will  enter  streams and lakes in the
     Study Area  from areas  developed in  response to the proposed
     project.   Urban runoff contains high concentrations of
     heavy metals,  petroleum extracts, pesticides,  organic
     wastes,  suspended  solids  and  nutrients.  Weibel  (1969)
     reported  the  following partial  composition of urban run-
     off  from  a  residential -  light  commercial  area:
                             Average                   Total  Load
  Constituent          Concentration  (mg/i)             (Ibs/mi2/yr

Suspended Solids                226                       366,000
COD                             111                       178,000
BOD                              17                       27,000
Inorganic Nitrogen              1.0
Total Phosphorus               0.36
                              IV-15

-------
In addition,  run-off from developed areas transport litter
forming drift solids (refuse).   Such materials disfigure
lakes and streams making them unattractive for recreational
uses if deposits are of such magnitude as to be visually
noticeable.

Increased loading rates of nutrient elements from non-point
sources will  accompany future development in the proposed
sewer service area.  EcolSciences,  inc. concurs with both
EPA and NHWSPCC studies which indicate that the major factor
effecting lake quality in the area is phosphorus addition.
Because of the significance of the potential impact of phos-
phorus loading, it is discussed in detail in Appendix C.
The general  conclusions for phosphorus and nitrogen from
non-point sources are presented in this section.

In order to  predict the impact of development on the loading
rates of nutrient elements, a set of assumptions must
be made.  Techniques to predict pollution loading from non-
point sources are currently the subject of intensive study
but are still comparatively unsophisticated compared to
modeling of  other types of pollution.  Therefore, the results
of the following analysis should be interpreted carefully
and with the  purpose only of understanding the magnitude of
changes in non-point pollution loading due to development.

Approximately 46.7 square miles of the Study Area will be
accessible to development on sewers at the end of the pro-
posed project.  For purposes of this analysis the sewered
area has been divided into three segments according to drain-
age basins:   11.3 square'miles drain to Lake Winnipesaukee;
22.7 square  miles drain to the lower lakes area between
Weirs and the outlet of Silver Lake; and 12.7 square miles
drain directly to the Winnipesaukee, Pemigewasset and
Merrimac River system below Silver Lake.

Local data on areal non-point pollution loading is limited
to the EPA (1974a) report on nutrient loading to Lake
Winnipesaukee.  This report provides areal loading rates
for phosphorus and nitrogen.  Phosphorus export rates from
undeveloped  tributaries not regulated by impoundments range
from 45 to 70 pounds of phosphorus per square mile per
year (Ibs-P/mi /yr).  For the same watersheds the nitrogen
export rates  ranged from 1,024 to 2,728 pounds of nitrogen
per square mile per year (Ibs-N/mi^/yr).  Average export
rates for the parameters on these undeveloped watersheds
will be considered to represent the background rates for
the entire sewer service area.  These rates are 57 Ibs.
P/mi2/yr and  L880 Ibs. N/mi2/yr.  They are quite similar
to average rates given by EPA  (1974b) or Uttormark Chapin
and Green (1974) which are summarized in Table IV-2.
                        IV-16

-------
                           TABLE IV-2
                A COMPARISON OF THE AVERAGE NUTRIENT

            EXPORTS FROM THE LAKE WINNIPESAUKEE DRAINAGE
           BASIN AND AVAILABLE  DATA FOR FOREST WATERSHEDS
                               (Ibs/mi2/year)
                 Total Phosphorus Export
                  High    Low   Average
Lake Winnipesaukee
   Drainage Basin
 70
                          45
       57
                     Total Nitrogen Export
                      High    Low  Average
                                   References
2,728   1,024   1,880   EPA (1974a)
Northcentral and
   Northeastern
   U. S. "forest"
                                 48
                                   2,466
                                                             EPA (1974b)
"Forest"
457
29
                                114
2,856
                              571   1,428
Uttormark
et.al.
(1974)
      An index  to  the changes in non-point pollutant export due
      to development is provided by data published by the Real
      Estate  Research Corporation  (RERC, 1974).   The community
      development  pattern used in the data that  would be most
      similar to current zoning in the Study Area is called "low
      density sprawl," and is the lowest density development con-
      sidered in the RERC report.  The low density sprawl commun-
      ity would have 1.66 houses per gross acre  (includes all land
      in the  community).  This compares to an  average 1.13 houses
      per gross acre in the proposed sewer area  at full develop-
      ment  given existing zoning for lots with sewer and water
      and a 50  percent utilization of total land area (Section
      III.B.3).

      From  the  RERC report, the areal export rates of six pollu-
      tants of  importance from the "low density  sprawl" community
      are available.  Based upon these figures,  estimates of non-
      point total  nitrogen and phosphorus export rates were
      estimated for:  (1) current conditions;  (2)  the estimated
      1995  population; and (3) "full" development given existing
      zoning  (Table IV-3).

      In addition, maximum permissible phosphorus loading rates
      which would  prevent eutrophic conditions in Lakes Winnisquam
      and Lake  Winnipesaukee were calculated for comparison-
      In the  case  of the Lake Winnipesaukee Basin, a maximum per-
      missible  population increase was calculated on the basis of
      the phosphorus data (Appendix C presents a detailed discussion
      of this data).
                                IV-17

-------
                                                     TABLE IV-3

                   EXPORT RATES FOR POLLUTANTS FROM NON-POINT- SOURCES FROM PROPOSED SEWER SERVICE AREAS




H
1
I-"
00


Estimated "Full
Development"
Estimated Present Estimated 1995 Nutrient Export
Nutrient Export Nutrient Export Rates
Rates Rates ' (Zoning Basis)
Sewer Service Area Ib/year Ib/year Ib/year
Watershed mi^ N P N P N P
Lake Winnipesaukee 11.3 20,624 916
Based upon a population of: 3,200
Lower Lakes 22.7 39,662 2,615
Based upon a population of: 15,625
Winnipesaukee- 12.7 21,826 1,622
Pemigewasset-
Merrimack Rivers
below Silver
Lake
19,373 1,464
9,650
37,660 3,492
26,000
21,258 1,870


17,804 1,508
17,748
36,989 3,786
29,480
19,358 2,704


  Based upon a population of:
                   10,575
13,500
23,304
* Based on the following
  Nutrient Export Rates:

  N = 1,880 Ib/mi2/yr

  P =    57 Ib/mi2/yr

  derived from data in
 (EPA,  1974).
Based on Pollutant Export Rates
at Full Development  (5.5 persons/
gross acre):

N = 1,200  Ib/mi2/yr
P =   355  Ib/mi2/yr
         Zoning  information  for North-
         field is  not  available.   Pro-
         jected  population  for Franklin
         based upon  zoning  is  less than
         the  1995  population projected by
         Maguire.  Therefore,  Maguire's
         2020 populations were used for
         the  sewer service  areas  in these
         towns.
                                   derived from data  in  (RERC,  1974)

-------
 A review of the analysis set forth in Table TV-3  indicates
 that,  while the phosphorus export rate increases  as antici-
 pated,  the nitrogen export rate decreases as the  sewered
 area is developed.   This conclusion is the result of sliyhtly
 above  average nitrogen export rates in the Winnipesaukee
 watershed (1,880 Ibs/miVyr. vs.  an average of  1,656 lbs/mi2/
 yr.,  range 742-2912, reported elsewhere (Uttormark, et al,
 1974) ,  and relatively low urban nitrogen export rates pre-
 dicted  by RERC (1,200 Ibs/mi2/yr.  vs. 1,313 and 2,284 Ibs/
 mi /yr.  reported elsewhere,  Uttormark, et al,  1974).  On  the
 basis  of available  information no large changes in non-point
 source  nitrogen export rates are  predicted to  accompany
 urbanization.

 Several  recent studies in this region have indicated the
 importance of  phosphorus in  considerations of  water quality.
 Table  IV-3 indicates that urbanization within  the sewered
 areas will increase non-point phosphorus loads  to the lakes.
 The following  analysis of the magnitude of this effect is
 based on the methodology set forth in Appendix  C.

 Lake Winnipesaukee  is only slightly affected by the proposed
 action.   The  current total phosphorus load to  the Lake is
 47,074  Ibs P/yr,  22,060 Ibs  of which will  be eliminated by
 removal  of point-source discharges as is now required.
 Elimination of the  Meredith  discharge by the proposed action
 will account  for 5,210 Ibs of this.   In order  to  exceed the
 oligotrophic and eutrophic loading rates,  increases (after
 subtraction of current point sources)  of 26,196 and 77,406
 Ibs P/yr respectively would  be necessary.   Even full develop-
 ment permitted by existing zoning  contributes only a fraction
 of  this  amount (Table IV-3).   The  Primary  Study Area,  how-
 ever, includes only approximately  4%  of  the Lake  Winnipesaukee
 Basin.   The future  water quality  of  the  Lake is not controlled
 by  the effects of this action,  but by conditions  throughout the
 remainder  of the  Basin.   The critical issue of  population growth
 in  the Lake Winnipesaukee Basin is discussed in Appendix  C.

 Conditions in  Lake  Winnisquam are  much less hopeful (Appendix
 C) .  A phosphorus budget for  the  Lake has  been  developed  by
 NHWSPCC  (1975).   They estimated that  even  total phosphorus
 removal  at the Laconia and State  School  STP's will  not  enable
 the Lake  to return  to oligotrophic conditions.  EcolSciences
 calculations indicate that this conclusion  may  be  slightly
 pessimistic.   This  is due primarily  to data deficiencies  for
 Lake Winnisquam.  Based  upon  EcolSciences1  calculations,  using
 the equation formulated  by Dillon,  1975, the total  phosphorus
 load possible  prior to exceeding  the  ologotrophic  level is
 30,820 Ibs/yr.  Assuming  removal of  the  Laconia and State
discharges, a  base  input  of  attleast  22,000  Ibs/yr  currently
enters the Lake.  "Full"  development  in  the service area
would add  another 1,000  Ibs/yr.  New  Hampshire  data (NHWSPCC,
                        IV-19

-------
    1975)  indicates that a permissible loading rate which is
    approximately half that calculated by EcolSciences.   The con-
    servative estimate,  to insure the highest possible lake
    quality,  is that Lake Winnisquam's drainage basin is at
    its development limit now,  and further population growth in
    the basin should be predicted on a more extensive analysis
    than is presented here.  It is recommended that such an
    evaluation be undertaken by the State.

                           Other Lakes

    There is insufficient data  available to conduct similar
analyses for the remainig lakes in the Study Area.  As a gen-
eral rule, however, small shallow lakes have less assimilative
capacity.   Extensive development around many of the lakes in the
Study Area may be expected to cause them to eutrophy.  Since
several of the other lakes are  quite large, such as Lake Waukewan
or Lake Squam, their status should be evaluated and included in
208 areawide planning efforts.   These analyses are beyond the
scope of this report, but are necessary to adequately protect the
natural resources of the area.
                              IV-20

-------
     2.   Ground Water

     The proposed project will have an impact upon the quantity
 and the quality of ground water in the Study Area.  Primary impacts
 of the project will include reduction of the volume of septic
 tank effluent which recharges shallow aquifers and subsequent
 improvement in ground water quality.   Secondary impacts will in-
 clude reduction of water available for ground water recharge and
 increased contamination of ground water by urban runoff.

     Improved ground water quality will result from the removal
     of a large portion of septic tank effluents which currently
     recharge the ground water.  Although ground water flow is
     generally very limited due to the density of the till layer
     which covers most of the Study Area and the impervious nature
     of the bedrock, localized areas are directly recharged by
     septic tank effluent.  Degradation of ground water quality,
     where shallow depth to ground water to rapid percolation of
     septic effluents through highly permeable stratified sand
     and gravel deposits takes place,  will be reduced or eliminated
     as  a result of the proposed project.   Improved ground water
     will result in improved surface water quality where ground
     water feeds into stream flow.

     Reduction of ground water recharge may result as a secondary
     impact of the proposed project.   Precipitation falling on the
     surface is a major sources of  recharge to the ground water.
     Further development will increase the area of impervious
     surfaces and increase the rate of surface runoff.   Impervious
     surfaces will block recharge and  will direct runoff rapidly
     into the streams draining the  area.   Rapidly flowing runoff
     cannot effectively recharge the ground water.

     Ground water contamination may result from increased urban
     runoff from secondary development.  Constituents of urban
     runoff include an almost endless  array of both natural and
    man-made materials such as dust and dirt,  herbicides,  pesti-
     cides,  traffic residuals,  animal  droppings,  and  vegetative
     debris.   Precipitation and subsequent deposit of these
    materials  in the ground water  will occur  when recharge takes
     place.   This adverse impact will  be minimal  except  in  areas
     where  urban runoff flows over  stratified  sand  and  gravel
     deposits which supply rapid recharge  to underlying  ground
     water.                                           ^  ^

     3.  Water  Supply

     The proposed project's  primary impact  will be  a  reduction  of
sewage effluent and  raw  discharges into the lakes  and streams within
the  Study Area.   This  will  enhance water quality and should facili-
tate the continued  use of  surface waters  for water supply.  Second-
ary  impacts  resulting  from  the  project include increased population
demand for water,  lower  ground  water  tables, and increased surface
water contamination  from  the discharge of  chlorinated effluent.
                            IV-21

-------
Improved ground water quality will result from the eli-
mination of septic tank effluent discharges in areas where
shallow wells are used as water supplies.  The danger of
contamination of individual supplies relying on ground water
sources by water borne diseases and other contaminants will
be reduced.

Contamination of potential surface water supplies may
result from discharges of sewage effluent to tne Winnipesaukee
River as an interim measure and then finally to the Merrimack
River.  The consequences of chlorination and the presence of
viruses in sewage effluent has resulted in a controversy over
the advisability of discharging effluent to surface waters
which will be used for water supply.  EPA has recently pro-
posed to delete the fecal coliform bacteria limitations from
the definition of secondary treatment (USEPA, 1975) to safe-
guard against the adverse effects which could result from the
excessive use of disinfectants and in particular, chlorine.
Solution of this controversy is beyond the scope of this docu-
ment.  However, the streams in the Study Area currently receive
raw sewage discharges which will be eliminated and the project
should result in a net improvement in water quality.

Increased demand for water will result from secondary
development in the Study Area.  The location and density of
future development will determine the area for public water
supply.  In general, densities greater than one dwelling
unit per acre will require public water supply.  A number of
small utilities with limited capacity and distribution faci-
lities currently supply water to portions of the Study Area.
Water distribution systems will have to be expanded and water
treatment facilities may have to be constructed and/or up-
graded to meet future standards for public drinking water
supplies.

It is projected that surface waters will be developed to
meet future demands for water in the area (Anderson and
Nichols, 1972).  The influx of seasonal summer residents and
the increase in per capita consumption associated with summer
use will result in a large seasonal fluctuation in water
demand.  Large demands during the summer coincide with heaviest
recreation demands and generally, the lowest water resource
period of the year.

An analysis of the potential requirement for storage
facilities to meet seasonal demands should be made.  Future
Federal and State drinking water standards will determine the
level of treatment required.
                          IV-22

-------
 4.   Air Quality

 Primary Impacts on Air Quality.  For a waatowater I rajtmen I
 facility of the type proposed for the Franklin a i U-,  t lion-
 may be both primary and secondary impacts upon air quality.
 The primary impact would consist of the additional concen-
 trations of pollutants in the ambient air due to point
 sources within the project.  Since no incinerators or other
 pollutant-generating facilities are proposed for the  project,
 no  primary impact, from other than construction activities on
 air quality are anticipated as a result from this  project.

 The construction impact will result from the transport of
 building materials and workers to the site;  from grading,
 grubbing and other earth moving activities;  and from  construc-
 tion.   These impacts may generate dust (particulate matter)
 in  the short-term; there may also be some short-term;mobile
 source pollutants as a result of the additional vehicular
 movement.   The dust can be controlled by good construction
 practice,  i.e. watering during earth-moving,  covering dirt
 loads,  cleaning truck tires before the vehicles leave the
 construction site, etc.   The vehicular pollutants  will  be
 minimal and may be reduced if vehicles do not use  congested
 roads  during peak travel times.

 However,  secondary impacts may occur due to  additional  emis-
 sions  resulting from growth induced  by the wastewater treat-
 ment facility.

 Secondary  Impact  of Induced Growth on Air Quality  —  The
 growth  analysis presented  in Section III.B.5  indicates  that
 the project as  proposed  will result  in an increased level of
 growth  above that permitted by alternative on-site  sewage
 disposal methods.   However,  the  amount of induced  growth  is
 consistent  with local  land use policies  and controls.  Develop-
 ment ceilings  which are  legally  permissible by  current zoning
 regulations were  estimated,  both with  and without  the proposed
 project.  The  difference between the  no-build pollutant con-
 centrations (without  the project)  and  the concentrations  pre-
 dicted with the maximum projected  population  (with the pro-
 posed project)  will  represent  the  "worst  possible impact"  of
 the proposed action  on regional air quality.

General Analysis Approach  -- The detailed methodology of  the
air quality  impact analysis  of the proposed project is pre-
sented in Appendix K.  The  general analysis approach is
outlined here:

    •  Determine existing air quality — compare ambient
       air quality and maximum air quality to National
       Ambient Air Quality Standards  (NAAQS)  state standards
       and other criteria defined in federal and state legis-
       lation;
                        IV-23

-------
     •   Estimate  existing  pollutant  emissions  for  both  point
        sources and  area sources  from  inventories  obatined
        from  EPA  Region I;

     •   Calculate the  projected pollutant  emissions  for years
        of  concern,  with and without the project using  the
        techniques described in the  EPA Guidelines for  AQMP
        Development  -  Volume I AQMP  Designation;

     •   Calculate projected air quality for  years  of concern,
        with  (including induced growth) and  without  the pro-
        ject.  The annual  average TSP  and  SO2  concentrations
        are projected  using the Climatological Dispersion
        Model as  recommended by EPA.   The  24-hour  TSP concen-
        trations  are estimated by applying Larsen's  method
        using the geometric standard deviation from  monitored
        data.   The  short-term SO2 concentrations  are not
        estimated because  no measured  geometric standard
        deviation is available; and

     •   Superimpose  man-made concentrations  on natural  back-
        ground concentrations to  obtain total  concentrations
        both with and  without the project  and  compare to
        National  and State Ambient Air Quality Standards.

Results — The analysis indicates that a  marginal increase
in pollutant concentrations will result from  the  additional
growth  induced by the project.   As  compared to the  no-build
alternative, the  project will cause a maximum annual increase
of 0.11 yg/m3 in  sulfur dioxide  concentrations.   The maximum
annual  increase  in  TSP and SO2 concentrations  during the 15
years between 1985  and 2000 are  estimated to  be 0.26 yg/m3
for  TSP and 0.60  yg/m3 for SO2.

Among the  15 selected receptor sites in the Study Area, it
is expected that  the  receptor at Laconia will  receive  the
highest ground-level concentrations because the largest sources
of pollutants are concentrated in that area.   The estimated
maximum TSP and S02 concentrations  in the Study Area are com-
pared with the National and State Ambient Air  Quality  Standards
in Table IV-4.   Based on the assumptions used, none  of  the pro-
mulgated ambient air quality standards will be violated with
or without the project.   However, it is recommended  that the
pollutant emissions resulting from the greater development
induced by the project be included in the State Air  Pollution
Control agency's long-term air quality maintenance planning.

Assuming that the sludge is disposed of on the site  of  the
wastewater treatment facility,  it is not anticipated that there
would be any significant air pollutants generated that would
adversely impact surrounding land uses.
iLarsen, R.I., EPA- publication AP-89, "A Mathematical Model
 for Relating Air Quality Measurements to Air Quality Standards.

                          IV-24

-------
                                               TABLE  IV-4

                         PROJECTED  AND ALLOWABLE  INCREMENT  IN AIR QUALITY
Pollutant

Particulates (yg/rn-^)
- annual geometric mean
- 24 -hour maximum*
Sulfur Oxides (yg/m3)
- annual arithmetic mean
- 24 -hour maximum*
- 3-hour maximum*
Maximum Incremental Concentrations Class II Region**
Year 1985
Without With
Project Project
0.5 ' 0.53
4.9
1.0 1.01
3.0
10.1
Year 2000
Without With
Project Project
0.73 0.78
4.9
1.58 1.61
3.0
10.1

Allowable
Deterioration
Increment
10
30
15
100
700
H
I
M
    * Due to  the  sludge  incinerator only

    ** Equivalent to the "allowable incremental  increase".   If the maximum incremental c
       tions  are  less  than  the Allowable  Deterioration Increment,  then the National Ar±,i
       Quality  Standards are not  related.
cr.centra-
zr.~ Air

-------
    5.  Biology

    The proposed project will have several primary impacts upon
the biological communities of the Study Area.  Ther principal
beneficial impact will be the improvement of surface water qua-
lity in the Winnipesaukee River Basin.  Primary adverse impacts
will include the destruction of vegetation at the treatment plant
site and along interceptor corridors, increased erosion andssedi-
mentation in the avrious lakes and streams adjacent to contruction
areas, temporary increased effluent loading of the Winnipesaukee
River below Silver Lake, and long-term increased effluent loading
to the Merrimack River below Franklin.  Secondary impacts are
adverse and include water quality degradation and habitat de-
struction resulting from increased area development.

    Improvement of aquatic habitats.will result from the removal
    of septic tank effluent and the discharge from waste treat-
    ment facilities in Lake Winnipesaukee and Lake Winnisquam.
    This improvement will reduce the build-up of high-BOD sedi-
    ments in Lake Winnisquam and possibly result in the re-
    duction of the blue-green algae bloom common rlurJruj tho .summer
    months.  Water quality in Lake Winnipcsaukoc? will  ho i mpi cwi»il,
    but only to a minimal degree because of tho project: '» limil.fd
    sewer service area in relationship to the Lake's total, draimujo
    basin.   The project impacts of these water bodies  and discussed
    in further detail as follows:

        Lake Winnisquam.  Extensive research indicates that sewage
        effluent discharges into the  Lake are a major  agent in
        its eutrophication.  This  problem is now being corrected
        by  phosphorus precipitation.   While phosphorus removal
        has resulted in improvement,  diversion of the  effluent
        from the Lake will quarantee  that plant overloads or mal-
        functions will not affect  the Lake.   Research  experience
        in  other areas (Edmondson,  1969)  has indicated the
        beneficial effects of sewage  diversion.  In Lake Washington,
        diversion of the Lake's short retention time and low back-
        ground nutrient levels in  the source streams.   While these
        conditions are not present in the case of Lake Winnisquam,
        calculations by the New Hampshire Water Supply and  Pollu-
        tion Control Commission (1975)  indicate that even total
        diversion may not bring the Lake's nutrient loading level
        below critical rates.   Diversion does lower nitrogen and
        phosphorus loading,  but depending on the  mixing and
        flushing characteristics of the  Lake,  which are poorly
        defined,  algal populations  may change slowly or not at
        all.   This may be a pessimistic  estimate,  but  data  to
        evaluate the question  are  not available.   Diversion will
        remove high-BOD sludge now  entering  the Basin.   This will
        prevent the continuing build-up  of high-BOD sediments  and
        will  allos the Lake to begin  to  assimilate  the accumulated
        deposits.   The length  of time for full  recovery cannot be
                            IV-26

-------
     estimated  with  the  available  information.   If  the
     optimistic estimates  of  retention  time  for  the Lake
     are  correct,  diversion will allow  the Lake  to  re-establish
     an oligotrophic condition.  This would  imply a cessa-
     tion of summer  oxygen depletion in the  hypolimnion  of
     the  lower  basin and a shift away from blooms of blue-
     green algae,  to a more diverse oligotrophic assemblage.
     At worst,  diversion will at least  prevent the  further
     deterioration of the  Lake's habitat.

     Lake Winnipesaukee.   The proposed  plan  for  the
     Primary Study Area  includes an interceptor  to  collect
     wastewater from Meredith.  This is one  of the  three
     sewer systems now discharging to the Lake.  The remain-
     ing  municipal discharges to the Lake from Wolfeboro, Alton
     Center Harbor,  Moultonborough, Gilford  and  Tuftonboro
     are  not to be collected  by the interceptor  system.
     Therefore, the  immediate impact of this project on
     Lake Winnipesaukee  is minimal.  It will prevent increased
     loading from  septic tanks or  sewer discharges  in the
     area serviced.   All of the towns on the Lake are under
     mandate to eliminate all new  discharges to  the Lake.
     When this  is  done,  approximately 50 percent of the
     current phosphorus  load  will  be removed from the Lake.
     This should insure  the continued high overall  quality
     of Lake Winnipesaukee and eliminate most of the local-
     ized algal bloom conditions now occurring.  A  more
     detailed discussion of the euthrophication  problem  in
     the  study  Area  is presented in Appendix C.

Aquatic  Habitat Destruction.  In  several areas  the pro-
posed  interceptor easement impinges on, or  crosses rivers
or bays.   In these  areas, there will be localized  aquatic
disturbances during  construction.  These will consist of
increased  turbulence, temporary restriction of  flow, and
disturbance of the bottom materials.   In the case  of the
Winnisquam outfall  system, the design  engineers (S.E.A.
Consultants, Inc.,  1975), have indicated that the  flow  in
all  watercourses  affected by construction.will  be  suitably
maintained,  and,  if  temporarily affected, will  be  restored
to their original condition.  It  is expected that  similar
criteria will  apply  to  the other  interceptor lines.  In
addition,  utilization of  the best technology for erosion
control  can minimize  siltation problems.  These effects
will be  short-term,  and their impacts mitigated by
appropriate construction  safeguards.

Since  the  salmonid fish of the area spawn in the fall
(as  early  as October) and the eggs hatch in the spring
(young free  swimming by May), construction  should  not
occur during this period  in areas where extensive  spawn-
ing ground  exist.   Most other species of fish common in
                          IV-27

-------
 the area spawn  in spring or early summer;  environmental
 disruption  in sensitive areas during  this  time period  should
 be minimized.

    Winnipesaukee River.  As a temporary measure,  the  Winnis-
    quam outfall system will carry  treated sewage  from the
    Laconia plant to a discharge point on  the Winnipesaukee
    River below Silver Lake.  This  interim situation will
    exist for 3 to 6 months.  An estimation of the oxygen
    demand  caused by this discharge,  using the Streeter-
    Phelps  Equation, indicates some lowering of oxygen
    levels will occur, violating the  no degradation concept.
    There is no indication that dissolved  oxygen values low
    enough to affect fish populations will occur.  The efflu-
    ent to be discharged may be chlorinated to prevent septic
    conditions from occurring in the  outfall.  If it becomes
    necessary to chlorinate at an intermediate point or to
    add a heavy dose at the treatment plant, then there could
    be 0.5 mg/1 of total residual chlorine in the discharge
    with a maximum of 1.0 mg/1.  Using this information, and
    knowning the proposed sewage flow rates and river  dis-
    charges, it is possible to determine chlorine levels in
    the River immediately below the outfall.  Our calculations
    are conservative in that no consideration is given to
    possible chlorine demand in the River.  Indications are
    that such a demand does exist and would rapily remove the
    chlorine, but no measurements of chlorine demand are avail-
    able.  In 1978,  the average chlorine level in the  River
    at the outfall will be 0.01 mg/1, with  a "worst possible"*
    concentration of 0.07 mg/1.  As can be  seen in Table IV-5,
    these levels can be expected to affect both invertebrate
    stream organisms and sensitive fish (Salmonids).    Early
    life stages of Salmonids would be especially vulnerable.
    It is not anticipated that this effect would extend
    much below the outfall and certainly not below Tilton
    where a high chlorine demand exists due to raw waste
    discharges.   Proper control of any chlorination can greatly
    reduce the amount of chlorine discharged.

    Merrimack River.   The Franklin treatment plant, which will
    ultimately receive most of the Basin's sewage,  will be
    located about two miles downstream from Franklin.   It
    will discharge into the Merrimack River.  The maximum
    estimated discharge from this plant in 1995 (11.5  mgd)
    will utilize only 10 percent of the River's assimilative
    capacity and will lower dissolved oxygen values from 6.9
    to 6.7 mg/1.  Since only secondary treatment will  be in-
    volved,  nutrient additions to the River will occur.  This
    probably will promote aquatic plant growth.   Since this
    section of the River is a  valuable resource in  terms of
    wildlife,  fisheries,  and aesthetics,  consideration should


*River flow of 200 cfs;  1  mg/1  chlorine at peak sewage flow.
                         IV-2 8

-------
                        TABLE IV-5

          PROPOSED CRITERIA FOR MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS
              CHLORINE CONCENTRATION TO PROTECT
                   FRESHWATER AQUATIC LIFE


Residual Chlorine
  Concentration       Degree of Protection        Author

     .002 mg/1        Should protect most         Brungs, 1973
                      aquatic organisms

     .01 mg/1         Would not protect some      Brungs, 1973
                      important fish-food
                      organisms.  Could be
                      partially lethal to
                      sensitive fish species

     .02 mg/1         Would protect warmwater     Basch & Truchan,
                      fish                        1973

     .25 mg/1         Fish species diversity      Tsai, 1973
                      index reduced to zero
                      by this concentration
                      in Maryland, Virginia
                      and Pennsylvania streams
                      below sewage treatment
                      plants

     .37 mg/1         No fish found in streams    Tsai, 1973
                      with this concentration
                      or higher
                         TABLE IV-6

             RESIDUAL CHLORINE IMMEDIATELY BELOW
            THE  FRANKLIN TREATMENT PLANT OUTFALL

                          Average          "Worst Possible"*
                                    mg/1

          1985              0.002                 0.05
          1995              0.003                 0.07
       *1 mg/1  total  residual  chlorine  discharge,  peak  sewage
         flow  and  7-day,  10-year  low  flow  in  river.
                             IV-29

-------
 <^nparing  these  values  with Table  I"-S  Indicates  that  the
 discharge  should normally  have  only  a limited  effect on
 aquatic  life.  At low river flows  and peak  sewage flows
 toxicity problems including fish kills  could occur if
 chlorine additions  are  not carefully controlled.   Again,
 this  estimate  is conservative in that no  chlorine demand
 was assumed  for  the River.

 In conclusion, these calculations  point out the need to
 install  and  maintain a  modern chlorination  control system
 at the Franklin  plant.   Statems are  available  which can,
 using "feedback  control" techniques, limit  chlorine dis-
 charges  to acceptable levels.

 Destruction  of vegetation  will be  both  a  primary  and
 a secondary  consequence of  the proposed project.   Removal
 of vegetation during construction  of the  treatment plant,
 pump  stations and installation of  the interceptor sewers
 constitutes  a negative  primary impact to  terrestrial biota.
 The degree of impact depends upon  the quality  of  the vege-
 tation as a  timber  resource or its ability  to  perform other
 functions.   The  amount  of  valuable timber resources within
 construction corridors,  at  the treatment  plant, and at
 the pump station sites  is  insignificant when compared with
 the total forest resources  in the  region.   However, the
 vegetation to be removed presently provides desirable
 benefits which will  be  lost.  These benefits include
 aesthetic values, visual screening, erosion control, wind-
 breaks,  and  wildlife habitat.

 Table IV-7 estimates the degree of impact resulting from
 loss  of  benefits  associated with existing vegetation.  The
 vegetational pattern varies along  these corridors.  These
 factors  are  considered  in developing the arbitrary assign-
 ment  of  the  degree-of-impact to each function.   Where the
 interceptor  corridor is coextensive with the railroad
 embankment,  a minimal impact may be anticipated from loss
 of timber resources and aesthetic values, because  the
 plants present are of a weedy type.  However,   these weeds
 may screen an undesirable view of the railroad tracks
 from nearby  residential developments.  Loss of soil may
 occur and be detrimental where the corridor alignment is
 near surface waters or wetlands, thereby, constituting
 a moderate short-term impact.  A moderate impact  to wild-
 life is expected since railroad flora not only is an excel-
 lent food source, but also, provides valuable nesting sites
 and cover.   This impact will be of short-term duration
because these species are quickly reestablished.

Primary impacts attributed  to the project's construction
are described as follows:

    Meredith Interceptor.  Moderate,  short-term impacts to
    wildlife may occur  due  to edge  vegetation  removal
    between the tracks  and  adjacent woodland.   Because  of
    the  proximity of the construction corridor  to  Lake
    Winnipesaukee, some  sedimentation may occur.   Visual

                       IV-30

-------
I
OJ
 CORRIDOR

 Meredith

 Gilford

 West Paugus

 Winnisquam Outfall

 Sanbornton

 Laconia Connection

 Belmont

Tilton-Northfield

Franklin
            Key:

            INS
            MIN
            MOD
            SIG
            NA
                                                        Table IV-7

                                PRIMARY IMPACTS FROM VEGETATION REMOVAL IN SEWER
                                                                          CORRIDORS
Timber
Resource
Long
Term
INS
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
NA
INS
NA
MIN
Short
Term
INS
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
NA
INS
NA
MOD
Visual
Screening
Long
Term
INS
INS
INS
INS
INS
NA
INS
NA
INS
Short
Term
MOD
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
NA
INS
NA
INS
Aesthetic
Long
Term
INS
MIN
MIN
MIN
MIN
NA
INS
NA
INS
Short
Term
MIN
SIG
MOD
MIN
MIN
NA
INS
NA
INS
Erosion
Control
Long
Term
INS
INS
INS
MIN
MIN
NA
INS
NA
MIN
Short
Term
MQD
MIN
MOD
SIG
SIG
NA
MIN
NA
MOD
Wildlife
Habitat
Long
Term
INS
INS
MIN
MIN
MIN
NA
MIN
NA
MIN
Short
Term
MOD
MIN
SIG
MOD
MOD
NA
MIN
NA
MOD
               Insignificant
               Minimum
               Moderate
               Significant
               Information Not Available

-------
screening of the B&M tracks from shore residents may
be lost.  These impacts are expected to be of short
duration because the vegetation to be removed will
reestablish itself;

Gilford Interceptor.  A significant impact to aesthet-
ics may result from the interceptor's installation
near homes.  Some large trees will be removed from
shoreline communities;

West Paugus Interceptor.  It is to be routed along
the forested western shore of the Paugus Bay and will
result in some loss of vegetative cover.  Because of
the length of the interceptor corridor, a reduction
of substantial amounts of edge vegetation is expected;

Winriisquam Outfall.  A significant short-term impact
to the wetlands may be expected from siltation during
interceptor construction.  Wildlife habitat, which is
plentiful along this corridor, will be lost.  These
impacts are short-term but will continue until vege-
tative cover is reestablished;

Sanbornton Interceptor.  The location of the corridor
adjacent to wetlands makes these areas susceptable to
siltation resulting from erosion during construction;

Franklin Interceptor.  Mature forests on steep slopes
will be impacted by construction.  Some sedimentation
to the Merrimack River can be expected during con-
struction corridor and will be cleared.  These impacts
will be of short-term duration; and

Franklin STP Site.  The nature and degree of the
impacts to plants and animals from construction acti-
vities will depend on the final location of the struc-
tures.  Little impact to biota will be incurred if
cleared areas are used.  If an upland site is chosen,
forest will be removed and slopes will be vulnerable
to erosion until vegetative cover is reestablished.
Excellent wildlife habitat is present at the base of
the slopes and in other sections of the tract.   Clearing
these areas for contruction will result in a small
reduction in the size of mammal and bird populations
in the area.   This type of habitat is abundant  along
the Merrimack River, and it is unlikely that any
specific wildlife population is restricted to this
site or would be eliminated as a result of clearing
for the treatment plant.
                  IV-3 2

-------
       A road built along the Merrimack River from the
       sanitary landfill to the plant could utilize the
       same corridor as the Franklin Interceptor so that
       little additional impact from new road construction
       v/ill occur.

Anticipated secondary impacts resulting from the opera-
tion of the proposed wastewater treatment facilities
are described as follows:

      Meredith to Franklin Service Area.  Much of the
      land along the lake shores and rivers already has
      been urbanized.  Although the remaining woodlands
      are generally less mature than forests outside
      the design service area, it is capable of
      supporting a more varied animal community.  Clear-
      ing woodlands for construction of more residential
      and commercial development will result in loss of
      wildlife habitat, loss of flood protection within
      the watershed, increased erosion and sedimentation
      and loss of the aesthetic quality that the expanses
      of green forest now provide.   The degree of impact
      will depend upon the pattern of future development
      and the effectiveness of land use controls and ero-
      sion control ordinances.

      Belmont Service Area.  The wetland communities
      have already been impacted by construction of Routes
      3 and 140  and  residential  development  south of Silver
      Lake.  Further residential development facilitated
      by the proposed project may encroach on that  surface
      and ground water resource.  Treatment of wastes
      from the Village ot beimont will provide a positive
      benefit to the Tioga River and marshland,  as  well as
      improve the quality of surface and ground water  resource.

      Construction of the Belmont interceptor will  require four
      stream crossings.  Three crossings are small  and can
      be constructed with minimal disruption to the Tioga
      River.   However,  some temporary siltation can be antici-
      pated.   The larger stream crossing of the  Tioga  River
      at the extreme western end of the alignment will in-
      volve carrying the sewer across a 50  to 60 foot  width
      on pilings or suspending the  interceptor under the
      bridge.   The previous rerouting of the Tioga  River to
      accommodate the reconstruction of Route 140 created
      a berm  which now separates the two sections of the
      stream.   Construction of the  interceptor in this berm may
      cause sedimentation impacts to adjacent water.   Fill
      will be required to increase  the width of  the ele-
      vated part of the right-of-way of Route 140 to
      accommodate the sewer and will intrude on  wetland
      areas down slope.   Two cuts of approximately  15  feet
                        IV-33

-------
 will be required to maintain the qravity f.low (it
 sewage toward the western end of t eh interreptm .

 If a pump station is required,  it will  be bu.i.1.1 on
 state-owned land which is partially wooded.   This
 small 50' x 50'  site is adjacent to, but not within,
 a shrub swamp.   Little disruption is expected to occur
 from construction of this pump station.   No additional
 access road will be required to serve the pump sta-
 tion site,  since access can be gained from a segment
 of the old  Route 140.

 Gilford Service  Area.   It differs from  other parts of
 the Study Area in that it includes  extensive areas
 of mature forest.   Part of the  service  area  extends
 into the Belknap Mountains.   Impacts associated with
 development in this segment of  the  service  area could
 include loss  of  flood  protection for the sub-watershed
 under study by the  Soil Conservation Service.   Further
 development of the  ski resort would result  in  some
 clearing of commercially valuable timber resources.

 If the  historic  pattern of residential development
 along the shoreline of Lake  Winnipesaukee continues,
 minimal  impact to woodlands  will  be experienced
 However,  much of  the shoreline  has  been  developed  and
 future  development  on  slopes  south  of the Lake may
 result  in more clearing to provide  a view of the
 Lake.

 The wetlands north  of  Laconia Airport may be encroached
 upon  unless the area's  protective Wetlands Conservation
District  is effective  to prevent  it.
                IV-34

-------
         Peripheral Study Area.  Center Harbor, Moultonborough
         and Tuftonboro, which have large areas of  land  under cul-
         tivation, have a concomitant abundance of  edqe  voqet-at. i on
         at the interface of  fields and wood lots as w.
-------
     The topography of the Franklin site is a bowl that may
     tend to reflect and amplify sound.  Thus, it can be ex-
     pected that plant noises will be noticeable in the
     flood plain and surrounding hillsides.  On the plateau
     beyond the bowl, however, plant noises will probably not
     be noticeable under normal meteorological conditions.

     All conclusions regarding plant noise are tentative be-
     cause the design and location of the treatment units have
     not been determined and the truck route has not been selected.

     Certain construction practices, if allowed,  could aggrevate
     construction noise problems.   An example would be construc-
     tion during the evening hours in residential neighborhoods.
     The contract documents should include prohibitions against
     such abuses.

     Noises generated by secondary development activities will
     probably be equivalent to those associated with primary
     construction,  but they will occur over a more extonoi vr-
     area.   In some instances,  these noi.Hos mny »_v crii <•• .1 mi i M.HK •••
     to local residents.

     Visual Amenities.   The major  primary adverse impacts to the
     aesthetic quality of the Study Area will result from des-
     truction of vegetation at  the  STP site and along  interceptor
     corridors.   These impacts  have been discussed  in  detail  in
     Section IV.B.5.   Most  of these impacts are anticipated to
     be of  short-term duration.

     The primary beneficial impacts to the  aesthetic quality  of
     the Study  Area will  result  from the improvement of  water
     quality.   Algae  blooms,  raw waste discharges,  etc.  presently
     degrade  the aesthetic  value of many of the area's  lakes,  streams
     and wetlands.  Eliminating  these  undesirable features  will be
     a  slow  but  beneficial  process.

     Secondary  development  within the  Study Area may encroach
     upon aesthetically valuable areas.   In addition, refuse
     from increased development will collect  in local streams  and
     along local roads.   The  general aesthetic quality of the  area
     will be degraded by  increased  urbanization unless environmental
     controls are employed.

     7.  Recreation

     The proposed project will have both beneficial and  adverse
impacts upon the recreational facilities of the Study Area.
The  principal beneficial impacts will result from improved
water quality.  Adverse  impacts will result from disruption
of tourist traffic, encroachment upon available open space
by secondary development, and increased demand for facilities
which in many cases presently are inadequate, or approaching
their capacities.
                             IV-3 6

-------
 Improvement  of  surface water  quality  will  increase  the
 long-term  recreational potential  of the  Study  Area.   Be-
 cause  the  economy  of the  Basin  is heavily  dependent  upon
 tourism and  recreation, this  impact will be  significantly
 beneficial.   Due  to the location  of the  proposed  project,
 the  greatest benefit will accrue  to water  bodies  in  the
 Primary Study Area.

 For  years  the recreational use  of Lake Winnisquam has been
 impaired.  Algae  blooms and excessive fertilization  of the
 Lake have  periodically rendered the water  offensive,  un-
 sightly and  undesirable for water sports.  Poor water quality
 has  reduced  the once extensive  salmonid  sport  fishery.  Re-
 moving the Laconia STP discharge,  i.e.,  the  main  source of
 nutrient to  Lake Winnisquam,  constitutes the start of a
 primary, long-term beneficial impact  to  water  quality and
 recreation.   Several years will be needed  for  the Lake's
 recover from its  present  condition, but  eventually,  contact
 recreation should  be more desirable and  fishing more pros-
 perous.  Beaches,  such as Bartlett Beach,  which has  been
 closed by  health officials, have  the  potential for safe
 use  once water  quality has reached acceptable  levels.

 The  same benefits  should  accrue to Lake  Winnipesaukee, with
 the  completion  and utilization  of  the Meredith and Gilford
 interceptors  and the concomitant  abandonment of the  Meredith
 STP  and numerous  lake shore septic tanks.  Because Lake
 Winnipesaukee has  not reached the  degraded state  of  Lake
 Winnisquam,  recreation has not  yet been  significantly affected;
 however, the  potential does exist.  Long-term benefits to
 recreation on Lake Winnipesaukee  and  Tioga Rivers.   Contact
 recreation and  fishing, which have been  adversely affected,
 especially along the Tioga River,  will improve with  the
 elimination  of  these discharges.   Concurrently, the  wetlands
 associated with the Tioga River could realize their  potential
 for  limited  recreation, i.e., fishing, nature studies, etc.

 Temporary  disruption to recreational  areas and facilities.
 Construction  will  both disrupt  beach  areas adjacent  to the
 interceptor  routes  and interfere with traffic leading to cer-
 tain facilities.   The  areas of  greatest  impact are anticipated
 along  the  Gilford,  Meredith,  and West Paugus interceptors as
 well as  the Winnisquam Outfall.   Since the Gilford and Meredith
 interceptors  will  follow  closely the  shoreline for most of
 the route,  they will  interfere  with traffic  leading  to some
 dock and marina facilities, i.e.,   Gilford and Fay's Marinas
 in Gilford and Meredith's  docks and picnic areas,  etc.

 Loss of open  space  and increased demand  for recreational
 facilities will result from secondary development in the
Study Area.   As near-shore and  back-lot development increases,
 the rolling,   wooded  inland areas,   suitable for public re-
creation will be removed.   Public beaches and lake access
                         IV-37

-------
    points throughout the Primary Study Area, and part LeuUir.ly
    in Meredith and Laconia, are limited and inadequate for present
    demands and will have to be augmented to serve the antici-
    pated increase in both year-round and seasonal popula Lions.
    As growth continues,  the demand for recreation-related facil-
    ities such as public  parking lots and marinas will increase,
    placing a further burden on inadequate facilities.

    8.  Historic and Archaeologic Resources

    Primary construction  activities associated with the proposed
project may encroach upon archaeologic and historic sites in
the Study Area.  Of the five National Historic Register identifying
two sites may be impacted by the project:

    Weirs Aquadoctan Archeologic Site.  The proposed West Paugus
    interceptor appears to pass very close to or through the
    Weirs Aquadoctan site.  The boundaries of the site are not
    well defined.  The exact location of the interceptor in
    relation to this National Register Site should be determined
    so that procedures for compliance with the National Historic
    Preservation Act of 1966 can be initiated; and

    Sulphite Railroad Bridge.  The proposed Franklin interceptor
    will be constructed in the vicinity of the Sulphite Railraod
    Bridge which crosses  the Winnipesaukee River in Franklin.
    It will not, however, be routed along the bridge.  A deter-
    mination of the potential disruption of the area during
    construction is necessary for compliance with the National
    Historic Preservation Act.

    Reconnaissance work is currently underway within the primary
impact areas of the proposed project to identify both historic and
archaeologic resources which may be impacted.  At this time,
the survey and reconnaissance work is incomplete.  Analysis of
impacts will be undertaken by EPA when the work is complete.
Compliance with the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966
and Executive Order 11593 must be satisfied prior to construc-
tion of the proposed project.

    9.  Natural Resources

    Construction and operation of the proposed sewerage system
will require the commitment of substantial quantities of natural
resources.  During construction, the most significant commit-
ments of resources will consist of concrete and cast iron pipe
along sewer routes, and concrete, brick, wood, and steel at the
treatment plant and pumping stations.  Operation of the collec-
tion and treatment system will require commitments of electri-
city for operating equipment, fuel oil for temperature mainten-
ance, treatment chemicals, and chlorine for effluent disinfection.

    Secondary demands for natural resources will be much greater
than the primary demands.  Building materials, fuels, and elec-
tricity will be the principal resources required by secondary
development.

                              IV-38

-------
   I 0.   I'ublLc HoalLh

    One of the primary goals of the proposed project is the
improvement of public health for current and future residents
and tourists in the Winnipesaukee River Basin.  The discharge
of raw and inadequately treated wastes from industries and both
municipal and private sewage treatment systems contributes to the
area's potential health hazards.  The tremendous influx of summer
visitors increases this potential threat.  Within the Primary Study
Area, the proposed project's completion by 1980 will provide the
means for eliminating a portion of the Basin's current wastewater
problems.  However, elimination of potential health hazards to resi-
dents along Lake Winnipesaukee's eastern shore cannot be expected
until individual municipal sewerage systems are constructed, or
until this area is brought into the regional sewerage system.

    Elimination of septic tanks and inadequate municipal
    sewage treatment and/or disposal facilities will protect
    citizens of the area from contracting enteric diseases
    through direct contact with surface waters contaminated by
    sewage effluent or through drinking contaminated ground or
    surface water.  The probability of spreading enteric
    diseases, either through ground or surface water contami-
    nation, has been increased due to the reliance upon septic
    tanks by a rapidly growing Basin population.  The problem
    is compounded by the fact that numerous septic tanks are
    located at or near lake shores, often in poorly suited soils,
    and because many homes and several communities withdraw
    water directly from the lakes for domestic use.  Because
    the area relies so heavily upon tourism, any potential
    threat to public health represents a danger to the region's
    economic stability.  By eliminating these pollution sources,
    the proposed project will result in the upgrading of surface
    water quality and the concomitant primary, long-term,
    beneficial impact of improving public health and strength-
    ening the region's economic viability.

    Although improvement of public health is anticipated
    as a general benefit to the entire region, there are specific
    locations expected to gain substantially from the project.

        Belmont. Presently, Belmont has one of the worst
        pollution problems in the area.  Due to lack of public
        sewerage, the contamination of the Tioga River and its
        tributaries  from domestic wastes in the village area
        has reached critical proportions.  In some places
        septic tank effluent forms stagnant, foul-smelling
        pools.  Construction and use of the Belmont inter-
        ceptor will eliminate this health hazard and may per-
        mit safe recreational use of the Tioga River  (Fenton
        G. Keyes Associates, 1970).
                             IV-39

-------
A second problem area in Belmont exists along the
heavily developed, unsewered shores of Lake Winnis-
quam and Silver Lake as well as scattered develop-
ments adjacent to Route 140.  The numerous single-
family residences and mobile homes have their own
sewerage systems and, in most cases, water supply.  Be-
cause these developments are located near bodies of
water, there is a danger of seepage from failing septic
tank systems into the lakes which serve as Belmont"s
water supply or the Tioga River which offers sport
and recreational opportunities  (Fenton G. Keyes
Associates, 1970).  The Winnisquam outfall will
eliminate the need for septic tanks along Winnisquam
and Silver Lakes as well as the Tioga River and help
insure the safe public use of both ground and surface
water supplies.  However, it should be noted that
existing developments east of the intersection of
South Road and Route 140  namely Pinewood Gardens
(150 mobile home project), will not be readily
served by the proposed alignment of the Belmont
interceptor.  The location of this project's leech
field could represent a potential source of pollu-
tion to the Tioga River.

Laconia.   Selected areas of Laconia have been severely
affected by past sewage discharges from the Laconia
sewage treatment plant.  Bartlett Beach, located on
Lake Winnisquam near the Laconia STP discharge, has
been closed by health officials for the last few years
due to high bacterial counts which make the water
unfit for contact.  The project's elimination of this
discharge into Lake Winnisquam will slowly upgrade the
water quality and eventually benefit both public and
health recreational usage of the Lake.

Completion of the West Paugus interceptor will insure
further the protection of the health of Laconia residents,
Presently, the City withdraws its municipal water supply
from Paugus Bay, opposite a point on the southwestern
shore, which has poor soils and septic tank problems.
Although the City maintains a good water treatment sys-
tem, without record of creating health problems, the
potential for contamination does exist.  This potential
will increase as non-sewered development along the Bay
increases.  With construction of the interceptor and
removal of the septic tanks, the potential threat to
public health should be effectively eliminated.

Tilton-Northfield.  With completion of the Tilton-
Northfieldinterceptor, residents along the Winnipesaukee
River and within the Tilton-Northfield complex will
benefit from the proposed project.  Both communities
discharge raw domestic and industrial wastes to the
River, which contributes to high bacterial counts along
this waterway.  Although there are no records of public
health problems, the potential exists as the River flows
through urbanized areas.
                  IV-40

-------
    Increased secondary development.   The proposed project may
    have  a  long-term negative secondary impact upon public
    health.   Should sewering of the area induce a significant
    amount  of development,  the threat to public health through
    contamination of water  resources  by oils,  sewage from boats
    and marinas,  etc.   While the potential growth inducement
    effects of the project  are considered to be significant, the
    accommodation of future population growth on a public sewerage
    system  outweighs the potential health problems associated
    with  septic tank developments.

    The temporary discharge of chlorinated effluent to the
    Winnipesaukee River  (Laconia  STP) and the permanent dis-
    charge to the Merrimack River  (Franklin STP)may create a
    potential public health hazard.A recent study has indi-
    cated that chlorination of polluted water for purposes of
    disinfection may produce  small quantities of carcinogenic
    compounds  (Bellar, Lichtenberg, and Kroner,  1974).  Although
    all of the effects of chlorination upon public health have
    not been completely assessed, any discharge of chlorinated
    wastes must be  recognized as  a potential public health
    hazard.  Until  the Laconia STP is abandoned, raw water with-
    drawals  from the Winnipesaukee River downstream of the interim
    discharge point will receive  increased loads of organohalides
    generated during effluent disinfection.  Raw water with-
    drawals  from the Merrimack River downstream of the proposed
    Franklin STP discharge will be impacted in a similar manner
    but for a longer period of time.

   11.   Social and Economic

    The proposed project will generally exert a beneficial effect
upon the Study Area.  The project would be supportive of local
and regional social and economic objectives.  Significant short-
term and long-term primary and secondary benefits will outweigh
moderate short-term primary and long-term secondary adverse
impacts.

    Consistency with local and regional social and economic
    objectives.  Economic viability within the Study Area is
    heavily dependent upon the recreational sector, which in
    turn is directly influenced by the water quality of the
    major lakes.  Maintenance of superior.water quality would
    encourage continued recreational development within the
    region.

    Industrial development will be facilitated by provision of
    public sewer service.  Availability of public sewer services
    reduces the cost of industrial development by providing more
    economical sewage disposal.  Availability of public sewer
    service as an incentive for industrial location becomes
    particularly significant in areas which lie within lake
    drainage basins of New Hampshire.  The policy of the State
                              IV-41

-------
 is  to remove all point discharge into lakes.  The cost of
 complying with this policy in the absence of public sewer
 service can be sufficient to influence the choice of an
 alternative location.

 Problems associated with the lack of public aower sorvirtin
 have  been implicated as a major contributor to iiKluniri.il
 location difficulties  in at least ono imin i.c I pa I I ly wllhiu
 the study Area.   Evidence has been obtained which indicates
 that  industrial development in Belmont has been discouraged
 due to the absence of  public sewer services.

 The proposed project,  therefore, is expected to encourage
 continued recreational development and to facilitate indus-
 trial development within the Study Area.   Basic consistency
 between the project and areawide social and economic objectives
 is  evident.

 Temporary disruption of social and economic activities will
 accompany construction of the interceptor sewers.  Year-
 round dwelling units along Lake Winnipesaukee in  the area
 west  of Governor's Island will, be adversely affected by
 construction work of the Gilford Interceptor.   Dinruptlon
 and possible dislocation may be sorioua 
-------
 In  addition,  long-term primary  benefits  will  be  generated
 by  employment of  personnel  to operate  the  proposed  Franklin
 and peripheral area sewage  treatment plants.   The Franklin
 plant  would employ a total  of 23  people.   Individual  treat-
 ment plants in Center Harbor, Moultonborough,  and Wolfo-
 boro would employ a total of about  20  people  altogether.
 Employment would  be lost, however,  when  the Laconia treatment
 plant  is phased out.   The Laconia plant  currently employs
 8 people.  Therefore,  the net increase in  long-term
 employment would  be approximately 35 people.

 The  tremendous inflow of federal and state funds necessary
 to  finance the proposed project will have  secondary bene-
 fits of major  significance  to the region.  Money
 originating outside the Study Area  which is spent within
 the  area will  cause a multiplier effect  upon the regional
 economy.  Circulation of this money within the local econ-
 omy  can generate  secondary  benefits of major significance
 to many different  sectors of the local economy.  The rela-
 tive magnitude of  the multiplier effect will be directly
 dependent upon the extent to which  money is recirculated
 within rather  than outside  the Lakes Region.  Significant
 short-term secondary  benefits may be realized from  capital
 expenditures  for  the  proposed project.   If these benefits
 are  consolidated  to strengthen the  region's economic base,
 then corresponding long-term secondary benefits will be
 realized.

 Long-term primary  costs accompanying the proposed project
 will basically consist of annual operation and maintenance
 expenditures.   State  funding assistance  is expected to
 subsidize these expenses, with user fees presumably
 covering the balance.  The  long-term primary costs  for the
 Study Area will be moderately significant.

 Development induced by the  proposed project within  the
 service area represents a long-term secondary effect of
 potential significance.  Availability of public sewer
 services within the proposed service area would substan-
 tially increase the development capacity permitted  under
 existing zoning.   Allowance of smaller minimum lot  sizes
 could significantly reduce  land development costs,  in
 addition to increasing development  yields.  As a result,
 the region's housing  inventory may  be expanded,  with the
 subsequent lower cost of housing making it possible for
a larger percentage of the  region's population to enjoy
home ownership.  However, accompanying increased resi-
dential development will be higher  costs for the provision
of additional  public  servies to serve the region's  expanding
population,  i.e.,  water, power,  schools,  fire and police
protection,  and transportation facilities.
                        IV-43

-------
   12.   Land Use

    The primary impacts to existing land uses are anticipated
to occur mainly along the interceptor sewer routings and pump
stations rather than at the Franklin treatment plant site.
The secondary impacts will be largely associated with future
growth inducement effects from the availability of public
sewerage service and the consequences this will have on poten-
tial development yields.

    The construction of the Franklin STP is not expected to
    generate any significant short-term adverse environmental
    impacts because of its relative isolated location and lim-
    ited visibility to existing land uses.  The principal routing
    of vehicular traffic  (trucks) to and from the treatment
    plant site will be along the River which will avoid poten-
    tial impacts to the character and aesthetic qualities en-
    joyed by residents living in adjacent areas.

    Construction of the interceptors and pump stations.  A
    number of  short-term adverse impacts are expected to occur.
    The most significant adverse impacts are related to planned
    construction in established residential areas.  Based on
    available  plans and profiles of proposed interceptor routings
     (Winnisquam, West Paugus, and Gilford), no occupied structures
    are expected to be displaced or destroyed.  However, the
    proximity  of the interceptor sewer and the proposed depth of
    excavation in the vicinity of a few residences  in the Pendle-
    ton Beach  area may pose  a serious problem.  Some non-occupied
    structures such as garages, storage sheds, fences, etc. may
    be removed.  Creation of nuisances such as increased noise
    levels,  loss of existing vegetation, and temporary interruption
    of public  services  (utilities) will cause temporary inconven-
    iences.  Specific residential neighborhoods where these pro-
    blems will be most severe include:  Pendleton Beach Road,
    Summit  Road and Dock  Road.  While the  interceptor sewer
    routings have been located to maximize use of existing
    streets  and highways, private properties in  the above areas
    will be  impacted.

    Encourage  upgrading of existing land uses and enhancement
    of  property values.   The value of both land and existing
     improvements may be expected to appreciate with the elimi-
    nation  of  potential sewage problems.  The enhancement of
    property values will  stimulate existing land uses to be
    upgraded and improved in quality.  The net result will be
     higher  sales prices to reflect stronger market  demands.
     Existing marginal  land uses will be replaced as in-filling
     occurs  throughout  the sewer service area.

     Increased  land  utilization by removing the development
     constraint which poor soils have played in the  region's
     past and present growth"Areas  rendered  unbuildable
                              IV-44

-------
by the slow permeability of their soils and thus, unsuit-
able for on-site sewage disposal may be developed when
sanitary wastes are collected and treated off-site.  The
increment of potential new growth, which these marginal
soils may generate, cannot be precisely determined because
of the wide range of soil suitability for septic disposal
systems which exists within the major soil groupings
(Tables II-3 and II-4).  In addition, the degree State
and local regulations governing the installation and inspec-
tion of septic tanks and leach fields are or may be enforced
in the future, cannot be accurately assessed.  If State and
local sanitary regulations and inspection programs become
more restrictive, the importance of the interceptor sewer as
a major determinant of the region's future growth pattern will
significantly increase.  Correspondingly, the effectiveness
of sewers as a planning tool to structure and phase the region's
future development will be greatly enhanced.

Increase in allowable development densities.  The provision
of public sewer, service into areas not presently served,
will permit minimum lot area requirements of most resi-
dential, commercial and industrial zoning within the pro-
ject's sewer service area to be substantially reduced  (Table
IV-8).  The potential impact of this change on the maximum
allowable development ceilings is summarized in Table  IV-8.
These figures pertain only to those areas proposed to  be
sewered by the interceptor sewer but outside existing
sewered areas.
                    TABLE IV-8

        EFFECT OF REDUCED MINIMUM LOT AREAS
  ON POTENTIAL DEVELOPMENT YIELDS AND POPULATION
        RANGE OF DEVELOPMENT YIELDS
                (STRUCTURES)
           (1)       (2)       (3)
        On-Site  Off-Site  Off-Site
         Sewer    Sewer     Sewer
        & Water  Or Water  & Water
Land Use

Residential   8,998    11,864   20,377

Commercial    1,544     2,032    4,338

Industrial      236       236      781
RANGE OF POPULATION
      (PERSONS)
 (1)      (2)      (3)
                                     28,384  37,054  62,451
The potential growth inducement effects of the project by
itself can be assessed from Tabel IV-8 by comparing the
difference between the figures of columns 1 and 2.  If
public water is extended throughout the proposed sewer
                        IV-45

-------
service area, the amount of allowable development would be  the
difference between column 1 and 3.(34,067).  However  it is
important to note that the figures set  forth in Table  IV-8
represent only an estimate of the development ceilings which
are legally permissible by current zoning regulations.  Sub-
sequent changes to existing zoning patterns could alter
these development yield estimates.

The actual market demand for new growth is expected to
be influenced by the availability of public sewer service.
However, it is only one of numerous factors that will play
a major role in the locational decisions of industry commerce
and residents.  The influence of the region's natural resources,
aesthetic beauty, labor force characteristics, tax structure
and policies, level of accessibility, etc., is far greater
in creating future growth demands than  the provision of
public sewer service.

Reinforcement of the region's existing  growth pattern.  It
is expected that the region's current pattern of urban
development will not be significantly altered from its pro-
sent linear or corridor form.  In fact, the proposed project
will reinforce the existing development pattern bccau.so of
the location of the proposed interceptor sewer and the con-
straining influences of topography and  highway accessibility.
Expanded sewer capacity will enable the established built-up
areas of Franklin, Northfield, Tilton,  Laconia and Meredith
to be more intensively developed,  provided there are suffi-
cient market demands for increased urban development in
these areas.

The construction of the West Paugus interceptor opens the po-
tential for Laconia's physical growth pattern to be extended
and more intensively developed as  a new major development
center.  Similarly,  the expanded capacity of Laconia's treat-
ment plant and Winnisquam outfall  will enable urban densities
to spread into the relatively underdeveloped areas along
Route 11 leading to the Laconia Airport and the southeast
corner of Laconia (Durkee Brook area).

Development pressures may be anticipated to be substantially
increased in selected area outside existing sewered areas
where either marginal soils have previously reduced the
development potential of certain tracts of land or where
other market conditions are sufficiently present to create
new and/or continued growth demands.   Critical factors
affecting market demands include scenic vistas,  proximity
to waterfront and/or recreational  facilities,  highway
accessibility, and site aesthetics.  Selected areas where
induced growth is expected to be primarily attracted
include:
                          IV-46

-------
          •  Laconia  - West side of Paugus Bay
                      - Area along Route 11
                      - Durkee Brook area

          •  Gilford  - Area along Route 11B and Route 11
                      - Areas in the general vicinity of
                        the Belknap Mountains

          •  Meredith - Area between Route 3 and Meredith
                        Bay

The presence of public sewer in these areas will permit the
minimum lot area requirements to be reduced, thus increasing
development with densities two or three times the amount
allowable with on-site water and sewer systems.  As a
result of higher residential yields, population densities
per acre or per square mile will be increased.  Similar
effects may be experienced in the already sewered areas of
Franklin, NOrthfield, Tilton, Laconia, and Meredith.
Increased sewer capacity for these communities will enable
future in-filling of vacant undeveloped parcels of land
and/or redevelopment of existing marginal land uses.

Consistent with the projected demand for the new residential
development in selected portions of the Primary Study Area,
it is expected that changes to existing zoning classifications
will be requested to reflect future market demands.  The
previously identified key market areas for seasonal and
permanent residences are zoned currently for low density
large lot residential development or commercial uses.

As development pressures mount and adverse problems resulting
from urban development are increasingly experienced by
the municipalities, the importance of comprehensive plan-
ning as a means of more effectively controlling the land
conversion process will be recognized.  Accordingly, if
current but unadopted municipal comprehensive plans are
utilized as guides in making future zoning decisions,
substantial changes to the existing zoning patterns may
be expected.  Presently, there are numerous inconsisten-
cies between the comprehensive plans and existing zoning
classifications.

Cost, Speculation and Change of Land Ownership.  The potential
of increasing development yields several fold because of
reduced lot area requirements and possible changes in
existing zoning classifications is anticipated from the
proposed project.  Consequently, where connections to the
interceptor sewer can be made within the financial break-
point of the increased development yield versus increased
on-site and off-site lot development costs, land values
in these areas may escalate three or four times current
values depending upon location, tract size and environmental
constraint factors.  In anticipation of the potential financial
                        IV-47

-------
profits to be made from the presence of public  sewer  in
selected areas, investors may purchase tracts of  land two
to  five years in advance of the project's completion.
In  addition to changes in land ownership patterns, the effect
of  land speculation could possibly result in land consoli-
dation and facilitate future development to occur as
large scale planned unit developments or  in a more coordi-
nated manner.

Project Compatability with Existing Comprehensive Plans
and/or Regional Planning Goals and Objectives.   In the
absence of an adopted comprehensive development plan  for the
Lakes Region and recognizing the  "unofficial" status  of
most of the municipal comprehensive plans, the  merits of
conducting a comparative evaluation of the proposed action
to  future plan recommendations is highly questionable.  The
use of unadopted comprehensive plans as a yard  stick  for
measuring the consistency and level of achievement of local
goals and objectives by the proposed project, would be a
meaningless exercise.  These documents bear little resem-
blence to existing zoning patterns, except in Franklin
and Laconia, and are not the primary planning tools utilized
by  local planning boards in making land use decisions.
Zoning and subdivision controls are the principal planning
devices used in guiding future growth.

The proposed project is consistent with the Lakes Region
Planning Commision's set of land use goals and  objectives
(Section III.B.2).  The project will relieve existing
failing septic systems and will partially improve the
region's environment quality for the use and enjoyment
of  future generations.   The maintenance of a superior
quality of natural environment is recognized as key to the
region's economy base both in terms of its diversity  as
well as future growth potential.

The construction of the interceptor sewer is a  viable means
to  accomplish in part the above stated objectives.  However,
it  should be noted that other actions must be instituted
to  fully accomplish the region's planning goals and objec-
tives and the proposed construction of the interceptor sys-
tem represents only an initial set of actions.

Effects on Peripheral Study Area.  Because there are  no immedi-
ate plans to extend the proposed interceptor sewers around Lake
Winnipesaukee but only to reserve capacity for  possible future
use, the project's land use impacts will be confined  to com-
munities in the Primary Study Area.   If interceptors  are ex-
tended into the Peripheral  Study Area at some future date, their
secondary impacts will be largely determined by each  community's
growth management policies and controls.  However, the absence
of public  sewer service has  not been a significant constraint
to land development activities to date.
                         IV-48

-------
i'.    ADVKRSK  IMPACTS CANNOT. \W.  AVtMliRO

     Ttlri |«l I t|>Oantl |>I..1M  l~lU  .'I Hlrt I I Ili'l lull (if  B«W.-|i|n . I I anl Ulcill
I ni'i I 1.1 I no nnd  i Ml 01 vcplot .q In  Hi"  l.akn W I i»n I poBniiltno  Hn.ain \v> i | |
result  in some  adverse  environmental  impnehs.   Mont, of  I hone im-
pacts cannot  be avoided but can be  reduced  in severity  through
the  implementation  of appropriate environmental protection measures.
However, some of the adverse impacts  cannot be reduced  without  in-
curring significant expense.  In the  following discussion, both
primary and secondary unavoidable adverse impacts  are assessed.
Primary impacts are those  resulting from the  construction and
operation of  the project.   Secondary  impacts  are those  associa-
ted with increased  development  in the Study Area which  will bring
about changes in the natural, social  and economic  environments.

     1.  Primary Adverse Impacts

         Construction.    The construction of treatment facilities
         and  pumping stations will  require  the  commitment of land.
         Once construction  is completed, the  sites  on which these
         facilities are  located  will  not be available for other
         uses.  During  construction,  the fauna  and  the  flora of
         the  sites will  be  destroyed  or displaced.   Removal of
         vegetation from the construction sites  will increase
         erosion and sediment transport resulting  in the  potential
         for  degradation of water quality.  The  aesthetic qualities
         associated with the vegetation and natural setting of the
         construction sites will  be lost.

         Construction of both treatment facilities  and  inter-
         ceptor sewers  will result  in disruption of the natural
         and  man-made environments.   Excavation  for sewers will
         cause  soil erosion, siltation of streams,  safety hazards,
         inconveniences  and  loss  or damage  to private and public
         property.  Although there  are no State  or  local  erosion
         and  sedimentation  control  ordinances,  control measures
         will be written into construction  specifications so that
         erosion and sedimentation  will be minimized.

         Non-occupied dwellings  will  be displayed  as a direct
         result of  construction  activities.   Disruption of traffic
         will interfere  with travel to and  from recreational areas
         and  businesses.  Access  to the beaches  will be limited
         at a number of  places  by interceptor construction.   The
         adverse impacts which  directly affect  recreational activi-
         ties will  have  an  adverse  effect upon  socioeconomics, due
         to the loss of  personal  incomes and  taxable revenues.

         Operation  and  Maintenance.   Unavoidable  adverse impacts
         associated with the operation and maintenance of the com-
         pleted facilities  include  increased  noise  levels,  potential
         increased  levels of particulate emissions,  discharge of
                              IV-49

-------
       chlorinated  effluent  to  the Winnipesaukee  River  and  the
       economic burden of operation  and maintenance  costs.   With
       efficient operation,  most adverse  environmental  impacts
       resulting from the operation  of the  proposed  facilities
       can be minimized.

       Continuous operation  noise will be generated  at  the  sewage
       treatment plant.  The highest noise  levels will  occur in
       the buildings.  Somewhat lower noise  levels will occur
       near the boundary of  the treatment plant and  in  the  vici-
       nity of the  treatment units located outside.  Pumping
       stations will generate little sound except during power
       failures when gasoline-powered emergency generators  will
       be operated.

       Chlorination of the plant effluent will not reduce signifi-
       cantly the suitability of the Winnipesaukee River as  a fish
       habitat probably as a future water supply.  At the point  of
       effluent discharge, chlorine concentrations may b<- Mul'li
       ciently high to adversely affect fish popu I .it  i OHM in  I !.«•
       immediate vicinity of the diifuser.  However,  cJ i  H u,-: ion
       and the chlorine demand of the River will reduce chlorine
       concentrations below harmful levels a short distance  away
       from the point of discharge.  EPA is currently studying
       the advisability of discharging chlorinated effluent  to
      surface waters which are potential water supplies.   If the
      conclusion  of this controversial issue indicates  that
      chlorinated  effluent should  not be discharged  to  potential
      water  supplies,  the plant effluent or water supplies drawing
      from the Winnipesaukee River may have to be dechlorinated.

      The costs of  the  operation and maintenance of  the treatment
      facilities and sewer  system  will  impose an economic  burden
      on the  residents  of  the  area.   These  costs will be borne
      through  a combination  of  user  charges and taxes.  The costs
      to individual users will  not pose  a significant economic
      burden  and in many  cases  will  be comparable to the cost of
      maintaining an on-site disposal  system.

    2.  Secondary Adverse Impacts

    The proposed  project will induce growth and allow greater
development density in areas where sewer service is provided.
The mitigation of  adverse impacts  associated with development
requires planning  and the implementation of land use controls.
Increased development creates the  potential for significant
adverse impacts upon both the natural and man-made environments.
                          IV-50

-------
    Removal of vegetation  for construction of secondary develop-
ment will result in increased erosion and sedimentation and poten-
tial increased flooding from the loss of the water retention
capability of vegetation.  Urban runoff will increase pollutant
loads to streams and lakes.  Increased coliform loadings to poten-
tial water supplies and further degradation of Lake Winnipesaukee
may result.

    Adverse impacts to socioeconomics may occur if changes in
community character do not reflect the desires of local communi-
ties.  Open space will be lost to residential development.  Addi-
tional growth will increase pressures on public recreational
facilities and community facilities which are presently inade-
quate.

    Planning facilities for recreation and community facilities
are inadequate and will have to be expanded to accommodate pro-
jected growth.
                            IV-51

-------
D.   RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN LOCAL SHORT-TERM USE OF MAN'S
     ENVIRONMENT AND THE MAINTENANCE AND ENHANCEMENT OF LONG-
     TERM PRODUCTIVITY

     The proposed project will reduce current environmental
degradation of the Lakes Region water quality and will provide
the means for the enhancement of the region's long-term growth
and productivity.  The costs of the project, short-term environ-
mental disruption and long-term commitment of some resources,
are justified by its beneficial impacts.

     The capacity of the sewage treatment plant and its
supporting facilities has been designed to accommodate pro-
jected growth in the service area.  It is consistent with the
Lakes Region Planning Commission goals and objectives.  Com-
pletion of the project will enable local officials to guide
the region's future growth and development in accord with
local and regional land use policies.  Without the proposed
project, much of the region's future growth will have to depend
on private wells and septic tanks for their water supply and
sewage disposal.  Use of these systems have posed a potential
health hazard to their individual users as well as the general
public from degradation of the water quality in the lakes.
Since much of the region's soils are marginally suitable for
receiving septic tank discharges, dependence on this sewage
treatment method given State and local regulations will not
permit the Region to achieve its economic potential.

     The economic viability of the region is a direct function
of environmental quality.  Long-term productivity will be en-
hanced by the proposed project to the extent that future growth
strengthens the regional economy without compromising the natural
resources upon which the Region is ultimately dependent.
                            IV-52

-------
E.   IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENTS  OF  RESOURCES
     WHICH WOULD BE INVOLVED IN THE PROPOSED  PKOJECT  SHOULD
     IT BE IMPLEMENTED.

     The 1: o.l lowing cliacuMsion Huinnur i'/OH  (In-  .xlvi.'i M«  «l I »•<•!.-i
that the proposed project will h.ive on  the beneficial  uuc ol
the environment by permanently committing land,  construction
materials, and biological, human, economic and aesthetic re-
sources.  These resource commitments have been separated into
primary and secondary commitments.

     1.  Primary Resource Commitments

         Land necessary for the treatment plant  and pumping station
         sites cannot be used for other purposes during the life of
         the treatment system.   Clearing of vegetation, followed
         by construction of buildings and paving will constitute
         a loss of natural resources at construction sites.

         Labor will be irreversibly committed to the construction
         and operation of the system.

         Materials and natural resources required will include
         rock, concrete, steel, glass, wood, clay and asbestos
         compounds for the construction of the system's components.
         Seeds and plants will be required for landscaping dis-
         turbed areas.

         Operation of the system will require chlorine for effluent
         disinfection, polyelectrolyte, sand for filters, fuel oil
         for heat and air conditioning, and fossil fuels to generate
         the electricity required by the system.

         Aesthetics of the plant site will be irreversibly altered.
         The serenity of local environments may be affected by
         potential noises and odors associated with the operation
         of the treatment plant and pumping stations.

     2.   C-econdary Resource Commitments

     Secondary irreversible and irretrievable resource commit-
ments are generated by new developments responding to new
sewers or increased treatment capacity.

     Land will be committed to  future new development  within  the
     project's sewer service area.  Additional wetlands in the
     Belmont service area may be lost to residential development.
     Forested areas which are cleared for development consti-
     tute a loss of natural open space and in some cases,  a loss
     of timber resources.

     Materials and natural resources will also be committed to
     land development in the service area.  Because  secondary
                              IV-53

-------
development will be significantly more extensive than tho
proposed project, the commitment of resources will also be
significantly greater.

Surface water flows may be altered with more frequent
flooding and longer periods of low flow.  These flow
variations will result from increased areas of impervious
surface and reduced stream recharge from ground water.
However, the relief of malfunctioning septic tanks will
improve water quality for the long-term use and enjoyment
by residents and tourists.  The beneficial impacts resulting
from improved water quality will offset the adverse impacts
resulting from increased flow variations ctnd urban runoff.

Recreational and Open Space areas will be irretrievably lost
as development continues throughout the Winnipesaukee Basin.
                        IV-5 4

-------
                      SECTION V
           IDENTIFICATION AND EVALUATION
                  OF ALTERNATIVES
        TO THE APPLICANT'S PROPOSED PROJECT
The following section of the environmental impact
statement contains a discussion of alternative
means of achieving the goals described in Section I,
The analysis of feasible alternatives is based upon
the information developed in the preceding sections
of the statement.

-------
V.   IDENTIFICATION AND EVALUATION OF ALTERNATIVES TO THK AIMM.TCANT' R
     PROPOSED ACTION

     The alternatives to the proposed plan can be grouped in two
classifications:  system alternatives, and component alternatives.
System alternatives deal with the broader aspects of the plan,
such as whether to build one large treatment plant, many small
ones, or even none at all.  Component alternatives examine more
detailed issues, such as whether an interceptor should go over a
hill or around it.

A.   System Alternatives

     1.  Alternate Maguire Plans A, C-G

     The 1972 Basin Study (Maguire, 1972) examined seven dif-
ferent system alternatives.   These ranged from constructing a
single basin treatment plant to constructing individual plants
for all communities.  Ultimately, Plan B was chosen from these
alternatives.  Plan B is discussed in Section I.

     Description of Plans A, C through G.  The alternative
     plans are summarized in this section.  More complete
     details can be obtained in the Basin Study report
     (Maguire, 1972).  Since 1972, however, some changes
     have been made:

         The Laconia plant has been upgraded;

         The Gilford interceptor has been rerouted for Plans
         A,  C, D,  and E;  and

         The Franklin plant  will use the activated sludge pro-
         cess rather than physical chemical treatment.

     The description of the  plans include these changes.

         Plan A-   This would now be essentially the same as
         Plan B, except that all construction would take
         place at once, rather than in phases.   The original
         Plan A did not include upgrading the Laconia plant.

         Plan C•   This plan  proposes a phased program of con-
         struction similar to that of Plan B except that
         Franklin will not be included.  The following work
         would be accomplished by year 1985:

         •   The Basin sewage treatment plant will be built
             in Northfield to treat the sewage from all of
             the communities in the Primary Study Area ex-
             cept Franklin;
                               V-l

-------
•   Franklin will construct its own treatment
    works and interceptor system to serve
    Franklin alone;

•   Sewage from Meredith will be conveyed to the
    upgraded Laconia plant by 1985;

•   The interceptor from Laconia to a point south
    of Silver Lake will be constructed in the first
    phase to carry the Laconia treatment plant ef-
    fluent to the Winnipesaukee River for discharge;

•   The other interceptors in Gilford, Meredith and
    Laconia will be constructed before 1985; and

•   The interceptor from Tilton and Northfield to
    the interceptor at Silver Lake will be built by
    1985 to join the northern and southern parts of
    the system.

Plan D.  This plan divides the system into two parts,
the north and south, each to be served by a sewage
treatment plant.  The plan calls for:

•   Construction of a sewage treatment plant at
    Franklin to serve Franklin, Tilton and Northfield;

•   Construction of interceptors to convey sewage
    from Tilton and Northfield to Franklin;

•   Construction of a sewage treatment plant at the
    Winnipesaukee River below Silver Lake to serve
    Meredith, Gilford, Laconia, Sanbornton and Belmont;

•   Construction of interceptors to convey the sewage
    from these towns to the treatment works; and

•   Treatment works at Meredith and Laconia will be
    taken out of operation except for preparatory
    treatment units which may remain in use.

Plan E.  This plan considers the use of three sewage
treatment plants to serve the Primary Study Area.  The
work includes:

•   Construction of a sewage treatment plant at Frank-
    lin to serve Franklin only;

•   Construction of a sewage treatment plant at North-
    field to serve Tilton and Northfield;
                     V-2

-------
       •  Construction of a basin sewage treatment plant at
          a location below Silver Lake to serve Meredith,
          Laconia, Gilford, Belmont and Sanbornton; and

       •  Construction of interceptors to convey sewage
          from these five communities to the treatment
          plant site.  Phased construction would be used
          in completing this work.

       Plan F.   This plan considers the construction of
       separate new treatment plants for Gilford, Sanborn-
       ton and Franklin.  One plant to be located in North-
       field, will serve Tilton and Northfield.  Belmont
       will be required to build two treatment plants, one
       at Belmont Village and the other at a point below
       Silver Lake to serve the shoreline area of Belmont.
       The existing plants at Laconia and Meredith will be
       upgraded to provide the equivalent of tertiary treat-
       ment.

       Plan G.   This plan is similar to Plan F except for
       the type of treatment process used:

       •  Construction of aerated lagoons at Franklin to
          achieve the equivalent of secondary treatment;

       •  Construction of an oxidation ditch at Northfield
          to serve Tilton and Northfield;

       •  Stabilization ponds with winter storage of the
          sewage and disposal by spray irrigation during
          the summer months at Sanbornton;

       •  Construction of stabilization ponds with winter
          storage and summer spraying at Belmont Village.
          Also, the construction of an activated sludge
          treatment plant at a point below Silver Lake;

       •  Construction of advanced waste treatment works
          at Gilford to provide the equivalent of tertiary
          treatment; and

       •  The upgrading of the Meredith treatment works to
          provide secondary treatment followed by winter
          storage of the effluent and summer land spraying

Costs of Alternate Plans.   The costs of each plan are shown
in Table V-l.   These costs are based on the original Basin
Study (Maguire, 1972),  except where design changes necessi-
tated revisions,  and are escalated to April,  1975,  prices.
Since the Laconia plant has already been upgraded,  its
capital cost was  included in all alternatives,  even though
it is not part  of the  proposed action.
                         V-3

-------
                                     Table V-l

                         COST OF ALTERNATIVE MAGUIRE PLANS
                             (Source:  Maguire, 1975)

Capital Costs ($1,000)
Plan Treatment Interceptor Total
A 12,259
< B 15,130
C 24,620
D 24,623
E 26,887
F 40,941
G 49,962
50,851 63,110
50,851 65,981
45,335 69, 9S^
44,436 69,059
43,177 70,064
22,746 63,687
22,746 72,708
Annual
Capital
Cost*
($1,000)
5,957
6,228
6,603
6,518
6,613
6,011
6,863
1985 O&M
Annual
Costs
($1,000)
504
504
1,056
1,013
1,090
1,763
1,198
Total
Annual
Costs
($1,000)
6,461
6,732
•',:-::
7,531
7,703
7,774
8,061
*Assuming 7% interest rate for 20 years

-------
     Evaluation of  Environmental  Impacts.  Plans A  through
     E  are  all fundamentally  consistent with protecting
     water  quality  in  the Winnipesaukee River Basin.  When
     completed, all would have  similar, acceptable  effects on
     water  quality.  Also, Plans  F  and G could  achieve water
     quality  standards, but would violate  state policy by
     discharging effluent into  the  lakes.

     Plan A would provide for the earliest completion of
     the entire system at the lowest cost and for all prac-
     tical  purposes is identical  to the applicant's proposed
     plan discussed in Section  I.   It should be noted that Plan
     B was  chosen only because  phased construction was, at the
     time,  easier to finance.

     Plans  C  through G all have fewer impacts from  interceptor
     construction than the proposed plan, but these temporary
     benefits appear outweighed by  higher project costs and
     the difficulties  of operating  additional treatment plants.
     Plans  F  and G would violate  the State's policy of not
     discharging into  the lakes.

     Funding  formulas  Rave changed  since Plan B was selected,
     and the  higher cash flow of  Plan A is not  as objection-
     able now.  Early  construction  may help offset  inflation
     and ease unemployment in the construction  industry.


     2.  Peripheral Area Alternatives

     The Basin Study  (Maguire,  1972)  considered the possibility
of encircling Lake Winnipesaukee with interceptors and treating
the  sewage in the proposed Franklin plant.  However,  the cost
of this scheme would be nearly double that of providing land
treatment or AWT facilities  for  each community in the Peripheral
Area.

     Subsequent to the Basin Study, two major developments have
occurred.   First,  New Hampshire WSPCC rules now prohibit any
new discharges of sewage into  the Lake.   This effectively pre-
cludes AWT for all communities except Center Harbor-Moultonborough,
which has an existing plant.    Secondly,  both Wolfeboro and Alton
have reported difficulties in  finding suitable land treatment
sites.   The Wolfeboro spray  irrigation system, nearly completed,
has a probably life of approximately 15 years.  Therefore the
following alternatives were  considered:
                            V-5

-------
Include Interceptors for the Peripheral Areas as Part of
the Proposed Project.  This alternative would include
immediate inclusion of the Peripheral Area, at approxi-
mately $51 million additional project costs  (based on
Maguire, 1972, escalated to 1975).  No delay would be
involved because the existing designs for the proposed
project already include this capacity.

Plans for selecting the optimal treatment systems for
Peripheral Area communities have not been prepared.
Although the useful life of the Wolfeboro spray
irrigation system is short, there is no economic  reason
to abandon the plant now.  Alton has had problems finding
a suitable land treatment site, but has not yet requested
to join the regional system.  However, given the question-
able site-suitability and the fact that an interceptor
from Wolfeboro will pass through Alton within 15 years,
it would appear hard to justify a local treatment system
for Alton.  Center Harbor, Mountonborough and Tuftonboro,
however, are located where soil conditions may be more
favorable, for land treatment.  Despite the problems
experienced at Wolfeboro and Alton, it can not be con-
cluded that land treatment is not feasible for these
communities.

There exists no compelling reason why peripheral interceptors
should be constructed before their cost-effectiveness is demon-
strated for each community.  It is recommended that further
studies of costs and environmental impacts be conducted
for the Peripheral Area communities.

Do not Include Excess Capacity for the Peripheral Area in
Designing the Proposed  Interceptors.  The  excess capacity
included in the design  flows of the proposed interceptors
can be considered  "insurance" against Peripheral Area
communities joining the system.  Discussion  of this alter-
native considers the costs, risks and benefits of such
"insurance".

The exact costs of excess capacity can only  be deter-
mined by redesigning the system without this capacity;
such detail may not be  necessary for preliminary analysis.
A rough estimate can be made from an analysis of interceptor
costs made by the  U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency,
Region II.  This analysis examined the effect of increased
capacity on overall project costs.  By this  methodology,
the cost of the excess  capacity for the Peripheral Area
is estimated to be about  $2.3 million, or  about 4 percent
of the total costs of the proposed project.

The cost of constructing, at a later date, separate parallel
interceptors to convey  sewage from the Peripheral Area to
                        V-6

-------
     to the Franklin plant would be almost prohibitive,  perhaps
     $30-40 million.  This cost would be incurred if excess
     capacity is not included and land treatment later proves
     not feasible.   Thus,  investing the extra $2.3 million
     now would be a reasonable risk even if the probability
     of needing extra capacity were small; data from Wolfe-
     boro and Alton, indicate it is likely to be needed.

     Ideally, the feasibility of land treatment for the Peri-
     pheral Area should have been resolved earlier in the
     planning process.  The question now is whether the project
     should be delayed while further studies resolve the need
     for excess capacity,  i.e., whether land treatment will
     work.  Project construction costs, based on the EPA Treat-
     ment Plant and Sewer  Construction Cost Indexes for the
     Boston area, have risen 13 percent in the past year.  In
     contrast, the GNP deflator increased only about 11 percent.
     Thus, the "real" project costs are increasing at about 2
     percent per year.  Therefore, a delay of one year would
     cost 2 percent and there would still be a very good
     chance all or part of the additional 4 percent "insurance"
     cost would be necessary.  It is concluded that spending
     $2.3 million now for  extra capacity is a good investment,
     given the current status of the project and the uncertain-
     ties involving land treatment.

     3.  No Action  (No Federal Funding)

     Under this alternative, EPA would provide no further
funding for any part of the project.  Only State and local
funds,  amounting to about  25 percent of the project's
costs,  would be available.  Furthermore, if EPA money desig-
nated for this project is  shifted to other projects in New
Hampshire, much of the State's money will also be diverted.

     Loss of federal funding would necessitate drastic cuts
in the scope of the proposed project.  There may not even be
enough money, for example, to adequately treat the existing
raw sewage discharges at Franklin, Tilton, Northfield and
Belmont.  The Laconia and  Meredith plants would continue -dis-
charging to the lakes, in  violation of State policy.  There
would be limited or no extension of sewer service into new
areas.

     Without an extensive  sewer system, protection of water
quality in the Winnipesaukee River Basin will depend heavily on
the proper functioning of  individual disposal systems (usually
septic tanks and leaching  fields).  Inspection and control of
these systems will become  increasingly more difficult as their
number increases.  In a region where soil conditions are often
unsuitable or marginal for septic fields, sanitary sewers would
provide more positive protection from waste discharges.
                             V-7

-------
B.   COMPONENT ALTERNATIVES

    1.  Interceptor Routing Alternatives

    Gilford Interceptor.  The last two miles of this line
    follows the shoreline in the Pendleton Beach area.  Construc-
    tion impacts will be substantial, particularly from Rilcy
    Point to Hoits Point where the sewer would be 15 to 20
    feet deep and would not follow a road.  An alternative
    routing would bypass this area with a force main along
    Route 11A.

    Although the interceptor's construction impact would be
    lessened, this alternative has disadvantages.  The local
    collector system for the shoreline houses would have to
    be more extensive, and the local sewers themselves would
    probably follow the interceptor routing, though they would
    only be about half as deep.  The force main alternative
    would also have over twice the energy requirements of the
    original shoreline routing.

    West Paugus.  The West Paugus interceptor could be routed
    along the east shore of Paugus Bay, paralleling the ex-
    ixting interceptor.  The construction problems, however,
    would be formidable, as the line would have to thread its
    way through a maze of utilities in the Laconia streets.
    Traffic disruption would be much more severe than the
    proposed route along the west shore.  The advantages of an
    east shore routing would be to avoid any possible growth
    inducement effect of sewerage on the west shore of Paugus
    Bay.  On the other hand, it will deny sewerage to any growth
    which does occur, and is expected to occur.

    The West Paugus interceptor will parallel the railroad
    causeway across Pickerel and Moulton Coves.  These two
    small coves were separated from Paugus Bay when the
    railroad was constructed.  The original alignment of the
    proposed interceptor would have obstructed small boat
    traffic between Paugus Bay and these coves.

    The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, District I, has indicated
    in telephone conversations that the cover entrances are
    considered navigable waterways, and that a permit will be re-
    quired to cross the coves.  Furthermore, such permits some-
    times require public hearings and an EIS, although the EPA's
    EIS may possibly fulfill this requirement.  Alternatives
    studied to avoid or mitigate these impacts are described as
    follows:

        Pickeral Cove.  The only connection between Pickerel
        Cover and Paugus Bay is a granite culvert 40 feet long
        and 4 1/2 feet wide.  Depth of water in this culvert
        is 4 to 4 1/2 feet and the headroom is about 3'5".
                            V-8

-------
Residents of the Pickerel Cove have testified that 14
foot outboard motorboats can be fit through this cul-
vert.  Plans have been made by the Pickerel Cove
Association to construct a second and larger culvert.

At present, there are 16 houses around Pickerol Cover;
10 are on the waterfront and six are back-lots.  In
addition, there are 45 unoccupied lots.  The total
property value of the 16 occupied lots (after adjusting
for the percentage assessed) is $205,274, including the
value of the houses; individual houses and lots range
from $5,000 to $20,000 in assessed value.  The total
property value of the unoccupied lots if $93,750.  Thus,
the entire cove has a value of about $300,000.  Because
access to Paugus Bay is so restricted, none of the lots
are considered shorefront, and they are not taxed as
shorefront property.  The Laconia Assessor's office
has said that even if the outlet were completely closed,
there would be no impact on assessed values (DeNormandie,
1975) .

Construction of the West Paugus interceptor across
Pickerel Cove would reduce the headroom at the entrance
to 1 1/2 feet, which would be too low for passage of
most small boats.  Although the interceptor would have
no impact on the biology of the cover, it would block
small boat traffic between Pickerel Cove and Paugus Bay.

Several alternatives to blocking boat traffic were
examined:

•   Construct an Inverted Siphon under Pickerel Cove

    This alternative was investigated by Whitman and
    Howard, Inc., Engineers and Architects, who con-
    cluded the following:

         "Replacement of the Pickerel Cove Crossing
         (which presently consists of a gravity sewer in
        an embankment fill) with a three barrel siphon
         (30", 18", 14") including the siphon inlet and
        outlet structure, would necessitate a headless
        of 4 1/2 feet at an additional cost of about
         $301,000,00.

         "An initial headloss in the siphon would re-
        quire lowering of 9,760 linear feet of 48"
         sewer and 20 manholes at an increased cost of
         $78,000.00.

         "The lowering of the sewer would occur in an
        area that appears, on the basis of borings, to
        have considerable ledge and it is estimated that
        removal of an additional 7,000 cubic yeards of
        ledge at a cost of $210,000.00 would be required.
                    V-9

-------
     "It is estimated that the increased cost for
     the Paugus Pumping Station as a result of the
     lowering of the station by 4 1/2 f<=>et would
     be approximately $60,000.00."   (Whitman and
     Howard, Inc., 1975).

Thus, the total cost of this alternative would be
$649,000, not including engineering or additional
operation and maintenance costs.

Raise the Grade of the West Paugus Interceptor

By raising the grade of the interceptor, the eleva-
tion of the outside bottom of the pipe could be
matched with the same elevation existing at the in-
side top of the culvert.  The sewer would have a
flatter slope but could still carry the design flow
of 23 mgd.  This alternative would maintain the
status quo of the cove entrance at no significant
change in project costs.

Construct the Interceptor Along the Shoreline of
Pickerel Cove

The interceptor approaches the cove with an invert
elevation of 506 feet; the water level is 503.58
feet.  Thus, a gravity sewer could not be constructed
below grade at the shoreline without incurring about
a 10-foot head loss; this loss is twice that required
for an inverted siphon.

Construction of the sewer above grade would require
encircling the cove with an 8-10 foot high embankment
containing the sewer.  This would effectively destroy
most of the shoreline as it now exists.  The esti-
mated cost of this alternative is approximately
$1,000,000.

Construct the Interceptor Around the Cove, Back From
the Shoreline

Under this alternative, the interceptor would be
routed around the cove, between elevations 510 and
520;  it would cross the tail of the cove near Bill-
iard Road.  Approximately one mile would be added to
the total length of the interceptor.

Assuming this route employs the same slope as the
present design, head losses in the extra mile of
pipe would be about 5.3 feet, slightly more than
the 4.5 foot loss of the inverted siphon.  The
estimated cost of this alternative is $990,000,
including the costs to lower the remaining 9,760
feet of sewer and the Paugus Pumping Station by
5.3 feet.
              V-10

-------
 Construct  an  Additional  Pumping  Station

 This  alternative would use  a  low lift  pumping  sta-
 tion  to  regain  the  4.5 foot head loss  of  the  in-
 verted siphon.  The peak design  flow of this
 pumping  station would be approximately 15,000  qpm.

 The cost of this alternative  would  be  about
 $1,200,000.

 The pumping station would not offer an advantage
 in raising the  grade and reducing the  necessary
 excavation for  some of the  downstream  sections of
 the interceptor.  However,  other sections  would
 then  be  placed  above grade  and require covering
 fill.

 Install  a Boat  Lift

 This  alternative would mitigate  the impact of  the
 sewer blocking  the  entrance to the  cove.   A boat
 ramp  or  hoist would be constructed  to  allow boats
 to be pushed or lifted over the  sewer  line, and
 possibly even over  the railroad.

 The design details  of such  a  boat ramp are beyond
 the scope of this statement.   Some  matters to
 consider are:   The  design of  the motor or  winch
 to lift  the boats up one  side  of the ramp  and  to
 lower them down the other;  the railrcad track
 crossing design; maintenance;  and safety considera-
 tions.   This arrangement  could allow larger boats
 than  presently  used to enter  the cove.  Costs of
 this  alternative would be relatively low compared
 to the other alternatives.

 Provide Docking Facilities  Outside  the  Cove

 Like  the previous alternative, this alternative would
 attempt to mitigate  the  impacts  of  the  interceptor.
 A boat dock would be constructed  on Paugus Bay at
 Pickerel Cove to replace the docks blocked by the
 interceptor.   An access road and  boat  launching
 ramp  would be required, along with  a parking lot.

 This  alternative would be of benefit to those owning
 back-lot property,   since they would be  provided
with  docking facilities on Paugus Bay.   Those
 owners on the shore of Pickerel  Cove,  on the other
 hand,  would lose the use of their lot  front docks,
 and would have to travel up to one mile to the Paugus
Bay dock.

A variation of this alternative would be to provide
monetary compensation to the Pickerel Cove owners to
purchase docking spaces at existing boat marines.
               V-ll

-------
        •   Acquire Pickerel Cove Properties

            This alternative would have the State acquire all
            the Pickerel Cove property by negotiation or con-
            demnation.  Boat traffic throucjh t.ho culvert would
            be discontinued.

            The occupants of sixteen houses would be displaced
            and the owners of 45 unoccupied lots would have to
            sell their property.

            The total assessed value of Pickerel Cove is
            $300,000.  Allowing for negotiated values, legal
            fees, moving expenses and demolition expenses, the
            total costs of this acquisition could amount to
            over $500,000.  An additional consideration would
            be the effect of any long delays on the costs of
            the project should this acquisition be successfully
            challenged by a court suit.

        Moulton Cove.  The entrance to Moulton Cove from Paugus
        Bay is underneath a railroad bridge culvert.  The opening
        is 9 feet wide and about 35 feet long.  Clearance be-
        tween the bottom of the bridge and the water surface is
        4'6".  The channel depth is about 2'6".  It is not known
        whether small boats use this culvert, but it is presumed
        that they do.

        Since Moulton Cove is upstream of Pickerel Cove, the
        invert of the West Paugus interceptor is higher at
        Moulton Cove.  Clearance at Moulton Cove will be 4'2",
        a reduction of 4 inches from the present clearance.
        Since Pickerel Cove boat owners have testified they can
        fit a 14 foot outboard through their culvert - with a
        clearance of only 3'5" - the interceptor is not expected
        to present a significant obstacle to navigation at
        Moulton Cove.

                   Summary and Evaluation

    The present design of the West Paugus interceptor would
effectively block small boat traffic between Pickerel Cove and
Paugus Bay.  The head room at the entrance to Moulton Cove would
be lowered by about four inches, but would still be adequate for
small boats.

    There are 16 lots with houses (10 on the shore)  and 45 un-
occupied lots around Pickerel Cove;  total property value is about
$300,000.  None of the properties are assessed as "shorefront".
                            V-12

-------
       EcolSciences,  inc. considered eight alternatives for the
Pickerel Cove section of the interceptor.  Of four alternatives
which would not block the cove entrance, the redesign of the
interceptor which raises its elevation is tho loaat rout ly.
Throo other altornnt LV.IH which aic nil t I i|,-U I n
interceptor to be the most cost-effective and environmentally
sound alternative.

    The Corps of Engineers apparently considers the cove en-
trances navigable, and a permit may be required.  EPA should
pursue this matter further to formally determine if a permit
is required and, if so, coordinate with the Corps to determine
if the permit will require public hearings or an EIS, or if
EPA's actions have satisfied these requirements.

     Belmont  Interceptor.   By  following  Route  140  from the  Villaqe
     of  Belmont  to  the  Laconia Connection,  the construction
     impacts  along  the  abandoned  railroad right-of-way could  be
     avoided.  However,  the grade would  be  less  favorable,  and
     three  pumping  stations would be  required, compared to  only
     one for  the proposed alignment.  This  alignment  offers  the
     advantage of making public sewerage  service more  readily
     available to existing  development in the  vicinity of  the
     Pine Gardens project.  Fill  material will be  required  at
     several  points along Route 140 in order to widen  the  road's
     shoulder to accommodate the  interceptor.  Establishment  of
     a wider  shoulder may have slight to moderate  impacts  on
     adjacent marshland.  In addition, the  alternative route
     would  have  higher  capital and operating costs.

     A second alternative would be to have  the interceptor  con-
     tinue  along the railroad  right-of-way  all the  way across
     the Winnipesaukee  River.  However,  this would  result  in
     potentially significant ecological  disturbances  to the
     lower  portion of the Tioga River.  An  inverted siphon  would
     be  needed to cross  the Winnipesaukee River.   Thus,  this
     alternative is at  least as costly and has greater environ-
     mental impacts than the proposed routing.

     Tilton-Northfield  Extension.  Two alternatives exist  to
     routing  the interceptor down Main Street  in Tilton.  The
     first  is to follow a back alley  one block north  of Main
     Street.  Clearances for construction equipment in this
     alley  would be very small, increasing both time  and costs
     for construction.
                            V-13

-------
The other alternative would be to continue following the
railroad.  However, there is not enough room to lay the
pipe along the tracks, so construction would require
installing the pipe under the tracks.  This, of course,
means disrupting railroads service.  For legal reasons
concerning ownership of the right-of-way, it is undesirable
for the state to prevent trains from using the tracks.
Should these legal constraints be resolved, this route
would be an attractive alternative.

2.  Treatment System Alternatives

Laconia:  Install activated carbon.  The original design
of the new Laconia plant included provisions for adding
powdered activated carbon to the second clarifier; however,
this step was eliminated as an economy measure and because
pilot studies showed activated carbon was less effective
then expected.  Activated carbon removes dissolved organic
material from the wastewater.  Without activated carbon
additions, the BOD removal capacility of the Laconia plant
is only estimated to be about 50 percent, based on typical
plants of this design, not the 85 percent established by
its effluent limitations.   (It can, however, meet all other
effluent limitations).


The benefits of achieving 85 percent BOD removal at
Laconia are not perfectly clear.  Most of the
BOD which escapes treatment, i.e.,  that which activated
carbon would not remove, is in the dissolved form.  Thus,
it will not contribute to any sludge deposits in Lake
Winnisquam.  After the Laconia outfall is completed, the
increased BOD of the effluent will have only a minor
effect on the Winnipesaukee River between the point of
discharge and Tilton:  50 percent BOD removal decreases the
dissolved oxygen 0.1 mg/1 more than 85 percent removal.
The costs of activated carbon additions at Laconia, ex-
pressed in April 1975 dollars are $60,000 capital and
$70,000 annual operation and maintenance.  Activated
carbon would thus involve a substantial expense and re-
sult in little improvement in water quality.

Franklin;  Physical chemical treatment.  The original
Basin report  (Maguire, 1972) recommended physical chemi-
cal treatment for the Franklin plant.  The proposed pro-
cess was very similar to that of Laconia.  Despite higher
costs, physical chemical treatment is more suitable for
industrial wastes than the activated sludge process for
these reasons:

 •  Physical chemical treatment is not susceptible
    to "upsets" from toxic wastes;
                         V-14

-------
 •   Physical chemical treatment removes phosphates
     and heavy metals, in addition to BOD,  thus
     eliminating the need for most industrial pre-
     treatment;  and

 •   If phosphate removal is  required in addition  to
     secondary treatment, physical chemical treatment
     would be cheaper than adding phosphate removal to
     an activated sludge' plant.

 However,  since  the original  proposal of physical
 chemical  treatment,  the  area has lost industries.
 Most notable was the loss of J.  P.  Stevens Company,
 with a 2  mgd phosphate-rich  waste.   This loss
 diminished the  attractiveness of physical  chemical
 treatment.   It  is  now believed  that industrial pre-
 treatment would be more  cost effective for treating
 toxic wastes, heavy  metals and  excessive phosphates.

 Maguire (1972,  p.  VII) estimated that adding a physical
 chemical  process to  a conventional  activated sludge  plant
 would cost 150  percent more  than constructing  a physical
 chemical  plant.  EcolSciences,  inc.,  however,  basing  its
 estimates  on Maguire's unit  costs,  disagrees with  this
 conclusion.   Capital costs would increase  by about 13
 percent compared to  a physical  chemical  plant, operating
 costs  would  be  19  percent lower,  and  total  annual  costs
 i.e.,  annualized capital  costs  plus  O&M  would  be nearly
 equal.  Thus, according  to EcolSciences, inc.  building
 an activated sludge  plant now would  not  preclude cost-
 effective  nutrient removal now or at  a  later date.

 An additional consideration  is  that  the  economics  of
 lime  treatment  in  large  plants practically  demands
 sludge  incineration  with  lime recovery.  EcolSciences
 does not consider  it  desirable  to commit to  such an
 inflexible scheme of  sludge  treatment.

 Spray  Irrigation.  In  1995,  flow of the  Franklin
 plant will be 11.54 mgd.  Assuming a  typical spray
 irrigation rate  of two inches per week,  and  six
 months  storage of sewage  during cold weather,  a
 spray  irrigation site would have to be 3,000 acres
 in size.  Given  the poor  soils conditions in the
 study area,  the  required  size could be ten times
 as large.

 The Basin Study  (Maguire, 1972)  examined spray irri-
 gation and concluded that "based on the available
 subsurface information concerning the use of spray
 irrigation in the Study Area, it is apparent that
 the area is generally unfavorable for this type of
disposal system."  Only three potentially suitable
                   V-15

-------
     sites  were  found,  with  a  combined  area  of  264  ai/ros.
     As  this  area  is  far  below even  the most optimistic
     estimates of  land  requirements,  it is concluded  that
     spray  irrigation is  not a feasible alternative for  a
     large  basin treatment plant.

3.  Treatment Site Alternatives

Primary Study Area Treatment  Plant Site.  In addition to
the treatment plant  site proposed in Plan B of the
Maguire report, three  other sites for  the regional plant
are considered  here.

Alternatives C  and D in the Maguire report considered
locating a major  sewage treatment plant in the Northfield
area.  A site in  this  area could serve the entire  planning
area, including Franklin, if  a force main and pumping
station were constructed to lift Franklin's sewage to the
site.  The force  main  would have to be approximately three
miles long.  The  pump  station would have to lift Franklin's
sewage approximately 140 feet in elevation to Northfield.
The only advantage of  this scheme would be that routing
and construction  of  the force main through Franklin would
have less  impact  that  routing and constructiong of: gravity
sewers called for in Maguire's Plan B.  Sites near North-
field would not offer  any environmental advantages in
comparison to the proposed site on the Merrimack River.
Also, discharge of treated effluent from a Northfield site
to the Winnipesaukee River would not be diluted as much as
would discharge from the proposed site to the Merrimack
River.

The engineering report presented in 1965 by Camp,  Dresser
and McKee Consulting Engineers for sewerage facilities to
serve Franklin  considered two treatment sites  (COM, 1965).
The site,  selected by  the engineers, is the proposed site
in Maguire's Plan B.   The other site is a tract of land
on the west side  of  the Merrimack River where the  Pemige-
wasset and Winnipesaukee Rivers meet.  The site contains
approximately 30  acres on a knoll that rises approximately
80 feet above the Merrimack River.   This site provides
two advantages over  the proposed site:   1)  approximately
11,000 feet of large diameter interceptor sewer paralleling
the Merrimack River  below Franklin would not have to be
constructed;  and  2)   year-round access to the site is already
provided by U.S.  Route 3.  Use of the site would necessi-
tate construction of a pumping station on the east bank of
the Merrimack River  and force main crossing the Merrimack
River to the site.   A proposed stream crossing of
Pemigewasset River,   would not be required since sewage
collected on the west side of the River would flow by gravity
to the site.   The topography of the site is considerably
steeper than the proposed site.  There is,  however, some
                        V-16

-------
question whether the useable site area  (10 to  12 acres) is
sufficiently large to accommodate future expansion.  This
is particularly true if AWT  is later included.  The
visual impacts of locating a sewage treatment  plant near
the town of Franklin might be minimised by locating the
treatment units on the southern end of the site.

Peripheral Study Area.  The  use of separate  treatment
plants for each of the towns in the Peripheral Study Area
is necessitated by cost considerations discussed in Section
V.  Since no discharge to Lake Winnipesaukee will be allow-
ed according to NHWSPCC policy, land application, ground
water injection or reuse will have to be used  to dispose
of treated wastewaters.  There are no industrial, com-
mercial or agricultural concerns in the Peripheral Study
Area which could reuse treated wastewater on a year-round
basis.  Ground water injection and land application are
dependent upon the availability of suitable  aquifers and
soil areas.

A spray irrigation site has been located for disposal of
Wolfeboro's wastewater and will be put into  operation
upon completion of the wastewater treatment  plant.  Alton
has tried unsuccessfully to  locate a suitable  land dis-
posal site.  No systematic survey of effluent disposal
sites for the other towns in the Peripheral  Study Area
has been reported.

The locations of sewage treatment facilities in the
Peripheral Study Area may be strongly influenced by
the availability of effluent disposal sites.  Selection
of the treatment facilities should not, therefore, be
made until suitable disposal methods and sites have been
found.

4.  Effluent Disposal Alternatives

Laconia Outfall.  The location of the interim discharge
from Laconia's wastewater treatment plant, the Winnipesaukee
River above Route 140, is near a backwater area created by
the rerouting of the River and is upstream from a segment
of the River which is excellent trout habitat.

Organic loading of the backwater area  may be avoided
by relocating the interim discharge point about 3,000
feet downstream below Route 140.   The potential for re-
ducing dissolved oxygen concentrations in the backwater
will, thereby,  be achieved.   Assuming proper system operation

This relocation of 3,000 feet will still subject approxi-
mately 4,000 feet of attractive trout stream above Tilton
and Northfield to chlorine residuals which could weaken
or eliminate the trout population and/or food organisms
populations.   Assuming proper system operation, however,
this is not expected.   The aesthetic impact of a sewage
discharge would still exist.   Relocation to a site just
above the raw sewage discharges from Tilton and Northfield

                       V-17

-------
      above the raw sewage discharges from Tilton and Northfield
      would prevent degradation of desirable trout habitat below
      Silver Lake.  Lengthening the Laconia outfall by 3,000 or
      7,000 feet will not result in any unplanned construction or
      costs.  The outfall extension would be built along the same
      route and to the same specifications as the proposed Phase
      II - Tilton interceptor.  Protecting this segment of the
      Winnipesaukee River would, therefore, require only phasing
      changes in construction.

      Another alternative would be to continue discharging to
      Lake Winnisquam until the interceptors are complete to the
      Franklin plant.

      Franklin Outfall.   The location of the Franklin waste-
      water treatment plant discharge point has not yet been
      proposed.   Assuming that the proposed plant site two
      miles below Franklin on the east side of the river will
      be used,  the alternative discharge points are limited
      to the 3,200 feet  of the Merrimack River bordering the
      plant site.   The steep gradient and the magnitude of
      flow of the Merrimack River at this location will result
      in rapid  mixing  of the waste and stream waters regardless
      of where  the outfall is located along this stretch.

      Peripheral  Study Area.   Disposal of effluents for the
      separate  wastewater treatment plants in the Peripheral
      Study Area  was mentioned in the preceding section in con-
      junction  with plant siting.   It is beyond the scope  of
      this  assessment  to review specific plant siting and
      disposal  options in the individual towns.   However,  it
      is  recommended that an engineering and  environmental  sur-
      vey of potential plant and disposal sites for all pro-
      jected growth areas in Peripheral  Study Area be under-
      taken without delay.   Otherwise, development on desirable
      sxtes may preclude the most  attractive  siting alternatives.

      5.    Sewage  Capacity Alternatives

      A number of  planning estimates  were  used  by  the applicant
to arrive  at the  flow projections  for the  Primary and  Peripheral
Study Areas of 13.34  mgd in  1995  and  20.67 in  2020.   In the
application for PL 92-500 funds,  the  applicant assumed  that  these
proposed capacity  limits were  sufficient  to  treat current  and
projected  wastewater  flows.  EcolSciences  is concerned  that  these
projected  wastewater  loads may  not be adequate  to handle the most
recent population  projections  provided  by  LRPC  (Section II.B.I).
Specifically, a significant difference  appears  between the  LRPC"
and Maguire projections  for the Primary Study Area's design popu-
lation in  1995 (Maguire-59,700  persons  versus  LRPC's-71,500 persons)

     EcolSciences has reviewed  the data required  to determine
adequate transport and  treatment capacity  for the Study Area and
presents the following alternatives.
                             V-18

-------
Low Growth Alternative.  The population projections used
in sizing facilities for the planning area assumed a rate
of growth that does not reflect any administrative efforts
to restrain growth.  Sewerage facilities have boon sized
to serve a growing population, not to act .is a cou.sl rn i nt
upon population increases.

Considering that development in the plamii.iu) ,in.vi will
create some adverse impacts  Ln proportion to the rale  tnul
magnitude of population increases, suppression of growth
rates may be a feasible means of mitigating such impacts.

In order for a "low growth" alternative to yield the
desired reduction of adverse impacts, it should con-
tain both structural and non-structural elements.

The primary structural element in a low growth alter-
native would be a sewage treatment system, including
collection, treatment and disposal facilities,  sized
for smaller capacities than presently projected.  It
should be noted that the present projections may already
be lower than actual growth pressures would warrant
(Section II.B.2).  Interceptor and collector sewer sizes
can be reduced to limit development in service areas
sensitive to the effects of increased development.
Alternatively, reduction in the capacity of the sewage
treatment plant would limit growth in the Primary Study
Area.

Non-structural elements of the low growth alternative
must include coordinated planning and administrative
operations to:  (1) determine the maximum acceptable
development for discrete service areas; and (2) exert
reasonable control upon the rate of service area de-
velopment by the use of zoning and sewer capacity
allocation programs.  Inequitable performance of these
functions could result in adverse impacts as serious as
those that might result from unconstrained development.
For instance, error in the determination of maximum
acceptable development for service areas may result in
undesired impacts, such as those socioeconomic impacts
related to speculative development.  Such development
in anticipation of future shortages of sewerage capacity,
if not discouraged, could lead to serious disruptions  in
the local housing markets.  At worst, rapid initial devel-
opment intended to obtain sewerage capacity while avail-
able, could result in excessive housing production beyond
the market's absorption rate, or may even result in
such rapid growth that sewer capacity will be exceeded.


Adoption of a low growth policy for the Primary Study
Area is not recommended at present for the following
reasons:
                        V-19

-------
    The effectiveness of limiting growth by restrLotimi
    the availability of sewerage service is deptMulrnt
    upon the lack of available alternative moans of
    sewage treatment'and disposal.  The use ot suui 1 1
    sewage treatment plants Ln most ot" the Study Aro.i
    is effectively precluded by New Hampshire's poIiry
    of "no discharge" to the lakes.  However, tlu>  issu-
    ance by the State of permits to install septic-
    tank systems offers a method of sewage disposal
    for nearly any lot that meets zoning requirements.

    The effects of limiting public sewerage capacity
    'would be:  (a) increased reliance upon a disposal
    method for which the local soils are not well  suited
    and which can be considered only as a temporary
    sewage disposal method; (b) overall lower density
    development with resultant increases in demands for
    transportation facilities, utilities and related
    community services; and (c) adverse environmental Im-
    pacts that could be as severe as satisfying all
    development demands with public sewers including
    contamination of streams and lakes by malfunctioning
    systems, clearing of additional forest, and en-
    croachment upon environmentally sensitive areas;

    Equitable operation of the non-structural elements
    of a low growth alternative would require sophis-
    ticated planning and administrative functions
    which are not presently available in either a  single
    governmental or quasi-governmental body or in
    closely coordinated and cooperating bodies; and

    The existing data base is insufficient for quan-
    titatively assessing the need to reduce the adverse
    impacts of the proposed action by limiting growth
    and development.

Institute a Water Conservation Program.  Future flow pro-
jections in the proposed plan assume that per capita
domestic water consumption in the Study Area.? will  increase
from the present level of 80 gallons per capita per day
(gpcd) to 120 gpcd in 2020.  NHWPSCC wastewater facility
design requirements are 100 gpcd.  The projected 50 per-
cent increase in per capita water c.onsumption has  been
assumed on the grounds that recreational dwellings, which
will represent a higher proportion of the served units as
the sewer system is regionalized, are expected to  generate
a higher per capita flow.  While this seems reasonable,
the effects of steadily increasing per capita flows could
be balanced by instituting a water conservation program.
Elements of such a program could include the following
procedures:
                       V-20

-------
 •   Amend  plumbing  codes  to  require  installation  of
    water-saving  fixtures.   Examples are  high-head
    water  closets,  water-saving  shower  heads  and
    dishwashers and clothes-washing  machines  designed
    to  consume less water;

 •   Education of  water  customers in  the monetary  and
    indirect costs  of over-use of water resources; and

 •   Increase in water and/or sewer rates  as an  incentive
    to  conserve water.

 The major impacts  of instituting a  water conservation  pro-
 gram would be beneficial.   Reduction in  the  amount of  sewage
 flow would allow either  prolonging  the life  of interceptors
 (assuming they were designed for 120 gpcd) or  redesign o£
 the interceptors to reflect the 100 gpcd figure  requi red as
 a minimum by NHWSPCC.  In addition,  existing water resources
 would  be  given a longer  useful  life.   The water  conservation
 program would not  be expected to reduce  organic  loading to
 the Franklin sewage treatment plant, although  some savings
 in  construction  costs  (or prolongation of the  plants useful
 life)  could result for those unit processes  designed upon
 hydraulic  retention time.

 The anticipated  savings  of  this  alternative  are  roughly
 estimated  to be  about  $1,600,000 or  3  percent  of project
 costs.  Given the  enormous  penalties of  undersizing the
 interceptors, this  seems a  reasonable  investment.  Also,
 any extra  capacity  would not be  wasted,  but  would merely
 extend the useful  design life of the interceptors.

 •   Increase Treatment Capacity  at the  Franklin STP

 To  assure  adequate  treatment capacity  to handle  projected
 wastewater loads in the Winnipesaukee  River  Basin, the
 applicant's engineer could  redesign  the  Franklin plant to
 accept slightly higher sewage flows  on the order of 13
 mgd from the Primary Study  Area  in  1995  rather than
 Maguire's  lower estimate of 11.54 mgd.    Upon evaluation
 of  this alternative, EPA does not feel that  the  differen-
 tial of 1.46 mgd justifies  the costs and time delays to
 alter present design plans  of the Franklin facility.
 Given the conservative assumptions of  the flow pro-
 jection methodology in terms of per capita waste loads
 and inflow/infiltration rates as well as the uncertainties
 inherent  in the projections themselves,  redesign does  not
 appear warranted.

 6.  Sludge Handling and Disposal Alternatives

 Possible Sludge  Handling and Disposal Techniques.  For
 each of the steps involved in handling  and disposal of
 sludges from treatment facilities,  several unit  processes
are available.   Figure V-l shows the range of available
unit processes  for  each of the  following  steps:

                       V-21

-------
                                                       FIGURE V-l

                               AVAILABLE UNIT PROCESSES FOR SLUDGE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL
   TREATMENT
     STEPS  :
STABILIZATION
CONDITIONING
DEWATERING
REDUCTION
DISPOSAL
 I nput
SI udge
                 Composting
                  Aerobic
                 Digestion
                 Anaerobic
                 Digestion
                  Pasteur-
                  izat ion
                    200°F
                                     Chemical
                                   Condi tion ing
Elutriat
ion
                                       Heat
                                     Treating
                                    300-500°F
                                          Vacuum
                                        Fi1trat ion
                                        Pressure
                                       Fi1trat ion
                                       Centri fuge
                                                       Dry i ng
                                                      '  Beds
1 nc
inerat ion
                                        Wet Air
                                       Oxidation
                                       Flash
                                       Dry ing
                                                         Landfi11
                                         Liqu id
                                          Land
                                        Di sposal
                                           Dry
                                          Land
                                        Di sposal

-------
•  Stabilization/Disinfection
•  Conditioning/Recycle Treatment
•  Dewatering
•  Reduction
•  Final Disposal/Utilization

Stabilization include reduction of volatile solids,
destruction of pathogens, and some conversion of
material to other forms such as gases.  Unit pro-
cesses available include the following:

    Composting is aerobic, solid phase digestion,
    using a carbon carrier such as sawdust, and is
    conducted in two steps.  The first step is aera-
    tion, within a rotating drum or fixed reactor.
    In this portion, aerobic digestion increases the
    temperature and destroys some pathogens.  The second
    phase, wind-rowing and storage, completes the de-
    struction of pathogens and some volatile solids.
    The advantages of this process is that nutrients
    are retained if land disposal is envisioned.  Dis-
    advantages include inflexibility of disposal route
    and relatively high energy input.

    Aerobic digestion is similar to composting except
    that it is conducted in the liquid phase using  either
    diffused air, oxygen or mechanical aeration.  In
    aerobic digestion, some pathogen removal and oxida-
    tion of volatile solids is experienced.  Advantages
    include ease of operation and lack of odors, while
    disadvantages include high inputs of energy for
    operation and only fair dewaterability of digested
    sludge.

    Anaerobic digestion  is liquid phase bacterial diges-
    tion conducted in the absence of oxygen.  Typically,
    50 percent of the volatile solids in the sludge are
    converted to methane in a well-run process.  This
    gas can be recovered and used for heating and other
    energy needs of the  plant, though its high sulfur
    content often requires scrubbing  to prevent corro-
    sion of machinery.   Methane-forming bacteria have
    a  slow growth rate and are sensitive to operational
    variables such as temperature, pH and oxygen;
    "upsets" are not unusual in a poorly operated
    plant.  Advantages include removal of pathogens,
    reduction of solids  for  further processing, and the
    net energy gain from methane production.  Disadvan-
    tages include high capital cost and the need  for
    careful process operation.  Poor  operation can  result
    in process unreliability, odor production and  explo-
    sion hazard.
                    V-23

-------
     Heat treatment (pasteurization)  may be practiced
     to both stabilize and condition sludge.  Stabili-
     zation is accomplished with time-temperature com-
     binations from 70°C and 30 minutes to 170°C and
     30 seconds (flash pasteurization).  Advantages
     include ease of operation and retention of sludge
     heat capacity.  The principal disadvantage is in
     maintaining heat transfer and using exogenous heat
     (energy)  if incineration and heat recovery is not
     accomplished.

Conditioning and Recycle Treatment is the step in which
the total sludge and water complex is prepared for de-
watering.  This step is essentially inserted to reduce
costs for dewatering.  Principal methods for condition-
ing include:

     Chemical conditioning to reduce the bound water and
     to increase filterability is the most common pro-
     cess used.  Chemicals used include inorganic nrn]ti-
     valent ions, such as ferric iron or aluminum o^.
     organic polymers, and may be accompanied by
     "elutriation"  (washing) to remove interfering
     soluble substances such as alkalinity.  Large
     anoants of ash, usually recycled  from  incinerators,
     are sometimes used to condition sludge for pressure
     filtration..  Advantages include .increased solids
     capture and no solubilization of  solids.or nutrients.
     Disadvantages  include high operating cost and in-
     creased mass of sludge for disposal.   The ability
     of chemical conditioning and vacuum filtration  to
     dewater raw sludge sufficiently to permit autogenous
     incineration has not been proven.

     Low pressure thermal conditioning  is a relatively
     new process  involving heating the  sludge mass to  300-
     500°F  at  150-400psi.  This heating disinfects and
     solubilizes  some of  the volatile  solids and may also
     oxidize some of the  solids if operated at higher
     temperatures-and pressures.  The  "Cooking liquor"
     remaining after settling/dewatering is a rather
     putrescible  liquid containing soluble  organic
     carbon compounds,  amino acids and ammonia.   If
     further dewatering is practiced,  this  "liquor"  must
     be  stabilized  either bv recvcle  to main stream
     aeration  or  to separate treatment.  The recycle or
     this-  liquor  results  in increasing  solids and
     organic loading throughout the plant.  However,
     if  this conditioning is used as a  stabilization
     process and  is followed by liquid  disposal on
     land,  the availability of nitrogen as  a plant
     nutrient  is  enhanced.  Process inputs  consist of
     pumping energy and thermal energy, which may be
     derived from  incinerator  heat recovery.  Advan-
     tages  include  low process inputs  of energy  (with
                         V-24

-------
    incineration),  simultaneous disinfection and better
    dewatering properties than possible with chemical
    conditioning.   Disadvantages include the greater
    strength of the recycle liquor, resulting in the
    cjreafcer capacity roqui rement of nil other pnu-rtabcia,
    and t lu* ponrHb.1 1 1 ry «•!' ftflvmjfln rhfiminu  In I'Uni
    effluent quality from refractory Hol.ublo oninnlrn.

Dewatering of conditioned or unconditioned  sludges may
be done be several methods beyond thickening.  The pur-
poses for dewatering are to reduce thermal  requirements
for incineration,  or reduce volume for disposal, if
incineration is not used.  Processes available for
dewatering are:

    Vacuum filtration in which the solids are picked
    up by vacuum on a moving belt, with the  liquid
    fraction passing through and being recycled.  Before
    the filter, some form of conditioning is necessary
    for economical operation.  For proper operation,
    the feed solids should be conditioned and thickened,
    because of feed solids in part determine solids
    content of the filter.cake.  Advantages  of vacuum
    filtration include high solids capture  potential
    and high potential cake solids.  Disadvantages
    include high cost of operation and operational
    sensitivity to sludge characteristics.


    Pressure filtration uses a-high positive pressure
    to force the liquid through the filter media.  In
    a cyclic operation of about 2 hours, sludge is
    pumped between plates covered with the  filter
    media, the liquid seeps through, and the plates
    are separated for solids removal.  Recent improve-
    ments in f^Llter media and the development of auto-
    matic cake removal methods have revived  interest
    in pressure filtration.  High cake solids concen-
    trations of 30 to 50.percent are a major advantage
    of pressure filtration.

    Centrifugation using solid bowl, low speed centri-
    fuges" is the second major dewatering alternative.
    Properly designed, centrifuges fed heat  conditioned
    sludge can have up to 85 percent solids  capture
    and 40 percent cake solids without additional
    chemicals.  Disadvantages of centrifuges in-
    clude less ability to capture "fines"  and slight-
    ly higher maintenance labor than vacuum filters.
  .  Advantages include flexibility and simplicity of
    operation, and possibly lower capital costs and
    space requirements as compared to vacuum filters.
                    V-25

-------
    Sand drying beds are a method of dewatering appli-
    cable to smaller plants.  It involves spreading
    the sludge in an 8 to 12 inch layer over a base
    of sand and allowing the drying to be performed
    through evaporation and drainage.  Advantages of
    this procedure include very high simplicity of
    operation and very low energy requirements.  The
    major disadvantages are the large amounts of
    space needed to spread the sludge, the dependence
    upon atmospheric conditions, and the potential for
    odors.

Reduction of total sludge volume is the last unit pro-
cess step preceding transportation and ultimate dis-
posal.  The purpose may be to reduce total area re-
quired for disposal, to reduce transportation energy
requirements, to prepare for reuse on land, and in
some cases to recover thermal energy for in-plant use.
Methods used include:

    Incineration of dewatered sludge in which the
    sludgeis successively dried, burned and cooled.
    Inert ashes, equal in mass to non-volatile solid.'.,
    remain for disposal by landfill ing or*other ni<»miM.
    Specific type units include multiple hearth,
    fluidized bed and rotary kiln incinerators.
    Because of the heat content of the volatile solids,
    it is possible to develop incinerators which are
    "autogenous", or able to operate without auxiliary
    fuel except for startup.  This autogenous condition
    is achievable with recycled heating of input
    sludge and air.  This recycled heat can also be
    used in other plant processes."  Advantages of in-
    cineration include lack of odors and reduced mass
    of solids for landfilling.   Disadvantages include
    air pollution potential and loss of potential soil
    conditioning resources.

    Wet air oxidation is an extension of the process
    used in heat conditioning of sludge usinq higher
    pressures and temperatures to oxidize volatile
    solids.   After this procegs,  the waste must b«-
    settled and cooking liquor must be recycled.   Thin
    cooking liquor is high in dissolved organic com-
    pounds and nutrients,  and should be treated H(;\JH-
    rately.   Advantages of wet air oxidation are lower
    requirements for input energy because the mois-
    ture is not allowed to vaporize, and applicability
    of the oxidized waste in land application for
    nutrient recovery.   Disadvantages include odor
    potential, strong recycle liquor and reduction
    in effluent quality from refractory organics in
    the recycle liquor.
                    V-26

-------
             Flash drying of sludge is included as a reduction
             process, although the reduction occurs only  from
             removal of water and volatile dissolved organic
             compounds.  The process involves mixing air at
             about 1200°F with the wet sludge.  After mixing,
             the dried sludge (8-10 percent moisture) can be
             either directly reused on lanfl or incinerated to
             recover heat energy.  Advantages include recovery
             and possible sale of sterile fertilizer and absence
             of odors with proper afterburning.  Disadvantages
             include high external energy requirements, inflexi-
             bility and the need for highly dewatered sludge
             feed.

         Disposal of sludge has  been restricted in this case
         to land-oriented methods, since the desirability of
         aquatic dumping is questionable.

             Landfilling involves burial of either dewatered,
             stabilized sludge or incinerator ash.  Advantages
             include low energy  requirements,  low cost,  and ease
             and flexibility of  operation.   Disadvantages in-
             clude loss of nutrients,  consumptive use of land
             which limits further use,  potential  nuisance odors
             and gases,  and the  possibility of ground water or
             surface water contamination from leachate.

             Reuse through land  spreading of stabilized sludge
             may be done either  with  liquid sludge or with de-
             watered sludge carried by  truck.   Application
             in  both modes is  limited  in  terms of  rate,  by
             nitrogen content  (to prevent loss of  nitrates lo
             groundwa'ter)  and  in  tr>rms  of total mass  by  heavy
             metal content and soil, cation  exchange capacity.
             Advantages  of reuse  include  economic  gain of
             nutrients,  enhancement of  soil  condition,  wide
             dispersion  of problem waste  components and  break-
             down  of  refractory organics  by  soil  bacteria.   Dis-
             advantages  include cost, monitoring  requirements,
             and the  need  for backup systems in the event of  in-
             ability  to  conduct land spreading operations,  or of
             increase in  sludge heavy metals to unacceptable
             levels.

    All of these  unit processes  are not  viable in  every  appli-
cation.  Based upon past experience and  engineering  judgement,
the number of feasible alternatives for  sludge treatment  and
disposal can be reduced to three, following stabilization  .-,.-,.I
dewatering.  These three alternatives are idcntifir-rj  j,, ••.,;,],.
V-2 along with their relative costs,  land-energy  rcrmj rr-n.i-nLs
and areas of environmental sensitivity.
                            V-27

-------
                                             TABLE V-2

                                POSSIBLE  SLUDGE DISPOSAL ALTERNATIVES
              SLUDGE
          ALTERNATIVES
                       COSTS
              LAND
          REQUIREMENTS
               ENERGY
            REQUIREMENTS
                                                                      SENSITIVE TO:
M
CO
         Liquid land
          disposal
Incineration,  dry
 land disposal
         Incineration,
          landfill
         Digestion, de-
          watering,
           landfill
                        low
              high
high
                       high
                      medium
low
               low
                                             medium
                high
                            potentially
                                low
                                                   potentially
                                                       low
                                                       low
land availability,
soil types, ground-
water, sludge com-
position

air quality require-
ments, sludge heat
content, land availa-
bility

air quality require-
ments, sludge heat
content

land  availability,  soil
types, ground water,  sludge
composition

-------
    The final selection of sludge treatment and disposal pro-
cesses is very dependent upon these specific parameters.  It
is not the purpose nor within the scope of this report to
determine sludge handling procedures for the study area, but
rather to identify reasonable alternatives to the proposed action
and to assess their environmental advantages and disadvantages.
The New Hampshire Water Pollution Control Commission is con-
ducting an analysis of particular sludge handling alternatives
which should be complete within 60 days for the inclusion in
the final EIS.
                            V-29

-------
     SECTION VI
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION

-------
     The opportunity for direct public involvement in the prepa-
ration of the Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the proposed
wastewater collection and treatment facilities in the Winnipesaukee
River Basin has been continuous since the evaluation of the pro-
posed project was initiated in the summer of 1975.  In the course
of preparing the Draft EIS, project staff members from EcolSciences,
inc. and EPA officially notified the towns and cities within the
Study Area of the proposed project and solicited their input and
cooperation.  In addition, special meetings were held with appro-
priate local, regional, state and federal agencies, citizen groups
and interested persons.  The public comments received through
these contacts contributed significantly to the content and con-
clusions set forth in the Draft EIS.

     The Draft EIS was filed with the Council on Environmental
Quality  (CEQ) on January 7, 1976.  The Environmental Protection
Agency  (EPA) - Region I advertised and held a public hearing at
the auditorium, Gilford Middle High School, Gilford, New Hampshire,
on Tuesday, January 27, 1976, on the Draft EIS.  In addition to
the minimum required comment period of 45 days, the public hearing
record was held open until February 21, 1976.  A total of 12 organi-
zations and/or citizens made formal comments at this hearing.  A
summary of the public hearing transcript is presented in the Final
EIS under Appendix L.  A copy of the complete transcript is avail-
able for review at the offices of EPA and NHWSPCC.

     Comments on the Draft EIS were requested from over 100 public
agencies, private organizations and individuals and comments were
received from 19 entities.  Table VI-1 identifies the names of
those who submitted written statements and the general area of
their comment.  The Final EIS has been revised, considering the
questions raised, and most of the specific substantive comments
were incorporated into the body of the statement.  Appendix M
contains copies of all the written public comments received on
the review of the Draft EIS.

     The following comments warrant further attention to clarify
technical details, or to set forth EPA's position on public
comments with which it does not agree.  The suggested revisions
to the Draft EIS with which EPA concurs, have been incorporated
into the appropriate sections of the Final EIS.
                             VI-1

-------
                                         TABLE VI-1.  GENERAL AREAS OF COMMENT



















Written Comments Received From:

Federal Agencies
Advisory Council on Historic Preservation
U.S. Department of Interior
U.S. Department of Army /Corps of Engineers
U.S. Department of Transportation/FHA
Department of Housing & Urban Development
State Agencies
Air Pollution Control Commission
Office of Comprehensive Planning
Water Supply & Pollution Control Commission
Regional Agencies
Lakes Region Planning Commission

Organizations
Society for Protection of NH Forests
National Wildlife Federation
NH Archeological Society
Man in the Northeast
Biospheric Consultants
Pickeral Cove Association









tn
4->
in
0
u

4->
U
0)
•I—I
o
Vi
dt









X












in
tr>
c
•H
4J
3
O
tf

ri
0
4J
a
0)
O
^i
0)
4->
M




























>,
4J
•H
O
m
a
(0
u

VJ
0)

rfl
(U
M
E-i









X




X










rH
nj
0)
O
OH
01
•H
Q

4->
C
0)
3
rH
M-l
14-1
U














X












en
c
•H
i-H
•a
c
ID
K

0)
CP
TJ
3
i-H
w









X




X
X














U)
0)
>
•H
4J
(0
C
M
0)
4J
rH
<









X





















>1
.p
•H
H
(fl
3
CX

H
•H
<







X





















>i
4J
•H
iH
OJ
3
CX

h
(1)
4J
(0










X








X




c
o
•H
4-1
(0
4J
0)
CP
(1)
>
X.
(U
14-1
•H
rH
•a
H
•H
s






























>i
rH
a
a
3
W

Vi
0)
4J
(0
s
























Oi
c
•H
-a
o
o
rH
fo
\
^
s
o
rH
0
^
T3
>,
S


X















X


c
o
•H
4J
(0
>
M
a)
w
0
>H
&

u
•H
rl
O
4-1
U)
•H
X

X












X
X
X
X






U)
Q)
4-1
•H
W

U
•H
cr<
o
rH
O
01
(0
£
u
rl
«:

X














X
X














en
u
•H
4->
0)
£
4->
01
(1)
<

































01
(U
•H
rl
0)
x;
in
•H
fo














X





0)
c
o
•H
4->
O
0)
•n
O
rl
eu

c
0
•rH
4J
fl
i-H
3
&
04











X










01
4-1
U
flj
a
6
H

C
0
•H
4-1
U
3
rl
4J
01
0
U



X
X









X




X



01
4J
u
rtj
&
e
H

rH
HJ
C
o
•H
4->
m
V4
0)
a
o




























£
4-1
3
0
S-l
C

T3
0)
U
3
T3
C
M











X



X


X






(T
c
•H
c
c
nj
— i
Cu

rtl
0"
| -
1
T;
c
(0
J





X


X


X




i

y
i
H
I
NJ

-------
     TABLE VI-1.   Continued.




















Written Comments Received From:
Individuals
Arthur C. Unsworth
Charles E. Bolian
Kenneth D. Kimball
N. Robert Arthur













in
4J
in
0
U

4->
U
0)
•n
0
IX











in
Cr>
c
•H
4J
3
O
Pi

^
O
4J
cx
0)
u
r4
(U
4->
c
H

















^
4J
• H
U
(0

<0
o

^
0)
0)
W









0)
4-1
•H
W

in
in
0)
u
0

IX

4J
c
0)
e

(0
(U
r4
EH














rH
(0
in
O

in
•H
a

4J
c

m
c

0)
4J
rH




X















^1
4->
•H
rH
(0
3
O)

•H


















^
4J
•H
rH
flj
3
cx

^_)
0)
4->
(0



X








c
0
•H
4J
(0
4J

O
rH
O
(U
«
.C
U


X


















in
u
•iH
4->
0)
X

in
(U






















in
0)
•H
^i
0)
JC
cn
••H
Pu









in
c
o

4J
U
OJ
•n
O

a

c
o

4J
(0
rH
3
a
o
(X











w
^j
u
(0
cx

M

c
o
•iH
JJ
u

1-1
4J
W
o
u

X








IT.
4J
u

a

M

rH
10
f-
6
•H
4-1
a

CJ
a,
0






i
'.









JZ
4J
u
0
1-1
o

T3
QJ
o
3
T3
C
H




X









a*
c

c
c
10
rH
(X


-------
1.    ADVISORY COUNCIL ON HISTORIC PRESERVATION

     Comment:

     The Advisory Council notes that two properties included in
     the National Register of Historic Places may be affected
     by the proposed undertaking  (cf. p.IV-38).  These properties
     are the Weirs Aquadoctan Archeological Site, Belknap County,
     New Hampshire, and the Sulphite Railroad Bridge, Merrimack
     County, New Hampshire.  We suggest that the U.S. Environ-
     mental Protection Agency (EPA) take immediate steps to deter-
     mine whether the nature of the effect on these properties
     requires EPA to obtain the comments of the Advisory Council.

     The environmental statement must demonstrate that either of
     the following conditions exist related to compliance with
     Executive Order 11593 of May 13, 1971.

     a.  A property eligible for inclusion in the National Regis-
         ter of Historic Places is not located within the area of
         environmental impact, and the undertaking will not affect
         any such property.  In making this determination, the
         Advisory Council requires evidence of consultation with
         the appropriate State Historic Preservation Officer and
         evidence of an effort to ensure the identification of
         such properties.  The Advisory Council recommends that
         comments of the State Historic Preservation Officer be
         included in the final environmental statement.

     b.  A property eligible for inclusion in the National Regis-
         ter is located within the area of environmental impact,
         and the undertaking will or will not affect any such
         property.  In cases where there will be an effect, the
         final environmental statement should contain evidence
         of compliance with the Executive Order through the
         Advisory Council's "Procedures for the Protection of
         Historic and Cultural Properties" (36 C.F.R. Part 800) .

     Response;

     EcolSciences contacted the State Historic Preservation officer
     in early October to initiate procedures for compliance with
     Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966
     and Executive Order 11593 in early October 1975.  No response
     was received.  In a subsequent telephone conversation with
     the State Historic Preservation Office,  initiated by Ecol-
     Sciences after the draft EIS was prepared, EcolSciences was
     referred to local historians and archeologists for general
     information and the determination of the effect of the pro-
     posed project with respect to specific properties.
                             VI-4

-------
     EPA is coordinating currently with the State in complying
     with the required procedures set forth in the above-mentioned
     laws.   Specific steps which are being undertaking include:

     a.   A thorough review of published and unpublished sources
         to determine the locations of important historic and
         prehistoric sites;

     b.   A field survey directed by professional archaeologists
         to determine the locations of important historic and
         prehistoric sites;

     c.   A program of text excavations to recover adequate data
         from these sites in order to evaluate them; and

     d.   An analysis of data recovered in surveying and text exca-
         vations as well as examining private collections to deter-
         mine the importance of these sites on a local, state,
         regional and national level so that recommendations can
         be made concerning the necessity of preservation of the
         most important sites and excavation of others prior to
         the beginning of construction of the wastewater collection
         and treatment facilities.

     It  is the recommendation of this Final EIS that the construc-
     tion grants covering the Winnipesaukee River Basin project  be
     conditioned that all necessary steps will be undertaken by
     NHWSPCC to be in full compliance with Section 106 of the
     National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 and Executive Order
     11593 before construction activities are initiated.
2.    U.S.  DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

     Comment:

     In view of the proposed elimination of on-site sewage disposal
     systems (p.  1-10 to 1-16,  par.  3),  measures for deactivation
     of abandoned septic tank systems in the service area should be
     discussed.

     Response:

     When  house connections are made to  municipal sewers, septic
     tanks will be disconnected.   As the abandoned septic tank
     systems will no longer constitute a pollution source, and
     will  be situated below grade on private property,  their dis-
     position will be the responsibility of the individual property
     owners, in accordance with local building codes.
                              VI-5

-------
     Comment;

     Declining water table conditions that must be anticipated
     as a result of the project will have impacts on some of the
     many wetlands, small lakes and ponds in the project area.
     Decrease in volume of storage and perhaps a proportionate
     increase in nutrients or pollutants would be logical effects
     as ground water underflow and seepage into lakes and ponds
     decreases.  Such impacts should be evaluated in conjunction
     with efforts to reduce eutrophication.  (See pages IV-4,  IV-5,
     IV-11 through IV-20, for examples.)

     Response;

     In the year 2020, the net sewage withdrawal from the Lake
     Winnipesaukee Basin, including sewage from the Peripheral
     Area, will be less than 12 cfs, or about 2 percent of the
     average discharge from the Lake.  The effect on ground water
     tables is expected to be minimal, as recharge will be reduced
     by only several percent.

     Septic tank effluent contains nutrients in conccnt.rnti.onM
     several times that of natural ground water.  The reduction
     in ground water recharge, as explained above, will be on
     the order of several percent.  The overall result of removing
     the septic tank effluent will thus be a lowering of nutrient
     concentrations in ground water.  (This does not include
     additions from urban runoff.)


3.    U.S.  DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION:  FEDERAL HIGHWAY ADMINIS-
     TRATION

     Comment:
     The New Hampshire Department of Public Works and Highways
     has hired the consultant firm of Wilbur Smith and Associates
     to perform engineering and environmental studies for a
     proposed relocation of Routes U.S. 3 and N.H. 11 through the
     Towns of Franklin, Tilton, Belmont and Laconia.   We would
     suggest that contact be made with Highway Design Engineer
     Harland Roberts of the New Hampshire Department  of Public
     Works and Highways at AC 603/271-2310 and possibly with the
     consultant at his 7 Perley Street, Concord,  New  Hampshire
     field office to determine if any conflicts exist.

     Response:

     The Applicant has been requested to provide  plans and speci-
     fications of the proposed project for your review and comment
                             VI-6

-------
4.     DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY:   CORPS OF ENGINEERS

      Comment:

      The pipelines and the outfall structure should be displayed dis-
      tinctly in order to assess the extent of navigable waters and
      wetlands to be crossed or disturbed.

      Any construction in navigable waters or wetlands for the Winni-
      squam, Laconia, or Franklin outfall' will require additional in-
      formation in the final statement.

      Response:

      EPA has requested the applicant  (NHWSPCC)  to provide the Corps of
      Engineers with plans and specifications of the proposed project.
      These drawings identify areas of potential impact along navigable
      waters and adjacent wetlands.  EPA has concluded on the basis of
      its investigations and evaluations of the project that the most
      significant adverse impacts in those areas of interest to the Corps
      would be associated with the potential blockage of boat traffic
      to Pickeral Cove.  Numerous alternatives were examined in Section
      V.B.I.  Subsequently, the applicant has modified the design of the
      West Paugus interceptor to avoid these impacts.  Other anticipated
      impacts related to effects on water quality and wetland areas are
      described in detail in Section IV of the Final EIS.  It is expected
      that these potential construction impacts will be largely miti-
      gated through enforcement of local and State environmental regu-
      lations, including the State's Dredge & Fill law.  In addition,
      one of the construction grant conditions required by EPA will be
      the stipulation that the applicant require as part of its con-
      struction grant contracts appropriate siltation and erosion con-
      trol measures.

5.     DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT

      Comment:

      Our review suggests that the draft might have discussed alterna-
      tive measures to reconcile apparent inconsistencies between land
      use plans, goals, and objectives at the local, regional, and state
      levels.  Although we do not feel such a discussion is a mandatory
      exercise, a statement of alternatives related to the subject of
      land use control and development potential might have been useful
      to local officials.

      Response;

      The 208 Winnipesaukee River Basin Plan is scheduled to be completed
      in June, 1978.  To avoid potential conflicts with this program,
      which is specifically designed to consider and recommend appropri-
      ate land use control measures to protect water quality, the EIS
      chose to identify basic planning problems, i.e., the lack of
      state, regional, and local comprehensive plans, fragmented and
      disjointed land use controls, no short- or long-range capital
      improvements programming, etc.  In order to make a meaningful
      contribution to local planning efforts, a detailed analysis of
      local control measures in the context of local and regional plan-
      ning goals and objectives is required.  These endeavors are clear-
      ly beyond the scope of this EIS.


                                 VI-7

-------
6.    NEW HAMPSHIRE WATER SUPPLY AND POLLUTION CONTROL COMMISSION

     Comment;

     Elimination of carbon at Laconia identified as due to budget
     reductions.  This is incorrect.  Tests run during design
     showed BOD reductions equal both with the without carbon.
     Since no significant improvement in BOD removal capability
     was indicated, carbon addition was eliminated.

     Response;

     The Applicant did not provide EcolSciences,  inc. with a
     detailed description of the above mentioned tests.   It is
     difficult to believe that a sufficient dose of carbon would
     not improve BOD removals.  We,  therefore,  assumed that the
     Applicant's decision was ultimately based on cost factors.
     The phrase "due to subsequent budget reductions" will be
     changed to "due to cost-effectiveness considerations."

     Comment:
     It is not currently planned to truck sludge from Laconia
     to Franklin.   Disposal will continue through land application

     Response;

     The primary reference for sludge disposal at Laconia,  (Rose,
     1975,  a  memo  written to the commenter)  stated that the
     maximum  duration of the demonstration project would be two
     and one-half  years.
     Comment:
    Approval  of  septic  systems  is  by  Water  Supply  and  Pollution
    Control Commission,  not  local  health  officials.

    Response:

    NHWSPCC Regulations  149-E:6, referring  to  inspection and
    approval  of  septic  systems,  states  "Upon certification by
    the Commission,  local officials are hereby authorized and
    fully empowered  to  exercise  concurrent  jurisdiction in the
    enforcement  of this  chapter."
    Comment:
    There is no project which we  identify as  "Laconia Connector"
    Assumed that  it  should read "Tilton-Northfield Interceptor
    Sewer."
                             VI-8

-------
Response:

Maguire (1972)  is ambiguous in naming this particular line,
calling it part of the "Winnipesaukee Interceptor" and "the
interceptor from Tilton and Northfield."  The term "Tilton-
Northfield Interceptor Sewer" could easily be taken to mean
the line from Franklin to Tilton.  The Applicant did not
provide a consistent nomenclature.

EcolSciences, inc. named the subject sewer the "Laconia
Connector" because it is the final link in connecting Laconia
to Franklin.  Both the narrative and Figure 1-6 clearly de-
lineate this segment of the project, and the nomenclature is
used consistently throughout the EIS.

Comment:
Statement of high coliform counts associates with discharge
from Meredith plant is incorrect.  Discharge is effectively
disinfected and our records indicate satisfactory coliform
conditions in the area.

Response;

The text actually states, "High coliform counts in Meredith
Bay could be associated with a number of sources, including
the discharge of secondary treated wastes via Corliss Brook.1
The record of high coliform counts is referenced.  We do not
believe the plant can be eliminated as a possible source of
coliform bacteria, based upon our experiences with plants
of this type and size.

Comment:
Anderson-Nichols report in 1972 recommended development of
ground water supplies before going to surface supplies, if
at all possible.

Response:

The Anderson-Nichols report states "the relatively high cost
of individual water supply projects suggests that expeditious
action to expand ground water exploration is warranted to
determine the least costly means for rural supply."  We be-
lieve the comment misinterprets this statement.
Comment:
Table IV-1 - Continuation of discharge to Lake Winnisquam
as a mitigating measure is completely unacceptable.
                         VI-9

-------
 Response:

 NEPA  and EPA  Regulations  require  consideration of all reason-
 able  alternatives.   This  comment  misreads  the table, as
 continuing  the  discharge  was only considered, not recommended.

 Comment:

 D.O.  deficit  computations incorrect.  Average flow during
 summer period of  dischage will not exceed  2.0 -  2.5 mgd.
 During summer flow periods, BOD  (is) anticipated to be 50 mg/1

 Response;

 The Applicant has not presented any evidence that, without
 carbon absorption, the Laconia plant can meet the effluent
 limits of Table 1-11.  In fact, to meet the proposed limits,
 the Laconia plant would have to perform considerably better
 than  plants of  this  type  normally perform.

 In calculating  dissolved  oxygen deficits,  .it is  ouHtom/iry lo
 check the worst conditions likely to occur, i.e., low stream-
 flow, full plant design flows, and poor plant performance.
 Since the dissolved  oxygen deficit resulting from the worst
 conditions was  not objectionable, it was unnecessary to cal-
 culate D.O. sag under average or  typical conditions.

 Comment:
We contend there will be no chlorine residual after  (the)
lengthy travel time.

Response:

We disagree with this comment.  The long travel time may
actually make heavy chlorination at the plant, or chlorine
additions at intermediate points, necessary in order to cen-
tral septic conditions in the interceptor.  As with our
response to comment Number 26, the worst case must be evalu-
ated to ensure adequate protection of the river.

Comment:
There will be no discharge of sewage from boats.  State
law and enforcement preclude this activity.

Response:

As stated at the recent public hearing, a discussion of boat-
ing wastes was inadvertently omitted from the Draft EIS, but
is included in the Final EIS.
                        VI-10

-------
     Our interviews with marina operators contradict this comment:
     They indicate that, while the law is on the books, the enforce-
     ment is so lax as to constitute voluntary compliance.  Accord-
     ing to the operators, the only real enforcement derives from
     the rules they themselves impose upon boats using their
     facilities.  It is obvious that at least part of the boating
     community is openly skeptical at the State's effectiveness in
     enforcing its rules against boat discharges.

     Comment;

     BOD removals expected to exceed 50 percent when the coarse
     media filters are in operation.

     Response:

     Fifty percent BOD removal was used as typical for plants like
     Laconia.   Given the low actual flows compared to design flows,
     a higher efficiency might be achieved, but 50 percent repre-
     sents a conservative case for dissolved oxygen calculations.

     Comment:

     Suggestion that outfall be extended 3000-7000 feet downstream
     is not warranted.

     Response:

     NEPA and  EPA regulations require that all reasonable alter-
     natives be evaluated (though not necessarily recommended)  in
     the EIS.   A downstream trout habitat and the presence of a
     backwater area near the discharge point provide ample reason
     for examining alternative discharge locations.

7.    LAKES REGION. PLANNING COMMISSION

     Comment;

     The consultant applies figures for apparent failure in septic
     systems,  as received from Gilford Town Engineer,  Joe April
     (pg.  1-13),  to the entire region using Table 1-5.   The data
     in that Table is  utilized to justify failure rates at, or
     above the Gilford experience.

     Response:

     Most  of the populated areas  of Gilford—where the  septic
     tanks are actually located—have "fair" to "good"  soil suit-
     ability for leaching fields.   A large percentage  of Gilford
     is mountainous and rated "poor"  for septic tanks,  but the
     septic tanks  are  generally not located in these areas.
                             VI-11

-------
It can thus be presumed that septic tank leaching fields in
Gilford were sited and constructed according to the same design
standards prevailing throughout the region regarding permeabi 1. 1 t.Y ,
depth to bedrock, etc.  Lacking better data, it is reasonable to
assume failure rates of similarly designed ayHi.un.s rt.ru
    some.
It would have been useful to know the failure rates for each com-
munity, but such records do not exist.  Given a choice between
applying the Gilford  failure rate or drawing no conclusions, it
is not "questionable" to use the Gilford data.

Comment;

Belmont is not  sewered.

Response;

Belmont is sewered, with a  1970 served  population  of  890.   The
raw  sewage outfalls to  the  Tioga River  can  be seen from the road
as one enters the  town.

Comment ;

"Oversizing of  pipes  is indicated  as  being  'insurance'  for  the
future of  the Peripheral Area.  How is  this insurance going to  be
maintained over 10,  20, 50  years?"

Response ;

At present, a sewer  allocation  program  does not exist which re-
serves  a  specific  amount of treatment capacity  for individual  com-
munities  in the Primary and Pheripheral Areas.   To assure that  the
proposed  project provide insurance against  water quality  degrada-
tion in  the Pheripheral Area,  it  is recommended that these communi-
ties and  the  State (NHWSPCC)  cooperatively  work together  in de-
veloping  a plan of action.

Comment;

Why  a public  disclosure statement?

 Response:

 The  anticipated project schedule shows  that most interceptors will
 begin construction in April or May and proceed through the summer.
 Property owners will,  of course,  be reimbursed for easements,
 but they are not precluded from renting the property during con-
 struction.

 Therefore, it  is possible that a visitor may choose a rental
 cottage in the early spring, only to find  construction underway
 in the front yard when he arrives to occupy the cottage
                             VI-12

-------
 in the summer.   To  help  prevent  such  unscrupulous rental
 practices,  a  disclosure  statement should be required ho
 advise the  renter of  impending construction,  since fow
 visitors  are  expected to read this  EIS.

 This  recommendation is made  out  of  a  concern  for  basic
 fairness  to visitors,  and in the hope that  by avoiding un-
 fair  practices  in the first  place,  the Applicant  and EPA
 will  not  become parties  to litigation.

 Comment:
 Is  it  likely  that  large  sums of  money  will  be  spent  within
 the Region?   Where do  the  contractors  and suppliers  do
 business?  Few,  if any,  purchase in  the  Region,  therefore,
 the entire "multiplier"  effect is questionable.

 Response;


 The text was  carefully qualified, which  stated that,
 "the relative magnitude  of the multiplier effect
 will be directly dependent upon  the  extent  to which
 money  is recirculated within rather  than outside  the
 Lakes  Region."   It is not the responsibility of  the  EIS to
 provide the detailed economic analysis necessary  to  answer
 the specific  questions raised above.   Rather, it  is  the
 proper role of the Lakes Region  Planning Commission, per-
 haps in conjunction with the State,  to conduct the research
 and analysis  necessary to adequately address these particulars
 Furthermore,   regardless of the proportion of total capital
 investment which ultimately circulates within the Lakes
 Region, the magnitude which is spent within the region is
 likely to be  sufficient to generate  a  regional economic im-
 pact of considerable importance.

 Comment:
This EIS in Appendix B (Draft) attempts to utilize the work of
Vollenweider and Dillon to come up with maximizing popula-
tion limits in the Basin.  The data being utilized comes
from work undertaken as part of the National Eutrophication
Survey  (NEW) and is rather loosely applied with some very
generalized (and hardly appropriate)  assumptions.  Utilized
in this manner, the discussion closely approximates the GI-GO
model.

It is the belief of the LRPC that this discussion is inappro-
priate; does not add anything of substantial value to the EIS;
is academic in manner of discussion;  and will serve in the
                        VI-13

-------
long run to depreciate the value of more highly researched
and documented projects now underway in the Region by plac-
ing unsupported conclusions before the public.

Response;

EcolSciences does not concur with the opinion of the LRPC
concerning the utility of the Dillon/Vollenweider modeling
used in this report.  As is discussed elsewhere (reply to
Dr. Widger), an error did in fact exist in the water budget
used in NES Working Paper 11.   This error was easily corrected
and our discussion has been amended to reflect the change.
This, however, is a minor point relative to the total issue.
The fact of the matter is that no data superior to that
collected by EPA for inclusion in NES Working Paper 11 has
been generated to date, either by LRPC or anyone else.  Hope-
fully, the proposed 208 Regional Plan will expand the existing
data base.  Since such data is not currently available, how-
ever, much of the non-technical criticism of the EPA effort
seems inappropriate.

The purpose of Appendix B (Draft) was to indicate the potential
problems associated with non-point discharges, and to estimate
critical populations levels which should not be exceeded.  It
was our goal to provide a starting point for future efforts
in planning for growth in the Basin.  Certainly, the model
will be refined as more data becomes available, this is the
case with all research efforts.  There would be little justi-
fication for ongoing research programs if the data generated
was not used to refine current data and improve initial con-
clusions.  EcolSciences, is convinced that such a study is
fully justified since we have always recognized the prelimin-
ary nature of the data in NES Working Paper No. 11.

The only way this discussion can "depreciate" the future
studies by LRPC is if they are without merit in design or
implementation.  The LRPC would be a better judge of this
than is EPA.  Finally, the conclusions given in Appendix B
(draft) are not "unsupported", they are supported by the only
comprehensive tributary monitoring program undertaken to date
in the area, and utilize the best available analytical and
interpretive techniques.

Comment:

It is particularly distressing to note the lack of real under-
standing of the land use planning process in New Hampshire
embodied in this report.  The extent of this lack of under-
standing is nowhere more clearly documented than on page 111-12,
paragraph 1.
                          VI-14

-------
     Response:

     EcolSciences'  description of the state of land use planning
     and growth management in the Study Area was directed to the
     issue of the current ability of local and regional bodies
     to protect present and future environmental quality.  The
     text of the EIS clearly documents that there are no local
     or regional adopted comprehensive master plans in 1975.
     The day-to-day decision-making process at the local govern-
     ment level is  not made in the context of a long-range planning
     and financial  programming framework, because they simply do
     not exist.  In their absence, planning represents a highly
     fragmented and disjointed process of decision making.

     The critical issue of this discussion centers not on how far
     planning has advanced in recent years within the Study Area,
     but how effectively have the municipalities coped with pro-
     tecting the environment to date and how well prepared they are
     to control future growth pressure.  Based on extensive inter-
     views with other planning officials and persons directly
     associated with planning at all levels in New Hampshire, i.e.,
     the director and members of the LRPC staff.  Clean Waters
     Association, director of planning in Laconia, and the State
     Office of  Comprehensive Planning, all evidence presented to
     date, support  the conclusions in this section of the EIS.  Mr.
     Flint is invited to document his opinions.


8.    SOCIETY FOR THE PROTECTION OF NEW HAMPSHIRE FORESTS

     Comment:

     The major  decision to propose a secondary treatment process
     (activated sludge)  rather than a tertiary process (physical
     chemical)  receive very little notice in the draft.   Since
     this is a  substantial reversal from earlier stages in the
     planning,  and  since it represents a deterioration in the
     quality of the effluent (at least in nutrient content), that
     decision warrants a more thorough justification than it re-
     ceives .

     Response:

     The activated  sludge process is capable of meeting the
     Franklin plant's effluent limits in the most cost-effective
     manner. However,  the point is well taken that tertiary
     treatment  may  be needed now or in the future.
                             VI-15

-------
A major concern  is whether  it  is  less costly to build a physi-
cal chemical treatment  initially  or to add a tertiary process
to an activated  sludge  plant,  and the EIS now addresses this
point.  EcolSciences, inc.  estimates that on the basis of
total annual costs,  the two approaches would be nearly equal.
This construction of an activated sludge plant at Franklin
will not foreclose cost-effective tertiary treatment in the
future.

Comment:
The probable impacts of the effluent on the receiving waters
is not at all clear.  With regard to the residual chlorine,
the reader is left to guess what assumptions underlie the
"worst possible" case  (Table IV-6).  What low flow regime
was used here?  What is its frequency or probability of occur-
rence?

Response:

Section IV. A. 5, relating to residual chlorine discharges,
has been revised to clarify the assumptions, and a minor
error has been corrected for the Winnipesaukee River calcu-
lations .

Comment:
Another concern raised by the draft is the choice of a site
for the Franklin plant within flood hazard area.  The draft
assures the reader that the plant must be protected from
waters of a 100-year flood, but gives no information about
the height of diking or elevation to accomplish this (11-68) .

Response;

The elevation of the 100-year flood is approximately 270 feet;
the exact elevation will need to be determined during final
design of the plant.  Surface elevation at the Franklin site
is approximately 262 feet.  Because of the hill north (up-
stream) of the plant, the plant will not be in the floodway
itself.  Under these circumstances, a plant protected from
the 100-year flood can be located in the flood plain and con-
form to Federal regulations.

Comment:
An additional concern is the sludge disposal from the Franklin
plant.  In this element of the proposal, the responsibility
for minimizing adverse effects seems to be shifted from the
sponsoring agency to the New Hampshire Water Supply and Pollu-
tion Control Commission.
                            VI-16

-------
     Response;

     The NHWSPCC has completed its report on sludge disposals;
     this is included as Appendix A.   EPA can review the proposed
     plan and require changes, if necessary.

9.    BIOSPHERIC CONSULTANTS

     Comment;

     The procedures of Dillon discussed here (Appendix C)  require
     an estimation of R, which Kirchner and Dillon (February 1975
     Water Resources Research) first  suggested could be done from
     an empirical exponential equation, but later (December 1975 WRR)
     revised to an equation of the form v/(v + qs).   Widger and
     Kimball (Commentary accepted for publication by WRR;  Further
     Commentary very recently submitted to WRR)  have shown that
     neither approach is adequate for the Lake Winnipesaukee regime
     (q? =  2.5m yr"1)  since (a)  the absolute values  of dR/dqs in
     this range are extremely high, and (b)  the actually observed
     values in  this range are widely  scattered about either (or
     any other  reasonable)  empirical  or semi-empirical curve with
     only 3s as an independent variable.

     Further, the EPA NES Working Paper No.  11 (1974)  presents
     Winnipesaukee Basin flow values  widely different, both as  to
     long-term  means and the actual year of observation,  from the
     USGS Lakeport observations.   It  is not obvious  what effects
     these erroneous flows may have had on the nutrient concentra-
     tion estimates in NES #11.

     Response;

     All criticism of  the nutrient loading budget based on theoret-
     ical methods of calculating  R are  irrelevant,  since direct
     field data was used.   This  fact  could have been simply estab-
     lished had the respondent contacted  EcolSciences.  However,  in
     the interest of clarity,  correspondence between Dr.  Aurand
     (EcolSciences)  and Dr.  Dillon is presented  in Appendix M.


     In  the second case,  the discrepancy  between the  normalized
     flows  used by EPA and  the long-term  mean flows  at the Lake-
     port gaging station was extensively  investigated.  A  review
     of  the data in EPA NES  Working Paper No.  11 indicates that
     there  was  an error in  the water  budget  as  presented  in the
     EPA report.   Reviews  of the  problem  have been conducted with
     the staff  of the  USGA New England  Field Office  and the Special
     Studies Branch of the EPA Corvallis  Environmental Research
     Laboratory.
                              VI-17

-------
Three factors appear to have contributed to the discrepancy
between the long-term mean flows at Lakeport and the nor-
malized flows given in the report.  They are:

•  Evaporation and precipitation on the lake surface
   was not included in the water budget

•  The area of the Lake was included in the immediate
    drainage basin discharge calculations

•  The mean annual areal flow figure used to estimate
    stream discharge appears to have been high

The effect of each of these factors on the water budget pre-
sented in the report, and indirectly on the nutrient model,
is discussed in detail in the following paragraphs.

Lake Winnipesaukee has a surface of nearly 70 square miles,
and in NES Working Paper No. 11 direct rainfall and evapo-
ration on the Lake was ignored.  This problem was compounded
by the fact that the Lake area was included in the immediate
drainage basin runoff calculations.  A review of the summary
table presented in Appendix A of Work Paper No. 11 (Tributary
flow data) indicates that Tributary 3303ZZ "immediate drain-
age and minor tributaries" had an area of 184 square miles
of lake surface, to which the same areal discharge coefficient
was applied as was used for the other tributaries  (1.76 cubic
feet per second per square mile (cfsm)).  The corrected entry
for Tributary 3303ZZ would be 114.3 square miles and 201.2 CFS.
Evaporation and precipitation can be estimated for the lake
and are found to equate to 128 cfs and 209.4 cfs, respectively.
When these corrections are entered, the new predicted dis-
charge at Lakeport is 598 cfs.  This is still above the long-
term discharge at Lakeport of 530 cfs (USGS, 1974).  The
remaining discrepancy is related to the mean annual areal
discharge coefficient used in the flow estimations.

As was discussed in NES Working Paper No. 1 and in NES Work-
ing Paper No. 11, estimated flows were used on ungaged
streams.  In the case of Lake Winnipesaukee, calculations
were based on flow records from two nearby gaging stations,
Cold Brook at South Tamworth, New Hampshire (USGS 01064800)
and Mohawk Brook near Center Stafford, New Hampshire (USGS
01072850).  A mean annual areal discharge coefficient of 1.76
cfsm was calculated using the flow data from these two stations
This figure represents a weighted mean of the long-term
discharges at the two stations and was used to estimate
monthly discharges for the tributary streams.  This is a
standard,  and perfectly acceptable method of initial flow
estimation in ungaged streams.  This value is higher than
                         VI-18

-------
that obtained using the Lakeport gage data, which is 1.53
cfsm, which is quite similar to the value obtained at the
Mohawk Brook gage  (1.36 cfsm).  The mean areal discharge
from the Cold Brook gage  (2.34 cfsm) is considerably higher
suggesting that its use in the original calculations may
have been inappropriate.  It appears that this is a better
estimate of streamflow into the lake than the 1.76 cfsm
used in Working Paper No. 11.

These corrections to the water budget have two effects on
the nutrient budget presented in Working Paper No. 11.  First,
the decreased stream flows cause the nutrient contribution
from tributaries to be reduced proportionately, and secondly,
the mean hydraulic retention time increases from 4 years to
slightly over 5 years.  If a further correction is applied
for the possible error in mean depth cited by the respondent,
then the mean hydraulic retention time is approximately
5.5 years.   When these corrections are entered into the
Dillon model used by EPA, the critical loading rates for
oligotrophic and eutrophic conditions become 0.12 g/M^/yr
and 0.24 g/M^/yr, respectively.  A similar decrease occurs
for the Vollenweider model.  At the same time, current non-
point loading is decreased from 27,150 Ibs P/yr to approxi-
mately 25,000 Ibs P/yr.  These changes, when entered into
calculations given in Appendix C change the population
necessary to exceed the oligotrophic phosphorus loading ratio
from non-point sources from 59,000 to 54,000 persons.  The
population necessary to exceed the eutrophic rate changes
from 174,000 to 159,000.  All of these changes have been
entered into Appendix C.  Correspondence relating to this
problem is included for review.

As was discussed at the public hearing, and stated in the
EIS, EPA views this section as a preliminary discussion
of the problem of non-point pollution in the Basin.   We
do not agree that it is inappropriate at this time,
since no better data appears likely for at least two
years.   EPA certainly hopes that future projects will refine
the discussion presented here,  in order to assure protec-
tion of the lakes.   At the same time,  EPA feels strongly
that the goal of presenting the best currently available data
for public scrutiny requires that these data be included.
Non-point nutrient loadings are a critical issue in the future
of Lake Winnipesaukee, and need to be addressed.  The public
will not be well-served by ignoring the problem when more
data is collected,  rather the conclusions presented here
should be refined and modified as more data becomes available.
                          VI-19

-------
10.  MR. ARTHUR C. UNSWORTH

     Comment:

     Perhaps the invasion of Lake Winnipesaukee in Greens Basin,
     Smith Cove and Alton Bay since 1970 by Water Milfoil
     (myriophyllum Hterophyllum) should be mentioned in the EIS.

     Response:

     As suggested, Dr. Allen Baker of the University of New Hamp-
     shire was  contacted concerning the problem of water milfoil
     in Lake Winnipesaukee.  Dr. Baker has provided EcolSciences
     with data, a summary of which has been inserted into the
     report.  It should be pointed out, however, that the problems
     of milfoil growth, while locally important, are not critical
     for the lake as a whole.  EcolSciences at this time concurs
     that the problem is of sufficient magnitude to warrant in-
     clusion in the EIS.


11.  MR. KENNETH D. KIMBALL

     Comment:

     The report makes little attempt to explain data discrepancies
     in the trophic status of Lake Winnipesaukee.  It bases its
     conclusions and modeling on the questionable EPA (1974)  data
     which contains serious errors (e.g., the EPA mean outlet
     flow used  in nutrient calculations is calculated as 644.4 cfs,
     but ignores the fact that USGS has a continuous flow meter at
     this outlet and the actual recorded value is significantly
     lower). Secondly, the EIS leads to the basic conclusions
     that Lake  Winnipesaukee is still quite pristine (i.e., p. 11-32,
     paragraph  3; p. IV-28, paragraph 2; p. B-3, paragraph 2;  etc.).
     This assumption is based only on the EPA chemical data.   Dis-
     crepancies arise in the biological data.  As the EIS mentions,
     Yeo and Mathieson found the lake dominated by eutrophic
     myxophycean phytoplankton.  In late July 1975, moderate  algal
     blooms covered the northern end of Meredith Bay.  The report
     cites a lack of data on rooted aquatic plants (p.  11-47,
     paragraph  2; p. 11-48, paragraph 1).  The University of  New
     Hampshire's Botany Department has an active research program
     investigating the problem aquatic week,  milfoil.  This aquatic
     week problem is extensive and portions of Lake Winnipesaukee
     are not being sprayed with chemical herbicides to eliminate
     its growth.
                               VI-20

-------
This brings up a second proMem, the nillon nutrient modol i nq
approach used by the consultant.  The Dillon model may bo
preferred foi its simplicity, but it has questionable appl.i-
cation to Lak<. Vinnipesaukee.  First the model is extremely
sensitive to the area! water Joad (qg).  The model's error
increases sign!leantly in lakes with a low qs, the case of
Lake Winnipesaukee.  Dr. Widger and I have a paper in press
on this subject  (Water Resources Research) and Dillon is in
agreement with our critique.  Secondly, the model is insensi-
tive to nutrient capture and storage by aquatic weeds, a
situation occurring in Lake Winnipesaukee.  The model assumes
that the total phosphorus test  (which digests and measures
the phosphorus in phytoplankton) is an accurate representa-
tion of phosphorus levels in the lake.  This assumption is
true in lakes with sparse rooted aquatic plants.  However,
rooted aquatic plants effectively "filter out" nutrients,
which are then not measured in the water quality samples.
These nutrients accelerate the aquatic weed growth, and
create what is commonly known as an eutrophication problem.
Because the nutrients are being used by the aquatic weeds,
they are not available to be measured in the water samples.

Response:

The respondents criticism of EPA NES Working Paper No. 11
and of Appendix C of this report on the basis of discrepan-
cies in flow data and the calculation of R (phosphorus re-
tention coefficient)  are essentailly those of Dr. Widger,
and have been dealt with elsewhere (reply to Dr. Widger).

Criticism of the use of the Dillon model due to extensive
growths of rooted aquatic plants in Lake Winnipesaukee
appear to be unsupported.  The respondent implies that
large portions of the Lake are involved in such growths,
which does not appear to be the case.   Dr. Allen Baker of
the University of New Hampshire indicates that while there
are several active sites of aquatic milfoil growth in the
Lake, it is not a problem in the Lake as a whole.  Further,
there is currently no apparent correlation between areas of
milfoil growth and point source phosphorus loads.  It would
have been instructive if the respondent had included these
facts in his discussion.

The respondent indicates, correctly,  that Yeo and Mathieson
found myxophycean phytoplankton to dominate all of their
samples,  but does not point out that their samples were
primarily inshore stations,  not open lake stations, and
many were in areas known to have localized problems.   This
issue was discussed in the EIS.
                        VI-21

-------
     Further, the respondent cites that moderate algal blooms
     in the northern end of Meredith Bay as evidence for tho
     eutrophic condition of the Lake.  Meredith Bay represents
     only a small fraction of the surface area of the Lake,  and
     receives the single largest  point discharge currently
     entering the Lake at its northern end.  Obviously conditions
     in this area are not typical of the Lake as a whole.

     It is the conclusion of the respondent that "the lake is
     already suffering from a eutrophication problem."  Ecol-
     Sciences suggests that a more appropriate description of the
     facts, including those presented by the respondent, is  that
     Lake Winnipesaukee is an oligotrphic lake, with localized
     areas of eutrophy, primarily located in restricted bays and
     associated in many cases with point source nutrient discharges.
     This is in fact, the description we present in the EIS.


12.   MR. N. ROBERT ARTHUR

     Comment:

     Also, the ambient air quality section, I think, should  contain
     some mention of the high photochemical oxidant concentrations
     that are measured in adjoining areas.  These concentrations
     are not yet classed as serious problems, but this may be in
     part because we are uncertain of their origin.  It would seem
     advisable to include mention of photochemical oxidants  in the
     environmental description so that everyone is aware of  a
     potential problem that could become serious if it is aggra-
     vated by additional vehicular traffic.

     Response;

     The description of photochemical oxidant concentration  was not
     included in the EIS because no measured data is available for
     the Study Area.  Furthermore, the problem is compounded because
     their concentrations are regional in nature due primarily to
     transport.  The reference to "adjoining areas" is unclear since
     the nearest Ox readings are from Manchester and Nashua, some
     45 miles distance from the Study Area.  It is noted that the
     photochemical oxidant standard was violated several times in
     1974 at the three monitoring stations in New Hampshire.  Be-
     cause of the unique properties of photochemical oxidant con-
     centrations, it is uncertain what the situation is in the
     Franklin-Laconia area; however, this is another element the
     State should review over time.
                              VI-22

-------
Comment:

The calculational model employed to project general overall-
air quality computes average yearly meteorological para-
meters and uses average area-wide emission factors, including
emissions from the non-existant incinerator, to conclude that
average ground level concentrations of particulates and
sulfur dioxide are well within allowable limits, a result
that might have been predicted, I think, with a much simpler
model and with comparable accuracy.

Response:

Based on the data available, it is believed that CDM is the
best analytical tool for analyzing regional TSP and sulfur
dioxide concentrations.

The simpler models usually have more built-in assumptions
and application limitations.  For example, the roll-forward
technique largely depends on the existing air quality monitor-
ing data.  Thus, it can be used to estimate future concentra-
tions only at the existing air quality sampling sites.  Since
the sampling data in the Study Area is very limited, this
technique was not used.  The other simple model—Miller-Holzworth
equation—was not applied as this model does not take into
consideration the geographical distribution of pollutant sources
and is very sensitive to the size of the study area used.

Comment:
Rather than averages, I believe maximum concentrations based
on worst case conditions are considerably more indicative of
potential air pollution problems.  I would suggest, for
example, that possible increases in photochemical oxidant
and carbon monoxide concentrations be calculated assuming
worst possible meteorological conditions and maximum traffic
volumes.  Maximum concentrations could then be calculated
for sensitive receptors like downtown Laconia.

Response:

The air quality impact analyses presented in the Final Draft
EIS are based on the "worst case" conditions.

According to EPA's guidelines, the CO concentration and HC
burden (photochemical oxidants) analyses are necessary for
Transportation Control Plan areas only.  Since no transpor-
tation control strategy is required for the Study Area, no
CO or HC impacts were analyzed.
                         VI-23

-------
            REFERENCES
The following section contains citations
to the literature reviewed during the
preparation of this EIS.

-------
                        REFERENCES


Anderson, Nichols and Company, Inc.  Public Water Supply Phase
      One Report.  New Hampshire Department of Resources and
      Economic Development, 1969.

Baker, A. L. 1975.  Aquatic Macrophytes as Indicators of Nutrient
      Sources in Lakes and As A Controlling Pool of Phosphorus
      Within the Aquatic Ecosystem.Annual Report to the Water
      Resources Center,University of New Hampshire, Durham. 4 p.

Belknap  County Conservation District  & Executive Board, North
      Country RC&D Project.   North Country RC&D Project Plan -
      Belknap County  Supplement. 1973.

Bellar,  T.  A., Lichtenberg, J. J., and Kroner, R. C.   "The  Occur-
      rence of Organohalides  in  Chlorinated Drinking Waters."
      National Environmental  Research Center, EPA, Cincinnati,
      1974.
                                                «

Bickford, G. S.   Center Harbor Historical Society.  Personal
      Communication,  1975.

Billings, M. P.   The  Geology  of  New Hampshire, Part II - Bedrock
      Geology.  New Hampshire Department otResources and Economic
      Development, Concord, NH 1974.

Biospheric  Consultants International, Inc.  Lake Winnipesaukee
      as a  Quantitative Water Resource - Layman's Summary.
      Lakes Regional  Planning Commission, Meredith, NH 1974.

Braun, E. L.  Deciduous Forests  of Eastern North America.
      Hafner, New York, 1950.  596 p.

Brooks, John Langdon.  Eutrophication and Changes in the
      Composition of  the Zooplankton, p. 236-255.  IN:G.A.
      Rohlich(Chairman).Eutrophication:  causes, consequences,
      correctives.  Nat. Acad. Sci., Washington, D.C., 1969.

Camp, Dresser,and McKee Consulting Engineers.  "City of Franklin,
      New Hampshire - Report on  Sewerage and Sewage Treatment
      Boston, Mass.,  1965.

Carpenter,  R. G. and  Siegler, H. R.  A List of New Hampshire
      Mammals and Their Distribution.  New Hampshire Fish and
      Game Department, Concord, NH, 1974.  13 p.

Combs, M. L.  Secretary, Sanbornton Historical Society.  Personal
      Communication,  1975.

Community Planning Services ABR.  Town of Gilford Planning
      Study Report.   1970.

Community Planning Services ABR.   Center Harbor,  New Hampshire
      1971 Comprehensive Plan.  1971.
                             R-l

-------
Dillon, P. J.   .'he Phosphorus Budget of Cameron Lake, Ontario:
      The importance of Flushing Rate to the Degree of Eutrophy
      of Lakes.  Limnol. Oceanogr.  20, lb»75, p. 28-39.        ~~

Dunt-l , R. C. , Born, S. M. , Uttormark, P. D., Smith, S. A.,
      Nichols,  S. A., Peterson, J.  O., Knaver, D. R., Searns,
      S. L. , Winter, D. R., Wirth,  T. L.  Survey of Lake
      Rehabilitation Techniques and Experiences.  Dept. of
      Natural Resources.   Madison,  Wise.Tech.Bull. No. 75,
      1974.  179 p.

Edmondson, W. T.  Eutrophication in North America, p. 124-149.
      In: G.A.  Rolich, Eutrophication:  Causes, Consequences,
      Correctives.  National Academy of Science, Wash., D.C.,
      1969.

Environmental Protection Agency.   "Guideline for Cost Estimates
      of Municipal Wastewater Systems", Washington, D. C.,  1973.

Environmental Protection Agency.   "Report on Lake Winnipesaukee,
      Carroll and Belknap  Counties, New Hampshire, National
      Eutrophication Survey, Working Paper No. 11, 1974a.   83 p.

Environmental Protection Agency.   "Relationships Between Drainage
      Area Characteristics and Non-point Source Nutrients in
      Streams."  National  Eutrophication Survey, Workinq Paper
      No. 25, 1974b.  53 p.

Environmental Protection Agency.   Region II.  "Cost and Capa-
      city of Intercepting Sewers", Technical Document,
      1975.

Fenton G. Keyes Associates.  Preliminary Engineering Survey and
      Report on Control of Water Pollution for the Town of
      Belmont, New Hampshire.1970.

Fernald, M. L.  Gray's Manual of Botany, 8th ed.  American Book
      Company, Chicago, 111., 1950.  1632 p.

Foadriat, D.  P.  A Dye Test Program for Identification of
      Faulty Septic Systems.  Undated.

Frey, David G., ed.   Limnology in North America.  Univ. of
      Wisconsin Press, Madison,  wise.,  1963.  734 p.

Goldman, C. R.  The Role of Minor Nutrients in Limiting the
      Productivity of Aquatic Systems,  p.  21-40.  IN:   C. E.
      Likens, ed.  Nutrients and Eutrophication:  the Limiting
      Nutrient Controversy.  Amer.  Soc.  Limnol.  Oceanogr.
      Spec. Symposia., Vol. I.
                             R-2

-------
Goldthwait, J.  W., Goldthwait, L.,  and Goldthwait, R. P.  The
      Geology of New Hampshire Part 1 - Surficial Geology.
      New Hampshire Department of Resources and Economic
      Development, Concord, NH, 1969.

Goldthwait, R.  P.  Surficial Geology of the Wolfeboro-Winnipe-
      saukee Area.  State of New Hampshire Department of
      Resources and Economic Development, Concord, NH,  1968.

Guariglia, Mary.  "Wetlands - A Vital Natural Resource."  1975.

Hance, Peter.  City Planner for Laconia.  Personal conversation.
      August, 1975.

Hans Klunder Associates.  A Comprehensive Plan for Alton, New
      Hampshire.  1965.

Hans Klunder Associates.  A Comprehensive Plan for Franklin, New
      Hampshire.  1967.

Hans Klunder Associates.  A Comprehensive Plan - Meredith, New
      Hampshire.  1969.

Hans Klunder Associates.  Belmont,  A Comprehensive Plan.  1970.

Hoover, E. E.  Biological Survey of the Merrimack Watershed.
      Report to the New Hampshire Fish and Game Commission.
      Concord,  NH, 1938.

Kitchel, R. S., Jr., Sloan, J. C.,  Spaulding, Marion I. and
      Bryant, Nancy H.  Physical Features and Natural Resources
      Report, Laconia.  The Laconia City Planning Board, Laconia,
      NH, 1963.

Lakes Region Planning Commission.  Population.  1973a.

Lakes Region Planning Commission.  Existing Land Use.  1973b.

Lakes Region Planning Commission.  Development Regulations. 1973c

Lakes Region Planning Commission.  Economic Profile 1975.

Lund, J. W. G.   Phytoplankton, P.  IN:  G.A. Rohlich, Chairman,
      Eutrophication:  causes, consequences, correctives.
      National  Academy of Sciences, Washington, D. C.,  1969.
      p. 306-330.
                            R-3

-------
Mackenthun, K. M.  The Practice of Water Pollution Biology.
      Fed. Water Poll. Control Admin., Wash., D. C., 1969.
      281 p.

Mciqu.i.re, C. hi. fc Associates, Inc.  !.in_3i_n St_udy on Wat .01 gua I i t y
                                    R-tyor nafiln, Prov i»l«»m.-f ,  in,
        -       .       _
      T'9~22. ............. "

Maguire, C. E. & Associates,  Inc.  Water Quality Management  Plan
      for the Lakes Region, Providence, RI ,  1973.

Martin, A. C. , Zim, H.  S. and Nelson, A. G.  American Wildlife
      and Plants.  Dover Publications,  Inc., New York,  1951.
      500 p.

McSweeny, James.  City  Manager  for Franklin.   Personal  Conversa-
      tion.  August,  1975.

Metcalf and Eddy, Inc.   "Progress Report to  New Hampshire  Water
      Pollution Control Board Upon Fertilization Survey of
      Lake Winnisquam." Boston, Mass., 1961.  58  p. plus
      Appendices .

Metcalf and Eddy, Inc.   Sanbornton, New Hampshire  - Comprehensive
      Town Plan.  1962-63.

Metcalf and Eddy, Inc.   "Report to Lakes Region Planning Commis-
      sion on Solid Waste Disposal Plan for  the Lakes Region."
      January, 1974.

Minnoch, James.  Director of  State Planning, State of New
      Hampshire  Interdepartment Communication  Regarding the
      "Proposed  personnel reassignments in conjunction  with
      Fiscal  Year 1976  work program and budget."   May 29,  1975.

Neville, Dave.   Assistant Planning Director  for New Hampshire
      Office  of  Comprehensive Planning.  Personal  Communication,
      August  15, 1975.

New England Division-Corp. of Engineers.   "Appendices,  Water
      Resources  Investigation Merrimack River  Basin."   August,
      1972.

New Hampshire Association of  Chiefs of  Police, Inc.  Annual
      Survey  of  Police  Salaries in New  Hampshire.  1975.

New Hampshire Office  of Comprehensive Planning.  Population
      estimates  and projections, 1974,  1975.

New Hampshire Office  of Comprehensive Planning.  Division  of
      Community  Planning.  "Planning Enabling  Legislation  in
      New Hampshire."  January, 1975.
                            R-4

-------
New Hampshire Office of Comprehensive Planning.  New Hampshire
      Guide Plan - Merrimack Basin Plan, prepared in cooperation
      with New Hampshire Department of Resources and Economic
      Development and the New England River Basins Commission,
      (unpublished, 1974) .

New Hampshire Office of Industrial Development.  Division of
      Economic Development.  "Made in New Hampshire - A
      Directory of Manufacturers and Manufactured Products and
      Mining."  1975.

New Hampshire State Historic Preservation Society.  New
      Hampshire State Historic Preservation Plan.  Concord,
      NH, 1970.

New Hampshire Water Supply and Pollution Control Commission
      (NHWSPCC).  Merrimack River Basin Water Quality Management
      Plan.  Staff Report No. 61.  New Hampshire Water Supply
      and Pollution Control Commission, Concord, NH, 1973a.

New Hampshire Water Supply and Pollution Control Commission
      (NHWSPCC).  Eutrophication in Lake Winnisquam.  Staff
      Report No. 62, 1973b.

New Hampshire Water Supply and Pollution Control Commission
      (NHWSPCC).  Lake Winnisquam Eutrophication Control Program
      Study, Phase I:  Pre-operational Studies, Calendar year
      1973. Staff Report No. 63, 1974a.

New Hampshire Water Supply and Pollution Control Commission
      (NHWSPCC).  Public Water Supplies.  1974b.

New Hampshire Water Supply and Pollution Control Commission
      (NHWSPCC).  Standards of Design for Sewerage and Waste
      Treatment Systems.  Concord, NH, 1975a.

New Hampshire Water Supply and Pollution Control Commission
      (NHWSPCC).  Lake Winnisquam Monitoring and Surveillance.
      Staff Report No. 70,  1975b.  73 p.

Newell,  A. E.  Biological Survey of the Lakes and Ponds in
      Sullivan, Belknap and Strafford Counties.  Survey Report
      No. 8b, New Hampshire Fish and Game Dept., 1963.

Office of State Planning.  In cooperation with the Belknap
      County Conservation District.  "Inventory of Natural,
      Scenic, and Historic  Areas in Belknap County."
      Initiated, 1968a.

Office of State Planning.  In cooperation with the Carroll
      County Conservation District.  "Inventory of Natural,
      Scenic, and Historic  Areas in Carroll County."
      Initiated, 1968b.
                             R-5

-------
Office of State Planning.  In cooperation with the Merrimack
      County Conservation District.  "Inventory of Natural,
      Scenic, and Historic Areas in Merrimack County.
      Initiated, 1968.

Oliver, J. A.   A partial Checklist of the Amphibians and Reptiles
      of New Hampshire.New Hampshire Fish and Game Department,
      Concord,  NH, 1938.  6 p.

Paerl, H. W., Richards, R. C., Leonard, R. L., and Goldman,
      C. R.  Seasonal Nitrate Cycling as Evidence for Complete
      Vertical  Mixing in Lake Tahoe, California-Nevada.  Limnol.
      Oceanogr. 20:  1975, p. 1-8.

Paul Hendricks  & Associates.  New Hampshire Office of State
      Planning.  Impact of Recreation, Vacation and Travel on
      Hampshire 1954-1970. 1971.

Price, C. B.  Historic  Indian Trails of New Hampshire.  New
      Hampshire Archeological Society, Durham, NH, 1967.

Quinn, A.  Geology of the Winnipesaukee Quadrangle, New Hampshire.
      New Hampshire  Division of Economics Development - state
      Planning  and Development Commission, Concord, NH, 1965.

Real Estate  Research Corporation.  The Costs  of Sprawl-
      Detailed  Cost  Analysis.  Report to CEQ, HUD, and EPA
      April,1974.

Richards, R.  A Checklist of Birds in New Hampshire.  New
      Hampshire Fish and Game Department and  Audubon Society
      of New Hampshire, Concord, NH, 1964.  6 p.

Rist-Frost Associates.  A Comprehensive Park  and  Recreation
      Plan for  Laconia, New Hampshire.  Allen Organization Park
      and Recreation Planning Department, 1975.

Robert S. Kitchel, Jr.  & Associates.  Laconia Comprehensive
      Plan.  Prepared with cooperation of  New Hampshire
      Department of  Resources & Economic Development, 1963.

Roberts, Suzanne S.  Letter.  August 18, 1975.

Robinette, G. O.  Plants, People, and Environmental Quality.
      U.S. Department of the  Interior, National Park Service,
      Washington, D.C.,  1972.  194 p.

Rose, Ronald.   Supervisor Wastewater Treatment Plant Operations
      to Daniel Collins, P.E., Assistant Chief Engineer-
      Administrator, State of New Hampshire,  Water Supply  and
      Pollution Commission.   Interdepartmental communication,
      July 23,  1975.
                             R-6

-------
Sanderson, P.  Meredith Historical Society.  Personal com-
      munication, 1975.

S.iwyor ,  C. N.  l-Vrl I J.l/nt U.m o f UikoH hy AIJ i  Irullm.-il ninl lii
            ijo.  Now Kng Canil WaLcr Work;: AMMOI-.  I'll : 1 (")'> 1 .'7 ,
SEA, Consultants, Inc.  "Environmental Assessment, Winnipesaukee
      River Basin Pollution Abatement Program, Winnisquam Out-
      fall System."  Prepared for New Hampshire Water Supply
      and Pollution Control Commission, February, 1975.

Seamans, R. G. ,  Jr. and Newell, A. E., Jr.  Management of Lake
      Atlantic Salmon  (Salmo Solar) in New Hampshire.  New
      Hampshire Fish and Game Dept. Survey Report No. 10,
      1973.  92 p.

Seymour, F. C.  The Flora of New England.  The Charles E. Tuttle
      Company, Rutland, Vt., 1969.  595 p.

State of New Hampshire.  North Country Resource Conservation
      Development Project.  Executive Board,  1968.   120 p.

State of New Hampshire.  Laws Relating to the Water  'Supply and
      Pollution Control Commission.  Concord, NH , 1972.

State of New Hampshire Water Resources Board.  "RSA-Chapter
      485."  1974.

U.S. Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service.
      Soil Survey;  Merrimack County, New Hampshire.  1965.
      93 p. plus Plates.

U.S. Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service.
      Soil Survey:  Belknap County, New Hampshire.   1968.
      68 p. plus Plates.

U.S. Department of Commerce, NOAA.  New England Annual Summary
      Climatological Data.  Vol. 86, No. 13,  Asheville, NC ,
      1974.

U.S. Department of the Interior.  The Practice of Pollution
      Biology.  US GPO, Washington, D. C., 1969.

U S. Department of the Interior.  "Fish and Wildlife Service."
      Threatened Wildlife of the United States, Resource
      Publication 114.  1973.  289 p.

U.S. Department of the Interior.  "Fish and Wildlife Service."
      Threatened or Endangered Fauna or Flora.  Federal
      Register, Vol. 40, No. 127, Part V, July 1, 1975.
      Washington, D. C.  100 p.
                             R-7

-------
U.S. Department of the Interior.  National Park Service.
      Historic American Engineering Record, New England, an
      Inventory of Historic Engineering and Industrial Sites.
      Washington, D. C., 1974.

U.S. Department of the Interior.  National Park Service.
      "National Register of Historic Places," Federal Register,
      Tuesday, February 4, 1975 plus monthly supplements.

U.S. Geological Survey.  "Water Resources Data for Massachusetts,
      New Hampshire, Rhode Island, and Vermont" Part I-Surface
      Water Records, 1970-1973.

University of New Hampshire.  New Hampshire Cooperative Exten-
      sion Service.  Personal correspondence from Roger
      Leighton - CFM Supervisor.  August, 1975.

Uttormark, P. D., Chapin, J. D., and Green, K. M.  "Estimating
      Nutrient Loadings of Lakes from Non-point Sources."
      Univ. of Wisconsin Water  Resources Center, Madison,
      Wise.,  1974.

U.S. Government, Dept. of the Army, Corps of Engineers.  Water
      Resources  Investigation:   Winnipesaukee River, Merrimack
      River Basin,  New Hampshire, Waltham, Mass.  16 p. plus
      photographs and maps.

Vollenweider, R. A.  Scientific fundamentals of the eutrophica-
      tion of lakes and flowing waters, with particular reference
      to nitrogen and phosphorus as factors in eutrophication.
      Organization of Economic  Co-operation and Development,
       (Environment Directorate).  Paris, France, 1971.

Vollenweider, R. A.  Input-output model, with special reference
      to the  phosphorus loading concept in limnology.
      Schweizerische Zeitschrift fuer Hydrologie 37(1):  53-84,
      1975.

Weibel, S. R.   "Urban Drainage  as a Factor in Eutrophication,
      pp.  383-403 in G. A. Rohlich  (Chairman).  Eutrophication;
      Causes, Consequences, Correctives.  National Academy of
      Sciences,  Washington, D.  C.,  1969.

Yeo, H. W. and  Mathieson, A. C.  Phytoplankton populations in
      relation  to different trophic levels at Winnipesaukee
      Lake, New Hampshire, U.S.A.  Water Resources Research
      Center, Univ. of New Hampshire, Durham.  Project  Comple-
      tion Report - Project No. A-019-NH,  1973.
                             R-8

-------
GLOSSARY

-------
                          GLOSSARY
Dimictic


Hypolimnion


Metalimnion
Epilimnion



Eutrophic


Oligotrophic


Mesotrophic

Allochthonous

Arithochthonous
Lake with spring and fall turnovers (temporaU>
lakes) .

The deep layer of a lake lying below the meta-
limnion and removed from surface influences.

The layer of water in a lake between the
epilimnion and hypolimnion in which the tem-
perature exhibits the greatest difference in
a vertical direction.

The turbulent surface layer of a lake lying
above the metalimnion which does not have a
permanent thermal stratification.

Waters with a good supply of nutrients and hence
a rich organic production.

Waters with a small supply of nutrients and
hence a small organic production.

Waters with an intermediate nutrient load.

Originating elsewhere.

Originating within the system.
                            X-l

-------
              APPENDIX A

      PROPOSED SLUDGE DISPOSAL
FRANKLIN WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT

-------
                      PROPOSED SLUDGE DISPOSAL
                FRANKLIN WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT
                 WINNIPESAUKEE RIVER BASIN PROGRAM


       The Winnipesaukee River Basin Program consists of collection,
transmission, and treatment of all sewage and industrial  wastes
from eight communities within the Basin.  The Franklin Treatment Plant
is being designed as a secondary treatment plant with discharge  to
the Merrimack River.  The purpose of this report is to identify  the
method of ultimate disposal of the sludge which will  «be generated during
the treatment process.

       It is intended that sludge from this secondary plant will be
anaerobically digested and then concentrated through the use of  the
filter press.  It is anticipated that the sludge cake discharge  from
this press will have a solids content in the order of 45%.  It is
estimated that during the first ten years of operation, the average
volume of sludge will be approximately 250 cubic feet per day, based
upon the anticipated 45% solids content.

       A number of alternatives for ultimate sludge disposal have
been examined.  These four alternate methods consist of:

            1.  Incineration
            2.  Soil Enrichment.
            3.  A landfill operation combined with solid waste,  and,
            4.  A separate landfill facility adjacent to the proposed
                treatment plant.
                                 A-l

-------
       Because of the high cost of fuel  and  possible  adverse  effects
on air quality, together with the high cost  of construction,
incineration of ultimate disposal  has been dropped  from  further
consideration.

       While the soil enrichment method offers a  viable  alternative
to other methods, it is our opinion that further  evaluation of sludge
which will be developed, is needed.  We have examined and  analyzed
the chemically-treated sludge from the Laconia Treatment Plant and
find it to be of acceptable quality for use  in this method of disposal.
However, the sludge being generated at the Laconia  Treatment  Plant  does
not represent the ultimate sludge which will result from the  Franklin
operation.  Until such time as the Franklin  Plant is  on  line  and firm
analyses of the sludge are available, this method of  disposal will  not
be proposed.  When all sludge characteristics are available,  this method
of disposal will be re-examined and if at all possible,  this  method of
disposal will be instituted.  It is our intention to  make full use  of
this valuable resource if possible.

       A third method, that of combining the sludge with solid waste
from the City of Franklin, has also been examined.   This method of
disposal would involve two separate agencies and  would result in higher
transportation costs than would be realized  by the recommended method
of separate land disposal.

       The proposed method of sludge disposal is  spreading and covering
of the sludge in an area adjacent to the Treatment Plant.   Except for
                                A-2

-------
  the  soil  enrichment  method,  this offers the least expensive method
  of disposal.   It  has the  further advantage of being confined to the
  Treatment Plant site and  does not require trucking over the local
  residential  streets.

        A  laboratory  analysis of the sludge from the presently operating
  Laconia Treatment Plant has been undertaken.   These results are shown
  in Table  1.  As you will  note, while some of the total  metals show a
  relatively high concentration, the soluble portion of the constituents
  is very low.  A comparison of our most recent  analyses  with that reported
 by Dr.  Robert D.  Harter, shows a substantially lower  concentration
 level of metals tested.   It is our  opinion that  with  the  low solubility
 of these metals,  our proposed method of disposal  will not  result in
 adverse groundwater conditions.   A  review  of the findings  reported by
 Dr. Harter indicate his  analyses were  performed  on a  single grab
 sample  of digested sludge  from  the old  Laconia Plant.   The  sludge  at
 that  time would have  reflected conditions  preceeding a  program of
 pre-treatment of industrial wastes within  the City.  For these reasons,
 we are  of  the opinion that his results, while perhaps valid at that
 time, no  longer represent  the current condition of the sludge being
 generated.

       Table 2  sets forth  the design criteria for sludge disposal.  It
 is proposed that a series of trenches measuring approximately 12' wide x 99'
long be developed.   The bottom elevation would  approximate existing
elevations in the  area of 262.0.   The sludge, after digestion and filter
 pressing, would be deposited in 6" lifts.  After this  6" layer of sludge
                                A-3

-------
has been deposited,  a 6"  layer of  cover material will be added
daily.  These alternating levels will  be  repeated  until a deptli  of
approximately 3'  has been achieved.   At that  time  an  adjoining cell
of the same dimensions will  be constructed.   It  is estimated  that a
single 31 lift over a 5-acre plot  will  last approximately 2 years.   At
the end of that 2-year period, additional  lifts  will  be constructed,
including two feet of final  cover, to bring the  area  up to an elevation
of 274 (100-year flood level).  Through this  method,  an effective life
of the 5-acre plot would be approximately 10  years.   In the  event that
ultimate evaluation indicates that the idea of soil  enrichment is not
feasible, additional acreage would be developed, as  outlined  above
for the 5 acres.   The City of Franklin has under ownership approximately
220 acres in the Treatment Plant area.  The City has  indicated that
they will deed to the State as much of this area as  the State will
need for the original Treatment Plant, together  with  any  necessary  future
expansion, and adequate land for sludge disposal.

       It is proposed that any surface run-off be diverted around  the
disposal area.  A review of all sub-surface investigations taken in the
area indicates a slope of groundwater from the highland  toward the  River.
To insure that a minimum of 4' is maintained  between high groundwater
and the bottom of the sludge cells, it is proposed that  an  intercepting
drain be provided at the high groundwater side of the property.   We
anticipate that by lowering the groundwater at this point,  that the
groundwater beneath the disposal area will always be maintained at a
minimum of 4'.  The groundwater so intercepted will, in  our  opinion,
not receive any drainage from the sludge.  The collected  groundwater

                                A-4

-------
will be discharged by pipe through the Treatment Plant site to  the  River.
The water quality of this collected groundwater will  be monitored so
that any change in v/ater quality can be determined.   If the collected
groundwater indicates the presence of undesirable levels of metals,
we will treat this water as we would any waste entering the Plant.
In addition to monitoring the collected groundwater,  a minimum  of
two test wells will be installed between the sludge disposal site and
the River to determine any effects on groundwater generally.

       Access to the site will be limited to operating personnel.
There will be only one access road to the disposal site and that will
be through the Treatment Plant.  The closest private well is located
some 1,500' to the west of the site and is approximately 300' higher
in elevation than the sludge area.  Because of the configuration of the
land, it is doubtful that any private dwelling would encroach closer
than the closest existing house, that being 1,500'.

       Grease, scum, grit, and screenings will be handled separately
and buried separately adjacent to the Treatment  Plant.   It  is
estimated that during the first  10 years of operation  that  about
40 cubic feet/day of this material will be collected and buried.

       A plan  indicating general  lay-out and essential details of  the
proposed sludge disposal facility are shown on the attached plan.
                                 A-5

-------
                                    TABLE 1



                            LACONIA TREATMENT PLANT



                               ANALYSIS OF SLUDGE




                        All Values in Parts Per Million
           Silver      Cadmium     Cobalt     Chromium     Nickel     Lead     JJm
Jetals       15         3.5          15          5.5         2.5       85       15
Soluble                                                     ,.        ,        ,n
Metals       <2         0.5          <5          <3          <10       <1       <10
                                      A-6

-------
                             TABLE  2





                    FRANKLIN  WASTE TREATMENT PLANT





                           SLUDGE DISPOSAL





                           DESIGN CRITERIA
Proposed Treatment:  Primary Sedimentation Activated  Sludge





Proposed Sludge Process:  Anaerobic Digestion





Design Period - Land Disposal:  10 Years





Design Flow - Average Over 10-Year Period  =  6.75 MGD





Estimated Solids Production:  1,560#/MGD





Total Sludge to Digester  =  1,560x6.75  =  10,5300 Dry Solids/Day





Total Sludge Reduction  (Digestion)  =  25%





Total Digested Sludge   =  8,000? Dry Solids/Day





Digested Sludge Concentration  =   5% Solids





Filter  Press Cake  Concentration  =  45% Solids





Volume  Filter Cake @ 45%  Solids  =  250cf/day





Trench  Dimensions:  12' Wide  x  99' Long
                                A-7

-------
      APPENDIX  B




WATER QUALITY STANDARDS

-------
    The January 1, 1970 "Recommended Use Classifications and
Water Quality Standards" reproduced in Table B-l are the basic
stream classifications for New Hampshire.  Because the coliform
standards for Class B and Class C were more stringent than the
same classifications in most other states, the New Hampshire
Water Supply and Pollution Control Commission on Octover 31,
1973 adopted new coliform standards which resulted in a modifi-
cation of these two classes  (NHWSPCC, 1975 — 305b document).
The coliform standards for the original classifications and for
the modified classification, B* and C*, are presented in Table
B-l.
                              B-l

-------
                                              TABLE  B-l








                                         RECOMMENDED USE CLASSIFICATIONS '




                                                      AND




                                              WATER QUALITY STANDARDS




                                               AS OF JANUARY  I. 1970




                                 BASED ON CHAPTER  149  REVISED STATUTES ANNOTATED 2




                             NEW HAMPSHIRE WATER SUPPLY AND POLIUTI ON CONTROL COMMISSION


Dissolved Oxygen
Col 1 form Bacteria
per 100 ml
pH
Substances
potentially toxic
Sludge deposits
01 1 and Grease
Color
Turbidity
SI fck. Odors and
Surface-Floating
Solids
Temperature
Class A
Potentially acceptable
for public water supply
after disinfection. No
discharge of sewage or
other wastes. (Quality
uniformly excellent).
Not less than 75t Sat.
Not more than 50
Natural
None
None
None
Not to exceed 15 units.
Not to exceed 5 units.
None
No artificial rise
Class B
Acceptable for bathing and
recreation, fish habitat
and public water supply
after adequate treatment.
No disposal of sewage or
wastes unless adequately
treated. (High aesthetic
value) .
Not less than 75* Sat.
Not more than 2^0 In fresh
water. Not more than 70 MPN
in salt or brackish water.
6.5 - 8.0
Not in toxic concentrations
or comblnat ions .
Not objectionable kinds or
amounts .
None
Not In objectionable
amounts.
Not to exceed 10 units
In trout water. Not to
exceed 25 units In non-
trout water.
None
NHFSGO, NEIWPCC, or
NTAC-OI -- whichever
provides most effective
control . *
Class C
Acceptable for recreational
boating, fishing, and
industrial water supply
with or without treatment,
depending on Individual
requirements. (Third
highest qual i ty) .
Not less than 5 p. p.m.
Not specified
6.0 - 8.5
Not in toxic concentrations
or combinations.
Not objectionable kinds or
amounts .
Not objectionable kinds
or amounts.
Not in objectionable
amounts .
Not to exceed 10 units
in trout water. Not to
exceed 25 units in non-
trout water.
Not in objectionable
kinds or amounts.
NHFtGD, NEIWPCC or
NTAC-OI -- whichever
provides most effective
cont ro 1 . •*
Class D
Aesthetlcal ly
acceptable. Suitable
for certain Industrial
purposes, power and
navigation. (Lowest
allowable quality now
less than 1/2 ml le In
ent 1 re state) .
Not less than 2 p. p.m.
Not specified
Not specified
Not in toxic
concentrations or
comb i nal i ons .
Not objectionable
kl nds or amounts.
Not of unreasonable
kind, quant i ty or
durat ion .
Not of unreasonable
ki nd, quant i ty or
duration.
Not of unreasonable
k i nd , quant 1 1 y or
durat Ion.
Not of unreasonable
k i nd , quant 1 1 y or
durat Ion.
Shol 1 not exceed
90° F.
Note:    I    The waters  In each classification shall  satisfy  all  provisions of all  lower classifications.



        2    For complete details see Chapter U9 RSA.




        3    NHF&GD   •  New Hampshire Fish and Game  Department




            NEIWPCC  '  New England Interstate Water Pollution Control Commission



            NTAC-OI  -  National  Technical Advisory  Committee, Department of the Interior
                                                      B-2

-------
                                                TABLE B-2
                     COLIFORM STANDARDS FOR NEW HAMPSHIRE STREAM CLASSICATIONS
                                            (NHWSFCC,  1975)
to
i
OJ
Total Coliform Bacteria
  Count Per 100 ml

(1)   No known man
     produced pollution

(2)   Known man produced
     pollution
 £50    £240

(N.A.)   <240
£1,000
(N.A.)
(N.A.)
<1,000
No Limit
(N.A.)
(N.A. )
No Limit
     Fecal Foliform Bacteria
       Count Per 100 ml

     (1)   No known man
          produced pollution

     (2)   Known man produced
          pollution
                               <2
         (N.A.
<200
                              (N.A.)   (N.A.)     (N.A.)
(N.A.)


(N.A.)
No Limit


(N.A.)
(N.A.)


No Limit

-------
          APPENDIX C

FUTURE GROWTH, EUTROPHICATION
      AND LAKE QUALITY

-------
    Future Growth,  Eutrophication  and  Lake Quality

    In most  aquatic systems,  during  periods of  high  produc-
tivity,  the  available  supply  of  a  critical nutrient,  usually
either nitrogen  or  phosphorus, is  eventually  reduced  to  a
level where  it limits  further primary  production.  Eutrophica-
tion, by increasing the  availability of  nutrients, generally
enhances primary production.  The  changes brought about  by
enrichment are both quantitative and qualitative, and are
apparent in  the  rest of  the ecosystem  as it readjusts to the
new situation.

    The  most obvious and direct  effects  of eutrophication in
any body of  water are  seen in the  primary producers,  particularly
the algal flora.  Often  algal populations increase,  and  the
species  composition changes.  This is  not a universal result,
for other factors,  such  as light,  may  retard  the growth  of the
algae.   Blue-green  algae (Cyanophyta), which  often appear as
nuisance organisms  in  eutrophic  systems, seem favored by high
nutrient and organic matter levels,  but  the actual mechanism
is not clear (Lund,  1969).

     The source  and type of enrichment is an  important factor in
the ecology  of the  water body.   For  example,  agricultural runoff
from excessively  fertilized farm land can provide both nitrogen
and phosphorus to natural waters,  as does domestic sewage, but
the proportions  are generally quite  different.  In the case of
poorly treated sewage, the nutrient  enrichment is often  accom-
panied by a  sediment/sludge problem  (Mackenthun, 1969).   Even
if organic material is not introduced into the system, large
algal blooms generally will produce  a high oxygen demand when
they begin to decay.

     There are two  main  mechanisms through which eutrophication
can effect trophic  levels above  the  primary producers.   First,
the algae favored by the enrichment may be unsuitable as food
organisms (this  seems to be the  case for many blue-green algae)
resulting in changes in  subsequent links of the food web.
Secondly, low oxygen values resulting from the decomposition
of excessive organic matter,   either  allochthonous or auto-
chthonous, may cause the exclusion of low oxygen intolerant
fauna.   Other effects, such as direct poisoning of organisms
by metabolic products from algae, or sensitivity to increased
sediment loads,  i.e., burying benthic organisms or clogging
gills of fish and invertebrates,  appear to be less significant.

     It must be emphasized that all the changes are not  direct.
The structure of various levels of food webs  will  affect other
components.   For example, the presence  or absence of plankton-
ivorous  fish is often a controlling factor for zooplankton,
and they in turn control the  algal crop by size and/or particle
selective grazing.  Data on freshwater  zooplankton indicate low
levels of enrichment may stimulate zooplankton by increasing
                            C-l

-------
 available)  food.   At  higher  levels,  floral  chmujt'st will  Ir.id l<>
 changes  in the  zooplankton.   Many  zooplanktors arc sonsilivr
 to  reduced oxygen levels  (Brooks,  1969).   Similar observations
 can be made for  fish and  benthic  fauna.

     Eutrophication,  in  and  of itself,  is  not an unnatural
 phenomenon.   In  many areas,  lakes  are  naturally eutrophic  and
 have always been populated  by bloom-forming blue-green  algae.
 What is  of concern is cultural eutrophication,  or the premature
 senesance  of  lakes caused by  man's  activities.   This  is  typically
 a phenomena of  the developed  countries, ana is related  to  the
 intensity  of  technological  activities  in  the watershed.  Exten-
 sive research has indicated that  the primary cause of cultural
 eutrophication  is enrichment  with  phosphorus (Vollenweider , 1971) .
 There are  lakes  in which  phosphorus is not the critical  factor.
 In  some  nitrogen is  limiting,  as  is the case in Lake  Tahoe
 (Paul, Richards,  Leonard  and  Goldman,  1975) .   Similarly, trace
 elements may  occasionally be  limiting  primarily in oligotrophic
 systems .

     In order  to  correct cultural eutrophication under most cir-
 cumstances,  identification, quantification and  control of  all
 phosphorus  sources is required.  Since this is  generally not
 possible,  it  is  necessary to  establish nutrient levels which will
 allow the  lake to remain  in,  or return to,  the  desired condition.
 Sawyer (1947) suggested that  concentrations at  spring turnover
 of  0.010 mg/1 of  inorganic  phosphorus  and  0.300 mg/1  of  inorganic
 nitrogen were critical levels  in the development of algal  blooms.
 Vollenweider  (1971 and others) is  the  primary proponent of the
 "loading rate" concept.  It involves the identification of levels
 of  phosphorus addition to the  lake  ("loading")  which  will  not
 appreciably effect the trophic state of the lake.   In early
 papers, these limits were determined by comparing loading  rates
 for  lakes known  to be eutrophic with others where no  problems
 were  known  to exist.   On this  basis, Vollenweider (1971) pro-
 duced estimates of nutrient loading rates  which could be sus-
 tained by lakes of various depths.  This approach was demon-
 strated to be incomplete by Dillon  (1975) ,  since  no consideration
 was given to hydraulic retention time.  Vollenweider  (1975)  also
 recognized this deficiency and redesigned  his criteria accordingly.
 Dillon (1975) reviewed the available literature  and concluded
 that when a lake  is in steady-state equilibrium  the loading rate
 and the total phosphorus concentration area related by the  equation:
              (z)  P

where (P) = total phosphorus concentration  (g/M3)
                            C-2

-------
         L = loading rate

         R = retention coefficient

         z = mean depth (M)

 and      P = flushing rate (year -1)

     Using this  formulation  (or that  of  Vollenweider,  1975)  and
 the  work of Sawyer (1947) ,  it is possible  to  calculate  a  loading
 rate (L)  which  will keep the  total phosphorus concentration (P)
 below  that necessary for eutrophication to occur.  The  relation-
 ship of  phosphorus loading  to total  phosphorus in  a  lake  is still
 an area  of active research, and as a result there  is  no single
 "correct" method of calculating permissible loading  rates.   This
 discussion is based on the  calculations of Dillon  (1975)  and
 Vollenweider (1975).   Once  an estimation of the critical  loading
 value  is made,  the next step  is to measure, or estimate,  the
 inputs to the lake.   Ideally,  a comprehensive research  program
 to evaluate all inputs will be available.   In practice  it is
 usually  necessary to estimate at least  some of the inputs.   This
 can  be done using published reports  which  relate water  quality
 in runoff or drainage to land use.   It  is  not as accurate as
 direct estimation.   Published results for  this type of  study
 indicate that considerable variation exists within any  single
 land use category.   As a result,  any calculations based on  theoret-
 ical land use,  rather than actual measured values, introduce
 uncertainty into the  calculations.   In  the case of Lake Winnisquam
 and  Winnipesaukee,  some published data  are available, and the
 calculations which follow are  a mixture of actual and estimated
 nutrient  inputs.   Since phosphorus is normally the critical
 nutrient  in eutrophic lakes,  and both Lake Winnisquam and Lake
 Winnipesaukee have been shown  to be  phosphorus limited  (EPA,
 1974a; NHWSPC,  1973),  only a  phosphorus budget is presented  in
 this report.

     Lake  Winnipesaukee

     EPA  (1974)  conducted an evaluation  of  the  Lake, and found
 that it was  oligotrophic, based on current  loading rates.   Local
 disturbances do  occur  in enclosed areas  near  certain point  sources.
 The  EPA  report  included data on  nutrient levels  and flow  for all
 major  tributaries,  and either  measurements  or  estimates of all
 other  nutrient  sources (direct  runoff,  municipal discharges,
 septic tank  seepage and rainfall).   The  goal of  this study was
 the  identification and quantification of significant nutrient
 sources  for  the  lake,  but it can also serve as  the basis  for a
preliminary  evaluation of the  effects of land  use changes  on the
 lake.
                             C-3

-------
    In order to facilitate this  analysis,  the following assump-
tions were made:

    •  All the data presented  in the modified EPA (1974)
       budget for the Lake represent the best available
       current data, and  accurately assess the inputs to
        the Lake*;

    •  Input via rainfall and  direct runoff to the Lake
       will not change;

    •  Septic tank  input  to  the  Lake will not change;

    •  All point sources  will  be removed from the lake;
       and

    •  The Lake is  completely  homogenous.

    EPA  (1974) calculated "permissible" (oligotrophic)  and
"dangerous"  (eutrophic)  loading  rates for the Lake, using the
procedures given by Vollenweider (1975).  EcolSciences,  inc.
has supplemented their  data  by similar calculations using the
formulation of Dillon  (1975).   The results of this analysis
show that the critical  loading rate based on the work of Dillon
 (1975) is slightly  lower  than  that used by EPA.  In order to
insure a conservative estimate of the future of the Lake, these
values were used in the remaining calculations  (Table C-l).


                           TABLE C-l

    "Permissible" and "Dangerous" Phosphorus  Loading Rates
                (Per Unit Area  of Lake Surface)
                    For  Lake  Winnipesaukee

                    Oligotrophic                        Eutrophic
                    (Permissible)        g/M2/yr        (Dangerous)

Dillon,  1975           0.12                                0.24

     EPA  (1974)  calculated that  the  current phosphorus  loading
 rate  for the  Lake  is below the  permissible loading  rate.   Re-
moval  of all  current point source discharges, as  is  now antici-
 pated, reduces  this significantly,  but does  not  include removal
 of  septic  tank  seepage  from the Alton area,  which will  occur when
 a treatment  facility is constructed.  This indicates  that,  given
     *As is discussed in the correspondence section, the water budget used
 in this paper has been found to be in error, for a detailed discussion see
 the reply to Dr. Widger's comments.  Appropriate corrections have been
 applied to all calculations in this section.
                              C-4

-------
existing land use, removal of the point source discharges will
assure the quality of  the Lake.  It must be emphasized that
this does not eliminate  the possibility of localized disturbanros,
since the assumption of  complete homogeneity in the Lake j r> an
obvious, but necessary,  over-simplificication.

    Increased future development will effect the overall quality
of the Lake.  In order to evaluate the magnitude of the effect,
further calcualtions were made.  The current total phosphorus
load to Lake Winnipesaukee from all sources is 47,074 Ibs. P/yr.
Of that, 22,060 Ibs, can be eliminated by removal of existing
point source discharges.  If this is done there is a current
baseline loading of 25,014 Ibs. P/yr for the entire basin.  In
order to exceed the oligotrophic rate of 0.13 gp/M2/yr a total
input of 51,210 Ibs. p/yr is needed.  This represents an in-
crease  (after point-source removal) of 26,196 Ibs. p/yr.  One
potential source of additional phosphorus is non-point discharge
from urban, industrial or agricultural development.  Of these,
it is unlikely that either agricultural or industrial development
will be significant.   Low density residential development is pro-
jected to occur.  Data presented by RERC (1974) indicate that in
urban areas the average  single family conventional home has a
non-point phosphorus discharge of 0.66 Kg/year (1.455 Ibs/yr).
Using this figure, an  increase of 18,000 homes would provide the
necessary phosphorus to  exceed the oligotrophic loading r;iLo.
Using a figure of three  persons per dwelling unit, this corre-
sponds to a basin-wide population increase of approximately 54,000
persons.  Using a similar procedure, it would require 53,000
homes or an additional 160,000 population to exceed the eutrophic
loading rate.  If development were allowed to proceed without
sewers, the calculations would not accurately reflect the contri-
bution per unit.

    These calculations suggest that the critical population level
in the basin lies somewhere between 50 and 150 thousand persons.
This does not preclude the development of localized problems
within the lake, since many of its embayments have only restricted
interchange with the main body of the lake.  At the present time
most of these problems appear associated with point sources, but
intense urban development near the lake could also produce
problems in restricted areas.  Populations estimates available
to EcolSciences, inc.  indicate that the population calculated
here will not be exceeded by the year 2000.  It appears,  there-
fore,  that the Lake's  water quality will not be impaired by the
anticipated future development in the basin,  provided it occurs
on sewers or low densities.
                             C-5

-------
    This analysis does not address other problems associated
with development which may affect lake water quality.  The most
significant of these appears to be erosion and resultant runoff
to the Lake during construction.  This can be a significant
short-term nutrient source and should be controlled.  In addi-
tion, careful siting of development is required to prevent
continuing erosion problems.

    Lake Winnisquam

    A phosphorus budget for Lake Winnisquam has been developed
by the NHWSPPC (1975).  Using the techniques given in Vollen-
weider  (1975), NHWSPCC calculated oligotrophic and eutrophic
loading rates of 0.44 and 0.87 g/m2/yr, respectively.  They then
estimated that even total phosphorus removal at the Laconia and
State School STP's would not lower the loading rate below the
oligotrophic limit for the Lake.  It was concluded that the
calculations may have been biased by use of an incorrect flushing
rate for the Lake.  In their calculations they used a mean
residence time of 0.7 years, based on total mixing within the
Lake.  The morphology of the Lake argues against this, and their
decision to reduce the residence time appears correct.  Unfor-
tunately, there is no data to indicate how much of a reduction
is appropriate, and their use of 0.25 years is completely
arbitrary.


     If the permissible loading rates are calculated, using
the equation of Dillon  (1975), the oligotrophic rate is 0.80
g/M /year.  These values are roughly twice those obtained using
Vollenweider's methods.  This reflects the slightly different
approaches used by the two authors.  In this case total P
removal would restore the Lake to an oligotrophic condition,
the status of Lake Winnisquam is not clear.  If the initial
calculations by  the State are correct, the basin is already
over-urbanized  (unless unknown point sources exist).  If the
estimates made by EcolSciences, Inc. are more accurate, some,
but not much, growth could occur in basin after diversion of
sewage.  Finally, if the 0.7 year residence time for the Lake
is significantly  in error, then some growth could occur before
non-point sources would begin to effect the Lake  (assuming total
removal of current point sources).

     Because of  the limitations of the data, EcolSciences, Inc.
does not feel that any estimates of future conditions in the
Lake are appropriate.  We strongly recommend an extensive evalua-
tion of the existing data leading to an assessment  and correction
of data deficiencies.
                             C-6

-------
     Discussion

     In any attempt; ot this type of rondo Unrj  It  itt e.Hm-Mil I n I  i..
k.oop in mind the limitations of the data.  Throughout  t lif  calcu-
lations EcolSciences, inc. has used a  "worst  cast" methodology,
in order to insure the quality of the  lakes.   In the case  of
Lake Winnipesaukee this has involved the use  of  the lowest
calculated critical loading rates, and high estimates  of non-
point discharge.  The figure of 1.455  Ibs/house/year used  in
this study is equivalent to an areal loading  rate (2,000 houses/sq
mile) of 2,910 Ibs P/sq.mi./year, which is higher than any other
estimates of urban non-point phosphorus discharge currently avail-
able to EcolSciences  (Table B-2).  The current areal loading
rate from the tributary streams ranges from 27 to 149  Ibs.
P/sq.mi./year, figures well within expected limits for discharge
from forested areas EPA  (1974), and well below that postulated
for urban areas.

     Implicit in all of the calculations is the  assumption that
the current data is an accurate assessment of the true loading
rate.  In the case of both lakes Winnisquam and  Winnipesaukee,
the data base is marginal for complete assessment of the problom.
                           TABLE C-2

           A SUMMARY OF AVAILABLE DATA ON PHOSPHORUS
                  EXPORT FROM URBANIZED AREAS
  Total P
 (Lbs/mi /yr)

     522

     584
     709
     627
   2,856

     571
Reference

EPA (1974)

EPA (1974)
EPA (1974)
EPA (1974)
Uttormark,
et al.(1974)
Uttormark,
et al.(1974)
 Location

Cincinnati

Ann Arbor
Durham
Madison
"high" urban

"low" urban
   Remarks

Storm water
runoff
Theoretical
values
Theoretical
values
                            C-7

-------
Frequently, nutrient loading into lakes occurs over a restricted
period in the spring of the year, and significant inputs may
be missed by monthly sampling programs, typical of the existing
data base.  In a practical sense, this problem is compensated
for by using conservative estimates wherever possible.  The
analysis conducted by EcolSciences,inc. should be considered as
a first estimate of the controls necessary to insure the future
quality of the lakes.  In the sense that our estimates are
designed to be conservative they should represent reasonable
threshold levels.  At the same time, a continuing program of
water quality analysis, at more frequent intervals than in the
past, is advisable.  We recommend that a comprehensive lake
management program for the significant lakes of the area be
instituted to insure their continued usefulness as a natural
resource .
                            C-8

-------
           APPENDIX  D

Summary of Biological and Physical
Data on Major Lakes and Ponds in
the Study Area.

-------
                                                            APPENDIX  TABLE  D-l
                               A SUMMARY OF BIOLOGICAL AND PHYSICAL DATA ON MAJOR LAKES  AND PONDS IN THE STUDY AREA
Name
Badger Pond
Batson Pond
Bear Pond
Bear Pond
Berry Pond
Caw ley Pond
Clough Pond
Mean Maximum
Surface Depth Depth Algae and Rooted
Town Area (acres) (ft) (ft) Aquatic Vegetation
Belmont 12 10 15 Scant submerged
vegetation
Wolfeboro 15
Alton 13 8 15 Submerged vege-
tation present.
Center Harbor 13 18 34 Emergent vege-
tation common.
Moultonboro 47
Sanbornton 25 ~ 15 Emergent and sub-
merged vegetation
abundant.
Belmont 11 14 18 Emergent vegeta-
tion scant, sub-
Fish Species Present
Hornpout
Hornpout, pickerel,
yellow perch, (warm
water species) .
Hornpout, chain pickerel
yellow perch, large-
mouth bass (warm water
species) .
Chain pickerel, hornpout,
yellow perch.
(warm water species)
chain pickerel, hornpout,
yellow perch.
Hornpout, chain pickerel,
yellow perch.
Hornpout, redfish shiners,
sunfish.
Remarks
An old mill pond, drained
dry periodically.
Shallow, swampy pond.
Shallow, warm pond. Stocked
once with brown trout (1945) .
Low dissolved oxygen in
deep water makes it un-
suitable for salmon ids.

Suitable for warm water fish
only.
Brook trout reported by
Hoover, 1938. Spring fed
References
Hoover,
Newell,
Hoover,
Hoover,
Newell,
Newell,
Hoover,
Hoover,
Newell,
Newell,
Hoover ,
1938,
1963.
1938.
1938,
1963.
1963.
193S
1938,
1963.
1963,
1938.
Crescent Lake
                                                              merged vegetation                             por.d.
                                                              common.
                  Wolfeboro      148
                                                              Submerged vegeta-   Pickerel, hornpout,
                                                              tion coxmon.        smallmouth bass, yellow
                                                                                 perch.
Artificial pond,  warm water.   Hoover,  1938.

-------
 APPENDIX TABLE  D-l.   Continued.

Name
Garland Pond
Giles Pond
Gillman Pond
Ha If moon Lake
Hawkins Pond

Hermit LaXe
Mean Maximum
Surface Depth Depth Algae and Rooted
Town Area(acres) (ft) (ft) Aquatic Vegetation
Moultonboro 80 — 10
Franklin 43 6 23 Rooted aquatics
Sanbornton scant.
Alton 32 9 14 Submergent vege-
tation abundant.
Alton 280 — 29 Emergent vegeta-
tion commor.,
submerged vege-
tation scant.
Center Harbor 93 -- 27 Emergent vegeta-
tion common,
submerged vege-
tation common.
Sanbornton 200 — 50 Emergent vegeta-
tion abundant,
submerged vege-

Fish Soecies Present Remarks
Pickerel, hornpout. Very shallow warm water.
yellow perch, bass. ,
Hornpout, chain pickerel, Artificial pond.
yellow perch.
Chain pickerel, yellow
perch, hornpout, brook
trout, (few) largemouth
bass, golden shiner.
White perch, smallmouth Tendency for low D.O.
bass, largemouth bass, marginal for salmonids.
rainbow trout, chain
pickerel, yellow perch,
hornpout, fallfish,
common sucker.
Chain pickerel, yellow Tendency for low D.O.
perch, hornpout.

White perch, hornpout. Tendency for low D.O. in
largemouth bass, chain deep water.
pickerel, yellow perch,

Refere.-.res
Kccver, 1525.
Hoover, 1525.
Hocver, 152c,
Sevell, 1563
Sevell, 1963.
Hocver, 152S,
Keveli, 1563.

Newell, 1563,
Hoover, 1525.
Hills Pond
                 Alton
                             tation common.

85        17        40        Emergent and
                             submerged vegeta-
                             tion common.
                                                                              Smallmouth bass, hornpout. Marginal for salmonids
                                                                              rainbow trout,  chain       because of low  D.O. in
                                                                              pickerel,  yellow perch     deep water.
                                                                              eels, white perch, suckers,
                                                                              sunfish, smelt.
                                                                                                                                     Sevell,  15£3.

-------
         APPENDIX  TABLE  D-l.   Continued.
D
 I
U)
Mean Maximum
Surface Depth Depth Algae and Rooted
Name Town Area(acres) (ft) (ft) Aquatic Vegetation
Hunk ins Pond Sanbornton IS

Kanataska LaXe Moultonboro 371
Knights Pond Alton 31
Knowles Pond Northfield 59
Lees Pond Moultonboro 179
Lily Pond Gilford 51
16 22 Emergent and sub-
merged vegetation
common .
— __ _
9 12 Submerged vege-
tation common.
Emergent and
submergent vege-
tation scant.
Emergent vegeta-
tion abundant.
5 • — Emergent vegeta-
tion abondant,
submerged vege-
tation abundant.
Fish Species Present
Brook trout, rainbow trout

Hornpout, pickerel, white
perch, yellow perch,
smallmouth bass.
Warm water fish, hornpout,
pickerel, yellow perch,
largemouth bass.
Smallmouth bass, hornpout,
pickerel, yellow perch.
Pickerel, bass, yellow
perch, hornpout.
Pickerel, yellow perch,
hornpout, largemouth
bass.
Remarks

Salmonids have been stocked
(around turn of century)
without success.

Well oxygenated hypo-
limnion. Reservoir - closed
to fishing. Salmonid water.
Marshy, very low D.O. in
hypolimnion.
Marshy, trout stocked in
1930s - did not last.
Warm water fish.
References
Newell, 1963.

Hoover, 1938.
Hoover, 1938,
Newell, 1963.
Hoover, 1938,
Newell, 1963.
Hoover, 1938.
Hoover, 1938.
         Mirror Lake
         Mountain Pond
                           Tuftonboro '   377
                           Wolfeboro
                           Sanbornton     22
404
                             Pickerel,  yellow  perch,
                             hornpout,  white perch,
                             brook trout,  Chinook     ^
                             salmon, landlocked  salmon,) stocked
                             smallmouth bass.         J
                                                       Low D.O. below 20 feet.
                                                             53
                                                                       Emergent and sub-
                                                                       merged vegetation
                                                                       common.
                             Chain pickerel,  hornpout,
                             yellow perch.
Water supply  reservoir -
salmonid water,none stocked
since it is a reservoir.
                             Hoover, 1938.
                                                                                     Hoover,  1938.

-------
        APPENDIX TABLE  D-l.   Continued.
C
 I
       Otter Por.d
       Pemigewasset
       Lake
       Pickerel Pond
       Pout Pond
       Randlett Pond
      Round Pond
                        •Center
                        Harbor
Meredith
New Hampton
Laconia
Meredith
                        Belmont
                        Meredith
                        Gilford

Surface Depth
Area (acres) (ft)
427
12 10
241
75
14 38

25
19

Maximum
Depth Algae and Rooted
(ft) Aquatic Vegetation
65
20 Emergent and sub-
merged vegetation
common .
30 Emergent and sub-
merged vegetation
abundant.
21 Emergent vegeta-
tion abundant,
vegetation common.
70 Emergent vegeta-
tion scant, sub-
merged vegetation
common.
11 Emergent vegeta-
tion scant, sub-
merged vegetation
abundant.
9 Emergent and sub-
merged vegetation
•
Fish Species Present Remarks
Smallmouth bass, chain Zero D.O. in bottom 10 ft
pickerel^ falifish.
yellow perch, lake trout,
sajmon.
Chain pickerel, yellow Low D.O. in hypolimnion
perch, hornpout, falifish,
common sucker.
S.-nallmouth bass, white Much of lake is under 10
perch, hornpout, chain feet in depth. Severe D.O.
pickerel, yellow perch, deficiency in deep water.
chub suckers, golden
shiner. '
Chain pickerel, hornpout. Near zero D.O. below 10 feet.
yellow perch. • Extensive weed beds.
Chain pickerel, hornpout, Salmonid water.
yellow perch.

Chain pickerel, yellow Warm water fish.
perch, hornpout.
Hornpout, yellow perch. Brook trout stocking
attempted in 1930s, appar-


References
Hoover, 1938,
Sewell, 1962.
Newell,
Hoover,
Newell,
Hoover ,
Newell,
Newell,

Hoover,
Newell,
Hoover ,
Newell,
1963.
1938,
1963.
1933,
1963.
1963.

1933,
1963.
1938,
1963.
                                                                                                              ently without success.

-------
       APPENDIX TABLE D-l.   Continued.
O
 I

Nane
Rust Pond


Saltaiarsh
Pond

Sargent
Reservoir
Mean
Surface Depth
Town Area (acres) (ft)
Wolfeboro 210


Gilford 31

Belmont 30 7
Maximum
Depth
(ft)
39


23

10

Algae and Rooted
Aauatic Vegetation
Emergent vegeta-
tion scant, sub-
merged vegetation
common .
Emergent and sub-
merged vegetation
scant.
Emergent and sub-
merged vegetation

Fish Soecies Present Remarks
Pickerel, hornpout, small- Low D.O. near bottom.
mouth bass .


Brook trout, rainbow trout. High D.O. , spring-fed
Salmonid water.

Hornpout. Artificial - Mill Reser-
voir. ron«? idprahl** watpr


References
Hoover,


Hoover,
Newell.

Newell,
1938.


1928.
!Sc3.

1963.
      Silver Lake
                        Bclrr.cr.t
                        Northfield
                        Tilton
11
      Sondogardy Pond   Northfield     41
      Spectacle Pond    Meredith
                                       31
                                                 10
                                                 13
                                                           15
                                                           34
scant.

Emergent vegeta-
tion scant,  sub-
merged vegetation
abundant.
                                                                    Emergent vegeta-
                                                                    tion common, sub-
                                                                    merged vegetation
                                                                    scant.
                            Chair, pickerel, yellow
                            perch, horr.pout, rainbow
                            trout, brook trout,
                            smallmouth b£ss, sunfish,
                            smelt, suckers.

                            Chain pickerel, yellow
                            perch, horr.pout, golden
                            shiner, sur.fish.
level fluctuation.

Expansion of Winnipesaukee  Hoover,  1938,
River.  Warm water  fish     Newell,  1S63
habitat.
                                                                    Emergent vegeta-   Horr.pout, chain pickerel,
                                                                    tion common, sub-  yellow perch, eels, sun-
                                                                    merged vegetation  fish.
                                                                    scant.
                                                Salmonid water.
                                                         Warm water fish habitat.
                                                                           Hoover, 1938,
                                                                           Newell, 1963.
                                                                           Hoover, 1938,
                                                                           Newell, 1963.

-------
       APPENDIX TABLE  D-l.    Continued.
      Name
      Squam Lake
                         Town
                         Mean    Maximum
             Surface    Depth     Depth
            Area(acres)   (ft)      (ft)
Center Harbor  6,765
Holderness
Moultonboro
Sandwich
                                                 36
                                                           98
D
 I
cn
       inset Lake       Alton            206     25
      Wakondah Pond     Moultonboro       93
      Waukewan Lake     Meredith         665
                        New Hampton
      Webster Lake      FranXlin
                                         612
                                                           62
                                                          >28
                                   68
                                                           40
 Algae and Rooted
Aquatic Vegetation

 Extensive sub-
 merged vegeta-
 tion in areas
 less than 25'
 deep.  Emergent
 vegetation found
 only in shallow
 coves.
                                                                     Emergent  and  sub-
                                                                     merged vegetation
                                                                     scant.
  Fish Species Present

Lake trout, smallmouth
bass, whitefish, horned
pout, yellow perch, chain
pickerel, brook trout,
smelt, eastern common
sucker, fallfish, bridled
shiner, redfin shiner,
golden shiner, common
sunfish, redbreastad
sunfish, white perch,
northern sculpin, cusk,
salmon.

Hornpout, smallmouth bass,
chain pickerel, yellow
perch, smelt.

Hornpout, yellow perch,
pickerel.
          Remarks            References

New Hampshire's second      Hoover,
largest I'ake.  Very pro-    Newell,
ductive.  Low D.O. in
some areas of hypolinr.ion.
Extensive stockir.g history.
1938,
1963.
                                                                                                                    Low D.O. below  15  feet.
                                             Submerged vegeta-  Hornpout, landlocked salmon. Low D.O. in hypolimnion.
                                             tion  scant,        pickerel, smallmouth bass,   Salmonid water.
                                             emergent vegeta-   yellow perch, lake trout,
                                             tion  scant.        golden shiner.
                                                                     Emergent  vegeta-
                                                                     tion scant,  sub-
                                                                     merged vegetation
                                                                     common.
                                                               Smallmouth bass, hornpout.   Low D.O. in hypolir-iion.
                                                               yellow perch, golden         Warm water fish habitat.
                                                               shiners, smelt, fallfish.    Brook trout stockir.g
                                                               white perch, chain pickerel, attempted in 1930s, but
                                                                                            was a failure.
                                                                                                                                                Newell, 1963.
                                                                                                                        Hoover, 1938.
                                                                             Hoover,  1938,
                                                                             Newell,  1963.
                                                                             Hoover,  1938,
                                                                             Newell,  1963.

-------
      APPENDIX  TABLE D-l.   Continued.
      Name

      Wentworth Pond




      Wickwas Lake
      Lake
      Winnipesaukee
D
 I
      Lake
      Winnisquam
  Town
 Wolfeboro
                        Meredith
                          Mean    Maximum
              Surface    Depth     Depth
             Area (acres)   (ft)      (ft)
               148
                                      326
                          25
Alton      44,586
Center Harbor
Gilford
Laconia
Meredith
Moultonboro
Tuftonboro
Wolfeboro
43
                                   50
                                                           30
         168
Belmont
Laconia
Meredith
Sanbornton •
Tilton
            4,264
                         50
                                  154
                    Algae and Rooted
                   Aquatic Vegetation

                    Emergent and sub-
                    merged vegetation
                    scant.
                                                                  Fish Species Present

                                                                Hornpout, pickerel, small-
                                                                mcuth bass, whitefish,
                                                                yellow perch.
                                                                     Emergent  and  sub-   Hornpout, yellow perch,
                                                                     merged  vegetation  'chain pickerel.
                                       Brook  trout, hornpout,
                                       lake trout,  landlocked
                                       salmon, pickerel, small-
                                       mouth  bass, whitefish,
                                       yellow perch, sunfish,
                                       smelt.
                                             Emergent and sub-
                                             merged vegetation
                                             scant, phyto-
                                             plankton pro-
                                             duction high-local
                                             blooms in bays,
                                             dominated by blue-
                                             green and green
                                             algae.  Diatoms
                                             seasonally im-
                                             portant.
                                             Emergent  and  sub-  Brook trout, lake trout,
                                             mergent vegeta-    landlocked salmon, smelt,
                                             tion scant.   Blue- whitefish, smallnouth bass,
                                             green algae blooms yellow perch, fallfish,
                                             excessive in  many  sunfish, hornpout, suckers,
                                             areas of  the  lake, chain pickerel.
                                             especially southern
           Remarks             References

 Low  D.O.  in  areas of        Hoover,  1938.
 hypolimnion.  Trout
 stocking  attempted prior
 to 1930 but  unsuccessful.

 Low  D.O.  in  hypolinr.ion.    Hoover,  1939,
 Marginal  salmonid water.    Newell,  1963.
Salmonid water, very high   Hoover, 1938,
dissolved oxygen.  Exten-   Newell, 1963,
sive sport fishery. Ex-     EPA, 1974,
ter.sive data base on algae  Yeo £ .".athie-
and nutrients.  No data     son, 1973.
on zooplankton.  Local
problems with eutrophica-
tion in enclosed bays near
population centers, over-
all water quality good.
                                                                   Salmonid water.   Extensive  NHWPCC,  1975
                                                                                                                    eutrophication  problem
                                                                                                                    causing  low dissolved
                                                                                                                    oxygen in  hypolimnion
                                                                                                                    threatens  the fishery.
                                                                                                                    Extensive  data  on  algae
                                                                                                                    and  nutrients.
                                                                                               NKWPCC,  1974
                                                                                               KHV.7CC,  1973
                                                                                               Newell,  1963
                                                                                               Hoover.  1938.

-------
APPENDIX E




FISH SPECIES

-------
                              TABLE E-l


                   CHECKLIST OF FISH SPECIES IN
              WINNIPESAUKEE RIVER DRAINAGE BASIN
 Sea Lamprey
   Petronyzon marinus
 American Eel
   Anquilla rostrata
*Lake Whitefish
   Coregonus clupeaformis
*Round  Whitefish           Tab
   Prosopiwn cylindraceum
*Landlocked Salmon
   Salmo salar
 Brown  Trout
   Salmo trutta
 Rainbow Trout
   Salmo gairdeni
 Brook  Trout
   Salvelinus fontinalis
*Lake Trout
   Salvelinus namayoush
*Rainbow Smelt
   Osmerus mordax
 Chain  Pickerel
   Esox  niger
 Golden Shiner
   Noterrrigonus crysoleucas
 Common Shiner
   Notropis oornutus
 Blacknose Dace
   Rhinichthys catratulus
 Longnose Dace
   Rhinichthys ataractae
 Fallfish
   'Semotilus oorporalis
 White  Sucker
   Catostomus commersoni
 Creek  Chubsucker
   Erimyson oblongus
 Brown  Bullhead
   Ictalurus nebulosus
 Margined Madtom
   Noturus insignis
*Burbot
   Lota  lota
 Killifish
   Fundulus diaphanus
 White  Perch
   Morone americana
*Preferred habitat  is  cold water lakes.
Smallmouth Bass
  Micropterus dolornieui
Largemouth Bass
  Micropterus salmoides
Pumpkinseed
  Lepomis gibbosus
Redbreast Sunfish
  Lepomis auritus
Yellow  Perch
  Perca flavescens
Slimy Sculpin
  Cottus oognatus
                                E-l

-------
  APPENDIX F




ALGAL SPECIES

-------
                        TABLE F-l

          A  LIST OF  THE MOST COMMON ALGAL
   SPECIES  IN LAKE  WINNISPESAUKEE, NEW HAMPSHIRE
             (After Yeo &  Mathieson, 1973)
Division
Cyanophyta
(Blue-green  algae)
Chlorophyta
(Green algae)
Chrysophyta
(Diatoms)
Species

Polyaystis aeruginosa
Polycystis incerta
Coelosphaeriwn naegelianum
Oscillatoria angustissima
Coelosphaeriwn pallidum
Gomj'hosphaeria Incustr-v'r;
Aphfinoaapsa fi lachi.'s La
Gomphosphaeria Luau:;Lrif; vu.r.
Aphonothece niduUimj
Gloeocystis vesiculosa
Botryococcus braunii
Actinastrum hantzschii var. fluviatile
Ulothr-ix variabilis
D-ictyosphaeriwn pulchellum
Botryococcus protuberans var. minor1
Crucigenia truncata

Chrysosphaerella longispina
Dinobryon divergens
Phizochrysis lirnnetica
Uroglenopsis americana
Dinobryon sertularia  var. protuberans
Melosira ambigua
Tabellaria fenestrata
Asterionella formosa
Fragillaria crotonensis
Cyolotella comta
Dinobryon bavaricum
                            F-l

-------
      A  LIST OF  THE MOST COMMON ALGAL  GENERA
          IN LAKE WINNISQUAM,  NEW HAMPSHIRE
          (After  New Hampshire Water  Supply
           and  Pollution  Control Commission,
           1973)
Division
Cyanophyta
Chlorophyta
Genera

Gloeotrichia.
Anabaena
Aphanizomenon
Ulothrix
Coelosphaeriim

Pleodorina
Sphaerocystis
Dictyosphaerium
Pandorina
Chrysophyta
Asbr.r-Lonella
Tab* • Ilaria
Mallomonas
Dinobryon
                           F-2

-------
       APPENDIX G




COMMON TREES AND SHRUBS

-------
                              TABLE G-l


                     COMMON  TREES AND SHRUBS
   OF MERRIMACK,  BELKNAP AND CARROLL  COUNTIES,  NEW HAMPSHIRE
 American Yew
   'I'axus  canadansis
 Balsam  Fir
   Abies  balsamea
*Hemlock
   Tsufja  canadensis
 Larch
   Larix  larcina
*White Pine
   Pinus  strobus
 Red Pine
   Pinus  resinosa
 Juniper
   Juniperus communis
 Red Cedar
   Juniper-us virginiana
 Greenbriar
   Smilax rotundifolia
 Black Willow
   Salix  nigra
 White Willow
   Salix  alba
 Pussy Willow
   Salix  discolor
 Trembling Aspen
   Populus tremuloides
 Large-tooth Aspen
   Populus grandidentata
 Sweet Gale
   Myrica gale
 Sweet Fern
   Comptonia perigrina
 Butternut
   Juglans cinerea
 Shagbark Hickory
   Gary a  ovata
 American Hazelnut
   Corylus americana
 Ironwood
   Carpinus caroliniana
 Hop Hornbeam
   Ostrya virginiana
 Black Birch
   Be tula lenta
*Yellow  Birch
   Betula lutea
*Gray Birch
   Betula popul.ij'olia
*White  Birch
   Betula papyrifera
 Alder
   Alnus rugosa
 Alder
   Alnus serrulata
 Beech
   Fagus grandi folia
 White  Oak
   Quercus alba
 Chestnut Oak
   Quercus prinus
*Red Oak
   Quercus rubra
 Scarlet Oak
   Quercus coccinea
*Black  Oak
   Quercus velutina
 Scrub  Oak
   Quercus ilicifolia
 Slippery Elm
   Ulmus rubra
 American Elm
   Ulmus americana
 White  Mulberry
   Moms alba
 Barberry
   Berberis vulgaris
 Moonseed
   Menispermum canadensis
 Sassafras
   Sassafras albidum
 Witch  Hazel
   Hammamelis virginiana
 Meadow Sweet
   Spiraea latafolia
 Hardhack
   Spirea tomentosa
 Apple
   Pyrus malus
 Chokeberry
   Pyrus floribunda
 Mountain Ash
   Sorbus americana
                                 G-l

-------
 Shadbush
   Amelanchier spp.
 Hawthorn
   Crataegus spp.
 Shrubby cinquefoil
   Potentilla fruiticosa
 Rose
   Rosa spp.
 Pin Cherry
   Primus pensylvanica
 Black Cherry
   Prunus serotina
 Choke Cherry
   Primus virginiana .
 Black Locust
   Robinia pseudo-acacia
 Staghorn  Sumac
   Rhus typhina
 Smooth Sumac
   Rhus glabra
 Poison Ivy
   Rhus radicans
 Black Alder
   Ilex verticillata
 Mountain  Maple
   Acer spicatum
 Striped Maple
   Acer pensylvanicum
*Sugar Maple
   Acer saccharum
 Red Maple
   Acer rubrum
 Silver Maple
   Acer saccharinum
 Box Elder
   Acer negundo
 Buckthorn
   Rharmus cathartica
 Virginia  Creeper
   Parthenocissus inserta
 Fox Grape
   Vitis labrusca
 Wild Grape
   Vitis riparia
 Basswood
   Tilia americana
 Black Gum
   Nyssa sylvatica
 Red Osier Dogwood
   Cornus stolonifera
 Round-leaved Dogwood
  Cornus rugosa
 Swamp  Dogwood
  Cornus amomum
 Alternate-leaved  Dogwood
  Cornus alternifolia
 White  Alder
  Clethra alnifolia
 Rhodora
  Rhodora canadense
 Sheep  Laurel
  Kalmia angustifolia
 Huckleberry
  Gaylussacia baccata
 Blueberry
  Vaccinium spp.
*White  Ash
  Fraxinus americanum
 Black  Ash
  Fraxinus nigra
 Buttonbush
  Cephalanthus occidentalis
 Fly Honeysuckle
  Lonicera canadensis
 Hobblebush
  Viburnum alnifolium
 Wild Raisin
  Viburnum cassinoides
 Nannyberry
  Viburnum lentago
 Arrow  Wood
  Viburnum recognitum
 Maple-leaved Viburnum
  Viburnum acerifolium
 Common Elder
  Sambucus canadensis
 Red-berried Elder
  Sambucus pubens
                                 G-2

-------
            APPENDIX H




MAMMALS, AMPHIBIANS, AND REPTILES

-------
                           TABLE  H-l


            A PARTIAL CHECK  LIST OF THE MAMMALS
        OF BELKNAP,  MERRIMACK AND CARROLL COUNTIES
Hairy-tailed Mole
   Parascalops breweri
Star-nosed Mole
   Condylura cristata
Common  Shrew
   Sorex cinereus cinereus
Smoky Shrew
   Sorex fumeus fwneus
White-lipped Water Shrew
   Sorex palustris albibarbis
Short-tailed Shrew
   Blarina brevicauda  brevicauda
Little  Brown Bat
   Myotis lucifugus
Say's Bat
   Myotis keenii septentrionalis
Silver-haired Bat
   Lasionycteris noctivagans
Pipistrelle
   Pipistrellus subflavus obsourus
Big Brown Bat
   Eptesicus fuscus fuscus
Red Bat
   Lasiurus borealis borealis
Bear, American Black
   Evarctos americanus americanus
Raccoon, Eastern
   Procyon lotor lotor
Fisher
   Martes pennanti  pennanti
Bonaparte's Weasel
   Mustela cicognanii cicognanii
New York Weasel
   Mustela frenata  noveboraaensis
Northeastern Mink
   Mustela vison
Otter,  Northeastern
   Lutra canadensis canadensis
Skunk
   Mephitis mephitis nigra
Red Fox
   Vulpes fulva
Bobcat
   Lynx rufus rufus
New England Woodchuck
   Marmota monax preblorum
Chipmunk, Northeastern
   Tamias striatus  lysteri
Southern Red Squirrel
  Tamiasoirurus hudsonicus loquax
Northern Gray  Squirrel
  Sciurus carolinensis  leuootis
Small  Eastern  Flying Squirrel
  Glauaomys volans volans
Mearn's Flying Squirrel
  Glaucomys sabrinus macrotis
Beaver, Canadian
  Castor canadensis candensis
Muskrat, Common
  Ondatra zibethioa zibethica
Northern White-footed Mouse
  Peromyscus  leucopus noveboracensis
Cooper's Lemming Mouse
  Synaptomys  cooperi cooperi
Pallid Red-backed Mouse
  Clethrionomys gapperi ochraceous
Field  Mouse
  Miarotus pennsylvanious pennsylvanicus
Northern Pine  Mouse
  Pity my s pinetorum pinetorum
House  Mouse
  Mus musculus musculus
Meadow Jumping Mouse
  Zapus hudsonious hudsonicus
Woodland Jumping Mouse
  Napaeozapus insignis  insignis
Norway Rat
  Rattus norvegicus
Porcupine,  Canada
  Erethizon dorsatum dorsatum
Virginia Varying Hare
  Lepus americanus virginianus
New  England Cottontail
  Sylvilagus  transitionalis
White-tailed Deer
  Odocoileus  virginianus borealis
                              H-l

-------
                  TABLE H-2


  A PARTIAL CHECK LIST OF THE AMPHIBIANS
OF BELKNAP, MERRIMACK AND CARROLL COUNTIES
          Rod- Spotted  Newt
            Tviturua v. viridescens
          Spotted Salamander
            Ambystoma maoulatwn
          Red-Backed Salamander
            Plethodon cinereus
          Eastern Purple Salamander
            Gyrinophilus porphyriticus porphyr-it-icus
          Two-Lined Salamander
            Eurycea bislineata bislineata
          Dusky  Salamander
            Desmognathus fusous fuscus
          American Toad
            Bufo  americanus
          Fowler's Toad
            Bufo  fcwleri
          Spring-Peeper
            Hyla  crucifer
          Common Tree-Toad
            Hyla  versicolor versicolor
          Bullfrog
            Rana  catesbeiana
          Green  Frog
            Rana  alamitans
          Pickerel Frog
            Rana  palustris
          Leopard Frog
            Rana  pipiens
          Wood Frog
            Rana  sylvatica
                     H-2

-------
                   TABLE  H-3
   A PARTIAL CHECK  LIST OF THE REPTILES
OF BELKNAP, MERRIMACK AND CARROLL COUNTIES
           Eastern  Ring-Necked Snnkc
             Uiadophis punctatus  edwarduii
           Smooth Green Snake
             Opheodrys vernalis
           Black Racer
             Coluber constrictor  constrictor
           House Snake, Spotted Adder
             Lampropeltis triangulum triangulum
           Banded Water Snake
             Natrix  sipedon sipedon
           De Kay's Snake
             Storeria dekayi
           Red-Bellied Snake
             Storeria occipito-maculata
           Ribbon Snake
             Tharmophis sauritus  sauritus
           Eastern  Garter  Snake
             Tharmophis sirtalis  sirtalis
           Northern Timber Rattlesnake
             Crotalus horridus horridus
           Musk Turtle
             Sterotherus odoratus
           Snapping Turtle
             Chelydra serpentina
           Spotted  Turtle
             Clemmys guttata
           Wood Turtle
             Clemmys insulpta
           Blanding's Turtle
             Emys blandingii
           Eastern  Painted Turtle
             Chrysemys picta picta
                       H-3

-------
APPENDIX  I





  BIRDS

-------
                             TABLE 1-1
                BIRDS  OF CENTRAL NEW HAMPSIIJ UI-:
       R
       U
       c
       A
Hare
Uncommon
Common
Abundant
Common  Loon                     R/S
  Gavia  immer
Red Throated Loon               R/M
  Gavia  stellata
Red-necked Grebe                R/M
  Podiceps grisegena
Horned  Grebe                    C/M
  Colymbus auritus
Pied  Billed Grebe               R/S
  Podilymbus podiceps podiceps
Great Blue Heron                C/S
  Ardea  herodias
Green Heron                     R/S
  Butorides virescens
Black Crowned Night Heron      R/S
  Nycticorax nycticorax
Least Bittern                   R/S
  Ixobrychus exi Us
American Bittern                C/S
  Botaurus lentiginosus
Canada  Goose                    C/M
  Branta canadensis
Brant                           R/M
  Branta bemicla
Snow  Goose                      A/M
  Chen hyperborea
Blue  Goose                      R/M
  Chen caerulescens
Mallard                         U/M
  Anas platyrhynchos
Black Duck                      A/M
  Anas rubripes
Pintail                         R/M
  Anas acuta
Green Winged Teal               U/M
  Anas carolinensis
Blue  Winged Teal                U/M
  Anas discors
American Widgeon                R/M
  Mareca americana
Wood  Duck                       C/S
  /4ix sponsa
W
S
M
Y
I
UinLcr
Summer
Migrant
Year-round
Introduced
                               Ring-necked  Duck          C/M
                                Ay thya collaris
                               Canvasback                 R/M
                                Ay thya valisineria
                               Common Goldeneye          C/W
                                Bucephala clangula
                               Barrow's Goldeneye        R/W
                                Bucephala islandica
                               Bufflehead                 U/M
                                Bucephala albeola
                               Oldsquaw                   R/M
                                Clangula hyemalis
                               White-winged Scooter      R/M
                                Melanitta deglandi
                               Surf Scooter              R/M
                                Melanitta perspicillata
                               Common Scooter            C/M
                                Oidemia nigra
                               Ruddy Duck                 R/M
                                Oxyura jamaicensis
                               Hooded Merganser          R/S
                                Lophodytes cucullatus
                               Common Merganser          A/M
                                Mergus merganser
                               Red-breasted Merganser   R/M
                                Mergus serrator
                               Goshawk                    R/Y
                                Accipiter gentilis
                               Red-tailed Hawk           R/S
                                Buteo jamaicensis
                               Red Shouldered Hawk       U/S
                                Buteo lineatus
                               Broad Winged Hawk         C/S
                                Buteo platypteris
                               Rough Legged Hawk         R/W
                                Buteo lagopus
                               Marsh Hawk                 U/S
                                Circus cyaneus
                               Osprey                     U/M
                                Pandion haliaetus
                               Sparrow Hawk              C/S
                                Falco sparverius
                                1-1

-------
Table  1-1.   Continued.
Ruffed  Grouse              C/Y
  RonaRu uinhe 7. /. m;
Bobwhi to                    I/Y
  Co Linux Virginianun
Ring Necked Pheasant      I/Y
  Phasianus oolchious
American  Coot              R/M
  Fulica americana
Semipalmated Plover       R/M
  Charadrius senripalmatus
Killdeer                    R/S
  Charadrius vociferus
American  Golden Plover    R/M
  Plurialis dominica
Black-bellied Plover      R/M
  Squatarola squatarola
American  Woodcock          C/S
  Philohela minor
Spotted Sandpiper          C/S
  Actitis maaularia
Solitary  Sandpiper        C/M
  Tringa solitaria
Greater Yellowlegs        R/M
  Totanus melanoleucus
Pectoral  Sandpiper        R/M
  Erolia melanotos
White-rumped Sandpiper    R/M
  Erolia fuscioollis
Least  Sandpiper            R/M
  Erolia minutilla
Dunlin                     R/M
  Erolia alpina
Short-billed Dowicher     R/M
  Lirmodromus griseus
Semipalmated Sandpiper    R/M
  Ereunetes pusillus
Sanderling                 R/M
  Crocethia alba
Northern Phalarope        R/M
  Lobipes  lobatus
Glaucous  Gull              R/W
  Larus hyperboreus
Iceland Gull               R/W
  Larus glaucoides
Great  Black-backed Gull   C/W
  Larus marinus
Herring Gull               C/Y
  Larus argentatus
Bonaparte's  Gull           R/M
  Larus Philadelphia
Common  Tern                 R/M
 Sbfifna  hiruntto
Black Torn
 Chliduni.tw
Rock Dove                    A/Y
 Columba livia
Mourning Dove               C/S
 Zenaidura macroura
Yellow-billed Cuckoo        R/S
 Cooayzus americanus
Black-billed Cuckoo         C/S
 Coccyzus erythropthalmus
Barn Owl                    R/S
 Strix vaira
Screech Owl                 R/Y
 <9tts asio
Great Horned Owl            u/Y
 Bubo virginianus
Snowy Owl                    R/W
 Nyctea  scandiaca
Barred  Owl                  C/Y
 Tyto alba
Whip-poor-will              U/S
 Caprimulgus vociferus
Common  Nighthawk            C/M
 Chordeiles minor
Chimney Swift               C/S
 Chaetura pelagica
Ruby-throated hummingbird  U/S
 Arahilochus oolubris
Belted  Kingfisher           C/S
 Megaoeryle aloyon
Yellow-shafted  Flicker     C/S
 Colaptes auratus
Pileated Woodpecker         U/Y
 Dryooopus pileatus
Yellow-bellied  Sapsucker   U/S
 Sphyrapicus varius
Hairy Woodpecker            C/Y
 Dendrooopos villosus
Downy Woodpecker            C/Y
 Dendroaopos pubescens
Black-backed three-toed    R/W
  Woodpecker
 Piooides arotious
Eastern Kingbird            C/S
 Tyrannus tyrannus
Great Crested Flycatcher   U/S
 Myiarohus crinitis
                                1-2

-------
T.iblr  1-1.   Continued.
 Kastern Phoebe               C/S
  .'•'(///( ')'nin  ]'ki.'i'ibt:
 Yellow-bellied Flycatcher   C/S
  /',';;;/'/<•/< v/aa: J'/.nt'i.Vfiiti1/*;
 Traill's  Flycatcher          R/S
  Emphidonax traillii
 Least Flycatcher             A/A
  Empidonax minimus
 Wood Pewee                    C/S
  Contopus  virens
 Olive-sided Flycatcher       R/S
  Nuttallornis borealis
 Horned Lark                  C/M
  Eremophila alpestris
 Tree Swallow                 A/S
  Iridoprocne bicolor
 Bank Swallow                 C/S
  Riparia riparia
 Rough-winged  Swallow         U/S
  Stelgidopteryx ruficollis
 Barn Swallow                  A/S
  Hirundo rustica
 Cliff Swallow                A/S
  PcLrochelidon pyrrhonota
 Purple Martin                R/S
  Prcxjne subis
 Blue'Jay                      A/Y
  Cyanocyta cristata
 Conunon Crow                  A/W
  Coruus brachyrhynchos
 Black-capped  Chickadee       C/Y
  Parus atricapillus
 Boreal Chickadee             R/W
  Parus hudsonicus
 Tufted Titmouse              R/Y
  Parus bicolor
 White-breasted Nuthatch      C/Y
  Sitta carolinensis
 Red-breasted  Nuthatch        R/Y
  Sitta canadensis
 Brown Creeper                C/Y
  Certhia familiaris
 House Wren                    C/S
  Troglodytes aedon
 Winter Wren                   R/S
  Trog £ody tes troglodytes
 Long-billed Marsh Wren       C/S
  Telmatodytes patustris
Shoro'-billecl  M.irsh Wron
  C.1/-;; / a I. h< >ru:> /'/•;// •//.•;/';:
Mockinqbird
  Miinw ! i >(•> l.iffj Lot- l.i >: ;
Catbird  ' '
  Dumebetla carolinensis
Brown Thrasher
  Toxostoma rufum
Robin
  Turdus migratorius
Wood Thrush
  Hylocichla mustelina
Hermit Thrush
  Hylocichla guttata
Swainson's Thrush
  Hylocichla ustulata
Gray-cheeked  Thrush
  Hylocichla minima.
Veery
  % locich la fuscescens
Bluebird
  Sialia Sialis
Golden-crowned  Kinglet
  Regulus satrapa
Ruby-crowned  Kinglet
  Regulus calendula
Water  Pipit
  Anthus spinoletta
Bohemian Waxwing
  Bomby cilia garrulus
Cedar  Waxwing
  Bomby cilia cedrorwn
Northern Shrike
  Lanius excubitor
Loggerhead Shrike
  Lanius  ludovicianus
Starling
  Sturmus vulgaris
Yellov;-throated Vireo
  Vireo flavifrons
Solitary Vireo
  yireo solitarius
Red-eyed Vireo
  Vireo olivaceus
Warbling Vireo
  yireo gilvus
Black  and White Warbler
  Mniotilta varia
A/S

C/S

A/S

C/S

C/S

A/M

U.M

A/S

U/S

C/Y

U/M

U/M

R/W

C/W

R/W

R/M

C/Y

R/S

C/S

A/S

U/S

C/S
                                1-3

-------
             Con t i nuod.
Tennessee Warbler              R/S
  Vermivora perigrina
Nashville Warbler              C/S
  Vermivora ruficapilla
Parula  Warbler                 R/S
  Parula americana
Yellow  Warbler                 C/S
  Dendroioa peteohia
Magnolia  Warbler               C/M
  Dendroioa magnolia
Black-throated Blue Warbler   C/M
  Dendroioa oaerulesoens
Myrtle  Warbler                 C/M
  Dendroioa coronata
Black-throated Green Warbler  A/S
  Dendroioa virens
Blackburnian Warbler          A/S
  Dendroioa fusca
Chestnut-sided Warbler        A/S
  Dendroioa pensylvanica
Bay-breasted Warbler          U/M
  Dendroioa oastanea
Blackpoll Warbler              C/M
  Dendroioa striata
Pine  Warbler                   R/S
  Dendroioa pinus
Palm  Warbler                   U/M
  Dendroioa palmarum
Ovenbird                        A/S
  Seiurus  aurocapillus
Northern  Waterthrush          R/S
  Seiurus  noveboracensis
Mourning  Warbler               R/S
  Oporomis Philadelphia
Yellowthroat                   A/S
  Geothlypis triohas
Wilson's  Warbler               U/M
  Wileonia pus ilia
Canada Warbler                 C/S
  Wilsonia oanadensis
American Redstart              A/S
  Setophaga rutioilla
House Sparrow                  C/Y
  Passer domesticus
Bobolink                       C/S
  Doliahonyx oryzivorus
Eastern Meadowlark            C/S
  Sturnella magna
Redwinged Blackbird           A/S
  Agelaius phoenioeus
Baltimore Oriole               C/S
  Icterus  galbula
Rusty  Blackbird            C/M
  E'uf >ha
-------
Table  1-1.  Continued
l-'ox  Sparrow                     U/M
  /'
-------
              APPENDIX J

PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT OF WINNIPESAUKEE
  RIVER BASIN ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCES

-------
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT OF WHTOIFESAUKEE

  RIVER BASIN ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCES
                        bys  Charles E. Bolian
                             Billee M. Hoornbeek

                             Department of Sociology
                                        and Anthropology

                             University of New Hampshire

                             Durham, New Hampshire

-------
     The following is, at best, an understatement of the archaeological resources




of the Winnipesaukee River Basin.  Three days of research were the maximum




possible because of the small amount of time available to complete this report.




Further research would have certainly revealed additional site locations as




well as other important background information.  Most of the archaeological




site locations  were obtained from published resources which are to be easily




found in most local libraries.   A few of the site locations were furnished




by  archaeologists  who have  conducted field work  in  the  Winnipesaukee region,




however, there  has never  been  a systematic archaeological survey which  covered




the entire area to be affected by  the planned  wastewater collection  and treat-




ment facilities.   The maps  furnished  by the  Environmental Protection  Agency




in  "Draft  Environmental Impact Statement:  .Wastewater Collection  and Treatment




Facilities, Winnipesaukee River Basin,  New Hampshire" are not sufficiently




large to allow the accurate plotting of archaeological resources  relative to




 the proposed wastewater collection and treatment facilities.   Therefore, site




 locations and areas of site concentrations are indicated on the attached




 United States Geological Survey Topographic Maps.   Since these sites and




 areas could not be visited in the field by the researchers, the locations as




 indicated on the  attached maps should be  considered approximate.




      The bibliography indicates the literature that was consulted for  this




 r'jjjrrt, however,  we  realize that there are other resources which should be




 consulted  in order to complete  a background study  of archaeology in the




  vJinnipesaukee  River  Basin.  These include newspaper  archives,  additional town




  uo.stories, unpublished manuscripts of  town histories,  Publications of  the




 New Hampshire  Historical Society, manuscripts in the State archives, WPA




  archives  on  historical resources and tour guides of  the region from the
                                       J-l

-------
eighteenth and nineteenth centuries which indicate the location of important




historic and prehistoric sites.  The lists of forts, garrison houses and early




Euro-American industrial sites is considered to "be especially incomplete.




Because of the time pressure, none of the artifact collections that exist




for the area have been examined.  Based upon various references consulted (for




example:  Moorehead 1931; Proctor 1930), at least 25 sizeable collections of




Indian artifacts are believed to exist for the Winnipesaukee region.  One of the




most important is at the Carnegie Institute.  If there had been time to




examine these collections, it might be possible to estimate the value of




particular sites.



     The following is a listing of some of the archaeological sites, historic




and prehistoric, for the Winnipesaukee River Basin along with comments on




their contents.  This should not be accepted as a complete list of all sites,




but only those which are mentioned in the published sources cited in the




bibliography and which are reported by archaeologists who have worked in the




area.  No attempt has been made to organize this into good prose.  The work(s)




of each author is cited along with the pertinent information that it contains




in .a quote or paraphrase.




     A summary section ties together the fragmented accounts of the various




authors to present a wholistic picture of the archaeological resources of




the Winnipesaukee Basin.
                                       J-2

-------
AMERICAN INDIAN SITES




DoHl(.L; (1939)  The presence of the "Red Paint People" (archaic porioil) In ol.tod




for the Lake Winnipesaukee and Lake Ossipee region based on burials.  Specific




reference is made to the Weirs site.  Bowles also mentions traces of permanent




Indian settlements on the peninsula in Franklin where the Winnipesaukee and




Pera igawasset Rivers unite to form the Merrimack.  Many Indian relics were



also found at Oxbow Point on the Winnipesaukee River.  At Proctor's Point




(on the oxbow) an old fish weir is visible  when the  water is low.




     Indians are also reported to have occupied the  valley of the Winnipesaukee




River above Franklin.  Laconia and Tilton were also  the sites of encampments.




     The great village of the Winnipesaukee Indians  at the Weirs is believed




to be the largest in all New England.  The  Indians called it Aquedocton.




This is presently the part of Laconia known as "The  Weirs".  The settlement




extended along the north bank of the stream for more than one-half mile.




(it probably represents a series of occupations at different points in the




past).



     When the  Lake Shore Road was built  between the  Weirs and Lakeport and




summer  houses  were built, ^0 to  50  Indian graves  were uncovered  across the




narrows opposite the village.  The  Weirs Indian village  was still occupied




in 1695.




Brown  (ND)   The great  Indian Trail  between  Canada and the Plimouth  Plantation




passed  along the north shore of  Squam Lake, near  the route of the present




Holderness Road thus through Center Sandwich  to Bearcamp Valley.  (Campsites




should  exist along the  trail.)






Gallup  (ND)  At the foot  of Brickyard Mountain, Indians  mined good  clay  for
                                       J-3

-------
pottery production.  A communal mortar is located on the hillside above




the Weirs beach.  A council rock was located at the top of the hill.




     A boulder on Stonedam Island has a concave spot used to heat pitch for




birchbark canoe building, and repair.




     A "mystery stone" was found along the Indian trail between Lake




Winnipesaukee and Lake Waukewian - a polished silecous sandstone "egg" about




3 3/4 inches in diameter with 10 figures carved on it.






Moorehead (1931)  On Governors Island a heavy deposit of ashes and burnt




earth 4 feet deep was excavated.  80 knives, celts, drills, projectile points




and rejects were recovered.  At several places on the island, test pits




revealed flakes, etc.



     In Melvin Village more pottery was found than at any other point on the




lake.



     In Wolfeboro fragments of pottery were found along the lake front, "a




favorable area".



     A large, important village was located on Newfound Lake.




     At Bristol where the outlet of Newfound Lake enters the Pemmigewasset




is located a natural salmon trap used by the Indians.




     A number of Indian skeletons were  found not far from Draper and Aikens




reservoirs.



     Four large blades of chert-like stone were found at the foot of Saugus




Bay on the clam flat.



     An old mortar was found on Willow Hill.




     Governor's Island merits careful excavation, not to mention other sites.




     At Beaver Brook in Alton - a strange find, perhaps a Shaman's bundle




was recovered.






                                       J-4

-------
Proctor (1930)  In Odell Park charms and inscribed stonou havu UMMI J'otind.  Th.-




town of Sanbornton was once the residence of an Indian Tribe.  At the head of




Little Bay (now Silver Lake) there  are the remains of an ancient fortification.




On a small island (Atkinson's) in the bay were found bones and remains.  It




was a "burying ground".



     At Mohawk Point - a point of land in Great Bay up in Gilmanton, the




Pequawkets were massacred by the Mohawks.



     Where the Belmont branch of the railroad crosses the river in  East Tilton




was a favorite relic hunting area of Mr. Proctor.  Incribed  stones  were found




there.



     On Meadowbrook  which runs  into Winnipesaukee  was found  a boulder  wi.th  a




shad inscribed on  it.




     Relics  were  found at Cross's  Dam.






Colby's  Indian History (1975)   Concerning  the  Winnipesaukee  tribe  - There were




villages  and campsites at  Alton Bay,  Melvin Village,  Wolfeboro Falls,




Moultonboro  Neck,  Lochmere,  Laconia and the Weirs.   Most of  the islands  in




Lake  Winnipesaukee have produced Indian artifacts.



      The site of Moore's Hotel (in Meredith?)  produced 50 stone gouges when




the cellar was  dug.






Griffin-History of Alton (ND)   The area surrounding the southernmost tip of




Lake Winnipesaukee was a favorite meeting place for the tribes of the vicinity.




The trail beginning at Portsmouth enters Alton behind the Bennett residence



 and culminates at the lake (Winnipesaukee).  The river is called Merrymeeting




because of the fact that at its mouth, the six tribes held an annual powwow..




 ....A marker at Alton Bay commemorates the spot where they camped	




      Forts were erected around the waters by the Indians.  Only two of them






                                        J-5

-------
are in evidence today	remnants of others may "be found at Franklin, Tilton




and Ossipee.






Blaisdell (1975)  The land of Bidicott Park and the hills to the north and




west nearly mark an Indian Village,




     On the south shore of Lake Wentworth (formerly Smith's Pond) were found




a stone hearth and numerous artifacts.




     On Stamp Act Island in Lake Wentworth two tomahawks were found.




     On the beach west of Hershey Point in Lake Wentworth several arrowheads




were found.






Runnels (1882)  On Lake Winnipesaukee at the head of Little Bay as late as




18^1 Indian fortifications were still visible.  Within the fort were found




Indian relics.  This is purported to be one of a string of forts against the




Mohawks.  They were Pequaket or Penacook,  One at Ossipee was built by the




whites and paid for by the Indians.  Relics were also found on Atkinson's




Island.




     On the right bank of the Winnipesaukee River near the head of Little




Bay large numbers of Indian lived.  Penacooks continued to use the lake and




pitch their wigwams at the "Crotch".






Sylvester (1910)  Colonel Walton struck out for Ossipee and Lake Winnipesaukee




where the Indians resorted for much of their fish and game.  Indians attacking




Piscataqua towns came by way of Lake Winnipesaukee.








Wilbraham (ND)  (Speaking of Indians)  "One of their favorite haunts was about




the shores of Lake Winnipesaukee	where many of their traces may still




be found.




                                       J-6

-------
MorrA'Q (lHBn)  Thu.ro are indications of Indian occupation in Moid ton borough.




Indian cellars  occur alon,.'; :-,l.n;aina and ar<> :;l.m v.l:i.1"h'l.«!  In "IMW.  '\'\\«n,,  Wi:n-




;il	|, iM,.;lil.  l'i:<>!-.  :;(|ii.-in: and <:an.'l.'ii"i:i.v :;l.nrmd.  Tlm.y am I'onnd on  ;i rld^n  ..I'




land on James Smith's farm.  A number are located on Dr.  W.H.H. Macon'".




farm near  Red Hill Pond.  In 181? a "giant" human skeleton (? feet long)  was




found near the  Tuftonboro line.




     Winnipisseogees were situated south and west of the  lake of  that name.




Ossipees  were situated around the lake of that name and the north shore  of




Winnipisseogee.




     Captain Lowell found a wigwam on Lake Winnipisseogee on his  first




expedition and killed the three Indians.






Link Adams (ND)  Conducted productive archaeological excavations  on  Rattlesnake




Island.   However his publication  was not available for use.






W.  Dennis Chesley (personal communication)   Investigated  Round Island and




reports  that it has an  important  archaeological  site on it.  The  results of




his investigation have not been published.







Sargent,  Howard (personal communication 19?6)  Mohawk  Island is essentially




one large  archaeological site.  All of the island was  occupied.




     The  general area around Sleeper's Island has turned  up Iroquois-like




pottery.   South point is the location of a campsite.




     A campsite has been found on the point  on Little  Bear Island.  Bear




Island is  a known portage site and sites are likely to be there.




     Sites have been reported at Pickerel Cove.




     Late  Woodland and artifacts have been recovered along the  Pemigewasset




River near Green Grove Cemetery.







                                       J-7

-------
1 1 1 r : '.Tonrc/u.. SITES





Brown (NU)  A fort was built near Sanbornton  \n 17'4<>  ar.  u |>1r.k<:l. |>o::l. .•u/.-ilii:-.




Indian forays (exact location unknown).






Cross (1910)  In Northfield, Canterbury  Fort  was  built for defense against




the Indians.  The Indians built their  wigwams along the banks of both the




Winnipesaukee and Merrimack  (exact  location unknown).






Griffin (ND)  Forts  were erected  around  the lake  in Alton by the whites.



      Atkinson and his  men spent the winter of 1?^? near Little Bay which is




now Silver Lake.  They erected a  blockhouse and stayed until the fall of
      A  fort  was reported to be  atop Levy Park Hill near Alton Bay.




      There is  evidence  of a stone landing on the riverbank directly behind




 this  location.






 Blaisdell  (1975)   The site of Governor Wentworth's original mansion is near




 Lake  Went worth.



      Governor  Wentworth's house was the most majestic mansion in all of New




 England.



      Cutter  and Sewall's mill was on the Smith River across the lake from the




 Wentworth  mansion.






 Cal vert's  Map  of  Lakes  Region (1896)



      Lee's Mills  at head of Moul ton borough Bay




      Roxmont on Long Island (off Moul ton borough)




      Lakeshore Inn - Lake Shore Park - south of Belknap Point
                                        J-8

-------
     Governor's Island - Stilson Hutchins Mansion




     Lakeview Stock Farm between Meredith and Center Harbor




     C. Mutis Camp on Cow Island






Havley (1923)  Mills



     Grist Mills




      Melvin Village




       Water Village



      Near outlet of Lower Beach Pond - then moved to Water Village




       Sawmill at outlet of Mirror Lake



       Bradley Burleigh had a fine shingle mill at outlet of meadow a little




to the east of Henry S. Burleigh residence.






Scales (191^) In 1?22 a road was cut of on the east shore of Lake Winnipesaukee




and  a  block house erected.
                                     J-9

-------
                                      SUMMARY






      The  above  listing  of  archaeological  sitos  may appear disjoin-led  b<;o;ui::i;




 of  the  style  in which is was  written,  either  excerpting quotes or  paraphrasing




 selected  sections  of pertinent  publications.  However,  we believe  that the




 data cited  indicate that the  Winnipesaukee  River Basin  is extremely rich in




 archaeological  resources.  The  kinds  of prehistoric sites that are known




 rftpresent campsites, village  areas, weirs,  clay quarries, canoe repair




 facilities, burial grounds and  "powwow" areac.   That is,  there are sitec




 representing  a  wide variety of  specialized  cultural activities.




      Although most of the  published references  concerning the  Indians  of the




 Winnipesaukee Basin refer  to  historic  American  Indians,  many of the artifacts




 illustrated in  various  publications (Moorehead  1931,  Proctor 1930) are




 clearly related to a much  older archaic horizon.   Howard Sargent (personal




 communication)  reports  that fluted points representing  Paleo-indians have  also



 been  recovered  from this general area.




      Forts, garrisons,  homes  of prominent officials (i.e.,  Wentworth mansion)




 and early industrial sites are  abundant for the historic  period.




      The number of archaeological sites plotted on  the  attached maps probably




represents only a small percentage of  those that  actually exist.   Based  on the




results of field work by Moorehead (1931) and Sargent (personal  communication)




it is probably  safe to estimate that there may  be hundreds  of  archaeological




sites in the  area.




     Moorehead  (1931) clearly states the archaeological potential  of the



Winnipesaukee Basin,  (p. ^1 on  Winnipesaukee)....This lake  in  our  opinion




marks one of the strategic  locations in American archaeology.
                                      J-10

-------
(|>. '•'/) Wliml posaukoo ho.ld;-.  llio key  to :iovi:ru.L Now  Hi/r'l arid  Indljin  I'rold <>m:t.




     The; area l.s clearly one of  the  richest  archaeological  region:; in  Now




tiigland in terms of site density  and the  wealth  of  information  that It con  ho




expected to yield on history and  prehistory.  This  is a unique  archaeological



region in New Hampshire.  It is an area that was occupied primarily during




the winter by historic and prehistoric Indians.   Therefore, the archaeological




remains represent one aspect of a yearly  round of activities.   The destruction




of the remaining archaeological sites in  this area  will result  in  the loss  of



information needed to understand  the complete round of yearly activities of




the New Hampshire Indians.   Since large groups of Indians gathered here




during the* winter, it was in this region  that "powwows" were held  between




groups that might be geographically  isolated from each other during other




seasons (Griffin ND).  This  probably resulted in trade as well  as  the exchange




of ideas.  Brown (ND) reports  that the great trail  from Canada  to  Plymouth




Plantation, Massachusetts went through the Winnipesaukee Basin  and Griffin




reports groups from as far away  as Portsmouth, New  Hampshire wintering in the




Winnipesaukee Basin.




     The archaeological  sites  of  the Winnipesaukee  Basin are,  therefore,




important  on a regional  level  since  the populations that gathered there came




from all over New England and  parts  of Canada.   The destruction of archaeo-




logical sites in the  Winnipesaukee River  Basin  will, therefore, result in




the loss of  data which are needed to understand the prehistory  of areas as




far away as  Canada and Massachusetts.
                                        J-ll

-------
                                   CONCLUSIONS









     Many archaeological sites which existed in the Winnipesalikee Basin have




already been destroyed "by unplanned development.  The remaining sites are the




only resource that can be used to reconstruct the total history of that




important area.  Therefore, the destruction of additional sites should be




avoided at all costs.  If a site must be destroyed, it should first be




properly excavated in order to gather sufficient data for an accurate recon-




struction of the history and prehistory of the area.




     Specific information regarding the location of archaeological resources is




given above.  The known archaeological sites are usually found within a short




distance of a lake shore or the bank of a stream.  Unfortunately, these are




the areas that will be most affected by the proposed wastewater collection




and treatment project.  Our conclusion is that the implementation of this




project as currently planned will result in the destruction of a major part




of the historic and prehistoric cultural heritage of New England.  The loss




of this information will leave a blank page in the history and prehistory of




New England.




     Although we believe that it is desirable that the waters of the




Winnipesaukee region be cleaned, it is our opinion that the cost in terms of




a non-renewable cultural resources will be too high as the project is




currently designed.  An assessment such as that outlined in the cover letter




could serve to protect cultural resources and allow prompt implementation of




your project.




     We strongly recommend that you comply with Federal requirements for the




protection of cultural resources in executing this project.
                                      J-12

-------
                                   BIBLIOGRAPHY






Brown, Hon. Mary Senior.  Sandwich, New Hampshire  Be-centennial






Bowles.  New Hampshire, 1939






Galverts Map of Lakes Region, 1896






Cross, Lucy.  History of Northfield, 1910






Colby.  Colby's Indian History, 1975






Gallup.  Lake Winnipesaukee






Griffin.  History of Alton






Hayley,  History of Tuftonboro, 1923






Merrill.  History of Carroll County, 1889






Moorehead,  Warren.  Merrimack Archeological Survey,  1931






Proctor, Mary.  Indians of the Winnipesaukee and Pemmigewasset Valleys,  1930






Runnels.  History of Sanbornton, 1882






Scales, History of Strafford County, 191^






Sylvester.  Indian Wars of New England, 1910






Wilbraham.  History of New Hampshire






Blaisdell.  Three Centuries  on Winnipesaukee
                                     J-13

-------
                                  MAP KEY






A
       Indian sites - historic and prehistoric






       Colonial sites - forts, houses, garrisons






       Industrial sites (18th & 19th century)






       Areas of villages and concentration






       Burials






       Howard Sargent sites
                                  J-14

-------
          PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT OF
          ARCHAEOLOGICAL  RESOURCES
-••   Indian  Sites  (Historic & Prehistoric)

if.   Howard  Sargent sites

A   Burial  Grounds

Jk.   Colonial  Sites (forts, houses,  garrisons)

(5)   Industrial Sites (18th e 19th century)

£   Areas of  villages I concentration

-------
     APPENDIX  K




AIR QUALITY  IMPACT

-------
           APPENDIX K

       AIR QUALITY IMPACT

 OF WASTEWATER DISPOSAL NEEDS PLAN

              FOR THE

     WINNIPESAUKEE RIVER BASIN
         Prepared for


      ECOLSCIENCES, INC
         Prepared by
PLANNING ENVIRONMENT INTERNATIONAL

           A Division of
ALAN M. VOORHEES & ASSOCIATES,  INC,

      Westgate Research Park
      McLean, Virginia 22101
         October 1975

-------
                         APPENDIX K

                 AIR QUALITY IMPACT ANALYSIS
    This appendix describes the detailed methodology and results
of the air quality impact analysis of the proposed Wastewater
Disposal Needs Plan for the winnipesaukee River Easin.  The
general analysis approach is as follows:

    1.  Determine existing air quality — compare ambient air
        quality and maximum air quality to National and State
        Ambient Air Quality Standards and other criteria de-
        fined in Federal and state legislation  (see Section II).

    2.  Estimate existing pollutant emissions.

    3.  Calculate projected pollutant emissions for years of
        concern (1975, 1985, 2000) with and without the proj-
        ect.

    4.  Calculate projected air quality for years of concern,
        with and without the project.

    5.  Compare projected air quality with and without the
        project to National and State ambient air quality
        standards.

    6.  Determine potential mitigating measures (if necessary)
        for reducing adverse air quality impacts.


    Emissions

    The existing and projected emissions of particulates (TSP)
and sulfur dioxide (SO2>  were estimated with and without the
project.  The methodology and results are as follows.


    Study Area Regional Emissions

    The existing (1971, 1972)  and projected regional emissions
for TSP and SO2 were calculated using the techniques described
in the EPA Guidelines for Air Quality Maintenance  Planning and
Analysis Development - Vol.  1,  Designation of Air  Quality Mainte-
nance Areas, 1974.   Baseline area source and point source emis-
sions inventories  for the study area were obtained from EPA
Region I and were  distributed to the grid shown in Figure 1 using
township population data  for area sources and exact locations for
point sources.   The baseline emissions inventory is summarized in
Table 1.
                             K-l

-------
     The TSP and SC»2 emissions were projected to 1975, 1985 and
 2000 using the methodology given in the Guidelines,  as summarized
 below .

     Projection of 1975 Emission from Baseline Inventory.   Two
 methods are described by EPA.  The "backup method" is used in
 this analysis.  The methodology is summarized in the sample
 projection Table 2 and as follows:

     1.   Using emissions summaries in Table 1, group  emissions
         into fuel combustion, industrial process,  solid waste,
         and miscellaneous sources as in Table 2.

     2.   Determine 1975 emissions from sources other  than  power
         plants .

         •   Determine allowable emissions by source category
            using reduction factors given in Table  3.

         •   Adjust allowable emissions by growth from 1970 to
            1975  using EPA projections in Table 4 and the  growth
            factors by category in Table 5 .

     3.   Power plants are calculated separately using detailed
         source data.   No steam electric power plants are  in the
         study area.

     Projection of Year 1985 and 2000  Emissions.  Year 1985, 2000
 emissions  are projected using the following formula:
                FI   =   Ci(l  +

where :

        F  =  1985,  2000 emissions

        i  =  Source category, i.e., combustion, solid waste,
              industrial process, transportation, miscellaneous

        C  =  1975 emissions

        D  =  Growth rate from Tables 2 and 3

        E  =  Emission  factor adjustment for source category
              (.4 suggested by EPA for all industrial processes,
              E=l for all other categories)

    The adjustment factor can be used to account for new source
performance standards if known, and new technology.

    Table 6 summarizes  the results of these emissions projections
                            K-2

-------
                                                    FIGURE 1



                                   GRID  SYSTEM AND  LOCATION OP RECEPTORS
0,48
                                   |  Receptor Location and Number
                                                                                                        56.48
                                                                                                        56.0

-------
              TABLE 1



BASELINE EMISSIONS INVENTORY  (1970)



          Grams Per Second
       Area Sources
Point Sources
Fuel
Township Pollutant Combustion
Primary Area
TSP
Belmont
Gilford
1
•*> . TSP
Laconia
j- u TSP
Meredith
SO 2
,- w TSP
^anbornton
Tilton TSP
SO 2
TSP
Franklin
TSP
.'lorthfield
.015
.0338
.025
.1407
.063
.3567
.032
.1848
.010
.058
.011
.0623
.056
.2052
.017
.0603
Solid Waste
.603
.0025
.004
.0042
.011
.0107
.006
.0056
.002
.0017
.002
.0019
.009
.0063
.003
.0018
Transportation
.029
.0174
.048
.0291
.123
.0739
.064
.0383
.020
.012
.021
.0129
.094
.0582
.028
.0171
Miscellaneous
.001
.0
.002
.0
.005
.0
.002
.0
.001
.0
.001
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
Minor Major
(included as area (Greater than
Total sources in COM) 25 tons/year)
.048
.1037
.079
.174
.202
.4413
.104
.2287
.033
.0717
.035
.0771
.159
.2697
.048
.0792
.0518
.0029 	
	 .0834
	 .0058
.1060 .159
.332 .5048
	 .0834
	 .0058
	 	
.2175 .159
.1115 .3848
.0028 .1439
.0307 .0086
.0806
.0058

-------
Table 1 (continued)
                                                   Area Sources
                                                                                                     Point Sources
Township
Pollutant
Fuel
Combustion
Solid Waste
Transportation
Miscellaneous
Total
Minor
(included as area
sources in COM)
Peripheral Area
Alton
Tuf tonboro
Wolf eboro
X
Ul
Centre Harbor
Moul tonboro
TSP
SO2
TSP
S02
TSP
S02
TSP
S02
TSP
S02
.033
.188
.008
.0448
.015
.0876
.002
.0093
.016
.0914
.006
.0057
.001
.0005
.002
.001
.0005
.0001
.0025
.0011
.065
.0389
.015
.0214
.029
.0418
.003
.0044
.03
.0436
.002
.0
.002
.0
.005
.0
.001
.0
.005
.0
.106
.2326
.026
.0667
.051
.1304
.0065
.0138
.0535
.1361
	
	
.0806
.0345
	
.0345
.0029
Major
(Greater than
25 tons/year)
	
	
	
	
	

-------
                                                           TABLE  2

                                                    SAMPLE PROJECTION TABLE

                                               Emission Projection Calculations


      A                           B             C             C-l            D             E             F             G
                                                            Growth                      Growth       Emission        1985
   Source                       1970        Reduction       Factor         1975          Rate         Factor      Emissions
    Class                     Emissions      Factors       (1975/1970)    Emissions   [(1985/1975)-!] Adjustment    G=D(1+EF)

Fuel Combustion

  Power plants
  Point sources
    (excluded pp)
  Area sources
  Subtotal

Industrial Process

  Point sources (subtotal)

Solid Waste Disposal

  Point sources
  Area sources
  Subtotal

Transportation
  LDV
  HDV
  Subtotal

Miscellaneous

  Point sources
  Area sources
  Subtotal

TOTAL

Source:   U.S. L'PA  Air Quality Maintenance Plan Guidelines,  Vol.  I, Guidelines for Designation of AQMA's

-------
                                           TABLE 3

                                 EMISSION REDUCTION FACTORS*

                    (Ratio of 1975 Allowable Emissions to 1970 Emissions)
 Source Category

 Fuel combustion
   Point sources less power
   generation
   Area sources
   Power generation  sources

 Industrial processes

 Solid Waste

   Point sources
   Area sources

 ransportation

 Miscellaneous
   Point sources
   Area sources
Particulate
  Matter
    0.43
    0.29
    0.28

    1.0
    1.0
    1.0
                                                 SO
0.37
1.0
0.82

1.0
1.0
1.0
                          HC
                          0.47
1.0
0.88
0.48
1.0
                                     CO
                                     0.10
 .52
0.88
1.0
1.0
                                NO
0.44
0.48
0.50
0.43
0.57
0.43
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
                                 1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
Calculated by different method—see source

a. These emission reduction factors for 1975 as compared to 1970 are based on a composite
   of expected and existing conditions and emission control regulations in St  Louis
   Denver, Washington, D.C., Seattle, Indianapolis, and Boston.

Source:   U.S.  EPA Air Quality Maintenance Plan Guidelines,  Vol. I
                                          K-7

-------
  Non.S.MSA porllon of Wnlcr Rcjuurctj Siiharco 0105 Mcrrlmoek
                                                                                   TABLE  4

                                                                             OBERS  PROJECTION
                                                                                                                                                                             J97M-:  oiii;i(s
i uuic i — i-opuiauun, i-nipiuymcnl, rersoi

Population, midyear 	 	
Per caT'la litcwne (l%7 1) 	 _. _
Per capita income rchuvc (U.S.- 1 JOB). ...._...._._.... 	
Total employment 	 ....
EmpJoirraeni/oopubuon n.tio 	 	 	 „.._ 	
TuUI penmal Inwrat.... 	
ToUl c.rnloci 	 	
Acrifulturc. (wctiry uid Cuterlci 	 . 	
Atriiqlturc 	 	 .. •
f'orctlry and fiihfrici 	 	 	 	
1 Uiainj 	 	
00 Mela) 	
Coil 	 ' •
Grade petroleum iml natural |n 	 ~.~
Nonmctalliv-. c»:on (ucU . . _
Contract continiciion ..
Manufacturing 	 	 ..
l-ood and kindred product! 	 	 	 	
Teitile mi:i projucii 	 	 l'L_°!!
Apparel ind other fjtuie produeli.
l.urohcrprodtcu ind (urn.tutc.
l"npcr and allied prudiKti- 	 	
Piiniina and pulilMiinj 	 	 _
Chcmw Jt and allied product! 	 . 	 	
Petroleum refining 	
Pnmury mrljli .. .
f-'ahricjtcJ inelai* and ftiil-.i.mcc, . «
Aljtluniry. eiilujmf i-li.^'rinl
lileclrcM m.ictitn:ix :ind ^Itppticl 	 	 	 	
Motor veSii'tct and c:juiimcnt 	 ..
. Traniponjtion cnuip.. ocL mlr. vebi... 	 _.'. 	
Oibcrmnnti/ictunni 	 -...._.__
Ti«ni.,camm. ind public uUu'tloi ^,
Wholfin!* and relnil lTJdo..u 	 .._. 	 	 	 _.
Hnance. inturuncc nnd real cM.ite 	 -..._._..„...
Xrfi Icei 	 	 	 	 	 .
Cotcrnmcnl 	 _
l-'cdcral {ovemmtnl 	
5utc nnd liK:J government 	 „
Armed furvc* 	

1950 |962>
«9.4lJ 10J.MI
1.631 2J79
.82 .92
JJ.7IB J7.979
I30J20 244J02
M7.C7I U9.j6j
5. 71 Si 3.947.
l?7i 662b
5.110 I2JJ9
W.789 65^.12
S2JQ9 J9J72
4^1 10.699
15.020 21.072
I6.W9 31,072
2,493 4.759
13.194 24 837
960 I.42T
mi Income, anil J
I9J9
1IIJ35
3,165
.92
152.131
264.470
2,009b
c
21.911
78.811
11.141
J9.797
19.951
40.0-13
-•R.143
7.061
19.6HO
1.601
Zurnlngiby Induslry, IllslorJenl anil I'rojcclcd,
1970
111.956
1.23]
.91
46.172
.41
168.199
272.499
1.033b
e
U.I II
75.178
20.JEK
41.107
52.KM
7.3f.S
I!MI
1971
1930
115.900 111.600
J.lll 4,300
.94 .96
59,100
.45
In Thouiiiuli of 1967 Doihn
33S.OS9 604.100
1X4.052 443,100
l.943b 1400
1.109
(S)
e 700
700
14X77 43,700
74.671 101.500
2.600
5.000
2.700
8JOO
3JOO
16.100
(SJ
(S)
5.500
7.600
II.HUO
17.600
1.600
16.600
I2J44 • 19.000
45.164 63.800
21,46] 13.100
45.019 83.300
5M03 SS.200
(.276 IO.KW
«.'I92 75.500
1.0)) 1.700
Selected Years,

1)8.600
5.2CO
.96
67.600
Ai
724.800
510.700
1.700
1.400
(S)
' 800
800
51.100
115.200
1,100
4.990
1.000
9.100
1.900
19,200
(S)
(S)
5.700
9.600
12.300
20.100
(S)
4.000
18.700
21.500
89.400
4l.5flO
103.700
109.000
94.'200
i.vno
1950-20:0
1759
146.000
5.'AX>
.97
66.100
.45
869.500
633.500
1.800
1.600
(S)
900
900
61X00
129.400
3.700
4. COO
1JOO
10,100
4.500
21.500
(S)
(S)
3. WO
II. COO
I3.XO
"(S)
4,400
31.100
26.U10
94.COO
52.100
134.700
15. IW
II7.5LV)
2,00V

MM
159.2(0
7. 000
.97
74,100
.47
I.U9.300
9I7.-WO
4.)'.1
4.UUL-
(S)
1.000
1.000
• IU.JM
5.0JO
5.200
4.200
12.300
6.400
31.000
(SJ
(S)
6/.UO
17. 2»
15.110
30.700
(i)
5.400
17.100
37.300
DI.StM
SI.MJ
I93,
-------
                                  TABLE 5
                      GROWTH FACTORS FOR TSP AND SO,
          Category
Fuel Combustion (excluding pp)
Industrial processes
Solid waste
Transportation
Miscellaneous
   Recommended BRA
Projection Parameter*
Total earnings
Manufacturing earnings
Population
Population
Total earnings
      EPA's recommendation that these parameters be used was based upon
      available information and was not the result of a statistical analysis
      to determine an accurate correlation between emissions from a particu-
      lar category and an economic or demographic parameter.  Furthermore,
      the user of these projections should be aware that it is not known
      what relationship exists between an increase in an economic indicator
      and an increase in emissions from a particular category.  Another
      complicating factor is the present energy situation—it is not
      known what effect the current situation will have on long-term
      growth.
                                 K-9

-------
                         TABLE 6
          EMISSIONS  PROJECTIONS  (grams/second)
1975
                           1895
                                                              2000


Tovnshlp
Prlaary Area
Deljoont

Gilford

Laconic

Meredith

1 Sanbornton
O
Tilton

Franklin

NorthfUld
Peripheral Area

Alton

Tuftonboro

Nolfeboro

Centre Babor

Houltonboro


Pollutant

TSP
so2
TSP
S°2
TSP
*>2
TSP
S°2
TSP
S°2

TSP
S°2
TSP
602
TSP
so2

TSP
SO,
TSP

TSP
602
TSP
S02
TSP
SO,

Area
Sources

.0802
.1327
.1084
.4721
.3034
.7318
.1206
.2881
.035
.0882

.2166
.2141
.1632
.4087
.0098
.048

.0903
.2725
.0281
.0788
.1004
.1762
.0102
.0202
.0659
.1495

Point
Source*

	
___
.0414
.0025
.0789
.2157
.0414
.0025
	

.0789
.1644
.0714
.0037
.04
.0025


	

	

	
	
	
	
__
Without
Area
Sources

.1098
.1956
.1606
.7068
.4311
1.0342
.1786
.4306
.0517
.1318

.2827
.3024
.2416
.6066
.0144
.0719

.1884
.4419
.0582
.1426
.1765
.3148
.0228
.0398
.1179
.2586
Project
Point
Sources

—
—
.0468
.0028
.0891
.2435
.0468
.0028
	

.0891
.2328
.0807
.0042
.0452
.0028

	
—
	
	
_.
	
__ _
	
_
	
With Project
Area
Sources

.1149
.1989
• .1717
.7138
.4555
1.0498
.1902
.438
.055
.1337

.293
.3082
.2552
.6151
.0158
.0731

.1884
.4419
.0582
.1426
.1765
.3148
.0228
.0398
.1179
.2586
Point
Sources

	
	
.0468
.0028
.0891
.2435
.0468
.0028
—

.0891
.2328
.0807
.0042
.0452
.0028

___
	
	 .
	
. 	
	

	
	 	
	
Without
Area
Sources

.1625
.3292
.25
1.2029
.6534
1.6529
.2604
.7261
.0821
.2229

.4009
.48
.3827
1.0187
.0212
.1208

.3098
.7513
.0974
.2375
.2671
.5152
.0366
.0654
.1848
.4336
Project
Point
Sources

	
	
.0569
.0034
.1084
.2962
.0569
.0034
	

.1084
.2831
.0981
.0051
.0549
.0034

	
	

	
	
	
	
—
	
	
With Project
Area
Sources

.1753
.3372
.2779
1.2207
.7153
1.6927
.3093
.7443
.0899
.2276

.427
.495
.4174
1.0405
.025
.1240

.3098
.7513
.0974
.2375
.2671
.5152
.0366
.0654
.1848
.4336
Point
Sources

-._
	
.0569
.0034
.1084
.2962
.0569
.0034
---

.108;
.2831
.0981
.0051
.0549
.0034

	

	

	

	

	


-------
    Projected Air Quality

    The projected air quality (TSP and 802)  at the selected
receptor sites in the Study Area were estimated usinq the follow-
ing procedures:

    Annual Average TSP and SO2 for the Study Area.  The Clima-
tological Dispersion Model (COM),  developed by EPA, was used to
project annual average TSP and SO2,   The CDM determines long-
term (seasonal or annual) quasi-stable pollutant concentrations
at any ground level receptor using average emission rates from
point and area sources and a joint frequency distribution of
wind direction,  wind speed, and stability for the same period.

    This model uses Briggs1 plume rise formula and an assumed
power law increase in wind speed with height that depends on
stability.1

    Figure 2 defines the concentration formulas for the CDM
Model.   The emission rates for the area and point sources for
the Study Area as described above, and the frequency distribution
of wind data in Table 7 were input to the Model to estimate annual
average concentrations of TSP and S02•  The Model was not cali-
brated due to inadequate ambient data.

    The receptor points for calculation of concentrations are
shown in Figure 1.  The points were selected to be representa-
tive of the maximum growth impact areas.

    A sample Model output is given in Table 8.  The Table lists
the annual average concentration of each receptor point selected.
The total concentration at each point is the sum of the point
source and area source contribution.

    Table 9 through 12 present the ground level TSP and SO2 con-
centrations with and without the project in the projection years
1985 and 2000.  The concentrations presented do not include the
background concentrations.

    Short-Term TSP and SO2 Concentrations for the Study Area.
The maximum 24-hour TSP concentrations at the selected receptor
sites are estimated by applying Larsen's method using the ob-
served geometric standard deviation.2  Since there are no
observed sulfur oxides data in the entire Study Area, no short-
term sulfur oxide concentrations are estimated.  The estimated
24-hour TSP concentrations are shown in Table 13.
     U.S. EPA, Climatological Dispersion Model User's Guide, 1974

    2Larsen, R.I., EPA publication AP-89, "A Mathematical Model
for Relating Air Quality Measurements to Air Quality Standards,"
U.S. EPA, November, 1971.
                             K-ll

-------
            TABLE 7

WIND STAR FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION
     CONCORD, NEW HAMPSHIRE



(/)
(/)
*"O
1 —
*"*
CZ >j
0 -(->
•r— -i—
•4-> i —
o -a Wind Speed Class
S— *vi
5 £ 1 23 456
N "a 6.0300.U.3O303.1.000OaS,Oi30n30.00rtOOO.OOaO«
>— •« A olojOOOJ.OJOOOO. 300000. 300030. GOWOO. 03000
'HE a 0. OOOOOO. 039900. ISO'IOO. 000030. 000000.00930
£>fc A 0.030000-J030J3. 000030. 33000P. 030OOO. QOOOO
S v" o..i .TO oca. oaooo.i. oooooo. onoooo.onoono. ooooo
ES£ A o.O30iia3-030000 .0(10010. 0.10300. OOOOOO. OOOOO
' se A oloooiioa.couaoo. oooooo. ouoaoo.oooooo.oaooa
5S£ A 0 .OOO-103. C J0000.30OOO1- OJ0030. 003000. OOOOO
S A n . OOOOOO. OOOO 00. 000 O 00. OOJOOfl. 303000.03000
55W A 0 .000 110. 0003-»O. QOOOOO.O0300r). C033HO. 00003
5« A 0. OO0723-3O>J3:-a. 300330. OGOOO*. 000300. C3I10O
VS» A O-OO'jSOO.GOOOOO. 30300O.OOOOa«J. OOOOOO. 00300
v A o .20 : si -i .onu/o .oooooo. oooooo. oooooo .noooo
fei<* jk O . 0 0 0 1 *?i* . 0 0 0 3 '*0 • 0 *1 0 0 0 0 . OO'JOOO. 03 00 03 . C C 003
NX A 0 . OflOOOO.OOOnOO. 000040. OOOOO'l .COOOOO. 00030
h»<« A o .000190 .0003*0.000000.003000.003003 .ooooo
H ? 0.3305A.J.G01370. 0003*0. 000000.033000. OOOOO
NVi ft 0.0315^0.^31 370. QOOOOO. 003000. 033003. OJOOd
HZ f> o.ocu 7oo.gajs<'b.ooonoo. aooooo. oooooo. ooooo
£.s£ 3 O.OOCo?').a003-«. OOOOOO. OOO003-. 000310. OOOOO
(. 8 C .000-2S .OiH330. OOOOOO, OOOOOO . 000300. OOOOO
E5i R 0. 001540. 0003-0. 001030. OOOOOO. OOOOOO. OOOOO
. SE H 0.3031QO. 031710. C3969-1.00OJOI1. OOOOOO. OOOC3
SSi B 0.0010*4.001379.0003*0.000000.030000.00000
3 n 0.002910.03*794.003630.000000.030000.00000
551 » 0 .OOISPO. 001370. 051370. OOOOOO. 030000. OOOOO
S> f; ; .C311C3.3Q03*0. 001710. 030000. 003000. OOOOO
.•US* ri •' -005330. 001370. 001370. OOOOOO. 000030. OOOOO
-• ti i: - ^o*i4o.on3o»o, 001030. onoooa. ooaono. ooooo
H*iv 0 . )*.}&•». £G*1 10. 0.01370. OOOtJOO. OOOOOO. OOOOO
. N* A •: . •; ) 1100.031710. 001370.000000.000000. 00000
>»** n o . : ::-:*>?«-aol7io.33O3*a»ooJ904.ooooao.ooooa
- r» c 0..0-. . 330,0000*3.001030.000009.000000.00000
K>< c o.aj al^o. aaLaaa_ooo3*J3-oooooo. oooooo. ooooo-
- f*€ C 0-00 J3A9. OOl37O.O»03»-». OOOOOO. OOOOOO. 00003
£>€• c o.o3oi30.oooj>4*.oaoooo.oaaoo».o1io3:)C, 03000 .
';; £ c o. onoooo _oaoooo. 0003*0. oooooo. ooooo. ?. ;oooo ,
C&£ C 0. aOalja. C-OaA-»0. 301030. OOOOOO. OOOOoO .J,;.100 1
5< C 0 • 0 0 053^* 0 3Q6^t4 • OO 3*20 . OOQ0.01.G 300 00 . 0 ^3 00
SS£ C 0. QOO53>T. COOt^-9. 00*l 10,001370. OOOJOO-COOOO :
3 c. *. sc23i3_iiaos«_a3vimiae»9*.ooo»** .**>» O O.GOb*7O.007sa>^0. 0116*0. 017120. 037330. 009400. 00137
fr*t» 0 0.00*100. 008220- 001*900. 0116-M1. 002^00. OOOOO
CT
OJ
OO

S-.- . C
,
i- -M
C -r- -r-
o a f—
•1 — 'r-
-i-> -a jo
03 C: f3
co 3 oo
t*7*S 1J1770
1*7*»5 2A1 770
1 *7 *5 3A I 770
1*7*5 *A1770
1 *7*5 5 A 1 7 7O
1 ^/-vb /SA1773
1*7*5 7.1177O
1*7>5 SIA1770
1*7 »ci OA177O
1 Vi'*blOAl 7 /O
l*7-lv5UJl77n
1*7'.S12A1770
1 *7-vr«l 3A 1 7 /(J
I*/-'i5l'. A177n
1 47*515* 1 77O
i 1 *7*S16M 77O
r 1*7'.5 131770
1*745 2:11770
1*7*5-331770
147*5 431770
1*7*5 531770
1*7*5 681770
1*7*5 7bl770
147*5 8B1770
147*5 991770
1*7451031770
1*7*51 1H17/0
147451231770
1*7*51331770
I474SI-.3177O
I*745l5'dl770
1*7451631770
1*7*5 1C177«>
1*745 2C1770
14745 3C1770
147*5 *C1770
1*745 5C1770
1*7*S /.C1770
1*7*5 7C1770
'l»7*5 ,OC1770
I*7V> OCX.770
147»S10C17Ta
147*51101770
1*7*512C1770
I*7*S13C1770
1*7451*01770
1*7*515C177O
j47*516C177a
1*7*5 101770
1*7*5 201770
1*7*5 3O177O
1«7*5 4D1770
1*7*5 501770
1*7*S 601770
1*7*5 701770
147*5 801770
1*7*5 9D17TO
1*7*51001770
1*7*51101770
1*7*51201770
1*7*51301770
147*51*01770
1*7*51501770
1*7*51601770
O
^^
-~^
CM
f

0
1 >

0

•**^
r—
o
£
17012 1
17312 i
1 7012
17012
17011;
17012
17012
17012 .
1 '1 0 12
17012
1 /O'. 2 \
1/012 |
1/012 |
\ f)\'?. .
I 7012 .
17012
17012
17012
I 70 12 i
17012:
17012,1
17012!
17012 j
17012-1
17012 !
17012:
17012:
17012-
17012'
17012!
17012J
17012
17012!
17012|
17012J
17012
17012,
17012
170131
17012'
l7OLi
17012
17012
17012:
170 12
170 12i
17012!
170!2|
17012!
17012
17012!
17012;
17012:
17012J
17012'
170121
17012;
1 7012
173121
17012
17012J
17012
17012
17012
              K-12

-------
Table  I  ,  Continued
          03
                    Wind Speed  Class

                      234
                                                       c:
                                                       o
C3

in
      o-   o
      0)   r«.
      co   \
           CXi
      C   i—
      o
      ••-    o
      ^J   -(->
      o
      OJ >, CD
      TD JO   E
      c ra   o
N
NM£
we
ENf
E
esa
S£
ss£
. s
WMW
f»t»
H
UN-
He
EN£
E
E5c
«
SSE
5
55>
Sw
>»SW
v
MVtf
M»
HNy
e
E
c
£
F
£
C
€
E
E
£
If
F
F
F
r
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
0.000000. GO 13/0. 00 1370.000000. DO. lOOO. 00000
o. oooooo. 0003*3. nooooo. ouoooo.Oiijuoo. ooooo
O. OOOOOO. OO 10 10. OOOOOO. 003301. OOOOOO. OOOOO
o.oono no. 0003*3. ononoo.ouoooo.oooono. ooooo
o . ooo-ioo . on 1030. oooooo. oooooo. oo onoo. ooooo
o.oooon 'i. ool/io. oo[7io. ooonoo. oooooo. oo ooo
O.COOOOO.0030dO.OJ1030.OOOOOrt. OOOOOO. OOOOO
0.000000.011300.001710.000000.000000.00000
0- OOOOOO. 033 V29.OO 171 0.000 1»00. OOOOO >». OOOOO-
o. oooooo. 000*^0. 0003 w>. coo no o.o oooo o.oaooo
o.onoooo. oo a-.oo. 0003*0,000000. oooooo. ''jj oo
0. 0 0081O. 00 13 70. 003*30. OOOOOO. 00 00 00. S JOO 0
c.oooono.03 3*20. oo5**o,o ooooo. a oooo o.o oo oo
0. OOOOOO-.0030BO.OOS320 . OOOOOO. OOnono. 03000
o. on 0000.00*1 1 o.o fft'Joo. oooooo . oooooo. ooooo
0.000000.003*40
0.012070
0.010»?0
0.012030
0.01 3f>6O
O.OOSOOO
0.011170
o.oi ie>?o
0.016*OO
0.0??f"»o
o-on»>oio
0 .005010
n.ouo'io
0.01*120
0.0 1 sb^O
0.020^00
0.013670
.003*20
.001030
.ooo*ao
.00 10JO
.onlo33
.onot-HO
.002250
.on5»90
.007 190
.oojnao
.001370
• 0 0 ^ •• ^ 0
• o n/>*i 3 0
.007190
.006050
.005»PO
.003*20.000000
.oooooo.
.000000.
.000000,
.oooooo.
.nooooo.
.000000.
.000000.
.000000.
.nooooo.
oooooo
oooooo
OAOOOO
OO0004
oooooo
oooooo
900003
oooooo
OOOOOO
.00 onoo. oooooo
.cooooo.
.000000.
.000000.
.nooooo.
.nooooo.
.000000.
oooooo
oooooo
oooooo
oooooo
ooonon
oooooo
.000000
.000009
.030000
.on.oooo
.oooooo
.000000
.000000
.000000
.000000
.oonooo
.000000
.onnooo
.000000
.OOOJOO
.ooooon
.onnooo
.000000
l*/*5 ULl f ro
1*7*0 PC17/0
1*7»S tit I /7n
1*7*5 6E1770
1*7*5 7E17/0
1*7*.S q£I77a
M7*5 9E1770
147V512E1770
.00040 1*7*51«E1770
.oonoo
•
.
.
.
.
.
»
.
.
.
.
»
.
.

oonoo
ooooo
00330
ooooo
03000
00000
onnoo
ooooo
oonoo
oonoo
onono
ooooo
ooooo
oonoo
onono
1*7*5
1*7*5
1*7*5
1*7*5
1*T*5
1*7*5
1*7'.5
1*7*5
1*7*5
I»7*51
1*7*51
1*7*51
1*7*51
1*7*51
1*7*51
1F1770
2^1770
3F1770
*F1770
5P1770
6F 1770
7F1770
Pfrj 77.-)
*>? 1770
0^1770
1F1770
y.fnir.
3f I77n
'.F1770
5^ 1 770
i /o li;
7012
701.!-
IO\ ?. .
7012'
7012
7012 :
7012
17012
17012
17012
17012
17012 :
17012 !
17012
17012
17012 !
17012 '
17012 .
17012
17012
17012
170)2
17012
17012
17012
17012.
17012
,7013
1*7*5I6FI 77n |70l?l
      Source:   U.S. EPA, Region  I
                                     K-13

-------
                                    FIGURE 2
                         COM CONCENTRATION  FORMULAS

    The average concentration C~.  due to area sources at a particular receptor is given

 by -     16   1   f16           •*     6                            1
    CA  =  2~   I    \  *   ^'^   r     Z   *Ck.l .m)S{P.=:Ufc.Pm)    dp        (1)
               /    Lk=a   *     t.=l   m^-1                     -•     J
               o
    where                 k = Index identifying wind  direction sector
                       q. (p) =  / Q(i'.fl) d8(cr the k sector
                       Q(p.9) = emission rate of the area source per unit  area  and unit
                                time
                           P = distance from the receptor to an infinitesimal area source
                           8 - angle relative to polar coordinates centered on the receptor
                           t = index identifying the wind speed class
                           m = index identifying the clas-j of the Pasquill stability category
                   ^(k. t ,m) = joint frequency function
               S(p.z;U fc.Pjjj) = dispersion function defined in Equations 3 and 4
                           z = height of r*v..-ptor above ground level
                         Uj = representative wind speed
                         Pm = Pasquill stability category

    For  point sources, the  average concentration C  due to n point sources  is given by
                    ~                            P
                 16"    J    '    »(kn.t.m)CnS(pn.«;Ut.Pm)
            ^p ~ 2,  r  ._,   __,                 ;                               (2)
                    n- ll-lm-1                 r n
    where                kn = wind sector appropriate  to the n   point  source
                         Gn = emission rate of the nf" point source
                           pn = distance from the receptor to the n " point source
    If the re- - .• :or is presumed to be at ground level, that is. z = 0.  then the functional
form of S(p.z;Ut,P  ) will be
if "Z(P) < 0.8L and
if "jCp) > 0.8 L.  New terms in Equations 3 and 4 are defined as follows:
                       a (p) = vertical dispersion function, i.e.. the standard deviation
                 >       z       of the pollution concer.Ji .ition in tht vertical plane
                           b = effective stack height of source distribution , i.e., the
                               average height of aj-ea source  emissions in the k*" wind
                               direction sector at radial distance g from  the receptor
                           L= the afternoon mixing height
                          T,= asauBed half life of pollutant, hours
    The possibility of pollutant removal by physical or chenical processes is included in
the program by the deoay s.xpression e-xp  (-0. 692p /UjT, ) .
    The total concentration for the averaging period is the sum of concentrations of the
point and area  sources for that averaging period.

                                      .C-14

-------
               TABLE 8

SAMPLE OUTPUT OF COM  Pl-TSP,  P2 - SO,
                     ••J  7} 302,   FUN  19,
                     MS rM:k  CUt I.. NET
)• n
60
Co
7 „
60
to
Vo
* 7°
1 :, o
ui 1 2 o
200
22o
'70
2 'i0
1 Co
41o
CRDINATF:S
30 40
70 60
A 0 f • „
CO
fO
10
50
SO
CO
20
40
I'O
9C
£0
JO
Co
60
70
9o
Oo
90
90
1  2 Pi P2 PI P2
OoM33E 00 Oo512E-Oi 00201E-01 Oo231E 00 Oo8bfaE 00
Co9^2F 00 OoLjiJE 00 00^6BF-Ol Oo3bOE 00 Oo990E 00
CoSC^F CC Oo211c 00 00922F.-01 00^36E 00 OolOOt 01
Go^Ut UO J086lt-0i 002S.it-01 00307i:
OoO'j^F. 00 0.177E 00 0.71AE-01 0»411L;
Oo947K 00 0»237E 00 0.533F-01 0«511E
OoSOlE 00 OolBOt 00 0.293E-01 00655E
OoOiiSE 00 0.48t.t-0i Ool56E-01 u«25Br:
Oo'j68h 00 Ooll5t OU 00222L 00 Ool>29d
00432E-; 00 Oo296E-01 Ool^'jE-Oi Oo24GE
Co 1HO:; 01 Ool37E 00 Ool09EF 00 00701C
Ool72E 00 Oo205E-01 Ooll36-01 OolO-Vb
Oo781E 00 0.300E-01 Ool23£-01 00320E
0.839E 00 O.Y83E-01 0012^E-01 0039SF
Ool07c 01 Oo057t-0k Oob>07E-02 00449t
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
Oo
0.
Oo
Oo
Oo
Oo
Oo
Oa
Oo
Oo
Oo
Oo
970't;
1036
100F
031E
86 9 £
7 9 Of:
4<+7E
161E
1B3E
793E
8J>1E
107E
00
01
01
00
00
00
00
01
00
00
00
01
On
o.,
0,,
0,,
0,,
0,,
0,,
0,,
0,,
0,,
0,,
0,,
0,,
Oo
0,,
CuL ILWATlu)
PI P 2
231 E 00 i)«H!5.:U: :)d
3'30i; 00 0«99f.}'" .,0
•=. 3 9 1:
0790»:
. 'r -, 1 '. :
.16 It
o ib K:
. 7 r> "i \'
o^^l *:
3 i 0 7 > •
'JO
Jl
Jl
00
AJ
00
•)()
01
00
00
JO
o i

-------
                              TABLE 9
         COM GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATIONS AT RECEPTOR POINTS
                PROJECTION YEAR 1985 WITHOUT PROJECT

                           Micrograms Per Cubic Meter
Area Sources
TSP
0.106
0.128
0.133
0.130
0.138
0.162
0.281
0.123
0.268
0.136
0.391
0.050
0.171
0.187
0.267
so2
0.487
0.547
0.529
0.547
0.555
0.552
0.471
0.496
0.341
0.254
0.907
0.102
0.463
0.488
0.628
Point Sources
TSP
0.028
0.048
0.069
0.046
0.068
0.150
0.139
0.030
0.092
0.023
0.113
0.016
0.024
0.064
0.007
so2
0.008
0.009
0.011
0.008
0.010
0.015
0.018
0.007
0.182
0.011
0.089
0.008
0.010
0.010
0.004
Total
Area and Point
TSP
0.134
0.177
0.202
0.176
0.206
0.311
0.420
0.154
0.360
0.159
0.504
0.066
0.195
0.251
0.275
so2
0.495
0.557
0.540
0.555
0.566
0.567
0.490
0.503
0.523
0.266
0.996
0.110
0.473
0.489
0.632
Receptor

     1
     2
     3
     4
     5
     6
     7
     8
     9
    10
    11
    12
    13
    14
    15
*See Figure 1 for location of receptors
                            K-16

-------
                              TABLE  10
         COM GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATIONS AT RECEPTOR POINTS
                  PROJECTION  YEAR 1985 WITH  PROJECT

                           Micrograms Per Cubic Meter
Area Sources
Receptor
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
TSP
0.111
0.135
0.139
0.137
0.145
0.170
0.294
0.129
0.278
0.140
0.360
0.052
0.179
0.196
0.267
so2
0.492
0.553
0.534
0.552
0.561
0.558
0.478
0.501
0.347
0.258
0.919
0.103
0.471
0.495
0.629
Point Sources
TSP
0.036
0.098
0.157
0.061
0.130
0.164
0.140
0.034
0.092
0.024
0.113
0.017
0.024
0.064
0.007
so2
0.014
0.043
0.071
0.022
0.055
0.039
0.020
0.011
0.182
0.012
0.089
0.009
0.010
0.010
0.004
Total
Area and Point
TSP
0.147
0.233
0.296
0.198
0.275
0.334
0.434
0.163
0.370
0.165
0.525
0.069
0.206
0.260
0.275
so2
0.506
0.596
0.605
0.574
0.616
0.597
0.498
0.512
0.529
0.270
1.008
0.113
0.481
0.506
0.633
See Figure 1 for location of receptors
                            K-17

-------
                              TABLE  11
         COM GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATIONS AT RECEPTOR POINTS
                PROJECTION YEAR 2000 WITHOUT PROJECT

                           Micrograms Per Cubic Meter
Area Sources
Receptor
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
TSP
0.165
0.200
0.206
0.203
0.215
0.252
0.439
0.192
0.387
0.203
0.590
0.076
0.265
0.294
0.436
so2
0.826
0.927
0.895
0.926
0.940
0.932
0.784
0.840
0.552
0.422
1.470
0.168
0.761
0.821
1.070
Point Sources
TSP
0.034
0.059
0.084
0.055
0.082
0.182
0.169
0.037
0.113
0.029
0.137
0.019
0.029
0.078
0.009
so2
0.009
0.011
0.014
0.010
0.013
0.019
0.022
0.008
0.221
0.014
0.109
0.010
0.012
0.012
0.004
Total
Area and Point
TSP
0.200
0.259
0.291
0.259
0.298
0.434
0.609
0.230
0.500
0.232
0.727
0.095
0.295
0.373
0.445
so2
0.836
0.939
0.909
0.937
0.953
0.951
0.806
0.849
0.773
0.437
1.580
0.179
0.774
0.833
1.070
See Figure 1 for location of receptors
                             K-18

-------
                               TABLE 12
          COM GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATIONS AT RECEPTOR POINTS
                  PROJECTION YEAR 2000 WITH PROJECT

                            Micrograms  Per  Cubic Meter
Area Sources
TSP
0.180
0.217
0.225
0.221
0.234
0.274
0.475
0.209
0.415
0.218
0.644
0.083
0.290
0.321
0.439
so2
0.838
0.942
0.909
0.940
0.954
0.947
0.801
0.853
0.568
0.432
1.500
0.172
0.781
0.839
1.070
Point Sources
TSP
0.042
0.110
0.175
0.071
0.147
0.197
0.169
0.040
0.115
0.029
0.137
0.020
0.030
0.078
0.009
so2
0.018
0.052
0.083
0.026
0.064
0.048
0.026
0.013
0.222
0.014
0.109
0.011
0.012
0.012
0.050
Total
Area and Point
TSP
0.222
0.327
0.400
0.292
0.381
0.471
0.644
0.249
0.529
0.248
0.781
0.104
0.320
0.399
0.499
so2
0.856
0.994
0.992
0.966
1.018
0.995
0.827
0.866
0.790
0.447
1.610
0.183
0.793
0.851
1.070
 Receptor

      1
      2
      3
      4
      5
      6
      7
      8
      9
    10
    11
    12
    13
    14
    15
See Figure 1 for location of receptors
                            K-19

-------
                        Table 13

         THE ESTIMATED 24-HOUR TSP CONCENTRATIONS
                   (MAN-MADE SOURCES ONLY)
                  (Concentrations in ug/m3)

Receptor
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1985
Without
Project
0.709
0.936
1.069
0.931
1.090
1.645
2.222
0.815
1.900
0.841
2.667
0.349
1.031
1.328
1.455
With
Project
0.777
1.233
1.566
1.047
1.455
1.767
2.296
0. 862
1.957
0.873
2.777
0.365
1.090
1.375
1.455
2000
Without
Project
1.058
1.370
1.540
1.370
1.576
2.296
3.222
1.217
2.645
1.228
3.846
0.502
1.561
1.973
2.354
With
Project
1.174
1.730
2.116
1.545
2.015
2.492
3.407
1.317
2.798
1.312
4.131
0.550
1.693
2.111
2.640
NOTE:  Based on the geometric standard deviation of 1.89
       observed at the Laconia Station, the ratio of annual
       maximum concentration to mean concentration for the
       averaging time of 24 hours is 5.29.  This ratio is
       used for all receptor sites.
                          K-20

-------
    Air Quality Impact


    The concentrations resulting from man-made pollutant sources
are analyzed in the previous section.  The man-made concentra-
tions are added to the natural background concentrations to ob-
tain the total ambient TSP concentration.  From this, the air
quality impact can be assessed in terms of whether or not the
promulgated air quality standards will be met.

    AS no appropriate measured air quality data was available
to estimate the natural background concentrations for TSP, it
was assumed that the natural background TSP concentrations are
40 p g/m3 and 16 Mg/m3 for the 24-hour and annual averages, re-
spectively.1  The total ambient TSP concentrations at the
selected 15 receptor sites include man-made concentrations (as
shown in Tables 9, 10, 11 and 12) and the natural background
concentrations.  The results are presented in Table IV-4.
     These figures were recommended by Mr. W. Peters of EPA,
Region 1.


                            K-21

-------
            APPENDIX  L




SUMMARY OF PUBLIC HEARING TRANSCRIPT

-------
    On January 27, 1976 EPA held a public hearing on the Draft
Environmental Impact Statement on the Winnipesaukee River Basin
project at Gilford Middle High School in Gilford, New Hampshire.
Copies of the complete transcript are available for the public's
reviev; at the offices of EPA and the New Hampshire Water Supply
and Pollution Control Commission.

    The following represents a summary of the major issues
raised by the participants during the public hearing.  Because
most had submitted their comments in writing, EPA's responses
to substantive comments are set forth in Section VI of the EIS.

    Mr. Lindsey Collins, New Hampshire Water Supply and Pollution
    Control Commission.

    The Commission is in substantial agreement with the basic
    findings of the EIS that the long-term benefits of the
    project far outweigh short-term adverse impacts resulting
    from the project's construction.  He indicated that there
    were numerous revisions to the Draft EIS in technical areas
    which the Commission would prepare and present to EPA.

    Mr. Harold Geary, Owner of a cottage on Pickeral Cove.

    Expressed concern about the potential blockage of Pickeral
    Cove to boat traffic by the proposed West Paugus interceptor.

    Mr. George Colby, resident on Pickeral Cove.

    Requested the estimated cost of constructing an inverted
    siphon under Pickeral Cove as an alternative to the
    applicant's proposed action.  The cost of the alternative
    is estimated to be $649,000.

    Mr. Don Fudreault, resident of Sanbornton.

    Sought clarification of the potential population growth
    inducement effects of the proposed project (Table III-4)
    on the communities of Belmont and Sanbornton.  The table
    indicated that the zoning regulations of these communities
    was not sensitive to the presence of public sewer as in
    many other.   A second comment was directed to the findings
    of the EIS that it was probable that the population density
    in the Lake Winnisquam watershed had reached an allowable
    peak in terms of phosphate loading.

    Mr. James M.  Sweeney,  City Manager of Franklin

    Expressed criticism of the way in which the EIS had been
    prepared and  suggested that more "person to person contact"
    and municipal involvement should have been solicited.
                             L-l

-------
Mr. James Peabody, resident of Pickeral Cove.

Described the extensive and lengthy efforts of Pickeral
Cove residents to secure a larger opening of the culvert
linking Pickeral Cove and Paugus Bay.

Mr. Francis Rich.

Asked a question regarding how far the Gilford interceptor
would be extended towards Alton Bay.

Mr. James Walker, President of the Clear Waters Association.

Indicated that the EIS had anticipated most of his questions
and that it was quite complete.  Clarification was sought
regarding the classification of water quality in tributary
streams shown in Figure II-7.

Mr. Ken Kimball, resident.

Two areas of principal concern focused on secondary impacts
from increased population levels and the spin-off effects
this might have on the number of boat users and secondly,
he questioned the appropriateness of using Dillon's model
because of its insensitivity to low loading rates.

Mr. Dave Scott, Director of the Lakes Region Planning
Commission.

He indicated that the Commission has supported the
Winnipesaukee River Basin project since its inception.
However, he took issue with the EIS in general because it
represented a compilation of existing data and did not
represent an extensive original research effort.  Specific
issues that he raised questions about concerned the use of
composite population projections, the findings of the
project's growth inducement effects, the reservation of
sewer capacity for the Peripheral Area, and the practical
application of the modeling effort set forth in Appendix
B  (Draft).

Mr. Widger, Biospherics, Inc.

He concurred with Mr. Kimball's comments about the retention
rate problem associated with the use of Dillon's model.
                          L-2

-------
    As a result of the comments received at the public hearing,
a number of specific actions were initiated by EPA to address
substantive issues raised at this meeting.  These actions
included:  (1)  an evaluation of alternatives to the proposed
location of the West Paugus interceptor across Pickeral Cove;
(2) a reexamination of EPA's flow data for Lake Winnipesaukee
and the appropriateness of using Dillon's model in determining
the potential impacts of future development on the Lake's water
quality; (3)  conduct an evaluation of the project's design ser-
vice area population through the assistance of the LRPC; and
(4) revisions to the EIS text.
                             L-3

-------
          APPENDIX  M




WRITTEN COMMENTS  ON DRAFT EIS

-------
Advisory Council
On Historic Preservation
I 522 K Street N.W.
Wn9limRinn. D.C.  20005                               March 4, 1976
   Mr. John A. S. McGlennon
   Regional Administrator
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
   Region 1
   J. F. Kennedy Federal Building
   Boston. Massachusetts 02203

   Dear Mr. McGlennon:

   Thank you for your request  of December 30, 1975, for comments  on  the
   environmental statement  for the proposed wastewater treatment  facili-
   ties, Winnipesaukee River Basin, New Hampshire.

   Pursuant to our responsibilities under Section 102(2)(C) of the
   National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 and the Advisory Council's
   "Procedures for the Protection of Historic and Cultural Properties"
   (36 C.F.R. Part 800), we have determined that your draft environ-
   mental statement mentions properties of archeological and historical
   significance; however, we need more information in order to evaluate
   the effects of the undertaking on these resources.  Please furnish
   additional data indicating:

   1.  Compliance with Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation
   Act of 1966 (89 Stat. 915).

       a.  The Advisory Council notes that two properties included
           in the National  Register of Historic Places may be
           affected by the  proposed undertaking (cf. p.IV-38).
           These properties are the Weirs Aquadoctan Archeological
           Site, Belknap County, New Hampshire, and the Sulphite
           Railroad Bridge, Merrimack County, New Hampshire.  We
           suggest that the U.  S.  Environmental Protection Agency
           (EPA) take immediate steps to determine whether the
           nature of the effect on these properties requires EPA
           to obtain the comments of the Advisory Council.  Steps
           to determine this responsibility are set forth in
           Section 800.4 of the Advisory Council's "Procedures
           for the Protection  of Historic and Cultural Properties"
           (36 C.F.R. Part  800).   The final environmental state-
           ment should contain evidence of compliance with Section
           106.
The Council it an independent unit of the Executive Branch of the federal Government charged by the Act of
October 15, 1966 to advhe the President and Congress in the field of Historic Preservation.

-------
2.  Compliance with Executive Order 11593 of May 13, 1971.  (16 U.S.C.
470).  The environmental  statement must demonstrate that either of the
following conditions exists:

    a.  A property eligible for inclusion in the National Register
        of Historic Places is not located within the area of
        environmental impact, and the undertaking will not  affect
        any such property.  In making this determination, the
        Advisory Council  requires evidence of consultation  with
        the appropriate State Historic Preservation Officer and
        evidence of an effort to ensure the identification  of
        such properties.  The Advisory Council recommends that
        comments of the State Historic Preservation Officer be
        included in the final environmental statement.

    b.  A property eligible for inclusion in the National Register
        is located within the area of environmental impact, and
        the undertaking will or will not affect any such property.
        In cases where there will be an effect, the final environ-
        mental statement  should contain evidence of compliance
        with the Executive Order through the Advisory Council's
        "Procedures for the Protection of Historic and Cultural
        Properties" (36 C.F.R. Part 800).

3.  To ensure a comprehensive review of cultural and historical resources,
the Advisory Council recommends that the environmental statement contain
evidence of contact with  the appropriate State Historic Preservation
Officer.  A copy of his comments concerning the effects of  the undertaking
upon these resources should be included in the environmental statement.
The State Historic Preservation Officer for New Hampshire is George
Oilman, Commissioner, Department of Resources and Economic Development,
P.O. Box 856, Concord, New Hampshire 63301.

Should you have any questions on these comments or require  any additional
assistance, please contact Jordan Tannenbaum of the Advisory Council
staff 202 254-3380.
erely yours,
                                                S\
                              John D. McDermott
                              Director, Office of Review
                                and Compliance

-------
              United States Department of the Interior

                          OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY
                              NORTHEAST REGION
                        JOHN F. KENNEDY FEDERAL BUILDING
                                ROOM 2003 M & N
                          BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS  02203
                                March 8,  1976
In Reply Refer To:
EGS-ER-76/22-MS760
Dear Mr. McGlennon:

We have reviewed the draft environmental  statement  on Wastewater Collection
and Treatment Facilities,  Winnipesaukee River  Basin, New Hampshire.

In view of the proposed elimination  of on-site sewage disposal systems
(p. 1-10 to 1-16, par.  3), measures  for deactivation of abandoned septic
tank systems in the service area should be  discussed.

Since the environmental statement recognizes that increased erosion and
sedimentation in lakes  and streams will result from both primary and
secondary construction  activities (p. IV-14, par. 3), measures to minimize
adverse effects should  be  discussed.

In general we find that the draft statement is thorough and accurate in
its consideration of ground-water resources, and we believe, as suggested
in the document, that net  impacts on  ground water should be beneficial.
We agree with the impact assessments  presented, but we suggest that the
following should also be considered:

     1.  Reduction of ground-water recharge will result not only as a
secondary impact of the removal  of septic tank effluents and run-off
from increased impervious  areas  (p. IV-21) but also from downstream
export of ground water  in  sewage effluent.  The latter will probably
increase considerably as a result of  more trouble free use of sanitary
facilities and of the increased  use of garbage disposers, dishwashers
and laundering equipment.   Because high water  table conditions now seem
to exist,  we would anticipate  that net effects would be beneficial; but
this impact should be considered.

-------
Page 2

     2.  Declining water table conditions that must be anticipated as a
result of the project will have impacts on some of the many wetlands,
small lakes and ponds in the project area.  Decrease in volume of storage
and perhaps a proportionate increase in nutrients or pollutants would be
logical effects as ground water underflow and seepage into lakes and ponds
decreases.  Such impacts should be evaluated in conjunction with efforts
to reduce eutrophication.   (See pages IV-4, IV-5, IV-11 through IV-20,
for example.)

Thank you for the opportunity to comment.
                                                  S        '!
                                   Sincerely youj?s,       /
                                                      <~-
                                           *r--\
                                       r Sumafer Fabb  N J
                                   Special Assistant to
                                     the Secretary
Mr. John A. S. McGlennon
Regional Administrator, Region  I
Environmental Protection Agency
John F. Kennedy Federal Building, Room  2203
Government Center
Boston, Massachusetts   02203

-------
               U. S.  DEPARTMENT  OF TRANSPORTATION
                     FEDERAL HIGHWAY ADMINISTRATION               , , -, ] Q

                              REGION ONE
                    ROOM 720. LEO W. O'BRIEN FEDERAL BUILDINO
                           ALBANY. NEW YORK 12207


                                                           February 6, 1970

                                                          IN RKK.Y REFER TOi
                                                           01-00.4
 U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency
 Environmental Implementation Office
 Region One-JFK Building,  Room 2303
 Boston,  Massachusetts  02203

 Dear  Sir:

 Subject:  DEIS-Wastewater Collection and Treatment Facilities
          Wlnnipesauke  River Basin,  New Hampshire

 Enclosed is a letter  directed to  the DOT Secretarial Representative
 which comments on the subject DEIS.   As there were no comments from
 other agencies within DOT on this  project,  the letter was returned
 to this office and we are in turn  sending it  to you as our response.

 Thank you for  this opportunity to  comment on  this document.

                                      Sincerely yours,
                                    ^
                                  \
                               Fory'Robert E. Kirby, Regional
                                     Federal Highway Administrator
Enclosure

-------
                U. S. DEPARTMENT OF  TRANSPORTATION
                      FEDERAL HIGHWAY ADMINISTRATION
                               REGION ONE
                        Federal Building,  Rm.  219
                           Concord, NH    03301
                                                 __.      IN REPLY HEFtR TO:
                                    January 16, 1976
Mr. David W. Hays
Regional Representative
U.S. Dept. of Transportation
Transportation  Systems Center
55 Broadway
Cambridge, MA    02142

Dear Mr. Hays:

Subject:  DEIS  - Wastewater Collection  and  Treatment Facilities
          Winnipesaukee  River  Basin,  New Hampshire

We have been requested  by Regional  Federal  Highway  Administrator Kirby
 to review  and  comment on the  subject  DEIS for  an  EPA-funded  action.
Our  review has  been directed  only towards the  transportation aspects
of the proposed action  and our comments are as follows:

    1.   It  is difficult  to determine,  from Figure  1-6  and  from
        the limited discussion in the  EIS of the existing  highway
        system and its  relationship to the proposal, whether
        serious disruptions will occur and what actions EPA will
        take to mitigate such impacts.  However, Page  IV-43 does
        indicate that extensive problems may be caused by  con-
        struction of the Tilton interceptor, which proceeds along
        the main thoroughfare, and Page IV-7 states that sewers
        will be  routed along public right-of-way as much as
        possible.  We would recommend that a more detailed project
        area map, showing  the New Hampshire highway system be
        included along with more extensive discussion of highway-
        related  problems and their mitigation.

    2.  The New Hampshire  Department  of Public Works and Highways
        has hired  the consultant  firm of Wilbur Smith and
        Associates  to perform  engineering and  environmental  studies
         for  a proposed relocation of  Routes U.S.  3  and N.H.  11
                                   -more-

-------
                                                                       -2
       through the Towns of Franklin, Tilton, Belmont and Laconia.
       Attached is a map of the study area for your use; however,
       we would suggest that contact be made with Highway Design
       Engineer Harland Roberts of the New Hampshire Department of
       Public Works and Highways at AC 603-271-2310 and possibly with
       the consultant at his 7 Perley Street, Concord, New Hampshire
       field office to determine if any conflicts exist.  From
       Figure I-& and llie description of the interceptors it appears
       that the only crossing of the proposed relocation would be in
       the vicinity of Lochmere.

We appreciate the opportunity to review this document and hope that our
comments will be of assistance to you.

                                    Sincerely yours,
                                    F.  T.  Cotasrock,  Jr.,  P/ E.
Attachment                          Division Administrate^

cc:  Region

-------
                 DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
              NEW ENGLAND DIVISION. CORPS OF ENGINEERS
                         424 TRAPELO ROAD
                   WALTHAM, MASSACHUSETTS O2154
   REPLY  TO
   ATTENTION OF:
NEDPL-R                                          23 February 1976
Mr. John A.S. McGlennon
Regional Administrator
Region I
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
J. F. Kennedy Building
Boston, MA   02203

Dear Mr. McGlennon:

A review has been made of the Draft Environmental Impact Statement,
Wastewater Collection and Treatment Facilities, Winnipesaukee River
Basin, New Hampshire.  Please find our comments below concerning  this
DEIS.

     1.  Please note that any structure or sewer line crossing a
navigable water and any wetland adjacent or contiguous  to navigable
waters, will require a Corps of Engineers permit.  Since this work
will be completed after 1 July 1977, a permit will be required for all
fill activities in streams over 5cfs and wetlands associated with
these streams.
     2.  The need for a permit for the fill of streams  and wetlands,
and for structures in navigable waters, should be presented in the
final statement since it is not presented in section III-D of the
DEIS, (pg. 111-34-35).
     3.  The pipelines and the outfall structure should be displayed
distinctly in order to assess the extent of navigable waters and
wetlands to be crossed or disturbed.   (Fig. 1-6, pages  1-22 thru  I,
Fig. 11-10).
     4.  Any construction in navigable waters or wetlands for the
Winnisquam, Laconia, or Franklin outfall will require additional
information in the final statement.  This information should detail
the area to be disturbed and the impacts to those areas.  In addition,
any such construction will require a Corps of Engineers permit as
stated in #1 above.   (Pages 1-22 and 24, 1-27 thru 1-29).
     5.  The final statement should address the extent  of dredging
needed for the proposed work.  It should also address the discharge
of dredged or fill material in the waters and adjacent  wetlands.

-------
NEDPL-R
Mr. John A.S. McGlennon
23 February 1976
     6.  Please note that we would favor mitigating measures that
would minimize any adverse environmental impact through appropriate
scheduling of construction phases.

In the final EIS please include any further information detailing
the impacts to navigable waters and wetlands.  Review of this
information and its inclusion into an Environmental Impact Statement
is necessary prior to any action on a Corps of Engineers permit
application.

Please contact Mr. William McCarthy of my staff so that the Final
Environmental Impact Statement includes all the necessary information
required for Corps of Engineers actions on the entire project.  Other-
wise, it may be necessary for us to prepare a separate Environmental
Impact Statement for the omitted portions and this is not In accord-
ance with CEQ guidelines.

Thank you for the opportunity to review this Impact nL;iLriwiii.
                                  Sincerely yours,,'

-------
                    DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT
                                   MANCHESTER AREA OFFICE
                                 DAVISON BUILDING, 1230 ELM STREET

                                 MANCHESTER, NEW HAMPSHIRE 03101
      REGION I

»hn F. Kennedy™F8°,?erBi Bunding                       February 25, 1976
 Boston, MnasartiuiKMls 02203
                                                                        IN ni£pLv nerirr* TO:
                                                                            1.3SS
           Environmental Protection  Agency
           Attention:  Environmental Impact Office
           Room 2203
           John F. Kennedy Federal Building
           Boston, Massachusetts  02203

           Gentlemen:

           We  have reviewed the draft
           to  the  Winnipesaukee River
           ment  Facilities.
         ssr                  '                ss:."ut-
                                                      no objections

         Sincerely,        "^

         Creeley7 S. Buchanan
         Area Director

-------
                          1 M'HCF OF ('.OMI'KKIIK.NSIV I- I'l-

                                 STATF. OF NLW II \M I'M ! I" I".
                             •H'A I'K IHMiSF ANNi.X. CON'''1)*!!
                                         February  10,  1976
Environmental Protection Agency
Attn:  Environmental Impact Office
Region I
J.F.K. Federal Building, Room 2203
lioston, Massachusetts    02203

Gentlemen:

Our office has reviewed the draft Environmental  Impact  Statement  for the Winni-
pcsaukec River Basin Wastewater Collection and Treatment  Facilities.  In accordance:
with your transmittal notice of December 30,  1975,  our  comments are summarized
below referenced to the applicable section of the EIS.

Section II. A. Natural Environment

     Page 11-70, second paragraph - Reference is made to  OCP  Guide Plan
     recommendations concerning certain activities   on  slopes greater
     than 25%.  Because relevant portions of the Guide  Plan have  not yet
     been published in draft form and thereby subject to  technical and
     policy review, we do not at this time consider  these recommendations
     appropriate for citation, particularly in a section  of the EIS which
     generally presents an inventory of factual  information.

Section III. C.  Population Projections and Distribution

     Page 11-74. Table 11-16 - Under column 2 (1974  OCP adjusted  figures),
     a spot check did not verify that the adjusted  figures reflect only
     the addition of group quarters' population counts.   It should be
     noted  that  these adjusted figures were also included in  Table III-5
     (page  IH-20), Table III-6 (page 111-21), and  in Table 111-12
     (page  111-30)  without an explanation as to how  they  were adjusted.

     Page 111-33. Table III-14 - The choice of the Guide  Plan NED seasonal
     projections as "most appropriate for purposes  of this report" should
     be further  explained.  At least sonvi of the "arbitrary assumptions"
     referred to at the bottom of page ICI-26 should be made explicit and
     the use of  these projections should be appropriately qualified.

-------
                                        -2-
     Scction III. C. (General) - Since the completion of the data
     gathering for the E1S, the OCP has completed projections of local
     population to the year 2000.  We have enclosed a copy of this report
     for your reference.

Section IV. A, Environmental Evaluation - Natural Environment

    ^Page IV-36, Subsection 7.  Recreation - Section 201(f) of P.L. 92-500
    'directs the EPA Administrator to "...encourage waste treatment manage-
    ; ment which combines 'open space1 and recreational considerations with
     such management."  We believe that the EIS should address in some
     detail the potential benefits associated with "multi-use" possibilities
     between proposed waste treatment facilities and recreation opportunities.
     More specifically, investigations undertaken as part of the 1975 N.H.
     Outdoor Recreation Plan indicated high priority needs in trails and
     public beach facilities in the Lakes Region.  The general location and
     extent of  the interceptor system would appear to offer unique opportunities
     for multi-use which should be addressed in the EIS.  Recognition of
     multi-use potential in the EIS would foster consideration during sub-
     sequent planning and design of wastewater collection and treatment
      :acilities.
We hope
EIS,
mation.
  that the preceding comments will be helpful in the preparation of the final
Shbuld you have questions, we would be pleased to supply additional infor-
                                         Sincerely,
                                         James E. Minnoch
                                         Director of State Planning
JEM:ms
End.

-------
                                       frtatr of Nrut $amjiiil|irr
      COMMISSIONERS

'OKI Ml .1. HILL. Chairman                           Ou'iS«\                         WILLIAM A. MI.AI.Y. I'. I .
   <\LO C. CALDERWOOD. P. E.                         **R'                            Exerutlvii
hi-r(NAMD W. CORSON
• •IRBEm A.FINCHER                                                               THOMAS A.  LA CAVA. I'.

UK-HARD M. FLYNN                                                                 Deputy Exucutivi. Dirocini
neoRGET. HAMILTON           Slater 9upplg  an& foUuttnn (dontrol Qlommidfiiou           """ Clii<" e»rt»>»»

r. i ME* , L.JOHNSON
                                          9«BrflttPark                       L.NDSAY M. COLL.NS. P. E.
        H. MIRES. M. o.. M. p. H.                 (Hiittrnrh 03301
WAYNF L. PATENAUDK
HOB6RT M. SNOW
J/\:F.«; \AROTSIS                            February 5, 1976
          Mr.  Wallace E. Stickney,  P.E.
          Director, Environmental  Impact Office
          U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency
          John F.  Kennedy Federal  Building
          Boston,  Massachusetts  02203
           Subject:   Environmental  Impact Statement -
                     Winnipesaukee  River Basin Program
           Dear Mr.  Stickney:

                As stated by Commission  Chairman Robert J.  Hill  in his
           statement read at the recent  public hearing on the  Draft EIS for
           the  Winnipesaukee River  Basin Program, the staff has  made a critical
           and  extensive review of  the Draft EIS.  The comments  contained on
           the  enclosed five pages  are presented for your consideration.

                Some of the comments  address what we feel to be  technical
           errors, while others are of an editorial nature.

                After review of the staff's comments, should you wish to
           discuss these matters with us, we will gladly make  ourselves available
           as necessary.

                                                    Very truly  yours,
                                                    Daniel Collins,  P.E.
                                                    Assistant  Chief  Engineer-
                                                        Administrator
          DC:dgk

          Enclosures

-------
        -                    STAFF COMMENTS RE:
         =  /o>0
             ^    DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT

                 WINNIPESAUKEE RIVER BASIN, NEW HAMPSHIRE
  1.   Page xii (3)     The Laconia State School should be added as an
      existing treatment plant discharge.


  2.   Page xii D       It is unclear as to how construction activities
      will increase nutrient loadings.
  3.   Page 1-1          The term "Townships"  should read  ei
      Cities or Towns.
  4.   Page 1-7         Elimination of carbon at  Laconia  identified  
-------
 STAFF COMMENTS RE:   DRAFT  ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT STATEMENT
 WINNIPESAUKEE RIVER BASIN,  NEW HAMPSHIRE

 PAGE 2
 12.   Page 1-16       Table 1-6 should  be corrected  to  reflect  Franklin
      load-ings  to  agres  with tables  on  Pages  1-20  and  1-21.


 13.   Page 1-25       There is  no  project which  we identify  as  "Laconia
      Connector".   Assumed  that it should read "Tilton-Northfield  Inter-
      ceptor Sewer".
      (See letter  of  October 3, 1975)


 14.   Page 1-30       Land  area should  be changed  to read  "220  acres"
      rather than  "22 acres".


 15.   Page 1-31        Cost  estimate  should be changed to agree  wilh
      $55,000,000  shown  on  Page X.


 16.   Page 11-26       Table  II-8 - the  column reading "Future Classification"
      should  read  "Existing  Classification".  Column reading "Existing
      Classification"  should  read  "Existing Water  Quality".


 17.   Page 11-34       Statement of high coliform counts associated with
      discharge from Meredith plant  is  incorrect.  Discharge is effectively
      disinfected and  our records  indicate satisfactory coliform conditions
      in the  area.
      (See letter of October  3, 1975)


 18.   Page 11-39      The Weirs water supply in Laconia should be added
      to Table  11-13.   Treatment consists of filtration and hypochlorination.
      (See  letter of October 3, 1975)


 19.   Page  11-41      All Towns are identified as having public water
      supplies.   Sanbornton has none.  See Table  11-13.


20.   Page 11-42      Anderson-Nichols  report  in  1972 recommended develop-
     ment of groundwater supplies  before going to  surface  supplies if
     at all possible.
      (See letter of October 3,  1975)


21.  Page 11-43 &
     Page 1-29        Minimum discharge  figures from Lake Winnipesaukee
     should be  consistent.

-------
STAFF COMMENTS RE:  DRAFT  ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT STATI.MI.Nl
WINNIPESAUKEE RIVER BASIN,  NEW  HAMPSHIRE

PAGE 3
22.   Page  11-45       Statement on cause of fish kills should be
      corrected as suggested  in letter of October 3, 1975.
23.   Page  11-51       See  previous Comment #13 relating to "Laconia
      Connector".
24.  Page  11-120      "Five"  treatment plants are  identified.  Should
     read  "four".
     (See  letter of October  3, 1975)


25.  Page  IV-4        Table IV-1  - Continuation of discharge to
     Lake  Winnisquam  as a mitigating measure is completely unacceptable.


26.  Page  IV-12       D.O. deficit computations incorrect.  Average flow
     during period of discharge  will not exceed 2.0 - 2.5 MGD.  During
     summer flow periods BOD anticipated to be 50 mg/1.


27.  Page  IV-23       Sludge  incineration has not been proposed at
     Franklin.


28.  Page  IV-29       We contend  there will be no chlorine residual after
     lengthy travel time.
     (See  letter of October  3, 1975)


29.  Page  IV-29       There will  be no discharge to Winnipesaukee
     River in 1980.
30.  Page IV^32      Table IV-7 - see previous comments re:
     "Laconia Connector".
31.  Page IV-36      There will be no exit of trucks from plant
     site except along level land adjacent to the river.


32.  Page IV-42      There will be no discharge of sewage from boats,
     State law and enforcement preclude this activity.

-------
STAFF COMMENTS RE:   DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT
WINNIPESAUKEE RIVER BASIN, NEW HAMPSHIRE

PAGE 4
33.  Page IV-42      No chlorine residual  at temporary discharge
     point.   See comment above.


34.  Page IV-43      The estimated cost of the program should agree
     with that shown on Page X.
35.  Page IV-45      The reference to access along the "Pemigewasset
     River"  should read "Merrimack River".
36.  Page IV-51       The reference to dechlorination of water withdrawn
     from the river for water supplies is not clear.


37.  Page IV-54       The reference of "sand for filters" is unclear.
     There will  be no sand filtration.


38.  Page IV-57       Question raised concerning "effective" boat inspection
     program.  In reality, the Commission has long had very stringent
     rules and regulations prohibiting discharge of boat wastes together
     with an effective inspection program.


39.  Page V-8        BOD removals expected  to exceed 50% when the coarse
     media filters are in operation.


40.  Page V-10       Alternate site contains only 10 - 12 acres of usable
     space.
     (See letter of October 3, 1975)


41.  Page V-11       Suggestion that outfall be extended 3,000' - 7,000'
     downstream  is not warranted.
     (See letter of October 3, 1975)


42.  Page V-23       The State School  pumping station and force main  which
     are discharging to the existing system, are currently under construction.


43.  Pages R-l through R-8      References  incomplete.
     (See letter of October 3, 1975)

-------
STAFF COMMENTS RE:  DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATTMENT
WINNIPESAUKEE RIVER BASIN, NEW HAMPSHIRE

PAGE 5
44.  Spelling and typing errors were noted on the following pages-
     1-4, 1-24, 1-25, 11-17, 11-21, 11-46 (Squam Lake),  11-50,  11-74,
     IV-11, IV-27, IV-47 (Durkee Brook),  V-5, V-6, V-7,  V-10, V-15
     V-23a, R-4 (Maguire Study 1972).

-------
                  PLANNING
                  COMMISSION
                                       Humiston Building - Meredith, New Hampshire 03753

                                                   Telephone ?79 8171
                                                   rebruary  20,  1976
Wallace E. Stickney, Director
Environmental  Impact Office
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region  I
J. F. Kennedy  Federal Building
Boston, Massachusetts  02203

Dear Mr. Stickney:

     The Lakes Region Planning Commission has reviewed the draft Environmental
Impact Statement for wastewater collection and treatment facilities in New
Hampshire's Winnipesaukee River Basin.  A verbal statement was presented by
Mr. David G. Scott, Executive Director of the Lakes Region Planning Commission
(LRPC), at the public hearing held on January 27th at the Gilford Middle High
School.  This written statement will provide more detailed comments and will
summarize major concerns.

     It should be emphasized that the LRPC has supported the Winnipesaukee River
Basin Project since its inception.  The program is needed to eliminate existing
and rather obvious threats to the maintenance of high water quality to the
Basin's lakes and rivers.  The comments that follow are intended to strengthen
the EIS by calling attention to areas in which the LRPC believes the document is
weak in fact or analysis.

     The basic concerns of the Commission cover Population Projections, Septic
Tanks, Land Use Planning, Secondary Impacts, and Appendix B on Future Growth.
A specific discussion of each point follows.  In addition, a second part comprised
of a list of detailed corrections and questions is included following the general
discussion to assist in finalizing the document.

A.  General  Comments:

    1.   Population Projections.

        Population projections utilized by the Consultant to evaluate the project
are greater  by over 60% than the next highest set of projections.   Section III,
Table 111-14.

-------
Mr. Wallace E. Stickney
Page 2
February 20, 1976


        1'hfi next highest set. which happen to luwc been proposed by the I we
(pg. 111-28, Paragraph 2), are Included with the following comment by the
Consultant:  "The sustained high level of growth suggested above may be unreason-
able in light of current and expected future economic and energy limitations".
This statement is not consistent with the final decision unless the Consultant
believes that great increases in seasonal population should not be included as
anticipated growth.  It might also be useful to document the "current and expected
economic limitations" to which reference is made.


    2.  Septic Tanks.

        The Consultant applies figures for apparent failure in septic systems,
as received from Gilford Town Engineer, Joe April (pg. 1-13), to the entire
Region using Table 1-5.  The data in that Table is utilized to justify failure
rates at or above the Gilford experience.

        The Lakes Region Planning Commission, based on its own analysis of natural
conditions developed a considerably different Table for natural conditions.  That
data shows that the natural conditions in Gilford are the most severe of any of
the towns listed.  The information is contained in the EIS referenced Maguire,
C. E., Inc., Water Quality Management Plan for the Lakes Region (pg. R-4).The
specific Table in the Maguire report is found in Table 1-2, page 1-8.  Based on this
the major portion of the analysis of septic tank impacts is questionable.  It
should be noted that the methodology utilized by the State in its work on natural
characteristics was generalized, whereas, that utilized by the Region is specific
to each town.

    3.  Land Use Planning.

        It is particularly distressing to note the lack of real understanding of
the Land Use Planning process in New Hampshire embodied in this report.  The
extent of this lack of understanding is nowhere more clearly documented than on
Page 111-12, Paragraph 1.

        The accelerated recognition of the importance of Land Use Planning renders
most of these comments inappropriate, i.e. most of this planning activity in New
Hampshire has occurred since 1960.  The fact that there is not a complex and
complicated set of developmental controls does not mean that planning is not
becoming more effective.  In the judgment of the LRPC, the growing awareness of
environmental quality, which has resulted in (a) the Clean Waters Association,
(b) the Winnipesaukee River Basin Project, (c) the Lakes Region Planning Commission,
(d) the designation of the Lakes Region under 208, and (e) implementation of the
three-year 208 Project  is a  very real recognition by the Region that the old tools
may not be as effective as some planners may like to suggest.  The measures evolving
in the Lakes  Region  represent concrete, effective, and even on the National Scale,
innovative planning measures.

-------
Mr. Wallace E.  Stickney
Page 3
February 20, 1976


         The discussion on Page 111-10, last paragraph, even goes so far ds to
distort the traditional relationship between a Zoning Ordinance and a Land Use
Plan.  It should be clearly understood that Chapin did not even imply that
Zoning, a Land  Use Plan and a Comprehensive Plan are one and the same.

     4.  Secondary impacts.

         It is  the opinion of the Lakes Region Planning Commission that nowhere
is this EIS weaker than in its evalution of potential Secondary Impacts of this
Project.  Page  IV-10 (Table IV-I continued) indicates that:

         a.  increasing land utilization by removing the development
             constraint of poor soils;

         b.  increase in allowable development densities;  and

         c.  reinforcement of the Region's existing growth pattern;

are all beneficial secondary long-term impacts.   (These items are discussed in
detail on Pages IV-44-49.)

         The LRPC would question those conclusions for several  reasons.

         a.  Removal  of development constraints  for sanitary sewage does not
             remove constraints for other parameters, (i.e. storm water, road
             construction, erosion and sedimentation, home building, and last
             but not least, the local  economic ability to  fully serve such
             growth).

         b.  Increases  in allowable densities are not necessarily beneficial,
             particularly if the social and economic fabric of the community
             is destroyed in the process.

         c.  Reinforcement of the existing growth pattern  is neither appropriate
             nor desirable.  The existing pattern was established over  the past
             one hundred years.   Recent efforts  have been  directed at changing
             that pattern, i.e.  more open space,  public shorefront, lower densi-
             ties and environmental  protection.   There is  a very real  interest in
             protecting village centers and encouraging cluster or nodal  develop-
             ment.

         d.  Land costs within this  Region are presently a function of  outside
             demands.   As a result,  it is  more and more difficult for local  resi-
             dents to find a house at  a reasonable cost.   According to  this  EIS,
             land costs will  increase  dramatically.   The logical  extension of
             these comments is that  local  landowners  will  be forced out  of the
             Region.  Housing for low-income  families and  middle-income   as  well
             is almost  unavailable.  This  is  a severe negative  impact.

-------
Mr. Wallace E. Stickney
Page 4
February 20,  1976


         e.   The EIS  implies  in  that same section that the preceding is consistent
with Regional Goals and Objectives.  In fact, one of the major concerns of the
Region  is the strengthening of the existing social fabric.  This goes hand-in-hand
with the recognition  that housing must be provided at costs which are within the
economic means of the present residents.  To this extent the EIS is incorrect.  It
is our  concern that these comments be addressed in the EIS.

     5.  Appendix B:  Future Growth.

         The  EIS in Appendix B attempts to utilize the work of Vollenweider and
Dillon  to come up with maximizing population limits in the Basin.  The data being
utilized comes from work undertaken as part of the National Eutrophication Survey
(NES) and is  rather loosely applied with some very generalized (and hardly appro-
priate) assumptions.  Utilized in this manner, the discussion closely approximates
the GI-GO model.

         It is the belief of the LRPC that this discussion is inappropriate; does
not add anything of substantial value to the EIS; is academic in manner of dis-
cussion; and  will serve in the long run to depreciate the value of more highly
researched and documented projects now underway in the Region by placing unsupported
conclusions before the public.

         The  entire Appendix should be deleted as should all  reference to it,
(i.e. Pages IV-19, Paragraphs 4 and 5 and IV-28, Paragraph 1).


B.  Detailed  Comments:

    Page xi  - 4         Belmont is not sewered.

    Page xiii  P. 1     Oversizing of pipes is indicated as being "insurance" for
                        the future of the pereferal  area.   How is this insurance
                        going to be maintained over 10,  20, 50 years?

               P. 6     Why a public disclosure statement?  What types of legal
                        liability or responsibilities are  implied?

    Page 1-1   P. 4     Cities of Franklin and Laconia and the remaining commu-
                        nities are towns.

    Page 1-3   Map      Route 106 in Belmont extends southerly to Town Line and
                        beyond.

    Page 1-11  Table 1-1    Why is seasonal  data for  Northfield and Franklin not
                        included if the source is, in fact, the U.S.  Census?

-------
Mr. Wallace E.  Stickney
Page 5
February 20,,1976

    Page 1-19   P.  3    The Airport area 1n Gilford 1s presently zoned  and avail-
                        able for Industrial growth and will  be.more desirable when
                        the Interceptor 1s  constructed.
    Page 1-29           Sludge Handling. What type of heavy metals may be present?
                        The implications of this  serious source of pollution should
                        be more fully discussed.
    Page 11-21   P.  3    "minimum storage" should  be "maximum" storage.
    Page 11-42   P.  2    New Hampshire Office of Comprehensive Planning  (OCP)
    Page 11-60           Numbers are not identified in  a  manner consistent  with
                        noted tables.
    Page 11-62           Wetlands Lacking -  i.e. in Gilford  area along Route 11
                        adjacent to Lake.
    Page 11-64           Last word should be Board.
    Page 11-70   Last P.   Next to last sentence "sitings" should be "sightings".
    Page 11-75           Footnote does  not make sense.
    Page 11-76   Table 11-17  Changes  in methodology or source of this data from
                        year to year  may indicate  percentage differences.   These
                        are not intended to document year-to-year changes.
    Page 11-102 F1g.  11-13  Laconia Country Club  incorrectly located.
    Page 11-122 Table 11-32 Gilford and Laconia both have schools.
    Page 11-127 Last P.   Meredith is  a  town.
    Page III-4   P.  4    Completion of  208 Program  is June,  1978.
    Page III-5   Table III-l  *Footnote:   LRPC  is updating the Plan.
    Page III-8   P.  7     Alton's  Plan was completed  in
                        Sanbornton's was completed  in  1962-3.
    Page 111-13 F1g.  III-2   Northfield  now  has Zoning  Ordinance.
                            Gilford has  Historic Preservation  District.
    Page 111-18 Last  Sentence    Something left out.
    Page 111-29 Table 111-13     By  interpolating LRPC  figures  from  sources  cited
                                in  Table 111-11, the following  LRPC seasonal
                                totals  can  be  inserted.

-------
Mr. Wallace E. Stlckney
Page 6
February 20, 1976
                                             1985                   2000
Primary
Preferal
Seasonal
30,800
23,320
Total
80,850
35,620
Seasonal
45,320
34,340
Total
108,920
53,940
                                      54,120     116,470     79,660     162,860


    Page 111-14    Summary - Last Sentence:  "Mountonborough" should be "Moulton-
                                      borough."

    Page IV-14     P. 2               Statement on responsibilities under Dredge
                                      and Fill is inaccurate regarding administra-
                                      tion of the Act.

    Page IV-11-20                     This discussion believes the  "no signifies^j
                                      secondary impact theory".

    Page IV-19     P. 4 & 5           Refers to Appendix B and Dillon work to
                                      justify comments.   LRPC does not agree with
                                      Appendix.

    Page IV-28     P. 1               Another reference  to Appendix B which leads
                                      to conclusions  based on a  very marginal  if
                                      not inaccurate  analysis.

    Page IV-34     P. 4               The wetlands  lie southerly of the Airport •«>:•'
                                      are presently designated  in a protective  Vo*.-
                                      lands  Conservation District.

    Page IV-39     First  Sentence      What does  this  add?   Cast  iron pipe  and con-
                                      crete  are  hardly "natural  resources"  in any
                                      real  sense  of the  words.

    Page IV-44     P.  1                .. .secondary  benefits p_f major...

                                      Is  it  likely  that  large sums  of money  will  b"
                                      spent  within  the Region?   Where do the contrdt,
                                      tors and suppliers do business?   Few,  if  any,
                                      purchase in the  Region, therefore, the entirr-
                                      "multiplier"  effect  is  questionable.

   Page  IV-44      P.  3                Where  has increased  residential development
                                      resulted in lower  public service  costs?   The
                                      "may"  should  be  "will".

-------
 Mr.  Wallace  E. Stlckney
 Page 7
 February 20,  1976
     Page  V-12    Section 4
     Page  V-13 & 14  P. 3
     Page V-14
               P. 2 & 3
    Page V-15       P.  2

    Page V-20
DOS/mlh
This section apparently loses  sight of the  fact
that a major portion of the Region will  not  be
sewered even by 2000.  (See Figure 1-2).   For this
project to be effective, strong local  controls
must also be adopted.

This discussion is somewhat unrealistic.   In fact,
zoning lot sizes in areas where public sewer is
not available are governed by the ability  of the
soils to handle sanitary wastes.   The  effect of
the public sewer system will  be increased  growth
and will, in fact, encourage high densities.

Quite honestly, there was no Regional  Sewage Struc-
ture just a few years ago.   This  discussion  is
subject to rather rapid and radical  change.  The
low growth implications are not adequately discussed,
Why could not most of the Region  adopt a low growth
approach except where the interceptor  is available?

Last sentence "life"  not "like".

Discussion of sludge  disposal overlooks potentially
serious  implications  of heavy metals and groundwater
pollution.   Once pollution  occurs  - what next?

         Cordially,

         LAKES  REGION PLANNING  COMMISSION
                                             ff           /} r	V   /

                                            wUbdm w. iM/l/
                                            r '             t ^ wr
                                        Laurence B.  Flint
                                        Chairman
cc:
Dan Collins,  N.H.  Water Supply & Pollution Control  Commission
Dave Neville, Office of Comprehensive  Planning
Jim Walker, Clean  Waters Association

-------
       SOCIETY

       FOR THE

     PROTECTION

            OF

  NEW HAMPSHIRE

       FORESTS

b SOUTH STATE STREET
CONCORD. N. H. 03301
    ,1603>224 9945
              •^
            J
        /
         vr
                     February 24, 1976
   Mr. John A. S. McGlennon
   Regional Administrator
   Environmental  Protection Agency
   Room 2230  Federal Building
   Boston, Massachusetts  02203

   Dear Mr. McGlennon:

        My staff  has completed a  review  of  the  "Draft  Environmental
   Impact Statement, Wastewater Collection  and  Treatment  Facilities,
   Wlnnipesaukee  River Basin, New Hampshire"  promulgated  by  your
   office.

        Although  we wholeheartedly  endorse  both the  need  for a
   method of  mitigating the rapid eutrophication  of  the  lakes
   within the basin, and the scheme of a regional  collection
   and treatment  system, we nonetheless  have  some  concerns
   about the  proposal.

        The major decision to propose a  secondary  treatment  process
   (activated sludge) rather than a tertiary  process (physical
   chemical)  receive very little  notice  in  the  draft.  Since
   this is a  substantial reversal from earlier  stages  in  the
   planning,  and  since it represents a deterioration in  the
   quality of the effluent (at least in  nutrient  content),
   that decision  warrants a more  thorough justification  than it
   receives.

        The decision to be satisfied with secondary  rather than
   tertiary treatment appears to  rest heavily on  the concept of
   "exporting" the nutrients.

        We would  agree that exporting the nutrients  is likely to
   be beneficial  to the lakes.  Further,  we would  assume  that
 ..Jtheir negative impact would most likely  be considerably less
 Yin a river than in a lake.  However,  transporting the  nutrients
y  beyond the lakes does not solve  the total  problem,  it  merely
   changes its scale and its locus.

        A concern for the lakes should not  mean a  lack of concern
   for the rivers.  The draft briefly alludes to  the possibility
   of needing to  provide phosphorus  removal "...in the future if
   conditions warrant" (IV-29).   These vague  conditions  presumably
   refer to the nearly equally vague promotion  of  "...aquatic
   plant growth"  (IV-29).

-------
 Mr. John A.  S.  McGlennon            Page 2            February 24, 1976
      The probable impacts of the effluent on the receiving waters is not
 at all clear.   With regard to the residual chlorine, the reader is left   &jw^^i  /)
 to guess what  assumptions underlie the "Worst Possible" case (Table IV-6).    jj<
 What low flow  regieme was used here?  What is its frequency or probability  ^
 of occurance?

      The reader is left to guess what the biologic effects are likely to
 be of .05 mg/1  residual chlorine since Table IV-5 skips from .02 mg/1  to .25 mg/1.
 Nor is the text helpful.   "At low river, flow  problems could occur" (IV-30).
 If fish kills  are certain, likely, or unlikely,  the report should so state,
 and it should  refer to species most likely to be affected.
      Another concern raised  by the draft is the choice of a site for the
 Franklin plant within flood  hazard area.   The draft assures the reader that
 the plant must be protected  from waters  of a 100-year flood, but gives no
 information  about the height of diking or elevation to accomplish this (11-68).

      An attempt to site in Franklin is dismissed as perhaps not being large
 enough  if advanced waste treatment is  subsequently needed (V-ll).   A key
 question which isn't addressed is whether that site would be large enough
 for a physical  chemical  plant rather than an activated sludge with AWT
 subsequenily^addedT]^   • - "                               "  '
                                                                                   .^--_
      In  essence  we  find  it  ironic  that  a  federal  agency,  which  is  usually (7a * v^^
 sensitive/to  the .proper  uses  of  special categories  of  land,  should find   "   eciate
 having had this opportunity.
                                               Cordj^ll'
POBrLM

-------
    National  Wildlife  Federation
ST., N.W., WASHINGTON, O.C 2(K)'K>                                      Phone. 202—797-6800 i
                                        February 12, 197
    Mr. John A. S. McGlennon
    Regional Administrator
    EPA - Region 1
    J. F. Kennedy Federal Bldg.
    Boston, Massachusetts 02203

          Re:  Wastewater Collection and Treatment
               Facilities—Winnlpesaukee River Basin,
               New Hampshire	

    Dear Mr. McGlennon:

          We are in receipt  of the draft environmental impact
    statement for the captioned project.  Unfortunately,  we
    did not receive it in time either to attend the public
    meeting in Gilford on January 27th, or to prepare  thought-
    ful comments prior to the February 14th deadline.

          We note from the impact statement (p. IV-51) that
    the project—

          will induce growth and allow greater development
          density in areas where sewer service is pro-
          vided. * * Increased development creates the
          potential for  significant adverse impacts upon
          both the natural and man-made environments.

          We're concerned that, in making the grant, EPA  take
    measures to ensure against destruction of valuable wetland areas
    and -to  preclude unnecessary, uneconomic, or hazardous
    use of the floodplain.   In short, we have the concerns we
    had in your Block Island wastewater treatment grant.

          We also note that  sludge incineration is planned, and
    in a quick perusal we find no mention of the possible al-
    ternative of land application.

          We have sent the impact statement to our New Hampshire
    affiliate, and have  suggested they might want to take a

-------
National Wildlife Federation
        Mr.  John  A.  S.  McGlennon
        February  12,  1976
        Page Two
       hard  look  at  the  land  use  Implications  of this.grant.
       Accordingly,.,!  would appreciate  it  if you could hold open
       the comment period  for an  additional two weeks  to give
       them  an  opportunity to review and comment..

              Thanks  in advance.

                                         Very  fepuly yours,
                                                 .T.  Ool1;on
        oc:   New-Hamprihlro  Wildlife
               Federation,  Inc.

-------
JAN 2 U 197b

    THE  NEW HAMPSHIRE  ARCHEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY,  Inc.
                                   _                    January 27,  1976

   Environmental Protection Agency
   Attn. :  Environmental Impact Office
   Region 1
   John  F. Kennedy Federal Building
   Rm. 2203
   Boston, Massachusetts  02203
   Re:   Archaeological and Historic Resources  in  the Winnipesaukee River Basin


   Dear  Sir:

   As Director of Research for the New Hampshire  Archeological Society, I
   have  reviewed relevant sections in the Draft Environmental Impact Statement;
   Wastewater Collection and Treatment Facilities Winnipesaukee River Basin,
   New Hampshire.  The insufficiency of information in the report is appalling.

   Town  histories and local artifact collections  attest to the richness of
   cultural remains in the entire area.  To  our knowledge, however, no
   adequate archeological survey of the Winnipesaukee River Basin has ever
   been  made.

   I would anticipate there are many sites yet to be discovered in such an
   environ, both historic and prehistoric, that would adversely be affected
   by further intensive land use.

   It would seem that field surveys conducted  by  professional archeologists
   are in order, particularly about the area known as the Weirs Aquadoctan
   Site.  Amateur archeologists should be contacted and ethnohistorical
   research commenced at once.
           j
   Until such steps are taken, the environmental  assessment must by any
   standards be considered an improper one.


   Sincerely,
  W. Dennis Chesley
  Director of Research

  WDCremc

  cc:  Linda Ray Wilson

-------
                                        MAN   IN   THE   NORTHEAST
Man In Tlie Northeast, Inc.
P.O. Box 425
Georges Mills. N. H. 03751
     February 23, 1976

     Environmental Protection Agency
     Attn: Environmental Impact Office
     Region I
     John F. Kennedy Federal Building, Rm. 2203
     Boston  MA  02203
     Gentlemen:   RE: Draft Environmental Impact Statement
                      Winnipesaukee River Basin, New Hampshire

     In terms of available documentary sources, the brief reference to archeologic
     and historic resources in the Winnipesaukee River Basin is essentially accurate.
     However, in terms of the cultural resources which are otherwise known or
     suspected within this area, the statement is inadequate.  The Lakes Region
     of New Hampshire has long been recognized as an archeological district of
     extraordinary significance.  Its importance lies not only within the interests
     of the people of New Hampshire and their cultural heritage, but also within the
     sphere of scientific research into the prehistory of northeastern North America.
     There can be no doubt whatsoever that investigations into the archeology of
     this basin will contribute signally to the continuing study of northeastern
     North American anthropology.

     There has never been an official effort by the State of New Hampshire to
     inventory and assess the vast resources within this basin.  All that has been
     accomplished has resulted from limited surveys by private individuals or
     agencies such as the New Hampshire Archeological Society and the Peabody
     Museum of Salem, Massachusetts.   Therefore, the volume of information which
     is available is miniscule in proportion to that which remains.  It is
     essential, therefore, that a preliminary reconnaissance be made of the
     entire route of proposed construction as set forth in the statement referenced
     above.  This reconnaissance will lead to intensive survey and resource
     assessment in certain areas,  and selected sites may be found to qualify for
     inclusion in the National Historic Register.  Finally, salvage excavation
     may be required on some of these sites.

     Yours truly,
Tel
       ^^/T/gfe^>
     toward R.  Sargent   <|
     Archeological Consultant
     General Editor,  MAN IN THE NORTHEAST
                    Wilson, HPO, DRED

-------
 BIOSPHERIC CONSULTANTS
 INTERNATIONAL. INC.

 P.O. BOX 529 •  LACONIA, N.H. 03246
 TELEPHONE 603/279-6554
                                     January  20,  1976
 Region I
 Environmental
  Protection
  Agency
 JFK Federal
  Building
 Boston, MA   02203

 Dear Sirs:

      Reference:   Draft Environmental  Impact  Statement
                  Proposed Wastewater  Treatment  Facilities
                  Winnipesaukee River  Basin,  New Hampshire
                  Prepared by:   Ecolsciences,  Inc.
                                Vienna,  VA     22180
                                December 1975


      While reviewing this EIS, I  have noted  a number of  significant errors,
 omissions, etc., in areas of my own professional and personal expertise,
 which are detailed below.

      The number  and types of these errors  are of sufficient significance, at
 least in these areas, to lead me  to question  whether the EIS may be equally
 poor in areas  outside those of my own significant competence.   If so, questions
 may well be raised as to the validity of many of the conclusions reached and
 recommendations  made therein.

      Many of these errors and omissions cited below seem particularly unfor-
 tunate and unnecessary since,  immediately  following my attendance at the
 May 23, 1975 Lakes Region Clean Waters  Association Meeting (cf. p. IV-56 of
 the EIS), I talked with several of the  staff  of Ecolsciences, and informed them
 that I, as a principal of a local  firm, Biospheric Consultants  International,
 Inc., had developed considerable  information  of the local climatology, and on
 the hydrology  and physical  limnology  of Lake  Winnipesaukee.  I  told them that
 we would be most pleased to discuss equitable arrangements by which such infor-
 mation (some aspects of which we  considered proprietary due to  company time and
 effort devoted to them) could  be  available to them.  I was not  contacted by
:Ecolsciences after that meeting.
         JAN 21  197.

-------
  Environmental
   Protection Agency                  -2-                       January  20,  1976


       The specific errors I have noted are listed below:

       p. II-l, 3rd paragraph:  NOAA actually operates  no  climatological  stations
  in the Winnipesaukee basin.  All  such stations  are operated  by Cooperative
  Climatological Observers under NOAA sponsorship, as is the Lakeport  station.
  In addition to the Lakeport station, however,  there are  a number of  others  in
  the Basin:

       Lakeport 2                           - Precipitation and  evaporation
       Wolfeboro                            - Temperature  and  precipitation
       Moultonboro (formerly Centre Harbor)  - Precipitation
       New Durham                           - Hourly precipitation
       Franklin                             - Temperature  and  precipitation
       Franklin Falls                       - Precipitation


       P- }l~]:  Tne specific patterns of the variations of precipitation with
  topography in the local  area have been  mapped by Knox and Nordensen  (USGS
  Hydrographic Investigations Atlas HA-7.  1955).

       p. II-2. Table II-l:
       (a)  The arithmetic  means alone are  grossly  inadequate to  depict the local
  climatology.  Some measure of the expected  variation, e.g.,  the standard devia-
  tions,  should also have  been included as a  minimum.

       (b)  The arithmetic  mean alone is especially misleading  as regards preci-
  pitation,  since precipitation equal  to, or  greater  than, the mean has only
  about a 45 percentile  occurrence.

       pp.  11-18 ff,  and 11-42, and References:  One  would expect an adequate sci-
  entific investigation  to have reviewed and  cited  the Full Report of BCI/LRPC's
  Lake  Winnipesaukee  as  a^  Quantitative Water  Resource, rather  than merely the
  Layman's  SummaryT

       p. 11-18.  1st  paragraph:  The third sentence should read:  "Surface area
  of  the  lake varies  about 6  percent:  from about  2,010 million  square feet at
  4.50  ft.  gage level  to 1,910 million square feet at 0.50 ft.  gage level."
  (As written, it implies  a 6  percent  variation is of the order of 2,010 million
  square  feet).

       p.  11-18.  4th  paragraph;  and  p. 11-19. Figure  II-5:   Although the daily
  values  have been  deleted from the  original version of this figure,  the text
  and title  say they  are still  there.

       P-  H-20,  bottom; p. 11-21.  top:  There is no stream gaging station at the
  Weirs;  only lake  level is measured there.

       p. 11-21.  paragraphs 4 and 5:  As written,  it would  appear that the lake
  referred to in  paragraph 5 is  the reservoir discussed  in  paragraph  4.   Actually,
  paragraph 5 refers  to Lake Winnipesaukee, and to the rates of change of its  levels
BIOSPHERIC CONSULTANTS
INTERNATIONAL, INC.                             ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH AND SERVICES

-------
 Environmental
  Protection Agency                  -3-                      January  20,  1976


      p. 11-21, 6th paragraph:  The last sentence (re units of CFS/month)  has no
 meaning here, since the material following in the original report has been
 omitted.

      p. 11-23. Flood Flows:  There is no mention of flash floods, such as those
 that occurred in June and July 1973 (cf. Widger, 1973,  Mount Washington Observa-     >
 torv News Bulletin. 14(3), pp. 66-68).  Such floods could be very significant    ,/
 (a) as regards sediment input during construction, and  (b) as regards system
 capacity and overload to the degree storm drain inputs  occur.

      p. 11-32. last paragraph:  LRPC Reports 1947a, 1947b, and 1975 are not
 1isted in the References?

      p. 11-43, 1st full paragraph:  Sentence four is a  serious misrepresentation
 as  it applies to the BCI/LRPC report, which was directly addressed to estimating
 the sustainable yield and its frequency distribution variations, as the last full
 paragraph on p. 11-42 makes obvious.  A review of the Full Report of BCI/LRPC  by
 a professional technical group would clarify that fact.

      p. 11-44, bottom paragraph:  The actual mean hydraulic retention time of
 Lake Winnipesaukee Is over 5 years, as  the data in that very paragraph, plus the
 average 520 cfs discharge (p. 11-18), makes clear with a simple calculation.
 Further, since a subsequent BCI bathymetric analysis from the N. H. Fish and Game
 depth contour map leads to an actual average depth of about 47 feet, the true  re-
 tention time is greater than 5.5 years.  This error also introduces errors into
 the calculations as to steady state phosphorus concentrations (pp. B2-B3), where
 1 is used directly, and the related q   was almost certainly used to determine  R,
 (Even so, the validity of any such R  is highly questionable, as will  be discussed
 separately below.)

      p.11-56 ff. Table 11-14:   Historic sites in Meredith could have easily been
 included, since they are provided in  the ElS-cited Hans Klunder 1969:  A Compre-
 hensive Plan - Meredith, New Hampshire.

      pp. B-2 ff:  The procedures of Dillon discussed here require an estimation of
 R,  which Kirchner and Dillon  (February  1975 Water Resources  Research) first sug-
 gested  could be done from an empirical  exponential equation, but later (December
 1975 WRR) revised to an equation of the form v/(v + qj.  Widger and Kimball
 (Commentary  accepted for publication  by WRR; Further Commentary very recently
 submitted to WRR) have shown  that neither approach is adequate for the Lake
 Winnipesaukee regime (qs = 2.5  m yr'1)  since (a) the absolute values of dR/dqs
 in  this range are extremely  high and  (b) the actually observed values in this
 range are widely scattered about either (or any other reasonable)empirical or
 semi-empirical curve with only  qs as  an independent variable.

      Further, the EPA NES Working Paper No. 11  (1974) presents Winnipesaukee
 Basin flow values widely different, both as to  long-term means and the actual
 year of observation,  from the  USGS Lakeport observations  (such as those dis-^
 cussed  on pp.  11-18 ff).   It  is not obvious what effects  these erroneous flows
 may have had on the nutrient  concentration estimates in NES  #11.
BIOSPHERIC CONSULTANTS
INTERNATIONAL. INC.                            ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH AND SERVICES

-------
  Environmental
   Protection Agency                  -4-                     January  20, 1976


       Appendix J, especially pp.  J-14 ff,  and Table  10:   Since  the Concord, New
  Hampshire wind observations are taken at  a relatively  sheltered valley station,
  it is far from apparent that they are representative of  Lakes  Region winds,
  except in similar valleys of the region.   Outside such valleys, it is roughly
  estimated that the Lakes Region winds will  in general  have  speeds of the order
  of 150 percent of those observed at Concord.   This  would considerable alter
  the frequency distributions among the Wind Speed Classes in  Table 10^
       Finally, I would like to state  that,  in  spite  of my above cited technical
  reservations as regards the EIS,  I  have  no doubt  as to  the overall desirability,
  and in fact necessity,  of the proposed project.

       Perhaps my chief concern is  as  regards the additional secondary seasonal
  homes development it will almost  certainly lead to  - through the possibilities
  of increased residential  densities,  and  of development  on now inadequately
  drained lands.   While this may be economically beneficial, it is not likely to
  be beneficial to the aesthetic and  recreational quality of life and the environ-
  ment, natural resources,  etc.   I  would question that the EIS hits this point hard
  enough, nor does it adequately emphasize the  necessity  of strong and prompt local
  land use planning,  zoning, and other appropriate  actions if it is desired that
  such effects be minimized.

                                      Sincerely,
                                      (Dr.) William K. Widger, Jr.
                                      Director, Geophysical Services
                                      (Certified Consulting Meteorologist)
  dfh
BIOSPHERIC CONSULTANTS
INTERNATIONAL. INC.                             ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH AND SERVICES

-------
                                      115  Newbury Street
                                     Lawrence, MA 018U1
                                     30  January 1976
Mr.  Wallace  E.  Stickney,  Director
Environmental  Impact  Study,  Region  I
U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency
John P. Kennedy Federal Building
Boston, MA 02203
 Dear Mr.  Stickney,

 The residents  of Pickerel  Cove  appreciate having the oppor-
 tunity  to be heard  afforded  them  at  the hearing of the E.P.A.
 on the  Winnepesaukee  river basin  sewerage program, Tuesday.

 Unfortunately,  it appeared that our  efforts  to seek enlarge-
 ment of the present culvert,  or construction of a larger
 opening have been ignored  in the  pursuance of the proposed
 plan for  the construction  of the  sewer interceptor line
 along Paugus Bay, but to our greater dismay, the present
 plan would also deny  us access  from  Pickerell Cove to Paugus
 Bay, limited as it  is,  it  is now  enjoyed by  small boat owners.

 We were also disappointed  that  the engineers at Whitman &
 Howard  were not informed of  the fact that the culvert was
 in use  at the  time  the plans were drawn, but we were appalled
 to find out at the  hearing,  that  the E.P.A.  personnel working
 on the  project and  the  consultants at EcolSclences had no know-
 ledge of  the use the  residents  of Pickerel Cove make of this
 very limited although enjoyable navigation way.

Once again thank you  for the  opportunity to voice our ques-
tions and remarks last Tuesday  evening.  We hope to hear of
the efforts to be made on  our behalf.  In order to facilitate
and clarify our situation,  we enclose a chronology of our en-
deavours  along with copies of related correspondence.

Kindly notify us of any future meetings relevant to Pickerel
COVP,  every effort will be made to attend.   Thank you for your
consideration of our  travail.

                                      Sincerely,
                                       ames H. Peabody    rf
                                      for Pickerel Cove A^/ociation
   '  ou Messrs. Collins, DeNormandie, Lanfearp Pickerel  Cove  Residents

-------
                     C-
                BOULDER COVE
                    sox \ai£jCC?
           CENTER HARBOR. NEW HAMPSHIRE
                     03226          22.

                                                               /
Vl^^J'' A^W/ ^C.. iT<.
£o~-u^  c'l^L <>*~<^~
-------
                    BOULDER  COVE
                        BOX W) L C 4
              CENTER HARBOR. NEW HAMPSHIRE
                         03226
                                                               -&. "">-<_<
                                                                       >

                                                                                 (
^
                                               ^j^c^r^eVA- -^
                                                                            '
L cJ>nic
N/
                                >-o '
                       7-

-------
&
             j^ "t&j^ V
                                        BOULDER COVE
                                           BOX *•»£><: £
                                   CENTER HARBOR. NEW HAMPSHIRE
                                           O3226

                               :^^a k/l^^s^J2
             l/lu^vJ^^^^
I/
                                                    <£+»xX_
           /  £r* h ~lT.- c'/ 
-------
                             UniUERSlTl] OF TIEU? HAITIPSHIRE
                               DURHAm. OEIL> HAmPSHIRE 03824


          o. IIBERAL ARii                                                  January 20,  1976
Deportment of Sociology and Anthropology
      Social Science Center


      Environmental Protection Agency
      Attn.: Environmental Impact Office
      Region I
      John F. Kennedy Federal Building
      Rm. 2203
      Boston, Massachusetts 02203


      Re:  Archaeological and Historic Resources in the Winnipesaukee River Basin
           New Hampshire                                                         '


      Dear Sir:

      I have reviewed the section concerning archaeological and historic resources
      in the Draft Environmental Impact Statement: Wastewater Collection and Treatment
      Facilities Winnipesaukee River Basin, New Hampshire.  The statement is so brief
      and  vague  that it is evident that a thorough assessment of the archaeological
      resources  has not been conducted.  The Winnipesaukee River Basin is potentially
      one  of the richest archaeological areas  in the state of New Hampshire.  The are
      has  never  been the subject of an intensive archaeological survey however numerous
      archaeological sites in addition to the  Weirs Aquadoctan site have been reported
      in the area  by collectors and amateur archaeologists.  The ethnohistoric record
      also contains abundant references to Native American populations in the area.
      It is  virtually certain that your proposed project will adversely affect other
      archaeological sites as well as the Weirs Aquadocton Site resulting in the de-
      struction  and loss of valuable archaeological data.

      I  strongly urge  you to have an adequate  archaeological assessment conducted in
      the  area prior to any construction activities. This study should include  a
      literature survey, consultations  with professional and amateur archaeologists
      and  a  field  survey to determine the limits of th6  Weirs Aquadocton site and
      the  locations of other archaeological sites in your project area.   I  believe
      that any archaeologist  will consider your "statement" incomplete and  inadequate
      until  a proper assessment  has  been made.
     Sincerely,
     Charles E. Bolian
     Assistant Professor

     cc. Linda Wilson
                                                         .  , ... ..
                                                         ">  ••\if-r,.

-------
                                    Aux. Route 3
                                    Meredith, NH   03253
                                    January 20. 1976
 Region  I
 U.  S. Environmental
  Protection Agency
 JFK Federal Building
 Boston, MA   02203

 Dear Sirs:

      As a concerned citizen of the Lakes Region, I reviewed the draft Environ-
 mental  Impact Statement, "Proposed Wastewater Treatment Facilities Winnipesaukee
 River Basin, New Hampshire."  I will preface my critique with the comment that
 the necessity of the proposed project is obvious.  However, the EIS fails to
 properly address the important impact of secondary development and the review
 of  limnological data is shoddy.  It is quite apparent that this out-of-state
 firm only conducted a partial literature review, was not familiar with the study
 area and spent little time during their investigation in the study area.   I base
 the following criticisms on my professional training as a 1imnologist, familiarity
 with the Lakes Region as a citizen and knowledge of the existing data.

      p.  1-9. paragraph 4 - The screen at the outlet only prevents floating weeds
 from entering Lake Winmpesuakee.   Upon the death and decomposition of these
 weeds, they pass under the screen and then enter the lake.

      p.  1-16, paragraph 1 - Meredith disposes septic tank cleaning wastes into
 an  open pit, which is adjacent to a Lake Winnipesaukee tributary.  This waste is
 not  treated.

     The report makes little attempt to explain data discrepencies in the trophic
 status of Lake Winnipesaukee.  It bases its conclusions and modeling on the ques-
 tionable EPA (1974) data which contains serious errors (e.g., the EPA mean outlet
 flow used in nutrient calculations is calculated as 644.4 cfs, but ignores the fact
 that USGS has a continuous flow meter at this outlet and the actual  recorded value
 is  significantly lower).   Secondly the EIS leads to the basic conclusion  that Lake
Winnipesaukee is still  quite pristine (i.e., p.  11-32, paragraph 3;  p. IV-28,
paragraph 2; p.  B-3, paragraph 2;  etc.).   This assumption is based only on the EPA
chemical data.   Discrepancies arise in the biological  data.   As  the  EIS mentions,
Yeo and  Mathieson found the lake  dominated by eutrophic myxophycean  phytoplankton.
 In late  July 1975,  moderate algal  blooms  covered the northern end of Meredith Bay.
The report cites a  lack of data on rooted aquatic  plants (p.  11-47,  paragraph 2;
p.  11-48,  paragraph 1).   The University of New Hampshire's Botany Department has
an active  research  program investigating  the problem aquatic weed, milfoil.   This
aquatic  weed problem is extensive  and  portions of  Lake Winnipesaukee are  now beino
sprayed  with chemical  herbicides  to eliminate its  growth.

-------
U. S. Environmental
 Protection Agency                  -2-                        January 20,  1976


     This brings up a second problem, the Dillon nutrient modeling approach used
by the consultant.  The Dillon model may be preferred for its simplicity,  but it
has questionable application to Lake Winnipesaukee.   First the model  is extremely
sensitive to the areal water load (q ).  The model's error increases  significantly
in lakes with a low qs, the case of Lake Winnipesaukee.   Dr.  Widger and I  have a
paper in press on this subject (Water Resources Research) and Dillon  is in  agree-
ment with our critique.  Secondly, the model is insensitive to nutrient capture
and storage by aquatic weeds, a situation occurring  in Lake Winnipesaukee.   The
model assumes that the total phosphorus test (which  digests and measures the
phosphorus in phytoplankton) is an accurate representation of phosphorus levels
in the lake.   This assumption is true in lakes with  sparse rooted aquatic  plants.
However, rooted aquatic plants effectively "filter out"  nutrients, which are then
not measured in the water quality samples.  These nutrients accelerate the  aquatic
weed growth,  and create what is commonly known as an eutrophication problem.
Because the nutrients are being used by the aquatic  weeds, they are not available
to be measured in the water samples.

     The consultant, even after lightly warning the  reader of problems in  modeling,
proceeds to calculate and conclude that Lake Winnipesaukee could assimilate an
additional 174,000 people before exceeding the eutrophic loading rate (p,  B-5,
paragraph 1).  It is difficult to understand this, considering the lake i_s  already
suffering from a eutrophication problem.

     My final concern is the secondary implications  of the interceptor system.
At an EPA workshop, I heard Dr. Rabe of EPA discuss  the  serious problems in
secondary development, which tend to follow the construction of sewage inter-
ceptors.  That is the carrying capacity, location, etc., of the interceptor
tend to become a dominant factor in future growth, partly because the inter-
ceptor's presence breaks down the previous zoning regulations based on septic
tanks.  This EIS pays but lip service to this problem, probably the most signi-
ficant impact of the project.

     In conclusion this EIS, whose cost I understand exceeded $100,000, (a) con-
sists of poor data extraction, interpretation and understanding and (b) fails to
properly address itself to the most significant impact,  secondary development
allowed because of the interceptor's presence.  In summary, it is a waste  of the
taxpayers' money on an EIS which could have been of  significant value to the
Lakes Region.

                                    Sincerely,


                                       .,,  ,'A'v "^  K^.-W , y

                                    Kenneth D. Kimball

dfh

-------
                                   Mowbray
                               Silver Spring, Maryland 20904
                               January 13, 1976

Mr. Robert E. Mendoza, Environmental Planner
Environmental and Economic Impact Office
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
John F. Kennedy Federal Building
Boston, Massachusetts 02203

Dear Bob,

          Thank you for sending me a copy of the Winnipesaukee
River Basin EIS, and for giving me a chance to review.it.  I
think I would characterize the document as an excellant piece
of research marred by numerous typographical errors, sometimes
sophomoric syntax, and an impact analysis that at least in
two places appears to be incomplete, and, therefore, misleading.
All of these factors detract from the authority of the docu-
ment by casting doubt on its credibility.

          The research upon which the environmental description
is based appears to be complete, comprehensive, and mostly
professional.  But the evironmental description itself is
marred by over 30 typographical and grammatical errors.  Now
I know that the competance of EcolSciences is greater than
this display of sloppy editing would indicate, but others
might equate the two.

          Also the ambient air quality section, I think,
should contain some mention of the high photochemical exidant
concentrations that are measured in adjoining areas.  ihese
concentrations are not yet classed as serious problems, but
this may be in part because we are uncertain of their origin.
It would seem advisable to include merition of photochemical
oxidants in the environmental description so that everyone:.ie
aware of a potential problem thit could become .serious if it
is aggravated by additional vehicular traffic.

          Similarly, the air quality projections appear to be
somewhat deficient.  Considerable emphasis is placed on the
particulate concentrations that might result from a sludge
incinerator which will not be built.  An excellent sophis-
ticated calculation, therefore is completely
           7 Q
           19 1976

-------
          The calculational model employed to project general
overall air quqlity computes average yearly meteorological
parameters and uses average area-wide emission factors, in-
cluding emissions from the non-existant incinerator, to con-
clude that average ground level concentrations of particulates
and sulfur dioxide are well within allowable limits, a result
that might have been predictedv". I think, with a ouch simpler
model and with comparable accuracy.

          Rather than averages, I believe maximum concentrations
based on worst case conditions are considerably more indicative
Of potential air pollution problems.  I would suggest, for ex-
ample, that possible increases in photochemical oxidant and
carbon monoxide concentrations be calculated assuming worst
possible meteorological conditions and maximum traffic volumes*
Maximum concentrations could then be calculated for sensitive
receptors like downtown Laconia.

          Thus, because it emphasizes the wrong things I find
the air quality analysis deficient and possibly misleading.

          I am also concerned about the socio-economic analysis.
Admittedly the arguments in the document are a bit obscure
because of the excessive use*'of arcane and obfuscating language,
but as nearly as I can tell they go something like this.  The
population in the area is expected to grow whether the project
is completed of not.  .With the sewer system development will
be permitted on smaller size lots which in turn will allow
more people.  Table III-^ tells us that the potential pop-
ulation with off-site water and sewer is 62,^51-  (I marvel '
at the temerity of the demographer who cites a population
projection to five significant figures.  That implies an acc-
uracy of 0.00256!)  This appears to be at variance with Table
III-l^.  The descrepancy may be more apparant than real, how-
ever, in which case it requires an explanation.  In any event,
it appears that the population in the area will be greater
with the project than without it, and this, according to
Table XV-1, will be mostly beneficial.  But to whom?  Land
developers, perhaps, because they should realize increased
profits both on the sale of land and on the construction of
new homes.  Will the present residents benefit'.  In order to
answer this I think it will be necessary to determine the
effect on the local tax rates so that the economic benefit
of possible tax reductions can be balanced against the possible
long term adverse effects of increased crowding.  This sort of

-------
analysis, I believe, is of par-amount importance not .only • to
those people who will be affected b" the project, but olao to
EPA, one of whose functions, as I understand it, is to spot-
light possible secondary impacts such as this.

          In retrospect, Bob, I find I have ambivalent feelings
about the document*  On the one hand •*• recognize the urgent
need for this project and the overwhelming desire of the local
officials to see it completed.  The EIS, on the other hand,
leaves something to be desired as an objective assessment of
the beneficial and adverse impacts of the project.


         •I present these comments as a private citizen, not
as a representative of my company, and I have tried to make
them as objective as possible, realizing, of course, the
futility of attaining complete objectivety.  I hope you will
interpret them in this light, Bob, and I hereby leave, the
disposition of them up to you.

          Finally, may * request a copy of the Final EIS.
                               Sincerely,
                               N. Robert Arthur

-------
                               February 2,  1976
 Dr.  P.J.  Dillon
 Limnology and Toxicity Section
 Water Resources Branch
 Ontario Ministry of the Environment
 Rexdale,  Ontario
 Canada

 Dear Dr.  Dillon:

     I would like to summarize  our  telephone  conversation of
 January 29,  1976,  for your  concurrence.

     As I  told you,  we have  been  involved  in  the preparation of
 an Environmental  Impact Statement  in  the  region of  Lake Winni-
 pesaukee,  New Hampshire.  As a portion of that statement we
 used existing EPA data to calculate a permissible phosphorus
 loading rate for  the Lake.

     During a recent public  hearing  our calculations were chal-
 lenged on  the grounds that  the exponential relationships you
 and  your colleagues have developed  to estimate R  (phosphorus re-
 tention rate)  did  not apply accurately to Lake Winnipesaukee.

     I called you  to confirm that there were  two methods of esti-
 mating R:   (1)  direct calculation using field measurements of
 phosphorus  input and export; and (2)  the  exponential equation
 relating R  to qs, which would  be used in  the absence of actual
 data.

     You agreed, and asked what field  data was available.  I
 told  you that samples were  taken approximately monthly as part
 of the  National Eutrophication Survey conducted by EPA.  You
 indicated that  this was  a minimal data base since monthly sam-
 ples may not  give an accurate estimate of phosphorus loading.
 I agree, but  to date no better data is available for Lake
Winnipesaukee.

-------
Dr. P.J, Dillon
Ontario Ministry of the Environment
Page 2
    I would appreciate your comment on the above summary.  If
you have any questions please call me collect and I will try to
arisweir them.

                              Sincerely,
                              DON AURAND, Ph.D.
                              Senior Scientist
DA:np

-------
          Ontario
          Ministry of the
          Environment
     Water  Resources Branch
     Limnology & Toxicity Section
     P.O. Box 213
     Rexdale, Ontario
                                        February 10, 1976
Dr. Don Aurand
Ecol Sciences Inc.,
133 Park St. N.E.
Vienna, Virginia 22180
U.S.A.

Dear Dr. Aurand:

       Your summary written on February 2, 1976 of our prior
telephone conversation was accurate.

       Our formula for prediction of the phosphorus retention
coefficient of a lake was never intended to supplant real  data,
but rather was meant to provide an estimate for modelling
purposes in cases where no data existed.  As has been pointed
out, it is not accurate for low areal  water loads (qs), but in
our situation in Ontario, these low water loads are uncommon.

       In summary, data collected once a month should provide a
more reasonable estimate of the phosphorus retention coefficient
than our model, especially for cases with low areal  water  load.

                                   Sincerely,
PJD/jk
P. Dillon, Head
Limnology Unit
Limnology and Toxicity Section

-------
             United States Department or the Interior

                            GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

                           Water  Resources  Division
                       150 Causeway  Street,  Suite  100)
                         Boston,  Massachusetts 021U

                                    February  2*4,  1976
Don Aurand, Senior Scientist
EcolSciences ,  Inc.
Mid-Atlantic Region
133 Park Street,  N.E.
Vienna, VA 22180

Dear Dr. Aurand:

In reply to your  inquiry  with  respect  to  flow data  for Lake Winnipesaukee
and tributaries  from EPA's  National  Eutrophication  Survey, the original
calculations are  based  on estimated  inflow  to the Lake from the tributaries.
The estimates  are based on  one or  two  measurements  on each tributary and
correlation with  records  from  the  gaging  station on Cold Brook at South
Tamworth, NH,  (01061*800)  for tributaries  on  the north, and the gaging
station on Mohawk Brook near Center  Strafford, NH,  (01072850) for
tributaries on the south.

The apparent discrepancy  between the  long-term recorded flows at Lakeport
and the normalized flow data used  in  the  report can be explained, at
least in part, by the  fact  that the  Lakeport flow data does not account
for evaporation  from the  Lake.

I  hope the information  is useful for preparing the  EIS, and if further
information is needed,  feel free to  call.

                                    Sincerely yours,
                                        A. Baker    ^
                                   District Chief

cc J F Bailey,  NR

-------
            DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, EDUCATION. AND WELFARE

                             REGION I

                    JOHN F. KENNEDY FEDERAL BUILDING

                        GOVERNMENT CENTER

                      BOSTON. MASSACHUSETTS 02203             Olili'l ."
                                                 THF RIG I ON AL l< I Kf I :OH
                             March 25,  1976
Environmental Protection Agency
Region I
John F. Kennedy Federal Building
Boston, Massachusetts   02203

ATT:  Environmental  Impact Office

Dear Sir:

HEWs Regional Environmental Council has  reviewed  the  draft
Environmental Impact Statement for:  the  Wastewater  Collec-
tion and Treatment Facilities, Winnipesaukee River Basin,
New Hampshire.

On the basis of our review, we have determined  that  the  impacts
of the proposed action have been adequately addressed  within
the scope of this Department's responsibility.

Thank you for giving us the opportunity to review  this draft
statement.
                            Sincerely yours,
                            Donald Branum
                            Regional Environmental Officer

-------